IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) II I.I 11.25 lAil2.8 |J0 ^^* m liO 2.5 2.2 2.0 I m U IIIIII.6 V] /A, v; V '/ s Photographic Sciences Corporation .^^ <- 4. |\ X^'^ « 6^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MSSO (716) 872-4503 ■^^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHIVI/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checlted below. D D J D D D D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommag^e Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture resttiur^e et/ou peiliculde I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes gdographiques en couleur Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or biacic)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Reli6 avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ Lareliure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int6rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmies. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppl^mentaires: L'lnstitut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a hxh possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de fiimage sont indiquds ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ The to th D Pages restaur6es et/ou pellicuiies Pages discoloured, stained or foxei Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqu^es Pages detached/ Pages ddtachdes Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Quality indgale de I'impression Includes supplementary materia Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible r^ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ r~3 Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ I I Only edition available/ The posa of th filmi Orig begi the I sion othe first sion, or ill The shall TINl whic Map diffe entir begii right requ mett Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 film6es d nouveau de fapon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checlted below/ Ce document est fiimd au taux de rMuction indiqu^ ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X 1 y 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X ire details les du modifier ler une filmage ies The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanka to the generosity of: Mational Library of Canada The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a print9d or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. L'exemplaire filmA fut reproduit grAce A la g4n6rosit6 de: Bibliothdque nationale du Canada Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la netteti de l'exemplaire film4, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimte sont film6s en commen^ant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration. soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont film6s en commenpant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE ", le symbols V signifie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent 6tre fiimis A des taux de reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul clichA. il est fiimi A partir de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mithode. f errata d to tt le pelure, pon d n 1 2 3 32X 1 8 9 4 : f • ^ 1 ^ y y y^/s Tin":i3NKl(S IIIULIOTHECA (iLOTTIdA. T. I Tin: J-ITEliATUEE nr ^^"■■''" \'\' .\lii'l!|i,IN\|, |.\X(if.\(,i.x uv ' '^f ^ ^" '^ • I- L r i> c w I i, WITH ADDITIONS AND CORRECTION! BY PROFESSOR WM. W. TUIINEH. J^J31TK1) BY NICOLAS TIliijiXEH LONDON: I5M:i; am MUCCCXVIII, ■ ( ) w 166028 TlllillAS IIAIIHIM), rill>Tkll, II, SAI.IMIIHV Bljl tLEtT KTHKI-.T. I S I V 2 8 I' I! Kb' AIM',. A WAV edition of X'jitcr's " Liii'Ljuarmn totiiis oihis index," after I'rofessor Jiil^'s revision of IS 17, re(|nires no apolo^ry. Tlie seieneo of PhiIolo^;y lias made irreat projiress witliin tlic last few years. ICxotic; lanj^nages arc; no lonjrer eonsidered as nier(> matters of cnriosity, bnt are looked upon as interesting parts of the natm'al liistory of man, and as sueh receive their share of the l)rilliant lii!;ht which modern (;i'itical studies have shed upon the natural sciences in ^^-cncriil. ]"]thnolo^ l)een drawn to tlieni, it was by the results of the exertions of the- • men, who, inspifed hy reli<;ions ardonr, went ont to teach the heathens, and, in their zeal for Christianity, soon h'arned to master the diversity of tonj^ues. It was, however, and is still, dillienlt to ohtain access to these results; the greater part of Indian grammars and vocahnlaries cxistin*^ cither in inamiscript oidy, or, when printed, havinj; been confined to the use of a particular nation, country, or reliij;ious society. Thus it ha[)peued that the .lesuit, Lorenzo Ilervas, who zealously collected such grammars ami vocubu- lurics for the linguistic jiiu't of his " Idea del universo," could give notice of fifty-five Anu-rican lan^jjuages wliieh were before unknown to learned i>liiIolo;iists, or at least luiaotiecd by them. After Ilervas and (iilii, whose discoveries wen* diligently revised and republislunl in Adeluug's and N'ater's Mithridatcs, Dx* 13enjainin Stnitli Barton, of Philadelphia, drew the attention of the scientific world to the languages of our Indians. The liistorical societies of Massachusetts and b'hode Island, and the American Philosophical Society of Philadi>lpliia, published, or rcpublis3icd, the scarce works of Eliot, Cotton, llogcr AVilliains, Edwards, and Zeisbcrgcr ; and the last-named Society com- mitted to Stephen Duponccau the task of subjecting the Ameri- can Iiulian languages to critical in(piiries ami studies. John Pickering, Henry K. Schoolcraft, and, above all, the yenerable Albert (iiallatin, continued these researches; and to Gallatin we are indebted for a better classification and a com])arativc view of the languages of the northern half of our continent and of Mexico. By the exertions of these gentlemen the science of Indian philology has been actively promoted ; and many oIKcers of our I'KI.I \l I VII ontly ites, itiou The the (1, or ams, c'om- neri- John iible I we view (1 of Idiau our arniv and navv hiuc inid atti-iitioii in the hm''ua!ri'x nt' the ahoriuiiics visited liy tliciii in tlicir ollii lal explorations. Ill tliis way tlie iiia!iii;iU iur a iimre e\:iet kiio\vled:;;e o!" the AiMcrieaii Indian laiiuuaLics lia\e been -..ireatly increased ; and a new inventory ol" onr liehes is iindoiihtedly \\aiit(.'d. This want is the nioit' lelt, Ixcanse nearly all the Indian ;iraiiiinars and voeahularies are e.\eeediiii:ly searee ; and the jiivater part of th U'se materials is diN[iersed in I look s ol' \ovaires and travels historical and ;;'coL:rapliieal collect ions, docnmcnts, and reports, which are iicnerally found only in puhlic lihraries. How far it was possiiile to supply tlu^ want in this eonnlry. where l)ihliot;rai)liieal researelies ;ir(^ iniieli more troiildesonic and dillii-nlt than aii\ where el>e, the t'ollowinu,' paijes will show. The interest lelt in this country in coUcctin!;' and pnhlishinjj; notices eoneerniiii;' the laiinuau,('s oi" tl.e ahori^iiics of onr con- llv ureatcr than cUewhere ; and the earlier. tment is n;itiira therefore, tlioe notices nre published, the sooner we may expect that those who are better accpiainted with the subject will snhniit them to critical examination, and supply the delieieneics AVilU h tl lev nndonbtediv contain. This made the oiler for the pul)lieatioii of the following bihliojjraphical rejiertory, by their activ(< and enterprising; [mb- lisher, a welcom(> one. .More welcome and, for the friends of seienec, really <;ratifyin_i( must i)c the care bestowed by Mr. Triibner upon tliis publication. \>itli true love for the subject, and with a scientitie zeal not to be surpassed, he has revised tlie maiuiscript, and siiiiplied it with whatever his own know- ledge furnished, aided by the ample means which London, and Europe in general, oiler to bibliographical researches, and nuulc many valuable additions which could not liave been collected on this side of the Atlantic, lie has been a true co-operator in the work now olfcred to the publie. Business, in our great eomniereial emiioriiun of the new world, leaves to the professional man but viry little tinu" for minute literary researches ; and our larger libraries being open Mil I'Hi i\< i:. to tli(< [ttiltlic only (lui-iii<{ Ixisiiicss Iioiii'm, hiii one ol tluiii coiilil 1)1' consulted while coi ri ctiii;^ tli*' notices collected in the courso of s(!vcral years. The fVii'iidiy aid which the ollleeis of tlic Astor Lihrarv and of the Americiii Mihli; Society lent for this pmposo is thank- fully acknowlcdj^ed. IlKHMANX !•:. IJ DKWKJ. Nrw ^■|lllK. htcrnilii i\ |H,"i,'(. icin coiilil the t'ourso hi'iirv and is tliuuk< i:\vi (J. C()XTIREI\\CE '''"••: KDITOirs ADVKUTISKMKX' liI<)(JK.\IMIlC.\L I.VTHODrcTORV MKMOl HIML10( U iliW'HU'Al. NOTICK ''HH I-ITKRATUJU-: OF AMI! l-\N(;rA(JES . ADDENDA I^ICW MiOKKII.VAL r Aiti IX .Mil XV L'lC I.VDEX MST OV ERRATA _•>/ TIIK KDiniU'S AI)\KliTlSK.MKNT. l)ii. Li DKWH, lias liiiiisflt' so fully (li'tiiilcd tlic plan and purport of this work, that little more remains lor nic; to add iicyoiid the mere statement of the orij-in of my eonnection with the publi- eation, and the mention of sueh additions for whieh I i\\n\\v, am responsible, and whieh, durinj^ its progress througli the press, have gradually aeeunudated to about one-sixth of the whole. This is but an aet of justiee to the; memory of Dr. Ludewig; beeause, at the time of his death, in Deeember, isr)(), no more than 172 pages were printed oil', and these eonstitute the only portion of the work whieh had the benefit of his valuable per- sonal and iinal re\ ision. JSimilaritv of pursuits led. during my stay in New York in 18.")."^, to a)i intimacy with Dr. Lndewig, during which lie men- tioned that lu;, like myself, had been making bibliogra[)hical memoranda for years of all books which serve to illustrate the history of spoken langiuigc. As a fu'st section of a more ex- tended work on the Literary Jlistory of Ijangutige generally, lie had prei)ared a bibUogra])hieal memoir of the remains of the aboriginal languages of America. The manli^(ri[»t had been deposited by him in the library of the JOthnological Society at New York, ]}ut at my rccjuest he at once most kindly placed it at my disposal, stipulating only that it should be printed in lOurope, under my })crsnual superintendence. I pon my return to England, I lost no time in carr\ ing out the trust thus confided to me, intendiuir then to conline mvsclf simply to producing a correct co[)y of my friend's numusci'ipt. Ikit it soon became obvious that the transcrip-t had been hastily made, and but for the Viduable assistanCv- ol" literary friends, 6 X Tin; KDITOU S Al)\ r.UriSl MKN T. both in this country and in Anicricu, the work wouhl jmiljahly have been abandoned. My thanks are more i)artieuhirly (hie to Mr. \]. (i. Sijiiier, and to I'lol'cssor Win. ^^ . Turner, of Wash- ington, by whose considerate and vahiable eo-()i)eration many dilliculties were cleared away, and my editorial hibonrs Hi-catly lightened. This encouraged me to si)are n(>ither personal labour nor ex[)ense in the attemjjt to render the work as pirleet as possible. ^^ ith what success must be kit to the judgment of those who can i'airly a[)preciate the labours of a pioneer in any new held of literary research. l)e Sonza's great and valuable bibliographical work, of wliich there is no copy in the library of the British Museum, has been carefully and sedulously consulted by Mr. S([uier, M'ho culled from it for my use all that bears upon the subject of American- Indian languages. Mr. Turner's additions will be found in the second portion of the volume ; for so valuable did his corrections and suggestions a])pear to mc, that I determined to throw them, with some remarks of my own, into a second alphabetical arrangement, similar to that of the first. llis additions are easily distinguislu^d from those the responsibility of which rests with myself, by being enclosed within brackets, with the initials W. \V. T. It would here be out of place to do more than notice the value of the contribu- tions of so eminent a philologist, who is pre-eminently distin- guished at Washington as the highest authority in all matters appertaining to the knowledge of the languages of the aborigines of America. To this double alphabet a very full Index has been added, and this was tlie more necessary, because, as in the in- fancy of all science there will be diiUcultics, in this there is no little confusion of names, which coidd only be reconciled by proper references in the Index. In opening a field hitherto almost untrodden, I may reasonably claim the reader's in- dulgence for such defects as must ever attend a first attempt of similar character. In all such cases facts have to be brought together, and seeming contradictions to be reconciled. Then, as in all bramdies of human knowledge, with such data to build TIIL KDIIOK s \l)\ KUTISKMKNT. \1 )rol)!il)ly ,• (lllC to ■ Wash- 11 many I i;rcatly il labour ■rlcct as ;niciit of :r iu any nf which has been lo cMilk'd merican- ionof tlic us a})p('ar •marks ot" ir to that GUI those enclosed I here be ontribu- ly (listiu- 1 matters borigiues has been n the iu- icrc is no leiled 1)y hitherto drr's iu- tempt of brought . Tben, .1 lo build upon, in the hands of UKister-minds, a key may be discovered to the maze Avliieh, however iin[)erfeetly, is lien^ jilaced before the reader, and for which the nu'rit of careful and pains- takiu"- industrv uiav faii'lv be claimed. 'l']u> defects alluded to arise in a },'reat nuasure from the diver>i\'- of spelling- adopted by the dilferent nations of Europe to rei)rescut the same sounds ; for the ri-adcr must bear in mind that the aborigines of America had no written alphaljetical language, aiul that it was by Europeans that the spoken words of the various Indian tribes were first represented by distinct cha- racters. This renders what I may perhaps be pardoned for calling a linguistic geography of America almost necessary, in vhieh, as the same tribe is not uufrcciucntlv called bv dilferent names, the localities in which each of the many Red Indian tribes formerly dwelt should be noted witii the utmost precision. A map constructed on this principle woidd enable the reader at one view to reconcile many ajjparent discrepancies, and to ascertain the allinity between each langiuige, numy of which are evidently mere dialects of one original tongue. As far as it was possible, the Index has been rendered coniidete, so that the reader will have little trouble iu tracing any language he nuiy be in search of. Should he lind references to more than he is in (piest of, he nmst consider it an error on the safe side, and attribute it entirely to similaritv of sound and the dillicultv of obtaining better materials. As "Old ^Mortality'' cleaned the Inscriptions on the Cove- nanters' tond)s, so did Dr. Ludewig endeavour to rub olf the rust of ages from the scattered remains of the aborigines of America. Had it not been a labour of love like his, it would not have been attempted. I'uimportant as such laboiu's may seem to men engaged iu the more bustling occupa- tions of life, all must at least advuowlcdge that these records of the past, like the stern-lights of a departing ship, are the last glimmers of savage life, as it becomes absorbed, or recedes be- fore the tide of civilization. nuiy here ne perm littcd to "ive the titles of a few other Ml THI', k;niT(MI S .\l)\ i;HI"IS|vMi;\T. hooka appertaining; to tfic siihjcct, wliicli did not come to liand till llic whole of the sheets of tlu' manual had heen worked oil': — llistoire des Nations Civilisi'es du Me\i(|ue et de I'Americpie Seplentrionale, par I'Ahhe liiiAssiuii \n: liorunoruo. VOL I. Paris, is.")?, Hvo. — Whichj at pp. II — 71^, contains a memoir on Mexican wrilin<;, the materials of which were, for th(! most part, s\ipplied hy M. Anhin. In the third chapter, at page (i:J. ari> also soini* ohservations on the hinfjjuui^es of ('eutral America. \ Ocahulairc Ki'ancais-Creole, et dea Conversations Fr;in(,':iises- Crooles. Lfimion, iSlS, Svo, p|). ll.'i, — Which is simply a re- print of Dncicur-Joly's \ Ocahnlary. In Sclioolcral't's History, Condition, and Prospects of tlie Indian Trilx's of the I nit(>d States, \'ol. W, [). (»S(), Appendix \o. 17, is a letter on the aHinities of diah>cts in "New .Mexico, hy (iovcrnor Wilmaai C.\iay of Honduras. It is written by Mr. Alexander Henderson, of Belize, Hon- duras, and will iirohahly soon be j^ivcMi to the |)nl)lic under the auspices of the London Kthnolo^ical Society. Dr. Thomas Hainy, of Now York, is preparinjj; a Hictionary of the (Jcral Ton^ui> of Para, in the Mra/ils, accompanied by a memoir ; Jind Dr. l''i'anea, a Hra/ilian, has a dictionary of tlu; Tupi lanf;uaj>;o in the jn'tss at licip/ij;. Mr. E. (}. Scjuicr will shortly i)ul)lisli a monograph on the aboriginal languages of Central America. In eonelusion, followiiig the good and honest example of Aldus Maiuitius, and the printers of old, I would respectfully suggest to the reader the propriety of correcting with a pen the errata, pointed out in the subjoined list, prior to his consulting the -work itself, NICOLAS TRUHNER. w to liand mI oil':— ■ Uu('ri(|U(^ Vol. 1. iiiciiioii' Tor tlic iiptcr, ;it [■ (Viitral i;i(i(illAIMII(!AI- MK.MOIH. •anviiisoM- iply a w- Is of tll(> Ai)i)(Mi(li\ ■ V Mexico, I I'iivounMl iry <>1 tlio loiuluras. /o, lion- ukUm" tlio Tlionias he (Jcral loir; and lan,i;ua<;o y publish ncrica. ainpk^ of pectfully pen the lonsnltiiiij; kNEU. lli;j«\i\NN !'';!). liini.WK;, (lioiiji^h hut little known in tlii-^ country, \> as held in considerable esteem !is a jurist, both in (ici'inany and the I nited States of Anieiica. iJoni al Dresden in ISO'.), with but little exeeption he eoMtinued to reside in his native citv until IHII, when he eniiirrated to America ; but thon}ih in both comitries he practised law as a profession, hi^ bent was the stndv of litirai'v histoiv, which w:is evidenced b\' his " r.ivn^ d(!s Ana, llssai de ('atalo^iu- Miniucl," published at his own cost in 1S.'57, and l)v his " IJibliothekonoinie," which appcai'cd a lew years latci'. i?ut even whilst thus en^a;4-c(l, he delighted in invcsti<^ntin;^ the rise and pro^i'css of the land of liis snbsecpicnt adoption, ami his nseai'ches into \he vexed (piestion of the orijiin of tlu! i)eoi)lin^- of Auieric;a, ^aim-d him the hi;i;hest consider- ation, ou botli sid(;s of the Atlantic, as a maji of ori;^iual and in([uirinp; mind. lie was a contributor to Naumaiin's "Serapicum/' and anu)u_ii!:st the chief of his eoutiibutions tothat journal may 1)c mentioned those on "Anu-rican Tiibraries," on the ''Aids to Anuiricau IJiblio^raphy," and ou the " Mook-trade of the United States of America." In ISUJ a[)peared liis "Literature of American IjO(;al-lIistoiT," a work of much im- portance, and whicli required no small amount of labour and perseverance, owin*;^ to the necessity of oonsidting the many and widely-scattered nuiterials, whicli had to be sou}.:,ht out from ap[)arently the most uidik(;ly cliannels. These studies formed a natural induction to the present work XIV HKXiH VIMIK \I. MIMOIH. Oil "The; Litoratiirc ot" Anicric'in Al)ni'i;^iiijil ri;ui;;ii!ij;('s," wliicU ocfiipicd his Icisui-c concuiTcntly with the others, and the print- \u<^ of Mhieh was coimuciiccd in Au^u>t, IS,')(), l)iit which Ik; did not live to sec hiunched uynm tlu; worhl ; for at tiu; dato of Ids death, on the l.*ith of December foih)winj^, only 17."i pages were in type. It had been a hd)onr of love with him for years ; and if ever anthor were mindfnl of the inmitm prcmatur in (iniiiiin, he was when he dei)osited his manuscript in the Ijibrarv of the American Ethnolos," whictli the i)rint- which he t tlu> (liltC only 17:* with liiin lie iioiniiii nanusci'ipt /, dillidiut jaraniomit the reward H)n\Q inon; lis he was eharacter, . d brilliant juutiuii; to 1 the pro- luy of the societies ; y scholars uowlcdi^cd light. lu tics which — he was a Always lo applied riitnrc, his cuds; and ves of her ill wliich, combined n met with N. T. I INTUODUCTOUV IJlllLKMiltAIMlICAL .NOTICliS. I'ipitonu' lie la Hihliolcca Oriental, i Occidt'iitnl, Xautioa i (j(()!j;i'a- fk-ii .... por el Jiici'iiciatld Amunio di: Lkon, ivdalnr del Siipri'Mio i Ivcal C'diisijo de las liulias. Jhnlr'hL .luaii (jidii/.aicz, lO'JO, It.i, pp. SO, ISS, xii. 'J'lic wi'll-kiunMi SpMiii-^li lii'-turi:iii, |)(iii Aiidrts ( livii/iilts liarciii, tiil;n'i,'i'il this siiimU viiluiiic (i) ii lolio of .'iliiml 1 1 7:i I'Mu'cs, wliicli he inilili-liid uiltliT (lie I'dlliiwitiu' tilli' '■ — Epiloiiu'dc la BiMioU'ca Oriental, y OccidcMital, Xauticay (jloo<;ra- ticM. do Dull Aniomo I)E Lko.v Pkvei.o, di'l Consejo de S. .M . : en la Ciisa dc ("uiilratacioii de Sovilla y C'oroiiistn mayor du las liulins. .\n;idid(i y I'lnnt'iulado nuevaiiiPiile. J]Jailri(l, I'raneificu Martinez Abad, 17:}7 — -Ss. Three pai'ts in I vol. fol. Nut willislMiiiliiii; tlio cijiil'iisimi iiml ])rl' tliis wurk, the not iiTs it, (.•niitiiins !itv vcrv iiitcri'stinif, iiiid tlu'ir critiral revision would lie a usrl'iil and lilt ritoi'ioiis undi'i'takini,'. 'I'll.' Isiii cliaiilcr of till' I'.ihliotci'a Ocridiutal, " Aiiturcs i|Ui' liaii i scpito en l.ciiHiias d.' las India:-" (p]t. l(»l — 11(1 of the liist, col. 71',t-7:iS, anil fol. IdS— 1120 of tlic sirond I'dilion), contains tlu> iiililiourajiliical and litcrai-y notices fonccrnin!,' Anurican alxn'iyinal lan;;n:'.^i's, and mentions iiianv works Oil iliat sid'jccl, wliicli uildoubU'dly exist still in inan\i-^eriiit, hut lia\e never heeii eollicti'd. Nicor.Ai AxTOMo. 13ibliotlitH'a Ili.spana N'clns. c(MiiplcctensScrip- lort'd (pii ab Oriaviaiii Angiisti Iniperio, n8(pH> ad aiiiimu ISl, iloriieriint. studio ft iMiris .loseplii Saenz, C'iirdinalis dc Aouirre. Jiiinuc, U')0(), 2 vols, in fol. The title contains a jiross misjivint. 'I'lic wovV eonipi isin^ the autiioi';.; initiltlie uar 1 .'lOO, it ouL;lit to read, " u-i|ue ad anmnji Ml)" (l.')(i(t), iu>triKl of A[ (1(1(10). Antonio died without the niean> fur piMntiuLi this work. 1 hey Were defrayed In the Cardinal dc Aj;uirre, win) ei,tru>tid the editorsliip to Kntnianuel Mars, a learned A'ak'ntian. Tlu' authors are ananiced in ehrono- louieal oi'tler ; tahKs ai'e added lo facilitate the ii-e of the work. 'I'lu- XVI N ritODl . TOlO II I li 1. 1 (l(. II Ainu A I. N OIK I.N. " Mililiiil licni N IMihli-'liril lii'sl, ix ImiI m .'('iiUi'I of till' " Itllilio- tlici'ii N'ctiiM," III' wliicli 11 n'|ii'iiil liki«iHc Im-" ii|)ii«';iri'il ;il Mtnlriil, in IT^S, lllidcr tllis title : — IJililidtliccii llis|;iii;i N'ltiis. si\c llispaiii St'i'i|il(ii'(s tjiii ill) ( )ct:i\ iiiiii Aiii;iisti ,\fV(t iul Miimnii Clirisii Ml) lIoiMicfimt. Aiictort' I). NiciiiAo Antonio IlispnU'iisi I.C, Ordinis IS. .lacobi i'(|iiilf, ]tal riji- ( cclc-^iii' t'anonico, iri^ioruin m'^^utioniiii in iiflic el niinaiia ciifia |ii"iiciii'al()f(* ^ciirrali, ciuisiliario ci'Ljio. ('iiraiilc l''raiicis('(» l\'rt'/,i() MaNcrio. N'alrtilino, Scrciiiss. lli.sp. liifiiiit iiiii Caruli 111. J{ci,Ms liliiiruiii iiislit iitiiiT pi'imai'io, Wc^i.c Hililiotlit'ca- I'alaliiio- .Malriti'iisis I'la'l'cctii, tpii ct prolof^mii, ct aiiclnria vila- cpitoiiit'ii, et iidliilas ailjccil. 'roiiii II, folio. Mutiili, lliai'ra, 17ss. Isjii.^ilt'iii Nicoi.Ai Antonio, liiltliotlu'ca llis[)aiia Xova, sen llis- ]);iiioi'iiiii qui >i\c Latina. aiif popiilari, si\c alia (piiivis liiiLjiia scripto alicpiid e'oiisioii;i\(.nii\l. Jvnmr. 1 (iTl!, 'J vols, in lot. 'I'ypis Nicolai 1 Niassii. .Nic'dlas Alitdiiiu \\;i-i licini in {(WT, :il Si\ ill:i, .■^liKlitil iit Siihiniinicii, :iii(l ri'l unicil tn Si'villii, ciiiiiiii'srd liis llihliotlicra lli>]iniiii in llir coincnt dl' llic JJcncdirl MU's, where tiie uhliut, IJeiiediet de La Serra, li.id aeemmilaled ii f!|ileiidid lihivirv. \\'lieii it was siidieieiitlv advanced lie louk it to Wonie, w here lie e(>ni|ili')ed anil ])i'inted it. He died at .Madrid, iii 17S|. Anlniiio, ajireeahK' In the eiistdiii iirevaKnl at tliat time, arran^jed the names ul' \Uc aiitluirs aeeoi'diiifj; to tlii' al]>hulielieal order of their t'hri'-liaii names. 'I'liis is a f^reat iiieonvenieiiee, which is onlv i>arliall_v ri'mnvcd iiv the adilitioii ol' li iiumher of tallies. .\ new edition was juihlished at .Madrid, liv Krane. I'erez I'.aver, a learned N'alcntian ; the title of which is, Bihliotliooa llispana Xova sivo IIis[)anoi'iun Se'i'iptonnn qui ah anno 31D ad ."NIDC'LXXX I V Jloruoro nolitia. AiieLorc D. Nicolao Antonmo llispalonsi I.C. Ofdinis S. Jacob! ciputo, patria> occlcsia) I'aitoiiic'O, roL!;iorutn notjotiorinn in uvho vt romaiia curia ])fo- cni-alofo generali, eonsiliario i-(>i;io. Nunc i)riiniiin i)rodit ivc()!j;nila enieudata aucta ab ipso Auclofc. Toiiii II. JLatriti, IbiU'fa, 17S3. 'I'lie t\N() works to;.i'tlu'r have lont; and l'avouralil\ hecii known as the " Miiiliotheea JIis|iana.' It has always hi'eii regarded as one of tlio best works of the kind, and continues to enji>y a j;reaf reimtatioii anion^- sa\ants. Kela>sdi, IIadriam, Uissertatioiuim MisccUiinoaruiu Partes Trcs. Ullriijccli, 17()(i-7-S. These Dissertationsare thirtciii in iinnilier, one of them treating "De l.ingnis .Vnu'rieaiiis."' l)c la Laiiuuc .Viiicricainc. (Pp. loS— MX) of Vol. TT, of P. liAi'iTK-Vi', .Mclii's (k's Saiiv:!i.;cs Aiiu''ficaiiis. l\trix, Saiigiain aim', ol C'h. Uochcran, 172 I, 2 vols. Jto.) ^ IN rii(H>;'( TOUY itiiii.ioiiu \riiK vi. noim i;s. Wll ll.' " ISll.ho- rill, ill I7SS, s i|iii ah And ore il)i ('(|uit(>, I't i'(iin:iii:i I'nmcisco -anili 111. I'aliitiiio- cpildiin'ii, 1, Sl'U II is- j;uii scripto lis Nii-dlai aiiiiiiii'ii, .111(1 lllVClll tlf tlio ■(■niiiiiliilol 11 it to IJdiiii', 1. Aiiluiiiii, iiaiui's of tlie lies, 'liiis ii Mildilioii ol' a 1, liv l''raiH'. nil 4111 al) NlfOLAO occlosiii) uriii pi'o- riH'oi^iiita I, \7s:]. iiiwn as till' of tlie best \i savants. im Partes 'l)i' l.iiiguis 11, ..f P. ^rraiu aim'', I Jifv. Dr. Malcolmt, lii-ttiT.s, h'M.siiyH. and nllicr Tracts, illus- tratin;; tlio ,Vnti(|nitii's (tf (ireat Britain and Ireland; tn^'etlier with iiiaiiv euriiius diseuvcries of the allinities hcl wti-n iho hm''na''e n|' the A HH ricaii.s and the ancient Hriluns in the (inck and J-alin, eti*. .Mso, M|)t'cinieiis of tlie Ccltie, Welsh, lri>h, Sasnn, and .Antt.'rican lani^'ii;ii;is. J!t/iiihiiri/!i, \7''iH, Svo. Some coiiics. /.oy/rA;/;, 1711, S\o. K.ssai Mnr les I{a|iporls drs .Mots, cut re h's LanLfin's ihi .Nuincaii Monde . .'I cclle.>, de l'.\ncicn (pp. 18!)— ."iiiO .d" \o|. VIII of Monde Priniitit' auaiise et eoinpari- avce h; Monde Mmlcrne, cou^idl■r^'• dans divers objets eoneei-nant Tllistoiri', \r HIasoii. ics Moniioies, hs .Icii.v, les \'ovay;('s des l'h(''niciens antoiir du nionde, h's l,aiiL;m's Aimri- caiiiea, I'tc, ou UisscrtalionH McK'es reniplies do I )cconvtrti s in- teressaulcs; avce niic carte, (h's planches, et nn .Monument del'Ame- riqne. I*ar .M. Coiui ni: (ji,hi;i,i.n. Paris, 1771} — 17m!, i) vols. Ito. On the C'i>niiect ion of the Indiiii LaiiL;iia;n's with the llehrew. (Arj^Minumls V. and VI. p[). 37 — SO of: .Ia.mes Auviit, The History of the .Vinerican Indians, partieidarly thost; nations adjoinini^ to the Mississi[)pi, JCast and West Florida, (ieoi-t,'ia, Sontli and North Carolina and N'irj^inia, etc. etc. London, Ivlwaril and Charles Uilly, 1775, llo.) I). liOiiiONZi) IIkhv.vs, Idea del Lniverso. Crsriut, (IreiTorio Biasini, 177s — 17SI, XXF vols. Ito. Vol. .WIT, Fu/i,/no, 171)2, Ito. Tiio priiic'i|ial iiili'irst dl' lliis woi'k consists in the liniriiistic notices f^iveii in tlic snnic. Tlicy arc conliuncd in tlu' I'ollowiiit; volinncs : A'ol. XVII (I7S1), (^'atalogo delle Jjin^rne conoseinti e noti/ia tlella loro alllnita diversita. (>!' tliis volume, the lollowing onlari;<'d Spani-ili cililion was puhlislicd 1)\ the Hiitlioi' : (.'ataluijo de las l^'ii^jiias de las naeioiics ennocidas v miineraeion, division y elases de eMas sei,'iin l;i di\er>id:id de sus idimnas y diiik'clos. Mdilrid, Imiirenta de la Adniinistraeitui del real .Vi'liil rio de l>enelieeneia, lbUr('ssic(i civatii dn' tnii;lii>ri stdrici Spa2;niu»li, o dii' nmnosci'ilti, o dalle pitturi' iiiiticlio dci;!' Iiidiaiii : divisii in dici-i liltri, (• corn-data di cai'tt' f,'c();i;ralicdii', cdi varic li;,Mir»' : c ilisMM-tazioiii sidla terra, Mii;;li aiiiiiiali, o sui^li ahilatciri del Messieo. Opera dell' Abate 1). l''l^v!iclSC■o Savkukj ('i.aviukuo. Ito, l vol.s., [)lates. Cenrnft, I7n<). t'liivi^iiTo was ))()ni iilioiit tlic year 17lill, at N'cra (Viiz, in Mexico, and at till) «K0 of Hi'M'liti'rli iiilrivd inlii till' in'diT ef tlic iltsiiitfi. When llii- erdi'l* WHS ^u|)|)r(>!4st'll, ill 17ti7, 111' I'l'tirrd to ('•'."I'lia, like iiio^t of tin' otlicr .Icsaiils of SpaiMHli Anii'rica, to wlioiii tlic i'oin' lia I jjivrii an a-^vliiin, wlnrc lu' iindiT- took tliis iiii|>ortaiit work, wliirli was ri'i'i'i\rd liy tin- Iranii'd of l'!iii'o|)(' willi greiil np|ilaii^(\ It contains in I In- last voluiiu' a li~l of I he aullior-) of ;:raiii- iiiars and diclionarii's in tlio lan^'iiM|,ro.'i of Analiiiat'. Tin- work was trans- lati'd into tin- following lanyiiajfi's ; — Into !';iii;lir
  • n't!i/.i<»iii l>|)cni dvW il.s., phitcs. I'xifo, niid at I'll till- oi'di'v Inr Ji'siiils (if ri' 111' iiiiiU'i'- I'iiiroiu' witli rirs of jiniiii- I'k. waa tniiis- n Spanish 1 Paint iii^Lj;s '[)luti-s ; to L' Animals, ) Savkuio I'lcs Cullen, \icaiiisclien huliaiuT tM'liiutoi't, nlioit (li'B 111 Italliin- nus (llL'st'iu OS mojores 3 jMntiiras con Ma[)a.s ticrra, 1()3 HANOI SCO Joaquin do ). lie c sacra r America nii'i'iditiii.ilf, (Icscriit.i (Ifir Aliatf I'l i.ii'i'o SAf-VAnoiu; (Jiiii. Itoiha, J't'r(';;o. crnli- S;i|\ ioiii. 17si>-— 17^1, I suls. h\!i. Oilii \\;i8 nllr III' ill' .lr>Mit< li.'llli and IT^'.l, llic lii>l I'arl of lln: N'ni'atin- lariiiiii ratliai'ina'Uin (a conipar.ilivi' V(ical)nliir_\ of :iM» word-, in llif ian;;naniM of |''.uro|u> and A>>ia), tin- iiiatcrial cunlaiiu'd tlicrtin \\n* |iiili!i.«lit'd in llii' alioNO rditioii in aiiollirr fonn, and worils of Anu'riran lant,'uam'H adilcd. 'I'lic liiiuli did mil coiiir np lo llir cxiutI:!! ioli-< of llu' ( iov cl'linicnt, Mild MM.h tlllTo- foi'c not |iiilili:-lird, so lliMl lint I'rw coiiifs of it can lu' found. AVii.i-iAM >[Ansj)i:\, A ('!it:ilo!,Mii' of Dictionaries, (Jraminars, and Aliihalx'ts, ill two parts, T. Alpliahfticiil C'jitaloi;iio of .\titliors, II. C'liroiioloi^'Ical C'ataloi,'iic of Works in Ciich Class) of lianguage. Luiuluii, 17!>G, Ito. pp. vi. l.")(). I'rivatfU ]irinttd, anil \vv\ M'nrcf j conlaiiis iiut littk' nlioiit Aniericau laiifjiingp^. Six' mNo tlic liililiotini'a .Marsdiiiiaiia. Lumhm, I'j'inti'd liv J. L. (.'ox, 1H27, Ito. "B. S.'wrrn Bakton, Xcw Views of llie Orii^in of tlie Tribes and Nations of .Aimrica. l^/iihn/rlp/n(f, 17J)7, 8vo. Kc[iriiiud (si'i'oiid I'tlitioii, I'orri'i'ti'd and I'lilariii'd), //w'//. I'rintt'd for llii^ antlior i'V .lolin liJoriTi, 17i)H, Hvo. I'p. cix (iin'liininan dis("()ur!>f) ; l:{;{ (coiiiparativi' vofalmlarius of 70 words) ; 32 (appiiulix, eunlaiiiiiij^ uoti's and illu.--tralion-<). 31ithridates, oder all Skvkuin N'atek. Vols. 11. Ill, and IV. //;/./, lM>!) — l"sl7. Svo. Tlh' second an I lliird jiarls of the tliii'd \(ilnnic (I'Sl;} and iSl(i) contain llic lanuiiaijtcs of America. A. J. vox K uLSKNSTKiiN, Woert ersaiiiiiil iiiiL^eii aiis den Spraclun einiIU( lOllY llllll KXill M'lIM \I, NiUK K.H. Jo. Skvi'.uin Vatku, liiii^'iini'iiiii totiu.H orhiH liulrx AlpliiilKtifiiH, «|ii;»niiii (Jraiimiiit if.'i', liixica, ('(illcctioiu's NiicaJnihiriiiii rii'iii>riitiir, p.itriii hii,'iiiru'!itm' lli^lnciu iiiliiinhrului'. Jitrliii. .\ii'u|:ii. 1^1 'i, Svt), pp. x. 2'»U. Text ill (liTiiiiui 1111(1 I.iilin. I!iii1iiM(H'h mII tlu- kirnvMi liinc;iin|;t'A nl' (lii< Wiii'lil, and gi\i'N till* l>ililii>^i'M)iliii'!il iidtii'ii I'liMtaiiii'il in tiu' lirsl tvMi \uliim('ii, iukI tilt' tli'xt imrt (if viiliiiiii' III nlilii' MiiliridntcH. A iH'w Hiiil riilHrj;ccl •'(litimi, 111 (li'inmu I'lil*, wnn jiiitili.*lic(l uikU'p tlic follortiii); titii': — liitiTatuf (Iri- (lr;miiiiatil<(Mi, T-cxica iiiid WoortcrHaintnlunfJiPii allcr .Spfat'lit'ii (Icf I'lnlc, voii Joii ann Si,\i;i!In \'.\ti:i{. /wcitr \iilli«i; iimL,'i'arl)rilctc' Aus<>aln' Vdii M. -liil;^'. Jinliii, Niculai, lsl7, Kvo, jip. xxii. r)i)'J. All Kii(|uin iiilii tlir Iianti;iiai,M' (if tlu' Aiucrifaii Imlians. (Chap. HI, pp. S9 — li»7 of: l"]r,r;vs Hdimunot, A Star in tlic West, or nii Imiiililt! atlrin|)l to di-coscr the Imiij; lo>t trii trioi'.H of Isriicl. 'I'ren- tijii, N. il. I'anloii, |liilt'!u'soii, and Diiiiliaiii, iSlCt, S\o. jip. WVl.) IVibliotct'a lliHpano-A mreicaiia Scpf rii'.i'ional. Cataloi^o y Notieiii de lo^ litei'atos, ipu' o iiacitlos, o (.'ducadoH, o lloivcii'utt's on la AiiuM'it'a St'ptiMitrioiial I'lsiianola, liuii dado a In/, idmm I'ycrito, o lo liaii dt'xado pri'[)afadi) |)ai'!i la prciisa. La cscpiliia 111 Doi-tor I). .lost: Maiuano lii:uisr.\iN dk STiiza, del i-laiistro dr las iiiiivi'i'sidadcs do ValiMU'ia y Valladoliil, Caliallcj'.o dc la ordoii I'spafiola do Carlos III, y CoiiiimMidadoi' dc la lioal Ainfi'icaii.a dc Isnlnl la Catolica, y Dean do la .Mtti'op ililaiia d(> Mo^jfieo. .][('///rn, isld )!>, ;{ vols, tblio. De Soiiz.i's in liy I'mv till' 1)1(1 -l i!iiH()rl.iiil Wdi'k lor llu' lii,'nituro of Now Siiain tliiit has ivi-r ii.'iii i-niiipnsi'd. it ('oiuin'i:J.'s ;iti.s7 lii'iu'i'iiiiliifs, (iiul nltlioiitjli, likf iin)- kind, sinmdiirly iiiUTiticMl, yot it is it pi'i-t'oct tiViiiiin' lis r(';fards llircuitiMition of ^cit'iu'i'iiiul liloriitiiro in .Mi-xicoimd l!u' .'idjacout I'omiirii'^i. 'L'lie wiirk is ixtniiulv ^imvci.', luul niijuar.i to bo nlti'gelhor uukiinwii in Imumiu'. V. E. U\: L'(iN(,'i:,vu, l^'pol•t made to llii' lli>to;ical and lalorafy Coni'.nitteo of the Amciacaii I'lnlosophical Si/*_'u(\ bv tlicic I'onvs- ponding Secretary on Jian^na;;es of the Aiiu-riean Indians. I'/iila- delphin, 1>1S), 8vo. Reprinted as Chiip. W, "l.!inmi!i;.;i' ot' llu- [iitli;\n-i," in Jamts Bit iianan's Sketches of tiio History, Mnmiei's, mid C'usit)nus of the >iort)i Amerienn IikUiuis. Nciv York, Will. norMd.nie, ]S24, '1 vols. l2nio. Yul. II, |)|). 43 — 77; ]in. IW —^1, ili'itl : C'lil doj;ii,' of iiKrniivcriiit works on the Indians nnd their laiigiiai^es, invsented to the Ann I'icini rinjosoiihicid Soeiitv, or (leposited ill their lihrarv. % INTUOIM * loin niKI.KM.II MIIK \|. NoriCKN. XXI )lial)('tii'iit«, Cl'Il'i'lllllf, (llli, 1^1 ■>, l>MI MllllllICi, rtl uuiUt the J.7, Hvo, j)i). IS. (rliiip. WtMt, or an ■iU'l. 'J'ren- i)p. ;}l'J.) ,^) \ Xiiliciii •ntos (Ml la c'stcrito, (t lo !t()r 1). •)o»v. i'rsi(l;iiU's do I'arl.H 111, licii, y DciUi )ls. t'olit). •iituro of Now L;^^llllil'^', and 111, vet it i> u 111 Mi-xii'Odnd >liiiirs to be iiiil r.ilcniry nil' (.'(lI'fL'S- ;is. P/iila- Bn ItANAN'S irtji Anu'i'ican \o\. 11, \UK 111 the Indian.* ill Su('iil\, or 1 .loiiN PicKKHiMi, K^nnv «>n :i lMis»iit!i!ir\ Oi'tlinu'iniiliv fur the linli.in l.migiianfH til" Niiiili Aiiii'i ifa. Ciihi/niif'/i'. Is'jo, Ito. Afi'liiiiiJii^Ma Aincrit'aim, 'rniiisat'tiims niul Cnlli I'lloiis tif llic AiiicrifUM Anl I (iiii iai» Sni'uty. I'lilili-luil l>\ tlircitinii ul' llic S.M-ifty. Vn tlic Mx|it'(litiiiii fur lv\|iliiiiiii,' tin- Missi.ssi[)|ii and ils WrsUrn \\ al r», iindi>r tlic ('niiiiiiaiul df .Major S. 11. Lull-,', Svo. r/iihi,/(Ij>/iitu IS'J'J.) ,\itim;v M.vi.ui, .Mlas I'!llin(i;,'raplii«iii(' dii (Ilnlic, on t'l.issificnlion di'.s |)(Mi|iU'n ancicn.s I'l niodcrnc* d'apr^s Iciirs Iihiljiu'.s ; |ir<''t't''dd d'lin di.si'otir.s siu* rntilitr- I't riiiiporlancc di' ri'tiulo dcH Jaii^'iicH, etc. yV//.v, Rev aiuKiravicr, 1H2(), I'nl. '1 :iiilr ,\.\.\' f(iiitiiiii> tin- '• l)i\ i-ii'ii i'llin(>!.'r;ii>liii|iu' dc r.\nii'rii|nc' « t tjililiiiii jjcnonil (!(■•« Iniii^nc* .Viiu'i'ii'iiiiu"* ;" iind 'I'lililc .\l,l, " 'falili nil iii)|_v(il(i|ti? di's lanu'iii"* Ai'irriciiinrM," uivi"* ii \( ciilniiaiN d' -(5 wi.nis in nl'diit li'o Anii'i'icaii laiiLjiia^'i's iiiul diali'il-. "Of the Lanp;ii:im« of tlu' Indians," Chapter VI (pi). 10') to 111) of: A ^'io\v of the Aincrican Indian!*, llicir j^'cncral Cliaractcr, Cii.stoms, lian^'iiaf^e, I'liblic l'\'stivai.-<, lu'lij^iims Kitt's, and Tradi- lioiis: slio\vin<^ tlicin to be the d(>sceiulants of the Ten 'J'rihes of I.srael ; llie latiLJiiai^e of pinphi'ey eoiK t'l'iiin^' thcni, and the emirsi! by whieh they travelled tVniii Media into .\nu'i'iea. Hy lsu.\i;i, W'oitsLl.v. l.iiiuluii, IsL'S. iL'mo, pp. .\ii and JSO. On tlu! La 11 Ullages of the .\inei'i(';m Indians. ( Chap. H, pp. 33 — Gol (d': tl . 11. M't'i'i.i.oir, jnii., He^^ean•lles, I'hilosophical and Aniitpiarian, euneernin^ the .Vl)oiiL,M!i,'d lli.story of .\iiiei-iea. Fielding Liieas, jun., \^'1{), ti\o.) .loiiN I'liKKUiMi, indiaii haiiiiiiayert of .\iiieiie,i. A|)pen(h"x (pp. r)Sl— LUIO) 1(» \dl. \\ of the " Mnew'lopadia Aiiu'i ieana," i'hiladtlpliid, Is;}!), Svo. .\l>(i, with si par.ate title, " KiMiiarks (>n the Indian Languages (d' 2soi'tli Aineriea," s. 1. I'hihidclphia, ls:iG, Svo. . CliTniaii traii.-lation (liv .Mi>i. i'nii'. luiliiii-^iai), 1 ilnr dif Indianischen Siiraelii'n Ainnika-'. Aiis dcni i'Iii;4d'ir]uii diw ^l'o^d-Alll, rikani'i'?" Kcrrn Joiiv Pi( KKUiNd, idiiTscizt and mil AniiK'rkiingcn bi'^dritrt von Tahj. T.i-'qi:.'!!/, \'liml, l.Sol, Smi, ]i|i. \ii!, 71', 1. X\ll INTRODUtJTOHY lUnLIOdUAl'IIlCAL NOTICES. /\ MSERT Gallati.v, A Synopsis (if tlio Jiuliiiii Ti-ilics ^vitllin the Viiilcd .Slates, Eiist, of the Jlooky 3louuluiiis, and in tiie Britir12, of Vol. II of tlie Archa'oloLfia Anierieana. Tninsaclions and Ccjllections of the Ainei'ican Aiiti(|iiai'ian Society. (CaiiihriiJ(/p, printed for the Society at I lie Tniversity I'ress, ISIU!, Svo.) Sect. VI, Tiidiait laniiua^c-i, ]))>. 1 — 2, 1S20, .... unck'i- tlio ('onnnanil of .Major Lotii,', M. T. Sav, and otlu-r.s, by l^owrx James, Eutani-t and Geologist to tbo J']x|ii'dition. London, Longman, Ilui-st, otc, lS2:i, \\ \ol.-. S\(). And A\'iLi.iA>[ Di'NiiAii, On till! Langnago of Signs ;!iiir.ii^ ivi'tain ISdrtli Aniorican Indians. Li'ttiT to Tli. Ji'llir.-oii, dal^d yn/c/zr::, ,luni' 'M), ISOt). I'p. I — K of : 1"i-ansMi'1ions of the American I'liilnsopliieal Society, \o\. A'l, Part 1. {riilladcljihia, .1. Ailken, ISOl, Ito.) EuoEXE A. Vail, Notice siir les Indieus de TAnu'ricpie du Nord. J^aris, Bertrand, IS 10, Svo, plates, i)p. 214. (Ues Langues Iiidiennes, pp. 10- oS.) Particularities of Ihe Indian Languages. (Pp. 02—97, and com- parative view of the Indian and Asiatic liangiinges, p[). ll)() — 1();} of: tloiix M'Intosil, The Origin of the North American Indians, etc. A'c/r York, Napis and Cornish, 1SI3, 12iiio, ]>[>. 311.) Transactions of the American Ethnological Soiii'tv. Svo, \o\. I (pp. viii aiid-lS)2), ISt.'); \'ol II (pp. clx.wviii, 2!).S, two maps), IMS ; \ol. Ill, Part I (pp. 202;. IS-");}. Xcir York. A. GaU.atin, Notes on the Semi-civill/ed Nations of ^Mexico, ^"ueala^. and Central Aiiurica. V\). I — :).")2 of \'ol. I (d' the IN THoniC TOUV lUnLIO(iRAlMllCAL XOTU KS. Will Avilliiii the .British and f Vol. 1 1 t)f ous of the tho Society uitical notices, 1. unatieal ties ,0 du Nord. 'riqiie iiu'i-i- et inorau.v. s. • ou tlie laii- llio lh'!-t voluini- ^loiintain.-', ju r- iiiaiul of ^Injor il Gcologi.'^l to Svo. And vrtain >«"<>rtli I lino 30, ISUU. ity, Yol. VI, 10 dll Nol'ch ?s liulieiiues, i)7, and coiii- .()() — lo:} of: Indians, etc. Svo, Vol 1 maps), Ibis ; of ]\h'\ifO, (.1. I of the Transactions of tlic Anurican J'llluioloLiical Society. {Xiir )''/•/.•. I>artlell and W'elford, IS I'), Svo.) Suet. I. LiUigiiiige-*, pj). 1 — IS. .Ij^iiiriiili.r. (irannuatical notuT.-", pp. lil.j — :50l,. Elhiiograpliy and Piiih)lo;j[y of the United States Exploring? Ex- pedition, dm-iiig the years 1 S3S, ls3'.). Islo, ISIl, ISl'J. L'nder the eomniand of Ciiai-les Willies, United States .Navy. \\\ JIokatio JIai.k, ])hiiologist of the expedition, 4to (p[). xii, (!(j(), map). J'hila- dclphia, is It). (The Lanoiiages of Xorth- WestiTii .\nieriea, ou pp. 5;}:i to tJoO.) A. (lALLATrN, Hale's Indians of Norlh-West America, and Vocabuhirii's of North America, wii h an Introduction. Pp. x\v — clxxxviii, 1 — 130 of Vol. II of the Transaetious of the American Ethnological Society. (AVif I'urk, Bartlett and AVelford, ISIS, Svo.) Introdnction lit, IMiiloloiry ; "\'ocal)ulai'ic's, Clranunar, jip. cviii — cxliv. ITa!'''.'; Indians of ^'ortk-Wesl America. riiiloloj^'V, pj). 2.") — 7t) ; Yucabu- laric>, 71-i;U>. IT. E. ScuooLCiZAFT, A Eibliographical Catalogue of Books, Translations of tho Scriptures, and other publieatious in the Indian Tongues of the United States ; with brief critical notices. Washiufi- ton, C. Alexander, printer, 1S19, Svo, pp. 2S. Contains a catalogue raixonm; of the Indian works in tlie Indian bureau of the dei)artment of llic interior. It is repnnted witli a few additions, pp. 523 — 551 of A'ol. lY of the illus- trated work ou the Indian Tribes of the I'nited States, published by order of the Government of tiie L'nited States. Historical and Statistical Information respecting the History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indiau Tribes of the United States. Collected and prepared under tho direction of the Bureau of Indian A flairs, per Act of Congress of ]Marcii 3, IS 17, by Hi:>'ry B. SciioOLCitAi-T, LL.l). Pnblishcdby authority of Congress. Parts I to V, Ito (with illustrations). I'hUadclphia, iSol to ISoo. H. B. ScuooLCRAVT, Indian Languages of the United States. (Pj). 310 — 315 of History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United States, A'ol. II.) FuAXcis LiEiJEH, liL.I)., Plan of Thought of the American Languages (pp. 31(5 — 3 li) of History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indiau Tribes of the United States, A'ol. II). H. B. SciiooLCitAiT, Observations on tlie Alanner of correspond- ing AVords in tho Indian Tougiic. (Pp. 371 — 'iSt) of History, Con- XXIV INTHOnCCTORY HI BLIOCiHAPHICAL N(JTICES. '■% ',1 111 ditioii, and Prospects of tlie Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. IV.) II. Jl. ScirooLCtt.irx, Indian Numerals. (I'. 712 of History, Condition, and Prospects of tlie Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. V.) Catalogue of Books in the Astor Library relating to the Lan- guages and Literature of Asia, Africa, and lii(> Oceanic Islands. JVcic Voi'k, Astor Library Au1dgra[)hic Press, ls."j J-, Svo, [)p. 8, 421'. C'oataiii.--, oil jip. 17t) — 187, also liuoks on the 1; ii^niiigfs ol' llif AuKTicaii Indians. An l'].\aininalion of American Languages, on pp. 53 to 72 of: Arch.Tology of the United States; or. Sketches, Historical and Biblio- graphieal, fii" tlu^ Progress of I iilbrination and Opinion respecting Vestiges of Anticpiity in the United States. By Samuel. F. IIavkn". Pp. iv. and 108, Ito. Washing ton, ISuG. >..! t ' nited States, ; of History, Jiiitcd States, to the 1-aii- •auic Islands). 0, pp. S, ■1'2L. il' I 111' Auii'i'icau 53 1o 72 of: cal and Biblio- on respecting BIBLIOTHECA GLUTTICA. ABENAKI, AVxVPANACHKl. Eastern Iiulians. This is the name given 1)y Europeans to the Indians of New Enghmd, Canada, and Nova Scotia. Tribes of the Abeiiakis are the Micinacs, Souriquois, Ameriscoggins, Etchemins, and Penohscots. The Abenakis proper lived on tlie Kennebek river ; their principal place was Nanrantsouak (Nor- ridgewock). UollUS AND VOC.VUULARlliS. Hervas, Saggio, p. 233. Pkofessou T. Sat, Comparative Vocabulary of various Dialects of the Leiiapc, etc.; note 15, pp. 135 — 115, to John Pickering's edition of: Dr. Edwards's Observations on the Mohcgan Jiunguagc, in Vol. X (second series) of the : Collec- tions of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Boston, Phelps audFaruham, 1823, 8vo ; reprinted, Hid., Little and Erowu, 18 13, 8vo. Baldi, Atlas Ethnographique. Tub. XLI, No. 815. jt' Father Sebastian Rasles, A Dictionary of the Abenaki Language in North America, pubUshed from the original manuscript of the author, with an intro- ductory memoir and notes by John Pickering. Cambridge, Folsom, 1833, 4to ; forms part (pp. 370 — 571) of: Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New Series, Vol. I. Cambridge, Folsom, 1833, 4to. The original MS. in the Harvard Library, Cambi'idge, Massachusetts. No. IV, 11 of the Comparative Vocabulary (p[>. 305~3G7) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc.. Vol. II of the : Archa-ologia Americana ; and (jiartly) under O, IV, 5, p. 109 of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of the : Transactions of the Ameri- can Etlmological Society. ^ Langue des Abenaquis, p. Sl-i of Vol. VIII of: Ant. Court de Gebelin, Monde primitif. Paris, 1773, 410. Reprinted in : J. B. Scherer's Kecherchea Hia- toriques et Geograpliiques sur Ic Nouveau Moude. Paris, Brunet, 1777, 12mo, pp. 327, 328. William Willis, The Language of the Abenaquis, or Eastern Indians (extracts from Rasles, and list of Indian geographical names). Art. VI, pp. 93 — 117, and B it: »> AlUPONES — ACCAWAV E. E. ToTTEU, iipiK-ndix tlicnto, Art. YIll, pp. 1«5 — I'JH, 11)5, of Vol. IV of the : Collections of the Muiuo Historical Society. Portland, 1850; 8vo. GRAMMARS AXJ) GUAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. 1*. AVzoKUiLAiN, Wohunaki kiuzowi awighihun. Boslon, 1830, 8vo. ABIPONES. Formerly of the Province of Cluico, now of Piiraj^uay, east of the Parana river ; ■were divitkKl into three tv'ihcs, i\\o A(i(/i(chibioruui, insectorura, serpenlium pra'cipuortiin, pi.-^ciiini,aviiiui, arboruin, plantaruni, iiliarumqueejiisdem provincia- propnetatum ub.ervatiouibu3. Vieniue, de Ivurzbeck, 1781', 3 vols. 8vo. Translated into — a. German : M. DoBUiziioFFEE, Geschiclite der Abiponen (by Professor Kreil). Wien, 1781, 3 vols. 8vo. b. E)i(jUsh : An Account of the Abipones, an Equestrian People of Paraguay. From the Latin of Mautin Dobiuzhoffep, eighteen years a missionary in that country (by Miss Coleridge). London, Murray, 1822, 3 vols. 8vo. The vocabulary and grammar to be found in Vol. II, p. IGl et seq. of the Latin edition. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 478, 497, 505, 506. GRAMMARS AND GUAMJIATICAL NOTICES. M. DoBiuzuoFFKR, 1. c, A'ol. II, p. IGl et seq. :Mithridates, A'ol. Ill, pp. 198—501. A. D'Okbignt, L'llomme Americaiii, \'ol. II, p. ] 17. ACCAWAY. Indian Tribe of (jiiyana, on tlie banks of the Demerara, belongs to the Caribi-Tanianakan stock. I ArilAOU.VS — VGI-FfiMT-TFSi. n Vol. IV of o. y, east of Nayitcyl- WOUDS AND VOCABl'LAKIICS, Vocabulary of Eiglity-two Xouns niul Numerals (1 — 10) in the four Indian L!inguigesol'Briti?.h (Juyanii, Accaway. \^y Ww.h. iliM.iiorsK, in tlic : Journal of the Royal Gi'ograiiiiical Society of Lonilon. London, ls;J2, A'ol. II, ])|) .1247, 2 18. Eeprinttd, pp. 155, 15(!, of Vol. V of; K. IMontuoniery .Martin's Eritisii Colonial Library (\Vo.->t Indies, Vol. II;. Loudon,, 18 1 I, 12iiio. Vocabulary of Five Indian Nations in Guyana, Aekoway, in ajipendix No. V, pp. IGI, 1G5 of: F. A. Vax lIjirvKL, El iJorado. Ni-w I'o//(-, J. AVinche»tcr, 1841., 8vo. Sii! KOBERT II. ScnOMBrROK, Vocabulary (if Kiiihtccn Word^t, coin])nred with Eighteen other Guyana Languages and the Linn'oa i;eral, pp. i)7, !)S oftlie : Swansea Meeting Report of the Uriti>h .issociatiun in ISIS. Lowioii, .Murray, 1SH», Svo. Vocabulary of Eighteen Words (ei^dit not in Sclidinliuriik), coniiiari-d with Arawak, Caribisi, and Warau, pp 21)7, 21IS of: W. H. IJuKrr, ihe Indian Tribes of Guyana. iS'eio York, Rob. Carter and llrothers, 185:?, \'hno. ri£C mission- £>, locupletatu , insect orum, iqueejusdem , 3 vols. Svo. ^reil). Wien, ;uay. From nary in that o. it seq. of the ACHACrAS. AVun(leriii«j Tribe, on tlic l)iuiks of tlie Middle Orinoeo and the Casanare. WORDS AND VOCAIUT.AUIKS. IIervas, Origine, Tabb. XI T, LT cl seq. Mithridates, Voh III, p. G3I. ADAIZE. On tlie Red River, near Xatcliitoehes. Only forty men in 180."). "VVOKDS AND VOCAlUI.AlilK.S. No.XIII.lSof the Comparative Vocabulary of Fifty-tl e Nations, pp. 305— .367 of the Synopsis of the. Indian Tribes within the L'l, cd States., Ea>t of the Kocky Mountain.*, etc., by Alueut Gali.atin, in Vol.11 of the: Arcluvologia Americana. Cambridge Universltij Press, 1S3G, Svo ; and No. D, XIII, pp. !J5— J)7, of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of the: Transactions of the American Ethnolo- gical Society. The Adaize words given after ^IS. notices of Sini.r.Y. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 278. 'a, belongs AGLEGMCTKS, AGOLEG:\[UTr-:S. In Russian Anieriea, at the month of the rivers Xiisehagak and Xaknek. They ])elong to the ]":s(|niman\-. (TehouUtehi Ameri- cans of Balbi.) iiT ■' ' ' M.r.rrws. >VOKI).S ANIi VOCAHt'LAlUKS. CuROMTSCHENKO's Vojage along the Coast of tlie Kussiun Possessions in Ame- rica — in the : Northern A rehives for History, Statistius, and Travels, (In the Rus- Hiaa language.) fit Pelershitrt/, 182 1, Nos. 11—18. Translated into German in llie : Ilertlm of 1825, Vol. II, pp. 218-221. Balbi, Atlas Ethiiographicjuo. Tab. XLI, No. 859. (Tchouktchi or Agle- mutes propre, de I'lle do Nurriwok e( de I'lie dc St. Laurent.) ALEUTANS. In lliissian America, on the islands between Alyaska and Kamseliatka. The inhabitants of tliese isUmds speak different dialects. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIES. J. Billings, Voyages (Russian edition). Si. Petershurj, 1811, 4to, pp. 121 — 129. Martin Sauer, An Account of a Geograpliical and Astronomical Expedition to the Northern Parts of Russia by Commodore Joseph Billings. London, T. Cadell and W. Davies, 1802, -Ito, pp. 9 — lA of the appendix. (Appendix No. H, Vofiabu- lary of the Languages of Kamschutkii, the Aleutan Islands, and of Kadiak.) Vol. II, pp. 296 -303, of the French translation by F. Castera. raris, 1 802, 2 vols. 8vo. Pp. 399—406 of the German translation. Berlin, 1802, 8vo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 310, 311 ; Vol IV, pp. 251—255. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique. Tab. XLI, No. 858. Aleutian Abeccdarium, s. 1. e. a. St. Petersburg, 1839 or IS 10. 8vo. 1. A'eniauixov. Aleutian Vocabulary (Russian). St. Petersburg, 1818. Aleutan Vocabulary (noted "not in America"), under X 2, p. 130 of the Voca- bularies iu Vol. II of the : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. Some (18) Aleutian and Kamskadule words compared in Samuel Or. Drake, the Book of the Indians. 9th edition. Bo.iton, Benjamin B. Mussey, 1815, 8vo, Part I, p. 16. Twenty-one Esquimaux words compared with Aleutian, pp. 110 — 113 of the Esquimaux. Vocabulary, published by the British Admiralty. ! . I GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. 1. V!!NiAMIJfov, Opyt Grammatiki Aleutsko lisjevskago jasikii. St. Peters- />i(/-^, 1816-8. UeL r die Sprachen dcs Russischen Amerika's, ii:.ch Veniaminov. Pp. 126 — 113 of Vol. VII of: A. EuMAN, Archiv fiir wisscnsdiaftiche Kuude von Russland. Berlin, Reim.r, 1819, 8vo. Il \T,nO\(}TM\. 5 )ns in Ame- In the Ru8- 18-221. lii or Agle- ska and different 1. 121—129. ipecUtion to ,1, T. Cadell ir, VocMbu- liak.) "((W*, 1802, 802, 8vo. 1818. f Ihe Yoca- Society. G. Drake, 1815, 8vo, 113 of the St. Peters- 1.126-113 Russlancl. ALCiOXQUIN (Cmi'PKWAV;. The Aljioiiquins, as a tribe of the j^reat AlfjconJiiiin stock, Avero once powerful on the northern shores of tlie hikes and the St. Lawrence river. •VVoanS AND VOC.Mlt'r.AUIKS. Npw Voyaffcs to Jfortli America To wliich is added a Dictionary of tiio Algonkine Lanpuago, which is generally s>pokcn in North America. . . . HvBaho.v Lahont/.X, Lord-Lieulenant of the French colony at Pliicentia, in Newfoniidland. Done into English — a great part of wliicli never ])rinted in thi^ orij^inul. London, 1703, 2 vols. Svo. Eeprinted, London, 1735, -2 vols. 8\o. Translated, under the inspection of the autlior, from the I'Vencli original, pnblished in tlie same year under the title : !Nouveaux A'oyages de M. le Uauov DE Lahontan dans TAnierique septentrionale. A la Ilatjp, 17^ '3, 8vo ; second edition, /fi;V/., 1705, Svo. The second vohiiTie bears the title: ]Meinoir(>s do rAmericiue septentrionale, ou la suite des Voyages de .AT. lk Bauox DK Laiiox- TAX avec un petit dis, Vol. Til, part 3, pp. 313, 310, 416, 417 (from Lahontan, Smilh Barton, Loiifj, ami ^lackenzir). Vocabtilary of tlic- Algonqniu Lanffuc, pp. ,"71) — G02 of: TravcU throuf,']! the Canadas, do. \\y GKOliOi-: lIi:iiloT, \\>(\. London, I{. riiillips, 1807,1 vol. 4to, pp. xi ami G()2. Balbi, Atlaa Etlmographiipie. Tab. XLT, Xo. 818. J. Edwakds, ObsiTvations on the Lungiia!.'e uf the Mulihckanew Indians. A new edition, h\ J. Pi(?kering. Boston, 1823, 8vo. Kei)rinti'd from : t'ollections of the jVIasisaclinsilts llir-toricul Society, Vol. X of the second series. Boslon, printed bv I'helps and Farnham, 1823, 8vo, pp. 81-1 GO. Algonkin words in the Comparative Vocabulary of various Dialects of the Lenape stock, coiuniunicated by l'uoi\EnSOK Say, pp. 135 — 115. No. 10 and IV j8 of the Comparative Vocabulary of Fifty-tlireo Nations, pp. 305 — 3G7, and No. IV /3, p. 3(;8, of the Comparative Vocabulary of Sixteen 'J'ribes, pp. 368—372 of A. Gallatin's Synopsis, in Vol. II of the : Archreo- logia Americana. The " Old Algonqtnn," after Lahontan ; the " Modern Algonquin," after Mackenzie. The former partly reprinted under No. IV (2), p. 106 of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of the : Xransaetions of the American Ethnological Society. Affinities of the Satsika or Blackfcet Language with those of the Algonkins, pp. cxiii, cxiv ; and Allinities of the Shyenne with Languages of the Algonkin Family, pp. cxiv., exv of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Suciety, Vol. II. Hev. M. IIkckewei.der, A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni-Lenape and Algon(piin. MS. in the Library of the American Philosophical Society at Phila- delphia. Rev. Frkd. Baraga, Dictionary, etc. (see Cliippewn). A MS. Vocabulary of the Algonquin, in French, written at M ichimilimac, in 17 10 to 1718, by a Jesuit Missionary (1 vol. folio, pp. 582), is iu the possession of Hugh Ramsay, Esq., of Montreal. Comparison of the Language of the Ancient Pampti'cos of North Carolina with the Algonquin Language (Chippewa, Natic), pp. 55G, 557 of Vol. V of: SCUOOL- chaft's Indian Tribes of the United States. # 4 ■I If i Hisforiquc et L'c uii Voc'ubu- ontun, Smith through the )7, 1 vol. 4to, Indians. A 'iral Society, -nhiim, 1H23, iulects of the reo Nations, y of Sixteen le : Archceo- qnin," after lOO of tlie Etlinological Algonkins, p. cxiv., cxv Lenape and y at Phila- nao, in 1710 )ssession of rolina with f: ScuooL- Ai.i.i;.\ I lAi — AND.vtjrn.s. fiUAMMAUS AND UKAMMATICAL NOilCKM. Mithrid.Ucs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. Ill', llo. Note of D. FioiiiM-o to two Alg()iii|uin Songs, given by John Dunne, in his Noticf.i ri'lalivo to sonu' of the Nativt" Tribes of Nortli America. Transactions of the Royal Irish Aeatleuiy. Tom. IX, p. 130. r. E. Di'PONCEAF, ilcmoirc sur le Systemo Grammatical tics Luigues de quehjues Nations Indiennes dc rAmericiue du Nord. Parix, 1S3S, Svo. 11. R. ScuooLCUAFT, An Etisay on the Grammatical .Structure of the Algon- quin Language, pp. 351 — 112 of Vol. II of the ; Indian Tribes of the United States. II. R. SciioOLCKAFT, Observations on the Manner of Compounding Words in the Indian (principally witii Aigonciuin examples), pp. 371 — 381 of Vol. IV^ of the : Indian Tribes of the United States. ALLENTTAC. A Cliiliim language, spoken by the Guarpos Indians of the pro- vinco of Cuio. WORDS AND VOCAliL'LAUlKS. LcYS DE Valdivia, Arte Gramraatica, Yocabulario, Catccismo y Confes- sionario en Lengua Chilena y en las dos Lenguas AUentiac y MilcocayaCj que son las mas generates de la Provineia de Cuio en el reyno de Chili, y que hablan loa Indios Guarpes y otros. Lima, 1007, 8vo. Brunet, IV, p. 517 — who mentions the same author's : Arte de la Lengua do Chile, published 1606 at Lima — gives a similar title as the above after Antonio, II, 67, but dated Lima, 1608, 8vo. GIJAMMAUS AND GUAM.M.VriCAL NOTICES. LuYS DE Valdivia, see under Vocabularies. ANDAQUIES. Indians of Nueva Granada, territory of ]Mocoa (formerly depart - mento del Assuai), between the rivers Caqueta and Putumayo. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Andaqui and Spanish Vocabulary, taken in 1851 by the Presbytero MAwrEi. Maria Albis. Pp. 27 — 29 of: Los Indios del Andaqui. Memoriasde un vinjero publicadas por Jose Maria Vergara i Vergara i Evuristo Delgado. Popayan, imprenta de la Matricaria, 1855, 16mo, pp. 2f». Hi ANTis— .\ri.\A(ii;s. ANTIS. J3ni/,iliau liuliaus on the eastern sloju- of tlic Andes. WOUDS AND VOCAIIULAKIKS. J/uigiie (It's Aiitis, (III RcviTH Oriental des Andos (I'^-lioriitus), N'oeubuluirc, No. XVI, pp. 2i)0, 2'Jl ol' CASiELNAr, Vol. V, ^ppciulic'o. APACIIKS. The great Apuehe nation roams over the trianf^nhir spaec included between the puellos of New Me.\ieo, the river Colarado, and the (iila; they extend, also, into the State of Cliihuahua, and even farther south. They are rehitcd to the great Atna- pasean family. The Navajos and Tinulenos belong to them. WOUU.S AND VOCABULAUi;i6. A Vocabulary — of tho Cojjpt'r Mine Apaches- -lin.; been taken b^' Joux K. Uaiixlett, tho United States' Boundary Coinmissioaer. A'oeabularies of the Apache and Mieinao Languages. Tho Apache by Dr.CilAKLES C. Henky. Aew Mexico, 1853. Pp. 578—589 of Vol. V of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of tho United States. Prof. W. W. Tuuneb, Comparative A^ocabulary of Twenty-fivo Words of Apache (from Barilctt's MS. Vocal. dury), Hudson's Bay, Chepewyan, Dogrib, Tacally, Unikwa, Iloopah, and Navajo, p[). SI, 85 of th(^ Kcport upon the Indians, added to Lieutenant A. W. Whipple's Report on the Route near the 35th Parallel, in Vol. II of tlic : Pacific Railroad Reports. Washinylon, 1855, tto. APIACAS. Brazilian Indians on the hanks of the River Arinas. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Langue des Apiacas. Vocabulaire, No. VIII, pp. 276 — 278 of Castelnau, Vol. V, Appeudicc. APINAGES. Brazilian Indians on tlie banks of the Tocantins River. Martius (Catalogue of Indian Tribes, No. 80, b) calls them Api7iagcs, and mentions them as a tribe of the Gi'S or Gez nation, of which he names nine tribes. .\ltAl t A.NS. WORDS AND VOr.\IlUI,AllIKS. LnnRiio (lo« Apinnj^cs (Rio Tocaiitiii:*). 1. rarlic (l(>nn«''t' par lo C'oiiimaiuliint (lu Tort S, .loao das iluas Harms, i)p. 270, 271. 2. I'artie rooiii'illif tlnns los Alliens dii Tocantiiifl, ))p. 271—273. Vorabulairo, No. V, pp. 270 — 273 of Castklnau, Vol. V, A[)pomlii'0, AIJAIX'ANS. The aborl<;inos of Chili; who call thcinsclvcs Ai«'(i, Mohichcs, or Chiliihiyn. They arc divided into Pihuttrhv, or I'tu/rhc ; Pchucnrhr, to which the Anna or Jfohtr/H's ])roi)er heloiijif, and Ilui/lic/ir. D'OuHKiNY distinguishes the sedentary (Araucanian) and roving (Auca) tribes. iSTELNAtr, WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocnbula Linffure Ciiiliw, in ! Casp. Bari-aei, rcvum por ooteniiium in Urasilin et alibi nuper gcstarum sub prrelbctura comitis .T. Mauritii Nasjovire llistoria. Amstelodami, Jean Blacv, 1017, folio. Edit, sccuiula. Ciivis, IGGO, 8vo. (Vocabula Cliileiisia, pp. 17!) — lltl.) German Translation — Earlaei Brasiliauischo Gcschiclito, etc. C'levp, 1G59, 8vo. A View of tlio Cliilcsinn Lani^nago (Vocabulnn), ])p. 035—039 of: Jonx OoiLBY, America, being the lates^t and most accurate Description of the New World, &c. ZoH(/o», printed bj the author, 1071, folio. Vocabulary, after Elias IIkrkmaxn, p. 621), in: Dr. O. D. (Dapper) Die un- bekannte ncuc Welt oder Bcsehreibung des WeltthciU America. Amsterdam, 1673, folio. From this rocabularv the words given bv : .1, K. Forstkr, in his Observations made during a Voyage Round the World (ioH(/o», Bobinson, 1778, 4to), pre said to be taken. Do Chilensium lingua ct Vocabularium dictionum Chilensium, in : Geo. Marc- gravii Tractatus Brusiliic .... quibus additi sunt illius et aliorum com- ment ■■ de Brasiliensium et Ciiilonsium indole ct lingua ; pp. 288 — 290 of: Ilis- toria Naturalis Brasili.c (Liii/duni Jlataroncin ct Ainsleloilami, Fr. Tlackius, 16 18, folio), which contains the works of Guil. Piso and Geo. Marcgravius, on the Natural and ]\[cdical History of Brazil, published by Johannes de Lact ; and pp. 32 — 31' of: Guil. Piso do India; utriusijuo re Natural! et Mcdica. Lugduni Batavorum, Elzevir, 1055, folio. Langue du Chili, pp. 535, 536 of Vol. VIII of: Cottrt de Gebelix, Monde Primitif. Faris, 1773, Itc. Hkkvas, Origine, pp. 37, 161, 165, and Tabb. LI, LII et seq. (Chilena, Tab. XLIX.) C 10 AllAUtANit. »'■! 'i IIkuvah, Aritiiiflicii, p. !).'). IIeuvah, Vocnbulnrio, \k l(»l it !tit|., i220 (Araiicumi 6 C'liili'im). Hmitii Hauton, New Vii'WH — Conipiirutivo Vocuhuliirii-n. !^Iitliri(lul(.x, Vol. Il[, \i\i. IU2 (Cumpurisun ul' the Aruucauiuii, Givck, uuil Lutiii Liin^uii^c!*), 122, 12:i. Balm, Alius lithnoRrnpliicpu'. Tub. XLI, No. III'J. W.M. Mai!8UEN, Miiicellaiieous Works. London, IHUI, llo, p, lOi. Vocalmliiry of Twi'iily-threo Words. Pp. 102—10 1 of Vol. I of : A. l)'Oumu> V, L'llommo Am^riciiiii. Vocubiiliiry Armieiiiio mid Cliili-no, p)). 0r)2, Or)U, of: lIoiiAiio ITali;, EtlmoRm- pliy niid IMillolofjy, ITiiited Sluti'.-i Kx()li)riiig Expetlition. P/tilaili/p/iitiiljca und Blamlmrd, 1HI(!, Ito. Dicoionnrio C'liileiio y Hispnno, compiiosto por el R. 1'. Mis. Anuh. FicniiES, &('. iMirupu'i'ido do voces i mcjorado jior el H. 1'. Fr. Ilfrnandiz F. C'alzada. Edieion lii'dia para el servieo di; las iiusioncs .... bajo la inspeceion del H. 1*. Wisionero Fr. .Miguel Anjel Astraldi. Santia(jo, iniprenta do los Tribuuales, 18 Ki, 8vo, pp. i)2. The Spanish part under the title — Diecioiinrio Ilispano t'hilciio, coiupueato por ol P. Anduk.s Fkiikki^. l<]tiri(iue('ii|{) pur el i'. Ilfriiandez F. C'alzada. Edieion heeha bajo l.i iiispeeeioii del 1'. i'r. ^Miguel A. Aatraldi. Santiarjo, impreuta del Progreso, 18 10, 8vo, pp. 112. Brcvo Diceionario de algunns palabras mas usualcs (Spanish and Chilcno). Appendix of 2'J pp. to: A. Fkures, (Iraniatiea dc la Lengua Chilena, edition by Culzadn and Astraldi. Santiago, 1810, 8vo. A vocabulary, or speeimens of the language of the Pehuenehe, may be found in : Dcseripeion de la Naturaleza de los Terrenos quese coniprenden en los Andes posei- dos por los IVguenehes .... por P. Luis UB LA Cku/, Aleala Mayor Provincial del ilustrc Cabildo de la Coucepeion do Chile. Prinicra edieion. liuenos Aj/res, iniprenta del estado, 1835, folio. Eoriiis part of the first volume of: Pedro de Angclis, Coleccion de Obras .... relativos h, la Uistoria dc la provineia del Rio dc la Plata. Buenos Ai/res, 1835-7, 6 vols. See also the works and grammars of Fedkes, Yaldivia, Falknek, Gilii, Molina, IIavestaut, A'idavke. guammars and grammatical notices. Lris de Yaldivia, Arte y Gramatica general do la Lengua que corrc en todo el Rcyno de Chile, con uu Vocabulario en la Lengua do Chile. Lima, Fr. Canto, 1000, 8vo. P. Andres Febkes, e. S. J. Arte de la Lengua general del Reyno dc Chil^, con un Dialogo Chileiio Ilispano ; y un Yocabulario a que so afiada la Doctrina Christiana y por fin un Yocabulario Ilispano Chileno. Lima, 1705, 4to, pp. 082. Reprinted: Adicioiiada i correjida por el R. P. Fr. Aut. Ueruaudez Calzada de la Ordeu de AnAUfAXS. n Frnnrinoo. KH — 2(>l, 'J??, of WA. W of tin-: Ar- clui'i)l<)niii Aiiicrii'ima. TnoMAM l''u,k.Ni:u, A Description of Putnjfotiin iind tl-.e Adjoininff I'artnofSoiitli Anioric-a, conlainiiit^ .... an Account of the Lanminuc uf the Molndu'ii, with a firaniMiar mid >li()it \'iii'al)ularv Jfrrifuril,] 77 I, Ho, uinp*, pp. 111. The grauiiiiar and Mtfaliuian', pp. lH:i— 1 1 1. Translated (extracts only!) into — K. German, hy Scliack Hermann Kwald. fioffut, Ellingor, 177.*), Svo. (Oramniar and N'ocabularic,^, ])p. lliU— iHl.) b. Fi-fiich, par M. 11 (Jenevc. Paris, Dufuit, 17m7, 2 vols. 2lnio, jip. lOO, l:«.'). Hepriiitcd at Paris, 17HH. c. S/i(i)ii\'i. T. r.vi.KMiu, Descripcioii do la l'atii!;onia. Trimcra cdicion Espanula. Hiifiin.s Ji/rts, inipn-nta di'l estado, iHli.'j, I'oiii), pp. vii, (lU. J'"ornii* part of A'dI. 1 of llic: C'( lleccion «lo (Jbra»i y Dociiini iitos rclativos il la llistoriii antiiiiia y inodi'rna dr lus provineias del Hio de la I'lata, por I'edro do An(,'eli». Unnios Ai/rm, iniprenta del estailo, ISIl,'-", '■> vols. Tlu- extract, "of llie I'ata^^onians," nia(!e l)y 'i'lios. Pennant, and printed for him jirivalcly at (icorgc Allan's Darlinj^ton I'rcss (I7H8, llo) -which is nlso rcjirinti'd in the appendix uf the : Literary Life of the late Tlios. IVn- nant, l>y himself, Loiidun, 17ii;<, Ito — seems not to contain tho above gram- mar and vocabnlury. (AiuJE YiDAlTUE ?) Conipcndio dclla Storin Gcogradca Naturalo o Civile del Royno de Chile. Bologna, 1770, Hvo. (h'rman translation — Kurz;^'cfaszte Oeschichtc dcs Konigreichs von Chile. Von C. F. F ILamhitrf), 17.S2, Hvo, pp. Ho- 11!). Bernardi Havestadt, c. S. J. C'hilidngii sive res Chilenses vel descriptiostntus turn naturalis tnm civilia turn niornlis rcgni popnlicpic Chilensis, inscrta suis locis perfecta ad Cliilensem lingnam niannductione. Monastcrii WestphaU(C, 1777, 2 vols. Svo, pp. i}.")2, map, and two plates of music. Divided into seven parts, of which tho first is a very ample grammar of tho Chilian toni^ne, tlie ft)urth an ample vocabulary of the same language, with which the (Iflli — ^a Latin vocabulary — corresponds. The author was for twenty \n\vs. a Jesuit missionary in Chili. In Vol. TIT of: Saggio di Storia Americana 6 sia storia naturtdc civile e sacra de' rcgni o delle provincie Spngnuolc di terra lirnni iicll' Anicrii'a meridionale. Dcscritta dall' Abate Fii.iPi'O Saia'ADORE GiLir (Ruma, Perego, Tu-cdc Salvioni, 1780-81, 1 vols. Svo), which, under the title of: Dalla Religione o dclle Linguo degli Orinocchcsi e di altri Americani, 1782, contains tlie linguistic i)art of the above vvork ; a gramnnir is given, pp. 201 ct seq., and a short vocabulary, p. 383. Giov. Igx. Molina, Saggio sulla Storia nafuralo del Chih. lioloffna, 17S2, Hyo. Granmjar and A'ocabulary, pp. 33 1 — 307. Molina has used two :\IS. grammars of Gabriel Teoa and PiEiiio Garreta. '1 I I 12 AKDA— AUUArAlIOKS. The work of Molina, followed in 1787 by : Saggio clcUa Storia civile del Chili (^Bolofftia, 8vo), was truns^hitod into ~ a. Sjutiiuh, by 1). Domingo Jo.s. do Avquellada Mcndoza. Madrid, 1788, 2 vols, small Ito. b. French, by M. Graval, M '). Paris, Nc'o do It: Eochello, 1787 (or 178D), 8vo. c. J£nrjUsh, -with notes and appendix, bj' an American gentleman. Mid- dletown, Connectieut, LSOH, 2 vols. 8vo. (By AViU. Shaler or EIlIi. Alsop?). Reprinted with notes and appendices, etc. London, Longman, 1809, 2 vols. 8vo. Tlie second edition of the original ajjpeared nnder the title: Suggio della Storia del Chili. yeco!ida cdiziono accrcseiuta. Jiulogna, 1810, ito. Portrait and maps. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, p. 397— IIG. A. D'OiiiiiGNV, L'llomme Americuin, Vol, I, p. 399. AEDA. According to Alccdo, the Ardas are a tribe of Indians living between the Rivers Napo and ]Marahon, in the province of Quijos, not far from Quito. WORDS AND VOCABULAniES. Doctrina Christiana, y cxplicacion de sus mistcrios eu nuestro Idioma Espanol y en Lengua Arda. Madrid, 1658, 12mo, pp. 28. The Lord's Prayer in the Arda Language : — Daygiie, mito, ctcpi, cvota, agai, sanctificado, soro, oii vgua, mito me, k lortome giianuque, oririque, uunio, aysague, enumo, agai, oju, mito, vepa, ve, toe, naueie, ayalc, gui, matedo, numo, miu, ayale, a joti misi, erique, mayaibo, nurcbo, vreminoe, oig, vodutinau, vrreuui. Amen. AREAPAHOES. Indians on the Kanzas lliver. AVOllDS AND VOC.\BULARIES. No. E, YII, pp. 96, 98 of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. John S. Smith, Vocabulary, pp. 446 — 159 of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. II. Vocabulary, headed Ahuenin, in possession of Gallatin ; collated by Dr. Prichard and Dr. 11. G. Latham. Kotice of Arrapaho in Vol. II of: Transactions of American Ethnological Society, apparently made whilst this Vocabidury was out of the poa- eessor's hand, as the language is there called Alsina. AKR AWAKS. 13 AURAWAKS. Indians of Guyana, on the l)anks of the Bcrbicc and Surinam Rivers. (See J. E. rAiuu, (>cograi)lusclies Magazin. Dessau and Leijizig, 1785, 8vo, Vol. IV, pp. oli — 17.) M'OUUS AND VOCABULARIES. Words I'onipavecl witli Yuio and Sliebay, pp. G12, G13, of: Joan, de Laet, Novus Orbis sou Desoriptiouis ludiaj Occidcntalis, libri XVII 1. Lugduni Batatormn, Elzevir, lG3i}, folio. French translation, ibid.^ 1010, folio. Deutsch Arawakiscbes Wocrtcrbuch, zusamraengostent durch TiiEorniLtTS SciiuiiANX (between 17-18 and 1755). MS. in possession of the Moravian com- luunty at Paramaribo. Smith Barton, New Views — Comparative Voeabularie.s. Mitbridates, Vol. Ill, pp. G'J7, 098. Baibi, Atlas Ethnographiquc. Tab. XLT, Xo. 583. Journal of the Royal Geograpbical Society of London. London, 1832, Svo. Vol. II, pp. 217, 218: Vocabulary of Eighty-two Xouns and Numerals (1 — 10) in the four Indian Languages of British Guyana, Arawaak, etc., by William IIill- uousE, Esq., Surveyor. Reprinted in Vol. V of: R. Montgomery Martin's FJritish Colonial Library (West Indies, A'ol. 11). London, 1811, 12rao, pp. 155, 150. Table comparing Twelve Words of the Arrowack, Atovay, IMaypure, Moxos, and Quichua. Appendix VI, p. 100, of : J. A. Van Heuvel's El Dorado. New York, J. Winchester, 1811, Svo. Arrawak Numerals, p. 30 of: Bernan's Missionary Labours in British Guyana. London, 1817, Svo. A Dictionary, Arrowack and German — Arrowakisch Dcutsches Worterb\ich. Vermebrt, 1803, durch Tueodor Sciiultz, in 1 vol. of 022 pp., Ito — is de- posited in the Library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia. Sir Robert II. Scuomburgk, Comparative Vocabidary of Eighteen Arawaak Words, in his Vocabularies of the Indians of Guyana, pp. 1)7, 98 of the : Report of the British Association. Swansea, 1818, Svo. Vocabulary of Eighteen Words compared with Warau, Caribisi, and Accaway, pp. 2'J7, 298 of: AV. II. Brett's Indian Tribes of Guyana. Xew York, 1852, 12mo. guammars and gramm.\tical notices. C. QCANDT, Moravian Missionary among the .Vrrawack?!, from 1709 to 1780, Nachricht von Suriname uiul sciuen Einwohnern, sonderlic'u den Arawaken, Warauen und Karaibcn und von der Sprache der Arawaken, von der Gewiirhsen und Tliieren des Landes, und Gescliaften der dortigen Missionarien. GoerlUz, s. a. (1807), Svo. AVith map and two plates. .li ■i ■i ! 1 ■; I t: ; ■ f I 1 I ] t ATIIAPASCA ATNA S. ! Mithi-idatos, Vol. ITT, pp. 6G6— G7 1. H. C. FocKE, Jets over do Arrowakkcn en liunnc taal, pp. 12 — 53 of: West-Indie; Eijdnigen tot do 13( vordoring van liot Kcnnis dor Ncderlandticli AVcst-Indische Kolonien. Vol. I. Haarlem, 18."j5, 8vo. Doiitsolio Arawakkisflio Sprac-lilehre, zusammongcstellt durcli TiiEOPHlLtra Schumann, Missionair zu Klosterbergcn (betwot'n 1718 and 1755). MS. in possession of the Moravian community at Paramaribo. GrammatiV alischo Stitzo von dor Arawakischen Sprache von Tiieodor Schultz. MS. in 12ino, pp. 173. Deposited by the author in the Library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia. ATIIAPASCA, ATHABASCA, TINNE, DTINNE. This great family of nations, to which tlic Kcnaizc are nearly related, occupies the whole of the northern limits of North America, together with the Eshimos. The principal nations belonging to the Athapasca family are the Chcpcicijans, Tulikals, Kutchin, Sussnc, Docjrih, TlaUhanas, and Unvpquas. The Navajos anc^ TicoriUas seem to belong to the same stock. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Phrases and Grammatical Forms (Chippewyan from Du Ponceatj's coUcctioJi), pp. 215, 216, of Vol. II of the : Arehreologia Americana. Vocabulary (Tacullies, Clieppoyans, Sussees), ibid., pp. 305 — 367. J. C. E. BrsciniAXN, Uber die Verwandsehaft dcr Kinai-idiome mit dcm grossen Athapaskisciien Sprachstamme (mit Worttafel), pp. 231 — 236 of the : Monatsbe- richte der Uerlinor Akademie der Wissenschaften, 185k J. C. E. BrscHMANN, Der Athapaskische Spraehstamm. Berlin, F. Diimmler, 1856, 4to, pp. 1 19 — 319. (From : Abhaudlungen der Philosophisch-Historischen Klasse der Koniglichen Akademie dcr Wissenschaften, 1855.) Contains : Wort- verzciehniss der athapaskischcn Sprachen, pp. 174 — 222 ; and : Grosses AVort- verzeichniss des athapaskischcn Sprachstanimcs odcr der Kinai- athapaskischcn Spraclien (compared with Koloschian), pp. 223 — 320. ATNA'S. On the Atna, or Copper River, in Russian America. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Some (1 1) Words compared with Ugalenzc and Kolosch, p. 99 of Yol. I of : K. E. VON Bak, and Gb. von IIelmeksen, Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Kussischen Reicha ATNAll ATTAKAPAS. 15 "West-Indie; N'^est-Indiscbe TlTEOMlILTTg ->5). MS. in lOn SCHULTZ. Philosophical riNNE. are nearly of North al nations (, Tahkals, teas. The ock. 'g collection), : dom grossen ) : Monatsbe- F. Diimmler, Historischen tains : Wort- rrosses Wort- hapaskischen l.Iof: K.E. isclien Reichs und der angmcnzonden Laender Asiens. St. Pttersburg, I'ress of tiie Academy, 1839, 8vo. ATXAII, (11 KINN INDIANS. Chin Indians (Shoushwap, Flat-head). On the Caledonia River, west of the llocky ^Mountains. ■WORDS AND VOCAIJULAllIES. Pp. 257, 258 of; Alexander Mackenzie's Voyages from .Montreal to the Pacific Ocean, &c. London, 1801, Ito. And p. 418 of the German transla(ion of the same. Published at Ilamhttrg, 1802, 8vo. Reprinted in A. (iallatin's Synopsis, Vol. J I of tlie: Areba-ologia Americana, p. 378, imder XXIII (58). Also Vol. II of the : Transactions of the American Etiniological Society, Vocabularies I, XXIII, p. 118. And partly in : Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 21G. Baldi, Atlas Ethnographiquc. Tab. XLI, No. 773. Atnah and Noosdalum Words compared, p. 157 of R. G. Latham's Languages of the Oregon Territory. Pp. 15 1 — lt>6 of A''ol. I of the : Journal of the Ethno- logical Society of London. Edinburjh, 1848, 8vo. Atna, or Shoushwap Vocabulary in J. IToavsk's Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Languages — Kutani, Flathead, Okanagan, Atna, pp. 199 — 20G of: Proceedings of Philological Society, Vol. IV. London^ 1850. Flathead (as dialect of Atnah) Vocabulary, ibid. Okanagan (as dialect of Atnah) Vocabulary, ibid. Comparative Vocabulary of the Athapaskau and Kinai (among them the Atnah) Languages, pp. 2G9 — 318 of: Buschmann's Athapaskischer Sprachstamm, Berlin^ 1856, 4to. ATTAKAPAS, OTAKAPA. Indians of Louisiana. ■\VOKDS AND VOCABULAKIES. No. XV, 50 of: Comparative Vocabulary of Fifty three Nations, pp. 305 — 367 of A. Gallatin's Synopsis in Vol. II of the : Arclueologia Americana ; and in D, XV, pp. 95, 97 of Vol. II of the : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. J. S. Vater, Analekten der Sprachenkuudc. Leipzig, 1821, 8to, No. 2, pp. 63 — 72. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiquc, Tab. XLI, No. 758. Vocabulary of the Atacapas, by Martin Dfralde. MS. in the Libraiy of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia. An Attakapa Vocabulary has been collected by JouN E. Baetlett, United States Boundary Commissioner. 1, !^ > I :( !1 !t fl 16 ATIRE — AV.MAUA. ATURE. Indians of Venezuela, speaking the Saliva language; now nearly extinguished. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. T. S. GiLii, Saggio di Storia Americana. Eoma, 1780 — 1781, Vol. Ill, 8vo. AYMAEA. Indians of Bolivia, the north-Avesterly provinces of the Argentine Republie, and of Southern Peru. The Aymara language bears a close resemblance to the Quichua ; many words are the same in both languages, and their grammatical construction is likewise very similar. Of the various dialects of the Aymara language spoken by the Kanchis, Kasnas, Kollagiias, Karanhas, Charcas^ Pacasas, and Liipakas, the two latter are the most cultivated. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. P. LuDovico Bebtonio, Vocabulario en la Lcngua Aymara. Impresso en la casa de la Compania do Jc3U9 en Juli Pueblo, en la Provincia de Chucuito, por Francisco del Canto, 1612, Ito. WoLFOANa Bayee, Oratio Aymara cum versione Latina (et continuatione). In : G. G. von Murr, Journal fiir Kunst und Litteratur. Nurnherg (1775 — 1789, 17 vols. 8to), Vol. I, pp. 112—121; Vol. II, pp. 277—331; and Vol. Ill, pp. 55 — 101. Wolfgang Bayer was a Jesuit missionary among the Aymaras of southern Peru. Heevas, Origine, pp. 37, 177, and Tabb. XLIX, L, LI et seq. Hervas, Aritmetica, pp. 101, 102. Hekvas, Saggio, pp. 89, 90. Hervas, Vocabulario, pp. 161 et seq. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 2, pp. 537, 538, 517. Balbi, Atlas Etbnograpliique. Tab. XLI, No. 460. Vocabulary of Twenty-three Words, pp. 162, 164 of Vol. I of : A. D'Oebigsy, L'Homme Americain. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. LuDOVico Bertonio, Arte y Grammatica copiosa de la Lengua Aymara. Roma, Zannetti, 1608, 8vo. New edition, enlarged (by D. de Gualdo?). LuD. Bebtonio, Arte de la Lengua Aymara, con una sylva de phrases de la misma lengua, y su declaracion en romance. Impressa en la casa de la HAMWA — H.VTKM-I)A-KAI-i;i:. 17 Compania do Ji'sua en Juli rurhlo, rn la TroviiK'ia do Cliuouyio, por Fran- cisco del Canto, 1012, Ito, pp. X, 1018. BurXET, Vol. I, p. 305, mentions : I.ibro do la vida y milagros de nnestro Soi'ior Jcsu Clii'isto, en la Lenc'ua Aymara y roniancc. Inipressa en la casa de la Compania do Jesns, etc., 1012, Ito. P. Lupovico l?KUTONi(), Arte Breve de la T.engna Aymara, para introduction del arte grande de la misinia leni,fua. Soma, 1003, Svo. P. DiEoo UK TonnES Rudio, Arte de la Leugua Aymara. Lima, 1010, Svo. Mithridates, A'ol. Ill, part 2, pp. 535—540. A. D'Okbigny, L'llomme Anierieain, A'ol. T, pp. 320—323. BAXIAVA. Indians on the Amazon and tlic Kio Nci^ro. Wallace names Baniwas, of the Rio Isauna, of Torao-Maroa, and of Javita: of M-liom the first two speak kindred languages ; the third, however, a lanfjuajjc totally different from the others. Martius (VII, 233) ealls them Manihas, Banibas, and Manuas. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary (of ninety-eight words), pp. 521 — 511 of: Alfred R. \>'allack, A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London, Reeve & Co., 1853, Svo. BAUUE. Indians on the Amazon. They sjjeak a language similar to that of the Baniioas of Isanno and Tomo-Maroa, and also of the Uainamhtias and Tariana. WORDS and vocabularies. Vocabulary (of niucty-eight words), pp. 521—541 of: Alfred R. Wallace, A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London, Reeve & Co., 1853, Svo. BATEM-DA-KAI-EE. Indians of the north-western part of California, on the head of Eel River. The name ahove given is that of the valley in Avhieh this and other bands reside. WORDS and vocabularies. Vocabulary, by George Gibbs, in : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes, Vol. Ill, pp. 434—110. D V \] l\i \ •4 \ \ li t ' i \ I ( t 18 UAYANO — UETOI. BAYANO. Indians of the Isthmus of Panama, about the River Chepo. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Ueutiiold Seemann, Vocabulary in bis article on the Aborigines of tlic Tsthmus of Panama. Tranaautions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. Ill, part 1, pp. 179—181. BEAVER INDIANS. In the Hudson's Bay territory. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary, pp. 323—328 of Vol. II of: JouN M'Lean's Notes of Twenty-fivo Years' Service in the 11 udson's Bay Territory. London, Bentley, 1819. 2 vols. 12mo. Duplicate Vocabulary in J, IIowse's Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Languages — Beaver, I and II ; Chipcwyan, I and II ; Sikanni dialect of New Caledonia, pp. 192 — 198 of Proceedings of: Philological Society, Vol. IV. London, 1850. BETHUCK. Language of an extinct tribe of Indians of the Algonkin stock. Dr. 11. G. Latham had a vocabulary lent to him by Dr. King, Secretary of the Ethnological Society, but without an account of its origin. From internal evidence he satisfied himself that it was Bethuck, i. e., aboriginal — not Eskimo, nor yet Miemac, but a branch of the Algonkin, per se. See Report of British Association for the Advancement of Science — Southampton meeting. BETOI. On the River Cassanare, in New Granada, of the same stock as the Ele and Yaruro Indians. The Sitwja and Airiko speak dialects of the Betoi. WORDS AND VOCABULARIIS. IIeevas, Vocabulario poliglotto, pp. 161 et seq. Hebvas, Saggio, p. 109. Heeyas, Origine, Tab. XLIX. IILACKFEET. ly IlEnvAS, Aritmetica, p. 106. Mithridntcs, Vol. Ill, part 2, pp. G15, G50. Balbi, Atlas Ethnograpliiquo. Tab. XLT. No. 6i7. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. JosEPn GuMTLLA gavo his grammatical notes on the Bctoya language to his successor, P. Jos. Padilla. Ilervas prevailed upon Padilla, wlien retired from his missionary labours, to write down what ho know of the grammatical structure of this language. Adclung has used tlio letter of Padilla to llervas. Mithridates, Vol. III., part 2, pp. G 10—617. BLACKPEET, SATSIKAA. Pleds noirs ; Blood or Pacgan Indians of the Algonkin stock ; the most powerful tribe of the north-western prairies on tlio sources of the Missouri and the Rocky INIountains. They arc (liv-ided into— 1. Satsikaa, or BLackfect proper. 2. Kahut, or Blood Indians, " Indiens du Sang.'' 3. Pickans, Paegans, Tica- neux. 4. Small Poles. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Edw. Umfretillk, The Present State of Hudson's Bay. Containing .... a specimen of live Indian languages. London, Walker, 17'J0, 8vo. Table to p. 202. German translation — Mit Erauterungen, von E. A. W. Zimmermann. Ilelmstedt, Fleckeisen, 1791, 8vo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 251 (from Umfrevilie). Balbi, Atlas Etbnographique. Tab. XLI, No. 770. Pacgan ; Pied noir. No. XXI, 56 (p. 373) of the Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of the: Archrcologia Americana (from Umfreville). Eeise des Pbinzen Maximilian zr Wied. Cohlentz, 1839—1811, 2 vols, 4to. Vol. I, pp. 581 et seq. ; Vol. II, pp. 480—486. Blackfeet Vocabulary-, Appendix, pp. 262—265 to Vol. II of: Geo. Catlik, Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians. London, 1841, 2 vols. 8vo. Blackfeet Vocabulary (and Lord's Prayer), on the last two pages of the last two leaves of: Oregon Missions and Travels over the Rocky Mountains, 1815-6, by FATnEE P. J. de Smet, e. S, J. New York, Edw. Dunigan, 1817, 12mo, pp. 408, 4to. Vooabulai'ies of Languages of North-western America, No. 13, Z. Satsikaa (Blackfeet), pp. 569—629 of: Horatio Hale, Ethnography and Philology, United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blancbard, 1816, folio, and -1- 1 If !r [I I !(' I ,.' I •t! ''I 20 noDKOA — HUA/IMANS. C. TV, pp. 88, 90, 92, 91, of the VociibuliiricB in Vol. II of: Transactions of tlio Amrrican Ktlniologifnl Society. Aninitios of the Siitsika or Ulackfcct Lanr;iiago with those of the Algoiikins, pp. CXIII, CXIV of Vol. Ilof : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. Satsika, or Blaekrect Vocabulary (U]iper Missouri), by J. U. JIoxcuovie, on pp. 491—505 of Vol.11 of; Schoolcraft, Indian Tribes of the United States. Miscellaneous vocabularies. J. HowsK, Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Languages — Black- foot I and II— Mipissing, Shawnee, Brunswick. Pp. 102 — 1 13 of ; Proceedings of the Philological Society, Vol. IV. London, lSo(t. Duplicate Vocab.dary of Blackfoot. The words of forms of speech were collected partly by Ilowse himself, and partly by suc^h missionary and eoramercial agents as wi re kncnvn to have the requisite ojiportunities ; the same list of luimea and phrases being transmitted to all. BODEGA. Iiuliaus of California, who call theinsclves OJamcntke. AVOUDS AND VOCAHUI-A lilies. KosTnoiiiTONOA', Wocrfcr aus zwei Sprachcn Xencalifornicns (Bodega and Sever- novzi), pp. 231 — 254 of Vol. I of: F. v. Uau und Uu. v. IIei,mi:uskn, Beitriige Zur Kenntniss des russiselien Reichs und der angrauzenden Lilnder Asiens. St. Petersburg, 1839, Hvo. (Hussian, German, and Bodega. Printed in Russian type.) BRAZILIANS, Or rather, Tapis. The different trihes of the Tiipis arc named, and a map of the wanderings and extension of this once numerous and mighty people given, in : Da. C. F. Ph. von Maktius, Abhandlung von dem Kechtszustande untcr den Ur- einwohncrn Brasiliens. Mimchcn, F. Fleischer, 1832, 4to, map, pp. 86, 20. (The Appendix gives, on 20 pp., a view of the different Indian peoples, tribes, and hordes of Brazil.) Their language was called " lingoa geral" (general language) by the Portuguese, and eight different dialects of this language are enumerated by Vatkr, viz., the dialects of the — 1. Tappen, in the province of llio Grande do Sul. 2. Feti(juaren (anthropo- phagi), in the provinces of Paraiba and Ceara. 3. Tttpinaba, on the shores of the Rio Real, in the i)rovince of Sergipe. 4. Kahofen, on the shores of the river S. Francisco, in the im.\zii,iANs. :il tions of flio province of IVriKiinhiico. 5. Ttfpi/n'nffuins <^tho people first met with l)y C.mmial), in the interior and on the eoast of tlie province of I'^spiritu Saneto, at I'orto Sc^iiro and Ilheos. (J. TapiijHce, on the sea-coast from St. I*aoh) to Pernamhneo. 7. I'umm'imloi i\\\{\ y'r/z/io/r*:', near Kio Janeiro. S. Tupinanibas, the largest of the tribes, in the provinces of Maranhiio and Gran Para, si)i'aking the most jijenerally diffused dialect. Marti IS divides the Tnpis into north, south, west, cast, and central Tnpis, and names, besides this people, 2 1") different larger or smaller tribes living within the Hrazilian empire. Adkluno calls the Tnpis the North Gnarany, and considers their langnage as a ])art of the CJnarany language. WOUDS AND VOCAliUI.AUIES. "AiU'uns Mots des reiiples do ITsle do lirozil." On four pages nt tlio end of Ant. Fabre'a Extract of the ilS. of riUAFiiXTA's Voyase, in tlic Ainbrosian Library of Milan. Tliis extract bears iho title: Lo Voyaire et Navigation, faiet par Ics Espaignoles cs isles de Mollneqiior<, des isles quilz ont trouvo au diet voyage, des roys dioelles, clo. I\trU, Simon dc Colinow, 9. a., small 8vo. Black letter (see BuL'SKT, Vol. Ill, p. 713). The manuscript of Pigafetta was publiiliod in 1800, by Dr. Charles Amorctti : I'rimo A'iaggio intoruo al globo torraoqueo, os?;iiv ragguaglio doUa navigaiione alio Indie oi-ientali \}cv la via u'oceideute, fatta suUa squadra del Capitano Maggalianes negli anni 1519— 1522, del Cavaliero Antonio I'lOA- FETTA. Milano, 18U0, Ito. French translation — Premier Voyage autour du Monde par le Chevalier Pigafetta, sur rescadre de Magellan, pendant les annees 1519 — 1522; suivi de I'oxtrait du traite de navigation du memo auteur et d'unc notice sur lo Chevalier Martin Beliaim, avec la description de son globe terrestrc. Paris, Jansen, 1801, 8vo, pp. G\, -115, maps and plates (the vocabulary, p. 211). The extract of Fabro-has been translated into Italian, and published in the rare collection — II Viaggio fatto dagli Spagniuoli atorno al mondo, s. 1. 1530, 4to (BuTjNET, Vol. IV, p. G03 — before: J'enezia, 1531, Ito?), wherein it is printed on the last leaf. It is also reprinted in the first volume of Giam- battishi Ramusio Kaccolta di Navigazioni e Viaggi. Venezia, Giunti, 1550, 1559, 1550, 3 vols, folio, and ofl on afterwards. Brazilian worJ:^ and a conversation in Brazilian are given by: Jean de Leky, Ilistoire d'uu Voyage fait ei\ la Terre du Bresil, dite Amerique ; contenant .... les mcrurs et famous de vivre etrangcs des sauvngcs Anieriquains, avec un coUoque do lourlangue, s. 1. {a la RocJtelle). Printed by Anthony Chuppin, 1578, Svo, engravings. Reprinted very often. Translated also into Latin, English, Dutch, and German. The Brazilian words and conversation are reprinted in the : Allgemeino 1 » !l "■■vi ;]! 1 'il 22 lUlA/.IMANS. Historic dor Roiscn zu Wnsscr und zu Laiido, Amsterdam, 1747—1774. 21 vols. Ito, ninps, pluti's, in Vol. XVI, pp. 2G.3 I't scq. Words from Lory niul from Dutcli tioticcH, pngo r)!)9, of: JoAX deLakt, Tfovus orbis seu di'scriptioniH Iiidiii! ocuidfiitulis, Libri XVIIF. Lu(/(fitiii Jiatavorum, Elzuvir, 10.33, folio. Traiiflati'd info French {Leijden, Elzevir, IGiO, fid.), and Dutch (Lej/den, Elzevir, 1644, folio). Dictionariolinn nominum ct vorboruni liiigtirc Brasilicnsis mnxime cotnunis (follcetod by Emanukt, dk Mohaks), cap. XI of: 1. Ofor^jii Mavfigravii do LcMbstad, Tract atus topographicus et nu'tcorologicus Brasilia', cmiiii oclipsi solari, quibus additi sunt illius ot aliorum coinmcntarii do Brasilic-nsiuiu ct t'liilcnsium Indole et lingua — in ; llistoria Natnralis Urasiliic (cdid. Joan de Laet). Liigduni and Amntelodami, F. Ilackius, 1618, folio, pp. 276ets!e(|. And in: Ci. I'isonis Do India? utriusque re naturali et niediea, Libb. XIV. Lujduni Balaviim, Elzevir, 658, fol., pp. 22 — 24. 2. O. Dapper, Die uubekannte neuwo welt. Amsterdami, 1G73, fol, p. 112. (In Dutch, translated by Arnoldus Slontanus : De nieuwe en onbckendo weareld. Amsterdam, 1071, folio). 3. John Ogilby, America. London, 1071, see pp. 183—487. 4. Had. Kelandi, Dissertationes miscelluncic. Trajecti ad lihenum, 170G, 1707, 3 vols. 8vo, A'ol. Ill, p. 173. Brazilian vords are given by Axs. Eckaht, in his Additions to : Pedro Cudcnns, Description of Brazil, in : C'hristoph Gottlieb von Murr, Reisen einigcr IMis- sionarien dcr Oesellschaft Jesu in America. JS'iirnherg, Zeh, 1785, 8vo, pp. (ill, map and plates, pp. 419 et seq. IIeevas, Origine, Tab. XLIX ct seq. Uebvas, A'ocabulai'io poliglotto, pp. 161 et acq. (Tupi and Brasilc volgarc.) Hervas, Saggio, p. 98. (Tupi.) Smith Barton, New Views — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 2, pp. 450, 451, 458, 460, 603 (from Hervas, Laet, Moraes, and Eekart). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 492. Brazilicn, Liugoa gcral, Tupinamba, Tupi. Diccionario Portuguez e Brasiliano ; Obra necessaria aos ministros do altar quo emprehenderem a conversao de tantos milhares de almas que ainda se achao dis- epersas pelos vastos certoes do Brazil, sem o lume da Fe, e Baptismo, etc. Por * * * Primeira parte. Zisboa, 1795, small 4to, pp. 79. Some Brazilian songs arc given in : Relacion do la Real Tragi-comedia con que los padres de la Compania de Jesus de Lisboa rccibieron a Felipe II de Portugal. Zisljoa, 1620, 4to. A Glossary of Tupi Words, pp. 629—639 of: John LrccofK, Notes on Rio de Janeiro and the southern parts of Brazil, taken during a residence of ten years in that country, from 1808 to 1818. London, printed for Sam. Leigh, 1820, 4to (some copies have the date altered into 1822), plates, pp. 639. The author announces at the end of his book, that he is about to publish a UKAZILIANS. '*.'i ^•j " Urammar and Dictioiiury of tlic Tiipi LanKuaj»e." Tlioso worku woro ncvt-r jiiililislied. Tlu> MSM. uro di-jiositoil iu tlio Library of tlic Ocograpliii'al and Ilislorii.al Institulc at Uio de Jamiri). Sill KouKUT ir. HciioMnrittiK, C'oniiJiirutive Vocabtdiiry of I'liglitccn Words of llio I-ingua f^iTal, in liis Wnahnlarics of tlic Indians of Chiyana, pp. 1(7, '.iH of tlio: Report of the llritisli Association, Swauscu Meeting, IHI.S. Londun, IMID, Svo. A Vocubnlary of the ; Languc do Nouros, Idiomc do In Tiongna gcral, givtii in : FUANC'IS DK Cahiei-NaI', Kxpi'dition dnns Ics Parties Centrales de rAmeriipio du Sud. Paris, A. Mertrand, iSoO, 1M51, G vols. 8vo. Vol, V, Appendix Vo- cubulary, No. IIJ, pp. 285, 28(5. Vocabulary of tho Lingoa gerul. Tableau ami Remarks on the Vocabularies, by B. O. Latham. Appendix, pp. 521) — 531 (531 — 53(>, Comparison of tlio Lingun gcral with the Tupi, Tupinaiuba, Mundrueu, Oinagua, Cuiararri, and pp. 531)— 511, with Languages of Guyana), of : Ai.I'ukl) K. Wallace, A Narrative of Travels on tho Amazon and Rio Negro, with Account of tho Native Tribes. London, Rccvo & Co., 1853, pp. viii, 5 U. Lista do Voces do la Lengua genend del Brasil. Appendix to tho IMS. Zeoiui Dictionary, iu tho possession of Colonel Jouquin Acosta, of Nuevn Grunada. A MS. " Vocabidario das Linguns Brasiliea o rortugueza," on 200 pp., together with a "Doutrinao perguntas dos Mysteries priucipaes do nossa santii Fo na Lingua Brazilu," in rortuguesc and Brazilian dialogues, stated to bo written by the Rev. P. Marcos Antonio about 1750, is iu the British Museum, collcctiou of King George IV, No. 223, (See FiiEU. Fuanc. be la Fioanikhe, Catalogo dos Manuseriptos rortuguezesexistentcs no Musou Britamiico. LisLoa, impreuta uacional, 1853, 12mo, pp. 181, 185.) Vocabulario Brazileiro para servir do Complemcnto dos Uiccionarios da Lingua Portugueza, por Braz da Costa Rubiru. Uio de Janeiro, 1853, 1 vol. Svo. Vocabulario Portugucz e Brazileiro, por Sr. Leonardo da Silveira das Dores Castello Branco, MS. in the Library of tl o Uistorical and Geographical Institute of Rio de Janeiro. Vocabulario da Lingua geral, usada hojo em dia no Altos Amazonas. Por Sb, Db. Antonio Gon9Alves Dias, Pp, 553 — 57G of : Revista Trimcnsal do Rio do Janeiro, Tom, XVII, Words in : Infornia^ao dos Casamentos dos Indios do Brazil, pclo Padbe Jose de Anciiieta, pp. 254-— 2G3 of: Revista Trimcnsal do Rio do Janeiro. Second series, Tom. I, No. 2. Forty-three Words of tho Language spoken by tho Indians das Brenhas de Mu- cury, pp. 151, 452 of : Revista Trimensal do Rio de Janeiro. Second series, Tom. I, No. 4. Paraviana Words, pp, 252—256 of: Relagao Gcographica-Historica do Rio Branco da America Portugueza, Composta pelo Bacharel Fbancisco Xavieu RiUEiKO DE Sampaia, in; Revista Trimensal do Rio do Janeiro, Second series, Tom, VI, No. 18. 1« I I ! I 21 im \/ii.i \\s. Picpioniirio (111 I.injfim m-ml iIoh liidios do Urazil ; rciinprc^-f) c nui,'mcnf:irln eon divi'i'HoM Vocllbul.lril>^* c olliTi'cido n S. .M. ImiH-riid, |i'>r .1 pvo .lovQi ni \<\ Sii-VA (itni Mil s. Jl,i/ii Ilriizilriro, (•(nitciido o A'ocaJiiiliir'o dus Tiidii;fiini C\vuds. For Sr. Jl Mi \o i flKAM.MA I'lCAI, NOilCKS, Jo.si; i)i; ANCitiETA, Arlu do (Jrainmaticu da Lin^'oa nuiis UHnda iin C'o^^ta do Brasil. Coiinhrci, \7>[)7i, small Hvo., pp. liio. Kxtracis tlicrorroin arc piven in Cliaptcr \' of tlic : Traclntus Urasiliii- of ]Marj;f.'niviiis, ill : \)e Liii'^ua lirasiliiMiHiiim c (Iruiuinalica 1'. -lo.s. do Aiu'liicto, e. s. .1., and in Kclundus, in their nbovc-mentioiu'd works. A Brazilian Cinnnniar, Yocnlmlary, and C'atocliisin, hv K.MANtrr. Vjuja, a IVIis- eionnry, is* nicntionod by Adolung, in liis a^IitiiridaUx, \'oI. Ill, part 2, p. 112, an writton but not printod. 1*. Lx'i/. FiGfKiiiA, Jsatnral Ao Alniodovar, Arto da (Iranimatioa da Liiiij[uii do Brusii. Lisbon, HiHl, Hvo. Roprintcd by Miguel Do.ikiudoi. Lisbon, 1087, 8vo, and .... Ilh edition. Lisbon, iTJo, snmW ito. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 2, pp. 422— 1 1(5, 132—457. Lnngue Br6silienne, I\ronnmcns do la Linguist iqiie dti Bresil conipo-ios nu XVTI SiMe. Note 0, ]ip. 3.").'} — S.VJ, to : L'nc Fete Bresiliennc celebrt'-e t\ Bouen, 1550 (Artielc do Feruinaxu ])enis), in tlio; Bulletin du Bibliophile, lime seric, Nos. 10, 11, 12. raris, Teehcncr, 1849, 8vo, jij). 355—350. See also tlio 9tli note to the same artielc : La Chanson de ilontaigne, Poi'sic dc3 Tupinanibas. Dranies des Missionaires, vers Tupi(iue8 composes par oux, pp. 304 — 379. Also printed separately, Pnris, 1S50. And : Barcccr da Comniissao da Ilistoria sobro o opusculo : Uno F«ito Brezilieune, etc., pp. 443 — J 19, Vol. XIV of: Rcvista Triinensal do Eio do Janeiro. Granmiatica da Lingua geral dos Tndiosdo Brazil, pelo rADin; Luiz FiarEiiiA, rcimprcssa por Joao Joa(|uini da Silva Ouimares. JJa/iin, 1851, 1 vol. Svo. Mcmoria sobro a nceosidadc do Estiulo o Ensino das Lenguas Indigcnas do Brazil. Por FJiAKCisco AnoLruo dk Vahxiiaoex. MS. in tho Library of the Historical and Geographical Institute of Rio do Janeiro. Remarks on tho Language of tho Tupis, in Section IX of: Ilistoria geral do Brazil, por Fkancisco Adolpuo ue VAiixnAOEN. Vol. I. Jiio de Janeiro, Laemmert, 1850, Svo. Remarks on the Lingua geral and on Tupinamba, in Section VIII of: Ilistoria geral do Brazil, por Fkancisco Adolphode Vahxiiagen. Vol.1. Sio de Janeiro, Laemmert, 1856, Svo. Ethnographia Indigena, Linguas, Emigragoes, o Archrcologia. Por Sr. F. A. de Varxhagen. Pp. 360— 370 of: Rcvista Trimensal do Rio de Janeiro. Second series, Tom. V, No. 15. Hl'UHK— CAUUOK8. !2r) im t'i)H(ii do C«)lloc(;no do Klynioli>giii9 Urnzilicon, por Tu. FraN(I8i'0 uoh l'u*i'.EUi:8 Makaniiad. I'p. OU— 80 of; Ruvi»tii Trinnii-aldo Uiode Juuiiru. Sn-oml scru'H, Tuiii. \,iio. 1. lUKJRE. IJruzilian liuliiins. Haliii, who calls them Bonfires, says that they are cunuibals. WORDS AND VOCAIIL'LAUIF.S. Vocabuliirio da Liiigoa Biigro (in rurtiigucso niid Jliigro), )>p. 00—77 of Vol. XV of: K(!vistii do IiiHlituto IlUtorico o Ot'ogrupliko do liru/il. Mio de Janeiro, typ. Lacmmcrt, 1852, 8vo. CABAKOS. Brazilian Indians of the Aldcas on tlic iiivcr Tocantins. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Lnngue dos Cabaros (Aldcas du Tocantins). Vocabulairc, No. VJ, pp. 273, 271 of: Castelnau, Vol. V } Ai)pondico. CADDOES. CADODAQUIOUS. Indian \ on one of the branches of Red Iiivcr. Their language is spoken by the NatulaJwcs, Nabadachcs, and Inies or Tuchies. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Mithridates, A''ol. Ill, part 3, p. 277. No. 51, XVI, of the Comparative Vocabulary of lifty-threo Nations, pp. 305— 367, and Supplementary Vocabulary of Caddo (six languages), pp. 381—307, by George Obat. Also, "Conjunctions," p. 272, and "Select Sentences," in Caddo, pp. 409, 411, 413 of A. Gallatin's Synopsis, in Vol. II of tho : Archwologia Americana. Part of XVI, 51, reprinted under E, XVI, pp. 90-98 of tlie Vocabularies in Vol. II of the : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. Captain R. B. Makct, U.S.A. Specimen of the Caddo and Witchita Languages, pp. 709—712 of Vol. V of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of tho United , States. Caddo Vocabulary of Twenty Words, taten by Lieutenant A. W. WnirPLE, p. 70 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes, added to his Report on the Route near the 35th Parallel, in Vol. II of tho : Pacific Railroad Reports. Washinr/ton, 1855, 4to. £ I .'i i ■ ■ 1 26 CAHITA — CALll'OllNlANS. CAHITA. In the northern parts of Mexico. WORDS AND VOCABULAKIES. NouTclles Annales des Voyages. Paris, 184.1, 8vo. Vol. IV, pp. 262 — 287. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Arte de la Lengua Caliita. Mexico, 1737, 12mo. CAHUILLOS. CA-WI-OS. Californian Indians residing near the Pacific, between the sources of the San Gabriel and Santa Anna. Cahuillo Vocabulary, taken by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple, pp. 71 — 76 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes, by Lieutenant Whipple, Thomas Ewbank, and Professor W. W. Turner, added to Lieutenant Whipple's Report on the route near the 35th parallel, m A'ol. II of the : Pacific Railroad Reports. Wash- intjton, 1855, 4to, and Twenty-eight Cahuillo Words compared with Kechi, Netela, and Kizh. Ibid., p. 77. CALirORNIANS In general. See — E. G . Latham on the Languages of New California, pp. 72 — 86 of Vol. VI of : Proceedings of the Philological Society, London, 1850 ; G. Gibbs' Obsei'vations on some of the Indian Dialects of Northern California, pp. 420—423 of Vol. Ill of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. See also, pp. 99—177 of the same volume, the Journal of the Expedition of Colonel Redice M'Kee, United States Indian Agent, through North-western California, performed in the summer and fall, 1851, by Geobge Gibbs. Tlie United States Boundary Commissioner, John R. Baetlett, has taken the following vocabularies in California : — Deguino or Comei/a, at San Diego. Kechi. Mission of San Luis Rey. San Luis Obispo. Mission of same name. H'hana... Tehama... Colnz ^in the Country watered by the Sacramento River. Noana . Diggers. Diggers of Napa Valley. Makaw of Upper CaUfornia. CAMA(;ANS — CANADA. 2: I G2— 287. een the 71—76 of 3 Ewbank, )rt on the s. WasA- ih. Ibid., ol. Vlof: servationa Dllllof: L77 of the E, United e summer taken the iver. In a letter, he says : " The name of Diggers is applied to all the California Indians bj the people (whites) generally, and it is difficult to get the real names of the tribes. Half the time the natives will giro one the name of their ehief or captain." Languages of California, by Adam JonxsoN. Pp. 400 — -415 of Vol. IV of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, gives veeabularie'? and words of the following tribes : — Tuolumne tribes, pp. 107 — tl2. Co-co nooiu on Mercedes River, p. 413. Indians at King's River and about Tulare Lake, pp. 413, 414. Indians near to Mag Reading, on the upper waters of the Sacramento River, pp. 414, 415. CAMACANS. Camacaes Mongoyoz, or Monxocos Indians of the Capitauia de Bahia, Brazil (Martius, No. 11). AVORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Reise des Peinzen Maximilian zu Wied Neuwicd nacli Brasilien. Frankfurt am Main, 1820, 1821, 2 vols. 4to, Vol. II, p. 327—330. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, Nos. 505, 507 (Camacaus, Spix- Martins). CANADA. Early travellers give words of the Indian tribes inhabiting Canada under the name of Kanadians. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Samttel de Champlain, Les Voyages de la Nouvelle France occidentale, dite Canada, faites par De Champlain et toutcs les decouvertes qu'il a faites en ce pays depuis 1603 jusqu'au 1629, ensemble la relation de toiit ce qui s'est passe h la Nouvelle France en 1631. Paris, S. Lemure, Coilet, 1632, 4to. Contains the translations of: P. Ladesme's Doctrine Chretienne, in Canadian, by Brcbceuf ; and of Prayers, by Masse. Brebceuf's translation had been printed at Rouen, 1610, 8vo. Vater states that the edition — Paris, Collet, 1627, 8vo — contains the same linguistic pieces. IIervas, Vocabulario Poliglotto, pp. 239, 210 (numerals). Smitii Barton, New Views, &c. — Comparative Vocabularies. Langues du Canada, pp. 499—504 of Vol. VIII of; CouiiT DE Gebeiin, Monde Primitif Paris, 1772, 4to. Vocabularies taken from Sagard, Lahontan, Lafiteau, and Louis Vincent. Reprinted, pp. 313 — 319 of: J. B. Scherer's Re- cherches Ilistoriques et Geographiqucs sur le Nouveau Monde. Paris, Brunet, 1777, 12mo. tl^ M i Hi ■ i 28 CANISCIIANA- CARrUS, CANISCHANA. Warlike tribe of the Moxos stock, on the rivers Mamore and Maehupo, in Bolivia. AVOanS AND VOCABULARIKS. A. D'Oebiony, L'llomme Am^ricain, Vol. I, p. 164; II, p. 208. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. A. D'Oriixont, L'Homme Am<;ricain, Vol. II, pp. 245, 246. CAEAJAS. Brazilian Indians on the banks of the Araguay {Carayas of Marti us, No, 78). WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Languc dcs Carajas (Rio Ai'aguay), Vocabulairo, No. 4, pp. 2C8 — 270 of: Cas- TELNAU, Vol. V, Appendicc. CARIES. Originally inhabiting the lesser Antilles, they settled, after their expulsion, on both sides of the Orinoco, particularly in the Sierra Paryme. There aixj — 1. Caribs proper, who call them- selves Karina, Kalina, or Kalinago ; the Galihis of French Guyana are the principal tribe ; the Tuapoka and Kunaguara, on the lower Orinoco, are closely related to the Galihis. 2. Yaoi, on the Island of Trinidad and the opposite shores of Venezuela. 3. Guachirc or Guaiqucries, on the Island of St. Margarita and around Cumana ; they are the most advanced in civilization. The Avarigotes, Purugotos, and Acherigotes are said to speak the Carib language likewise. Humboldt calls the Caribs the "Buchares of the New AVorld." The words used by the men are often different from those used by the women. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Veritable Eelation dc tout ce que s'est fait et passe au Voyage que Mons. de Bretigny fit ^ TAmerique occidentale. Ayee uno description des Manirs et dcs Provinces do toxis Ics Sauvagcs de cetto graiule partie du Cap de Nord ; un Dic- tionnaire do la Lauguo, ot un avis ires necessaire il tous cciix qui veulent habitcr ou CAIUBS. 21) Cas- fairc habiter cc Pays-lh., ou qui desircnt d'y ctablir dc3 Colonies. Lo tout fait Bur ces lieux par Paul Boyer, Esciiycr, Sicur do Petit Puy. Paris, 1654, small 8vo. The " Diotionnairo," pp. 193 et seq. P. PiEBBE Pkliepbat, Relation dcs ^Missions des R. P. dc la Compagnic de Jesus dans les Isles et dans la Terre fermc de rAmeriquc meridionale. Avec une introduction i\ la Languo des Galibis, sauvagcs do la Terre ferme do I'Ameriquo mferidionale. Paris, Cramoisy, 1055, 12mo. Brunet (Vol. ITT, p. GGl) says that the "Introduction is sometimes found separate from the Relation." Voyage de la France equinoxiale en I'isle de Cayenne, cntrepris par les rran9ois en I'annee 1652. Divisee en trois livrcs. Lo premier contient I'etablissemcnt de la Colonic, son embarquement et sa route jusqu'cs h sonarrivee enl'islede Cayenne. Le second, ce qui s'est passe pendant quinze mois que I'on a dcmeure dans le pays. Le troisieme traitte du tempc^rament du pays et dc la fertilitc de la terre et des mceurs et fa9ons de faire des sauvagcs de cette contr^c ; avec un dictionnairo de la janguc du memo pays. Par M. Antoine Biet, Superieur des Pretres qui ont passe dans le Pays. Paris, Clousici', 1661, 4to. Adelung, in his Mitliridatcs (III, 68 1), says that the vocabulary of Biet is, with a few exceptions, the same as the one given by Boyer. Histoire naturello ct morale des Isles Antilles dc TAmeriquo ; cnrichie de plu- sieurs belles figures do rarctez le plus considerables que y sont Sorites ; avec uu Vocabulaire Cara'ibe. Rotterdam, A. Leers, 1658, 4to. This book, which has been several times reprinted and translated, is known as : M. DE Eociiefort's History of the Antilles. Brunet (II, p. 585) names Louis de Poincy and Cesae de Rociiefout as the authors. Du Tertre, who, at the same time prepared a history of the Antilles (published afterwards at Paris, Jolly, 1667 — 16"!, 4 vols. 4to), says that General Louis do Poincy placed his notes and a vocabulary, made by P. Raimond Breton, in the hands of a young clergyman, M. de Rochefort of Rotterdam, who had been twice in the West Indies. The dedication of the work is signed " L. de p.," which Barbier explains as Louis de Poincy. Reprints — Secoude Edition : revue et augmenteo, Hotierdam, 1665, 4to. Histoire Naturelle des lies Antilles, par M. DE Rociiefoet. ij-cw, 1667, 2 vols. 12mo. Dernier edition : augmenteo par I'autheur d'un Recit sur .... la Yirginic, Ic Marie Land et la Caroline. Rotterdam, 1681, 4to. Is the edition of 1665, with but a new title and the "Recit" annexed on p. 44. Translations — a. Mnglish: The History of the Caribby Islands, with a Caribbian Vocabulary. Ren- dered info English by John Davis, of Kidwelly. London, printed for Thomas Dring and John Starkey, 1666, fulio, pp. 8, 351, 10, 5, Scarce, because a great proportion of the copies was consinned in tlie great conflagration of Loudon. The vocabulary, on ten not-numbered pages, nl\cr p. 351. ii r r f 11 1] 1 r 80 (AIM us. b. German : Frankfurt-oa-the-Main, 1668, 2 vols. 12mo. Ibid., 1688, 2 vols. 12mo. c. Dutch : Rotterdam, 1662, 4to. Dictionnairo Caraibc- Francois ct Francois- Cara'ibe, mcsle do quantito do remarques historiqucs pour redaircissement do la langue, par lo P. Raymond Beeto\, do rOrdre des Friires Prfichcurs, Missionnaire. Auaerre, Gilles Eouquet, 1663, 166t, 1665, 3 tomes in 2 vols. 8vo. (Annexed is — forming the volunio of 1664 — tho same author's : Petit Catecliisme, ou Sommairo des trois premieres parties de la doctrine chre- tienne, traduit du Francois en la Langue des Caraibes Insulaires. Atuerre, Gilles Bouquet, 1661., 8vo.) New titles. Ibid., 1665, 1666, 2 vols. 8vo. N.B. Ternaux Conipans, in his : Biblioth^quo Am<5ricaine (Paris, A. Bert rand, 1837-8), No. 830, p. 113, names a : Dictionnaire Caraibe-Fran9ai8, par le Pebe Liclercq — Rennes, 1665— which must be a mistake. Dictionnaire Galibi, prtjsente sous deux formes — I. Commenijant par le mot rran9oi8 ; II. ComnieiKjnnt par le mot Galibi ; prccedti d'un Essai de Grammaire par M. D. L. S. (De la Sauvage). Paris, Banche, 1763, 8vo. Good compilation from the above dictionaries. Makes part of; M. dk PuEFONTAiNE, IMaison rustique, h, I'usago des habitants de la partie de la France equinoxiale connuc sous le nom de Cayenne. Langues des Caribes et des Galibis, pp. 505—514 of Vol. VIII of: Cotjet I)E Geuelin, Monde Primitif. Paris, 1772, 4to. From Rochefort and P. Breton. Reprint, pp. 319 — 327 of: J. B. Schebek, Rceherches Ilistoriques et Geogra- phiques surleNouveau Monde. Paris, Brunet, 1777, 12mo. Vocabulaire Fran(jais et Galibi, h, I'usago de eciix qui voyagent dans les contrees de la Guyane et h, Cayenne, pp. 371 — 400 of: Voyage k la Guyane et h. Cayenne, fait en 1789 et dans les annees suivantes, par L. M. B., Armateur. Paris, Tom. VI (1798), 8vo, pp. 400. No actual voyage, but a mere superficial compilation made by Louis Prud- homme, from other writers. Heevas, Vocabulariopoliglotto, pp. 237,241 (numerals). IIervas, Saggio, p. 112. Heevas, Origine, Tabb. L et seq. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. (Galibi, Caraibes.) Will. Hilliiouse, Vocabulary of Eighty-two Nouns and Numerals (1 — 10) in the four Indian Languages of British Guyana. Caribisce, pp. 217, 248 of Vol. II of the : Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. London, 1832, 8vo. Reprinted in Vol. V of: Montgomery Martin's British Colonial Library (History of the West Indies, Vol. II). London, 1814, 12rao, pp. 155, 156. Colonel Galindo, Carib Vocabulary (of Central America), seventeen words c villus. 31 Prud- and numerals, 1 — 10, p. 291 of Vol. Ill of the : Journal of the Koj al Ooograpliicul Society of London. London, 1833, 8vo. Alcide D'ObbiQnt, L'Hommp Amerieam. JPuris, 1839, 2 vols. 8vo, Vol. II, pp. 276—399. MithrJdates, Vol. Ill, pp. 655, 681, 696, 698. (From Boyer, Pellcprat, Breton, and Biet, with coniparisou of the Yaoi from Laet, and the Arotvack from Laet and Quandt.) Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiquo. Tab. XLT, No. 576 (Caribe prtss du Cap Nord — Guyanc Fran(;aise — lie Dominique — He Guadeloupe). GrsTAVE DB EicuTHAL, Eapport dcs Lniigues Caribe et Polynesiennc (pp. 253 — 269), and : Kapport des LangueM Caribe et Ouolofe (pp. 990 — 301), of Vol. II of the : JM^moires do la Soeiete Ethnologique. Paris, A'euve, Dondey-Dupre, 1845, Svo ; with comparative vocabularies, viz., Caribe and Guarani, p. 250, note 1 ; Caribe and Polynesien, pp. 261, 262 ; Caribe, Sioux, and Polynesien, p. 264 ; Caribe and Ouolofe, pp, 303, 301. Some Charihbce Words compared with Mohcgan and Hebrew. I'j). xxviii — xxx of: EzEKiEL Saxfokd, A History of the United States before the Hevolutiou, with some account of the Aborigines. Philadelphia, Anthony Finley, 1819, Svo. Same, compared with Mohegan, Greek, and Ilebrew. Pp. 102, 103 of : Elias 330UDINOT, A Star in the West, etc. Trenton, N. J., 181G, Svo. A. D'Oebignt, L' Homme Americain. Vol. I, p. 162 (Galibi, Kitemoca, Yaois), Vol. II, p. 274 (Caribs), and Tab. to p. 276 (Galibi and Caribs of the Antilles). A short Yaoi Vocabulary, compared with Shebay and Arrowac. Pp. 642, 643 of: Joan, de Laet, Novus orbis. Lvgduni Butavorum, 1033, folio. Sib Robert H. Schomburgk, Ccmparative Vocabulary of Eighteen Words of Twelve Dialects of the Caribi-Tamanakan stock, viz., Caribisi, Accaway, Macusie, Arecuna, Soerikong, Waiyamara, Guiuau, Maiongkoiig, Woyawai, Mawakwa, Pianoghotto, and Tiverigliotto. Pp. 97, 98 of his Vocabularies of Eighteen Lan- guages and Dialects of Indian Tribes inhabiting Guyana. (British Association Report, Swansea meeting, 1818.) London, 1819, Svo. Sib Robert Scuomburok, A Vocabulary of tlio Maiongkong Language. Pp. 217 — 22.'iofVol. IV of the: Proceedings of the Philological Society. London, 1850, Svo. Sib Robert Schomburgk, Guinau Vocabulary, and affinity of words in the Guinau with other languages and dialects in America, in his " Contributions to the Philological Ethnography of South America." Pp. 208—237 of Vol. Ill of the : Proceedings of the Philological Society. London, 1848, Svo. Vocabulary of Eighteen Words compared with Arawak, Accaway, and Waran. Pp. 297, 298 of: W. H. Bbett, Indian Tribes of Guyana. New York, 1852, 12mo. \'\ l! GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. PlEBBE Pellepeat, See Vocabularies above. Itfii ■II ffel 82 CATAWJJA — CA^ APOS. P. Raymond Breton, Grammairc Caraibe. Auxerre, Gillcs Bouquet, 1GG8, 8vo. D. L. S., Essai do Gcaminaire Galibi'a. Sdo Vocabularies above. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 685— 69«. (From the extracts made by P. Sebast. Garcia from the MS. Grammar of P. Feux. Ximenez.) On the Carib language as spoken by females, see : Ciiuisxorn Meinees, Ges- chichte dcs weiblichcn Geschlechts. Hanover, Helwing, 1788—1800, 4 vols. 8vo, Vol. I, pp. 47— CATAWBA— KUTAHBA. Indians of Tennessee and South Carolina. SV0RD3 AND VOCABULARIES. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 308 (from Smith Barton). BAtBi, Atlas Ethnographique. Tab. XLI, No. 794. No. VII, 41, of the Comparative Vocabulary, pp. 305—307 to : A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Archa;ologia Americana, Vol. II). (From Smith Barton and MS. authority of J. L. MixtEB.) And No. D, VIII, pp. 94—96 of the vocabularies in Vol. II of the : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. Comparison of the Languages of the ancient Waccoa of North Carolina, aud the Catawba of South Carolina. Pp. 557, 558 of Vol. V of : SonoOLCBAFi's Indian Tribes of the United States. CATHLASCONS. On the Columbia River, Oregon. Nearly related to the Chinooks and Haeltzucks. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary by John Scoulee, M.D. Pp. 243, 245, 247 of Vol. XI of the : Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. London, 1841, 8vo. CAYAPOS. Indian tribe of the Aldeia S. Jose de Messamedes, in the Bra- zilian province of Goyaz. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. J. E . PoHL, Eeise im Inuern von Brasilion. Weimar, 1832, 2 vols . 4to. Vol, I, p. 447. CAVUU4BAS — CAYLUi.V. 33 of the: Vol. I, CAYUBABAS. Indians of " los Moxos/' in nortli-oastcrn Bolivia, on the Rivers Mamr and Yacuma, Mission Exaltacion. WORDS AND V0CABULA1UE8. HjiltVAb, Origiue, 'labb. L et seq, HuHVAS, Vocabulario poliglotto, pp. 161 et 8C4. HiiitVAS, Saggio, pp. 63, Gi. Heiivas, Aritmetica, pp. 102, 103. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 571, 576. Balui, Atlas Etlinographiquc, Tab. XLI, No. 466. A. D'OEBiGNr, L'llomme Americain, Vol. I, pp. 162, 1G4 ; Vol. II, p. 208. GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. A. D'Obbiont, L'Homme Americain. Vol. II, pp. 255, 256. CAYUGA, GOGOYANS, QUEUGUES. Tribe of the Iroquois, and one of the original five nations. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. Hebvas, Vocabulario Poliglotto, p. 239 (numerals;. Smith Baktok, New Views — Comparative Vocabularies, and p. 20 of the Appendix to the edition of 1798. And from him, No. V, e, of the : Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Archteologia Amci'icana, Vol. 11, p. 376). Mithridates, Vol. Ill, Part 3, pp. 318, 331, 335 (from Bakton and Dean). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 799. Cayuga Vocabulary, by Kev. Adam Elliot, of Tuscarora. Appendix L, pp. 271 — 277, to : Henry R. Schoolcraft's Notes on the Iroquois. Ae<« York, Bartlett and Welford, 1816, 8vo. Also : New York State Documents, No. 21, ui Senate, January 22, 18-16 ; and pp. 3y3— -100 (Comparative Vocabulary of the Iroquois) of the same work, edited as a book : Albany, Pease and Co., 1817, 8vo. And pp. 482 — 493 of Vol. II of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of tlie United States. An extract from this Vocabulary is given under K. V. 4, p. 115, of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of: American Etlmological Society's Transactions. F 84 CElllS — ClIAYMA. Ill CERIS. Indians of Sonora, occui)yiug the Island of Tiburou, in the Gulf of Culiforniu, W'OKDS AND VOCAUULAUIKS. A VocubuJnry luis been tuken by John K. Hakxlktt, United States Boundary Commissioner (see : Persoiiul Narmtive, Vol. I, pp. 103 — IGGj. li ClIAPACURA, IIUACIII. Indians of Bolivia, near the Mission Carmen, on the Rio Blanco. The Quiteinoca tribe speak a difl'creut dialect. th i \\-m WOUDS AND VOCAUULAllIES. A. D'OamoNr, L'llonime Americuin, Vol. II, p. 2U8. GRAMMARS ANU OKAMMATICAL NOTICKS. A. U'OMiiiGNr, L'llomme Anierioain, Vol. II, pp. 220, 221, CIIAYMA. Indian nation of Venezuela, department of the Orinoco, on the rivers Guarapiche, Areo, and Caripe, province of Cumana ; once powerful, now nearly extinct. Their language is closely related to the Tamanaca. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. P. FiiANCisco DE Tauste, Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua do los Indio3 Chayraas, Cumanagotos, Cores, Parias y otros diversos de la provincia de Cumana b neuva Andalusia : con un tratado a lo ultimo de la doctrina Christiana y catecismo de los misterios de nuestra Santa Fe ; traducido del Castellano en la dicha Lengua Indiana. Madrid, I3crn. de Villa Diego, 1680, 4to, pp. 16, 187. A. YON IICMBOtDT and A. Bonpland, Voyage aux Regions Equinoxiales du Nouveau Continent. Paris, Scholl and Dufour, 1799-18J:0, -i vols. 4to j and Atlas in folio. Edition in 8vo, ibid, 1816-1831, 13 vols. German translation : A. ton IIumboldt and A. Bonpland, Eeise in die Aequinoctial Gegenden des Neuen Continents. Stuttgart and Tilbingen^ 1818, 8vo, pp. 213—229, 258—261. A. D'OBBioNr, L'llomme Amfericaii), Vol. II, p. 136. cmntKIIXEVIS — CIIKPEWYAN. 35 GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. FnAKClSCO DE Tai'ste, sec Vombularies. HUMBOI-DT ond BoNPT.AND, SCO Yocabularios. CIIEMEIINEVIS. A band of Pah-nta/is (Utahs of the River), belonging to the great Shohonce family. WORDS AND VOCARULARIES. Chemehncvi Vocnbiilnry, taken by Lieut. A. W. Wiiipple, pp. 71—76 of the Report upon tlie Indian Tribes, added to his : Report on the Route near the 35th Parp^'.ol (Vol. II of the: Paeific Railroad Reports. Washington, 1855, 4to). ClIEPEWYAN. Vater calls this language the foundation of all the North American dialects — a kind of court tongue spoken by the chiefs of the different nations. The first attempt at a grammar is said to have been made at Cazonovia, l)y a chief of the name of Sahgah-jewagah-Bahwch. Gallatin ranks thcChcpewyan among the Athapascan family of languages — a theory adopted likewise by Priciiakd, Latham, and Buschmann. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary of the Indians on the north-west part of the Hudson's Bay, p. 206 — 211 of: Arthur Dobbs, An Account of the Countries adjoining to Hudson's Bay in the north-west part of America ; containing, etc. etc. — to wliieh are added V Vocabularies of the languages of several Indian nations adjoining to Hudson's Bay. London, 1744, 4to, map, pp. 211. Reprint, pp. 181, 182, 183 of: Buschmann's Athapaskischer Sprachstamni. Berlin, 1856, 4to. Example of the Chepewyan Tongue, pp cxxix — cxxxii of: Alex. Mackenzie, Voyages from Montreal through the Continent of North America London, Cadell, jun., and Davis, 1801, 4to, maps, pp. viii, cxxxii, 412, 2. Reprint, pp. 180, 181 — 183 of; Buschmann's Athapaskischer Sprachstamm. £erlm, 1856, 4to. P. 145 of the German translation printed at Hamburgh, 1802, 8vo. Pp. 304 — 310 of the French translation, by Castera. Paris, Dentu, 1807, 8vo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 421 (from Mackenzie). Balbi, Atlas Ethnogvaphique, Tab. XLT, No. 821. Vocabulary after Mackenzie, No. G (III) of the Comparative Vocabulary of 'M) (•IIKHKNTKS. .1, ! Fifty-tliroo Nntions, in A. O.iUalin's Synopsis, etc., pp. 30.'— 3^7 of Vol. TI of : Arclireologiii Americiino. Ropriutod uiulor ]\r. Til, 1, p. 10.'> of the VocabulnrieB, ill ; Transactions of tlu* Aiiu'rican ICtliiiological Socictv, \o\, II. rKOFESSon W. W. TuHXEH (from Maekonzii'), roiiii):ira(lvo Vocabulary of Twcnty-Hvc Words of Chcpewyan, Iliulson's IJ.iy, Do^rib, Unikwa, Iloopab, Tacully, Navajo, and Apiidic, pp. 81, 8.'> of the: Report ujion tlic Indian Tribes, added to Lieutenant A. \V. Wliipple's Heport (Vol. II of the : racifio Kailroad Reports), Washington, 1855, Ito. Vocabulary of the principal Indian Dialects in use among the Tribes in the Hudson's Bay Territory — C'bippewayan, pp. 323—328 of Vol. II of: John M'Lkan, Notes of a Twenty-five Years' Service in the Hudson's Hay Territory. London, R. Bontley, 181, Hvo. Kt'iii'inl of an aiticlo in llic ; Kni'jrloim'dia Aincricanu, Vol. VI (1831). Qerman Iranslation — Uobcr dio Iiidianisclicn Sprarhcn Anu-rika's uliiTHotzt uiul niit Annu-rkinif^cn l)('j{loiti'( von 'rulvj (Mus. lloitiNsov, wifuof Dr. Robin- Hon, of Ni'w ^'ork). l,cipzi;i, N o)^cl, 1H;M., Hvo, p)). viii, HO. (Clierokw, pp. 11— CI, a:ul note 5, pp. TjS— 72 on .'•(•(jiio^iiIi'm Alpliubot.) John 1*i('Ki:i(INU, A (iramuiar of Iho C'horukco Language. Bo»lon, Misiiion I'ri'SB, lH:J»t, Hvo. Only four slu'cts (pp. 9 — W) ])rinte(l j by llu' invention of Secpioyah's now nlpbabot, tlio work was stopped in its further prof,'re.-i8. Kurrc Qranimatik der THcherokesischen Spraehe. Von Dr. H. C. von DEB Oauelentz, pp. 1^57 — '.JOOof: lloeCer'n Zeilseiiril't, Extrnets from tFohn riekerin<;'8 Oramnnir, and answers to uranimatical queries, by Hev. S. A. Worckstkr, missionary to the Clwn'okees, pp. 2IM) — 2.")0. Chorokeo Transitions, p. 27(5; and Notes to the Transitions, pp. 2!(l — 2'JI. New Cherokee Alphabet, p. 'Ml of A. Gallatin's Synopsis, ete., in \'ol. li of: Archieologiii Amo- rienna. Rev. 8. A. WoncESTER's Remarks on tho I'rineiplcs of the Cherokee, in answer to (piestions transmitted under the direetion of tho llureau of Indian Allairs. Pp. 4.1.3_45C of \o\. II of: Sehooleraft's Indian I'ribes of the United States. Cherokee I'rimer. Park Jlill, Ark, ilission Press, John Candy, printer, 1840, IHnio, pp. -21. Reprinted, i/jid., IHIG, 18mo, up. 21. Cherokee Alphabet, p. 11 j brief speeimens of Cherokee Grammatical forms. Pp. 12, 13, 30—32, U5, Ul5, 111, 112, 112—114 of Vol 1 of: The Cherokee Mes- senger (Nos. I — XII, August, 18t'l, to May, IHKJ), Cherokee Baptist Mission Press, 8vo. Cherokee Alphabet, one sheet in piano. Printed at the same press. H. Upham» printer. ClIETIMACIIA. I „ ^1 Indians of Louisiana. WORDS AND VOCARUL ARIES. Voeabulairc do la Languo des Chetimaehas, pp. 73—81' of: J. S. Vatbb, Analekten der Sprachenkunde. Leipzig, 2' Heft, 2tc Ilaelfte, 1821, 8vo, Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiquc, Tab. XLT, No. 759. No. 49, XIV, of the : Comparative Vocabulary of Fifty-three Nations, pp. 305— (UIIACAMXAN — ( HIM A\0. 3U 3fl7 of A. (lulliitiii'H SyndpNiH, ttc, in Vol. If of: Anliu'olonin Aiiicrii'iitin (fnun 1)1 KM hi:), iuhI No. I), \IV, \i[ U5 - 1>7 of Vol. II ol'i TruiiKUi'tiong yttho Amt'ritMii lOlliiioln^icul Hocii't^'. A Vocabulary of llic t'lu'tiiiiaclias hy M Mtii.v PiuAi.wji. .MS. in llio Library of tbo Amoriemi l'liilo«o|iliicul Soeii-ty iil riiilaiK-ijiliia. CllIAl'ANlX'AS. Indians of tlio .Mrxiciin provinco of Chuipas. (illAMMAIlS AM) (iUAM.MATICAI. NOilCKS. Fit. i)K Crtkua, Artos do lus Li'iigiuw Chiupii, Zoquo, C'lidaleH y t-iiiuiuutoca Mexico, VA'A), 4to. ClIIKKASAS, CIIICACIIAS. Indiiins of Ahihania, on the Mobile Uiver, now of Arkunsus. Tlie Cu/ic/tiis of Morida West spoke the .same hiiiguage; also the Mobiiians. \VOUD8 AND VO(Aliri.AlUl,S. Pp. 38 ot HL'ij, in : >h Adaiu, History of tlio Ainorieim Indians. London, 1775, 4to, pp. 4(51. German translation — Brestau, 17H2, 8vo. Smith Bauton, New VicwH, etc. — Compurutivo Vocabularies. (Chikkasah, Conehai', Mobiliau.) Mithridatos, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 21)2, 3Ul, 3U3. Balbi, Atlas Ethnograplii(im', Tab. XLI, No. 7H'J. No. IX, 41', of tbo : Conii)arativo Vocabulary of Fifty-tlirec Nations, pp. 303 — 367 of A. Gallatin's Synopsis in Vol. II of: Arclircologia Amerieanu. (By A. Gallatin, from a Chicasa boy.) Benjamin Hawkins, Vocabulary of (ho Creek, Cliickasaw, Clicrokco, and Choctaw. MS. in tbo Library ol" tho Auicrican Philosopbieul Society at .Vliila- delpbia. GUAiMMAllS AND QHAII.MATICAI. NOTICES. Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 2,ibid. Words used in the Chinook Jargon, pp. 117 — 152 of: Joel Palmek, Journal of Travels over the Rocky Mountains to the Mouth of the Columbia River, made during the years 1815 and 1816, containing .... also .... about 300 Words of the Chinook Jargon .... Cincinnati, P. A. and II. P. James, 1847, 12mo, pp. 189. A short Vocabulary of the Clalsop Dialect. See pp. 313,341 of: Ten Years in Oregon, by D. Lee and F, II. Feost, late of the Oregon Mission of the Methodist Episcopal Church. New York, 1844, 12mo. Vocabulary of the Chenook Language, as spoken about Fort Vancouver, pp. 336—338 of: Rev. Samuel Pakkee, Journal of an Exploring Tour beyond the Rocky Mountains. Ithaca, New York, 1838, 12mo. Chinook Vocabulary (Appendix), pp. 342 — 349 of: Alexaxdeb Ross, Adven- tures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Colvunbia River; being a Narrative of the Expedition fitted out by John Jacob Astor, to establish the Pacific Fur Company ; with an Account of some Indian Tribes on the Coast of the Pacific. London, Smith, Elder, and Co., 1819, 12mo, map, pp. 352. (P. 349, Words of the Chinook Jargon.) Vocabulary of the Cliinook Trade Jargon, in Note 1 (pp. 548—551) to the article, "Philosophy of Utterance," pp. 543—551 in Vol. V of: Scuoolceaft's Indian Tribes of Mio United States. (Some furt. k-r reports on this jargon are expected at Washington.) GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICEG. Pp. 562— 564 of: IIoEATio Hale's Ethnography and Philology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 1847, 4to. Re- printed on pp. 56 — 58 of : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. Pp. 635—646 of : Hale's Ethnography, etc. Article headed—" The Jargon, or Trade Language of Oregon." Reprinted (partly) on pp. 62—70 of the : Transac- tions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. CHIPPEWAY, OJIBWAY. The principal dialect of the great Algonquin stock, eastern Chippeways are called Sauteux, or Ojihois. G The 42 CHIPPKWAY. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. li ( w..:\ !<• Langue dcs Chippeways, pp. 521, 522, of Vol. VIII of: Cottbt de GEBELlif, Mondo Primitif. Faris, 1772, 4to. A short Vocabulary of the Chippeway Language, in : JoNATnAN Carveb, Three Tears' Travels through the Interior Parts of North America, for more than Five Thousand Miles, containing an Account of the Great Lakes, with a concise History of the Genius, Manners and Customs of the Indians inhabiting the lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and to the Westward of the Great River Mississippi London, 1778, 4to, map and plates, pp. 514 (the Vocabulary, pp. 420 and following). Second edition, London, 1779, 8vo. Eeprinted at Dublin, 1779, 8vo. Third edition (by Dr. T. R. Lettsom), with an Account of the Author. London, 1781, 8vo. Reprinted at Philadelphia in 1789, 8vo. Another Philadelphia reprint, by Joseph Cruikshank, 1789, 12mo, pp. xvi, 282. (The Vocabulary on \)p. 215 — 223.) A third Philadelphia edition, by Key and Simpson, 1796, 12mo. (The Vocabulary on pp. 393 — 105.) A Boston edition, 1797, 12mo ; and one printed at Charlestoicn, Massachusetts, 1802, 12mo. Reprinted again under the title : J. Caeveb's Travels in Wisconsin, from the third London edition. Neio York, Harpers, 1838, 8vo, map and plates, pp. 376. French translation, by M. de Montucla. Paris, 1784, 8vo. German translation — Hamburg, 1780, 8vo (the Vocabulary on pp. 350 and following). J. Long, Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader, describing the Manners and Customs of the North American Indians to wliich is added, a Vocabulary of the Chippeway Language and a Table, showing the Analogy between the Algonkin and Chippeway Languages. London, Debrett, Egerton, and Co., 1791, 4to. The English and Chippeway Vocabulary, pp. 218 — 295 ; the Comparative Vocabulary, pp. 184 — 211. (A. Gallatin calls this " Eastern Chippeway.") German translation — Hamburg, 1791, 8vo. Smith Babton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. B. D. (Baudey des LoziEEEs). Voyage S, la Louisiane et sur le Continent de I'Amerique septentrionale, fait dans Ics annecs 1794 h. 1798. Paris, Dentu, 1802, 8vo. (The Vocabulary on pp. 353 and following.) Peofessoe T. Sat, Comparative Vocabulary of Various Dialects of the Lennape Stock of North American Indians (Forty-five Words in Fifteen Dialects, among them Chippeway). Pp. 135 — 145 of: De. Edwaeds' Observations on the Molie- gan Language, published by John Pickering, in Vol. X of the second series of: Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Boston, Phelps and Farnham, 1823, 8vo. Reprinted at Boston, by Little and Brown, 1843, 8vo. Annual Report on the Civilization of Indian Tribes. Neichaven, 1821', 8vo, pp. 55 — 57. Indian Vocabularies— Chippeway or Chippewa. Part 4, pp. 449 — 459, of the CHIPPEWAY. 43 8vo, Appendix to Vol. II of: Will. II. Keating, Narrative of an Expedition to tho Source of the St. Peter's lUver, Lake Winnepcck, Lake of tho Woods, etc. etc., performed in the year 1823 under the command of Stephan H. Long. Philadelphia, Carey and Lea, 182 1, 2 vols. Svo, map auu plates. Bcpriuted at London^ by Whittakcr, 1825, 2 vols. Svo. Vocabulary of tho Algic, or Chippeway Language, pp. 487 — 493 of the Appendix to : Thomas L. JIcKexnet, Sketches of a Tour to the Lakes, of tho Character and Customs of the Chippeway Indians, and of Incidents connected with the Treaty of Fond du Lac ; also, a Vocabulary of the Algic, or Chippeway Language, formed in part, and, as far as it goes, upon the basis of one furnished by tho Hon. Albert Gallatin. Baltimore, Fielding Lucas, 1827, Svo, plates, pp. 494. Ojibway Words and Phrases, pp. 399—418 of: Dn. Edwin James, A Narrative of the Captivity and Adventures of John Tanner, United States Interpreter at tho Saut de St. Marie, during Thirty Years' Eesidence among the Indians. Neto YorJc, Carvill, 1830, Svo, plates, pp. 426 (pp. 294-31" 399—417). Henet R. ScnooLCKAFT, A Vocabulary of 'ords and Phrases in the Chippe- way Language (comprising the Letters A and B, and stating at the end that cir- cumstances prevented the insertion of the remainder of this Vocabulary), on pp. 203 — 210 of his : Narrative of an Expedition through the Upper Mississippi to Itaska Lake, the actual Source of this River. New York, Harpers, 183 i, Svo, maps, pp. 307. Words under IV, 8, of: Comparative Vocabulary of Fifty-three Nations, in A. Gallatin's Synopsis in : Architologia Americana, Vol. II,*pp. 305 — 367. Re- printed under A, IV, pp. 78, 80, 82, of Vol. II of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions. (From Sciioolckaft, James, and Keatino.) Eastern Chippeways, under IV (e) of tlie : Comparative Vocabulary of Sixteen Tribes. Ibid., pp. 369 (from J. Long). Reprinted under N, IV, 3, p. 107 of the Vocabularies in: American Ethnological Society's Transactions, Vol. II, pp. 411, 416. Ibid. " Select Sentences." Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 415, 416 (from Caevee. JjONO, and Baudey DES LoziIbes). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 818 (Chippeway propre ou Ochippeway) . Reise dcs Prinzen Maximilian zit Wied in das Innere Nord Amerika's in den Jahrcn 1832 bis 1834. Coblenz, Hoelscher, 1838-1811, 2 vols. 4to, Vol. II, pp. 592—599. Translated into French. Paris, Bertrand, 1843, 3 vols. Svo. Sautcu or Ogibois Vocabu ..ry (Eastern Chippeways), in the Vocabulary of the Principal Indian Dialects in use among the Tribes in the Hudson's Bay Territory, pp. 323— 32f' of Vol. II of: John M'Lean, Notes of a Twenty-five Years' Service in the Hudson's Bay Territory. London, Bentley, 1849, 2 vols. 12mo. Rev. M. Heckeweldee, Comparative Vocabulary of Lenni-Lcnnape proper, 44 CHIPPKWAY. tho Miusi Dialect, tlie Mahicanni, Natick, or Nadic Chippcway, Shawano, and Nanticoke. MS. in the Library of the American Philosophical Society at Phila- delphia. iVumerah of— I. Ojibway of Chcgoimcgon, by William: W. Wabben (1— billion, and 1—10 in the Pillagers, or Northern Ojibway Tongue), pp. 211 — 213. II. Chippewa of the Upper Mississippi, by M. Fairbanks (1 — 100,000), pp. 216—218. And Ojibway (Vocabulary), Analytical Forms, with Comments, pp. 412 — 116, 417 — 410 of: Sciioolceaft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. III. Vocabularies I, Algonquin Group. Ojibwa of St. Mary's, by G. Johnston; Ojibwa of Grand Travenc Bay, by Kev. P. Dououebty ; Ojibwa of Saganaw, by G. MoBAN; Ojibwa of Michilimackinac, by W. Johnston, on pp. 458—469 of Vol. II of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Rev. Feed. Baeaga, A Dictionary of the Otchipwe Language, explained in English. This language is spoken by tho Chippewa Indians, as also by the Otawas, Potawatamies, and Algonquius, with but slight diirerences. For the use of mis- sionaries, etc. Cincinnati, printed by Jos. E. Ileemann, 1853, 12mo, pp. vii, 662. Comparative Vocabulary of Pamptico, Nutic, and Chippewa (of Michigan), pp. 556, 557 of Vol. V of : Schoolceaft's Indian Tribes of the United States. A Lexicon of the Algonquin Language, part 1, Chippewa, A, pp. 565 — 561). Ibid. Comparative Chippewa and Mahican Vocabulary of Twenty-two "Words, p. 620. Hid. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Edwin James, Outline of the Paradigma of a Chippeway Vocabulary .... 8. a Albany, folio. A. Bingham, Ojibwa Spelling-book, according to the improved orthography of Edwin James. Albany, 1825, 8vo. ' Henet a. Schoolcbaft, Two Lectures on the Chippewa Substantive. Pp. 169 — 202 of: Narrative of an Expedition .... to Itasca Lake. New York, Harpers, 1834, 8vo, map, pp. 307. Part of a course of Lectures on the Grammatical Sti'ucture of the Indian Languages, delivered before the St. Mary's Committee of the Algic Society. The continuation of these lectures (Lectures III and IV) is published in: IIeney a. Schoolcbaft, Oueota, or the Red Race of America Neiv York, Burges, Stringer, and Co., 1844-45, 1 vol. (Nos. 1 — 8) 8vo, pp. 512 (pp. 93— 101,221— 232). Gallaudet, Picture-definer and Reading-book. Boston, Crocker and Brewster, for the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, 1835, 12mo, pp. 123. Ojibwa Spelling-book, designed for the use of native learners. Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. Boston, Crocker and Brewster, 1835, 12mo, second edition, pp. 127. Tjird edition, ibid., 1846, 12mo, pp. 96. II ClliQUlTOS. 45 Cliippoway TTouna (from Schoolcraft's Leetuivs), pp.244 — 248 of: A. Gal- latin's Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of : Archceologia Americana. Chippewa Tran- sitions, ibid., p. 289. Eev. Ot. A. Belcouet, Priueipes de la Languc dcs Sauvages appoles Sauteux. Quebec, imprinierio de Frechette and Co., 1839, 12mo, pp. 146. A Chippeway Primer, compiled by the Kev. Peter DoronERTY. Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the Presbyterian Church. Xew York, John Westall, 1814, liimo, pp. 4t. Second edition, ibid., 1817, 12mo, pp. 123. Short Reading Lessons in the Ojibway Language, translated by the Rev. Pexeb Dougherty. New York, John Westall and Co., 1847, 12mo. Joseph IIowse, A Grammar of the Cree Language, with which is combined an Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. London, Rivington, 1814, 8vo, pp. xx, 324. Edwin James, M.D., Essay on the Chippeway Language. Read before the American Lyceum, at tlie third annual meeting, in the city of New York, May 3rd, 1833, pp. 73—80 of No. V of: The North American Savages (September, 1835), 8vo. Rev. Fred. Baraga, missionary at L'Ance, Lake Superior, A Theoretical and Practical Grammar of (he Otcliipwe Language. Z)e^»oj7, printed by JabezFox, 1851, 12mo, pp. 576. The Transitions called " Chippeway," in : J. S. Vater, Analekten der Sprachknnde. Leipzig, 1821, 8vo. Heft 2, pp. 15 — 20, ai'e " Delaware." Rev. Thomas IIurlbut, A Memoir on the Inflections of tlie Chippewa Tongue. Pp. 383—396 of Vol. IV of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Conjugation of the Verb " VVaub." See pp. 291 — 388 of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Original Words of Indian Songs literally translated. Chippewa. Pp. 559 — 564, ibid. Etymology (Chippewa), pp. 593 — 600, ibid. Some Data respecting the Principles of the Chippewa and Mahican Languages, in a series of letters written during the years from 1822 — 1827. Chippewa. Pp. 601—618, ibid. I! il CHIQUITOS. In South America, on the Upper Paraguay, between the Chaco and Brazil. WORDS AND VOCABULARIEv«i. Gilii, Saggio, etc., Vol. Ill, pp. 244—248, 334—339 (from the MS. notices of Padee Camano). Hervas, Vocabolario, pp. 163 et seq. 46 CHOCTAW. IIERVA9, Originc, pp. 27, 29, 37, 41, 41, 48, Tabb. XLIX, L, LI. IIeba'AS, Saggio, pp. 99 — 101. Mithridiitos, Vol. Ill, pp. 55 1, 570. Balbx, Atlas Etlinographiquc, Tab. XLI, No. 463. Vocabulary of Twenty-three AVorJs. Vol. I, p. lOi, of: At.cide D'Ohbiont, L'llomme Ainericain. Paris, 1839, 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. II, p. 136, thrco words of the Cuciquia dialect. Vocnbulaire, No. XIV, Languc des Chiqiiitos, in : Fb. de Castelnau, Expedi- tion, Vol. V, Appendicc, pp. 286—288. Vocabulario de la Lcnguu Chiquita, Parte 1" : E-tpauol y Chiquito. 1 vol. 4to, of nearly 700 pages. Parte 2-' : Chiquito y Espofiol del Pueblo de S. Xavier (where it was composed by the Jusuits). One vol. folio, of about 700 pages, two columns on every page. IMS. in the possession of M. Alcide D'Orbigny. GRAMMAUS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Gitii, Saggio, Vol. Ill, pp. 211-248, 334-339. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp 559—563. D'OKUiaNY, L'Homme Amerieain, Vol. T, pp. 131—136; Vol. II, pp. 161— 163, and p. 180 (Curumiuaca tribe), p. 182 (Covarcca tribe), p. 184 (Curavtis tribe), p. 185 (Tapiis tribe). im I n CHOCTAW, CIIAIITAII. Indians of the Appalachian stock. Their language is closely related to those of the Chikasas and of the Muskoghees. The Freacli in Louisiana used the Choctaw language for their com- munications with other Indian tribes. They live now west of Arkansas. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES, LuiGi Castiolioni, Viaggio negli Stati Uniti dell' America settcntrionale, etc. Milano, 1790, 2 vols. 8vo (Vol. I, pp. 259—266). German translation by A. M. Petersen. Memmingen, Seller, 1793, 8vo (pp. 32-2—328). Smith Babtox, New Views — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 292, 298, 304, 305. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XI, No. 790. Choctaw Numerals, by John Dkennen, United States Agent, pp. 204 — 206 of Vol. II. of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Some Words from the Language of the Choctaws (18, of which 14 are numerals), by Lewis Bbantz, 1785, p. 347 of Vol. Ill of the same work. '•]-f CIIOLO. ONY, 47 No. IX, t3, of tlio: Comparative Vocabulary (pp. 307 — 307) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis in "Vol. II of: Archooologia Americana (from Wriglit's Spelling-hook), and : Chocta Vocabulary, by y\.LFKED WiuoiiT, ibid , jip. 371—390, Also : Com- parative Vocabulary of tlie Chocta and Muskoghoe (97 words out of GOO which have certain ainnitics), Hid., jij). U)."), 100. No. IX, 13, reprinted as B, X 1, pp. 82, 8I., 80, 88, of the Vocabularies in A'ol. II. of: Transa(;tions of the American Ethnological Society. The com- parative vocabulary, ibid., p. cxii. MS. Vocabularies of the Cherokee (over Hill) and Choctaw; and of the Creek, Chickasaw, Cherokee, and Choctaw — both by liKN.rAMiN Hawkins — are in tho Library of the American Philosophical Society at I'hiladelphia. GRAMMAHS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICliS. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 300—302 (from Adair, pp. 38, 39, 11, 44, 68, 70-73). A Spelling-book written in tho Chahtah Language, with an English translation. Second edition, revised. Cincinnati, printed by Morgan, Dodge, and Fisher, 1827, 8vo. Cliahta Holisso. Boston, Crocker and Brewster, for the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, 1830, 12mo, pp. 108. Third edition, revised, ibid., 1835, 12mo, p. 72. Cliahta Holisso, it im Anumpuli ; or, the Clioctaw Reader. For the use of native schools. Union, printed for the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, by John F. Wheeler, 1830, 12mo, p. 123, CruTTS Byixoton, An English and Choctaw Defincr for the Choctaw Academies and Schools .... 18mo, pp. 252. 2few York, 1852. Crnus Byinoton, Choctaw Vocabulary, pp. 02—64 of the : Report upon the Indian Tribes, added to Lieutenant A. W. Whipple's Report in Vol. II of: Pacific Railroad Reports. Washington, 1855, 4tc. CIIOLO, CHOCO. Indians- of Nucva Granada, from the Gulf of San jNIigucl to the Bay of Choco, and tliencc^ with a few interruptions, to the northern parts of Equador. WOKDS AND VOCABULARIES. Cholo Vocabulary, by Db. Edward Cullen ; and Comparison of the Cholo with the Languages of the Oronoco, by Dk. R. G. Latuam, p. 190 of part 2 of Vol. XX of: Journal of the Royal Geographical Society. London, John Murray, 1851, 8vo. Pp. 179—181 of: Berthold Seeman, The Aborigines of the Isthmus of Pauama, in : Transactions of the iimerican Ethnological Society, Vol. Ill, p. 1. 48 ,1 in 1 III bl CHONDAL — CIIOW-E-SllAK. CHONDAL. Language spoken by the Indians of Chontales, on the northern sliores of the Lake of Nicaragua. WOKDS AND VOCABULARIES. E. Geo. Sqttier, Nicaragua New York, Appleton, 1852, 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. II, pp. 314, 321, 325 (from Jul. Fboebel), and : Trnnsactions of tho American Ethnological Society, Vol. Ill, part 1, pp. 101, 106 — 110. CHOROTEGANS. Indians of Nicaragua to the north of the Mexican inhabitants of Nicaragua (the Niquirans), between the Pacific Ocean, Lake Managua, and the Gulf of Fonseca. They are divided into — Chorotegans proper, or Dirians ; Nagraiidans, in the plain of Leon ; and Orotinans, in the district of Guanacaste. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. E. Geo. Squieb, Nicaragua New York, Appleton, 1852, 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. II, pp. 320 — 333, Dirian from Masaya ; and : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. Ill, part 1, pp. 101, 106—110. CHOHTI. On the banks of the Motagua, in Guatemala. A language related to the Maya and Poconchi. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A short Vocabulary, taken by John L. Stephens, at Zacapa, is given in : A. Gallatin's Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico. (Vol. 1 of: Trans- actions of the American Ethnological Society.) New York, Bartlett and Welford, 1845, 8vo, pp. 9, 10. CHOW-E-SHAK. Indians of north-western California, on the head of Eel River. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. George Gibbs, Vocabulary, Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. Ill, pp. 434-440. CUUNTAQUIUOS CUCUIMI. ¥J ;rn CHUNTAQUIllOS, PIROS. Brazilian Indians in the neighbourhood of Santa llosn, in the province of Goyaz. WORDS AND VOCAUULAKIES. LaiJguo ties Chuntaciuiros ou Piroa (Simisencliis) du Villugo do Santu Rosu. Vocabulary, No. XVII, pp. 2U0, 291 of: Castelnau, Vol. V, Appcndi(!o. CINALOA, OR SINALOA. Accordinjif to Hervas, three languages were spoken ])y the Indians of the Mexiean State of Cinaloa — the Tubar, the Zoc, and the Iliaqiii, which latter Avas the principal one. Die Souza mentions : Arte de la Lcngua Principal de Cinaloa, por P. Luis Boxitaz. BoNiFAZ was missionary to tlie Indians of Cinaloa, between the years 1G02 and ICAA, lie died in the latter year at Valhidolid, in Michoacan; but probably left his MSS. in some of the reli- gious establishments of the city of Mexico. COBEU. Indians on the Amazon. WORDS AND VOCABULARI?.S. Vocabulary (of Ninety-eight Words), pp. 521—541 of: Alfued R. Wallace, A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London, Reeve and Co., 1853, 8vo. COCANAS. Brazilian Indians on the Upper Amazon (Cocuannas of Mar- Tius? No. 224). WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Langue des Cocanaa de Nauta. Vocabulaire, No. XIX, pp. 293, 294 of: Castelnau, Vol. V, Appendice. COCHIMI. Indians of Upper California, near the Mission St. Xaverio . Eelated to the Laymons. JliiltliiiMBMIMt 50 COCOMARICOl'AS — COCONUCOH. WOUDS AND VOCAHULAKIKS. ITeuvas, Vocubolario I'oliglotto, p. IGl ct soq. iriutVAS, Ariimofictt, p. 113. Uebvas, Saggio, pp. 125, 233—237 (Dialect of St. Oortrudi»). IlKUVAfl, Origiiu', Tab. L ct Bcq. Mitliriclates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 185, lOH, 199, Cochimi anil Cocliinii-Lnymon of tlio MissioiiH S. Xavcrio and Joa. Comniidu ; H. Borgia and S. Qcrinidia (from IIebvas). Ualui, Alias Ethnograplii(pio, Tub. XLT, No. 820. A. FuKUKS, History of California. London, 1839, 8vo. f i.; GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mitliridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 192—198. COCOMARICOPAS. Indians of Soiiora, near tlie llivcr Gila. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Short Vocabulaiy (Apache ?), collected by Lieutenant Emout, p. 109 of Vol. II of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions. A Vocabulary of the Cocomaricopa Language has been taken by Joun R. Babt- LETT, the United States Bomidary Commissioner. Cocomaricopa Vocabulary, by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple, p. 94 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes ; added to his Report on the Route near the 35th Parallel, in Vol. II of: Faciiio Railroad Reports. Wa.^ 'ungton, 1855, 4to. COCONUCOS. Indians of the province of Cudinamarca in Nucva Granada. The Polindaras and Guambias arc kindred tribes. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Notices and some Words of the Cocouucos, Polindaras, and Guambias, given on pp. 43 — 45 of: ToMMASO C. de Mosqueha, Memoria Sobre la Quografia Fisica y Politica de la Nueva Granada. Nuevo York, impreuta de J. W. Benedict, 1852, 8vo. English translation, by Theodore Dwight. Ibid., 8vo. (•<)<;()I»A8 — COMANCIIES. 51 in 'ol. BT- the ith la. on ica ct, COCOPAS. Indians of Sonora, between the llio Gila and the Onlf of Cali- fornia. WURDS AND VOCABULARIES. A Vocubiilury has been taken by JouN R. Bartlett, United States Boumlnry Comxuissiouer. COMANCHES. Indians of Texas, bcloni^ing to the great Shoshonee or Snake family. They range from the sources of the Braxos and Colorado, rivers of Texas, over the great i'rairies, to the waters of the Arkansas and the mountains of Rio Grande. They arc also called Ilietans, Jctans, and Paducas. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Comanche Names and Numerals, on pp. 273, 271 of: Wm. Bou.AEUT'a Ob- Bcrvntions on the Inir,.tlu>r with a Specimen of tho Winneba^s (or Nipegon) Laiign;igo. (Contains forty-five words in tho Langnnge of the Mohegan, Lcnape, Shnw- Bnc*e, Nanticoke, Narraganset, IManHcl, llnssachusotts, I'cnobneot, Abnaki, St. Francis Indians, ftrcssisangers, Algonkins, Clii])powa\-, Knistenaux, Winne- bagos.) Printed, with notes, in J. Pickering's eilition of D. Kdwiirds' Observa- tions on the Mohegan Language in: Collecti(nis of the ^[assacluisctts His- torical Society. A'ol. X of tho second series. Hoslon, Phelps and Farnhain, 1823, Hvo, pp. 135-115, 1 10, 148. Reprinted, Boston, Little and Brown, 1813, Hvo. ■Ralbi, Atlas Ethuogra])hique, Tab. XLI, No. 810 (Delaware and Minsi). No. IV, Nineteen of the Comparative Vocabularies of Fifty-three Nations in A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of: Archaologia Americana, pp. 305—367. (From IIeckewblder and Zeisueuoeu.) Reprinted under A, IV, 2, pp. 79, 81, 83 of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions. CrMMiNGS, Indian Agent, Delaware Vocabulary, in : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. II, Languages; 1, Algonquin group, pp, 170 — 481. Vocabulary of the Delawares in 1792. From the papers of James Madison. Ibid., Vol. Ill, pp. 421 — 127, Delaware (and Iroquois) words. Geo. Henry Losskiel, History of the Mission of Ignited Brethren among the Indians in North America. Translated from the German by Christian Ignatius Latrobc. London, 1794, Svo. A Collection of Words in English, Magna, Delaware, and Mohikan (by Rev. John Ettweix, compiled in 1788, from Zcisbergcr's work, for General Washington), pp. 41 — 44 of : Bulletin of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Vol. I. Fhila- delphia, 1818, 8vo. Rev. Mk. Heckeweldeh, A Comparative Vocabularj- of tho Lenni-Lenape and Algonquin. Rev. Mr. Heckewelder, A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni-Lenape proper, the Minsi Dialect, the Mohicauni, Natik or Nadik, Chippeway, and Nanti- coke. Rev. .VIr. Heckewelder, A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni-Lenape and Miami, or Twightwee. l)i:i..V\V.\KK. ()"» Kkv. ^kfii. iri:('Ki;\VKM>i:ii, Nninoin ol'N'iiriDus'rrot'!* nml lMilllt^« in llio l.aiiKniitfcof tlio Lt'iini-Lt'impc, or Di'liiwurt', (lisliii;;iii»liin)^ tin- Diiiloct ol'tht* f'namlsi\m\ Miimi. The iibovi- f(iur iiiinumcripts uro in tlic Lil>rary of tin- AiiuTit-un I'liilo- sopliie-nl Socii'ty ut I'liiliuU'lpliiiu IMonioriiiKlum of fhu Nnmcs iind Si^niificatioiis wliidi tlic lA'iiiii-l-tMiapc, otluT- wiso cillcd tin- Dfliisvart', liail givoii to Kivcrs, StnMin'', I'lact's, ctr., witliiu tin- Stufi'9 of IViiiistylvnnia, Now Jersey, Maryland, and Vir^;inia ; tom-llior witli tlio niimc's of soiiif eliiiflaiiii and enunntt iiu'ii of this nation. Taken from MS. papers of the Ki;\'. Joux lIi;iKi:\vi:i,i)i:i(, (hu'inj; liis mission amoni; the Indians of i'enu- fylvanin. Presented to tlio Historical Soi'iety of I'hila lelphia, hy Maiirieo ('. Jones, of Bethlehem. Pp. I21-inr>, i:il»— 151 of Vol. I of: IJnllelin of the His- torical Society of rennsylvania. Philadelphia, printeil for the Society, 18 IH, 8vo. Comparative N'ocabulary of Lenape-.\l;|on(pdn, Cople, Arddpel, and Ternate, jip. 2SD— li^il of: GudTAV I)K luiiirii.vr,. Rapport eiitre (piel(|ues Langui's Ameri- uainos et le Copte. Lanj^no Lenape-Algon(piin, )>p. 272 — 28'J of Vol. II of the ; Memoires de la Societu Ethnolo{,n(pie. Paris, A'euve Dondey-I)iii)re, 1815, 8vo. Delaware Vocabulary, taken by Lii.i TKNANT A. W. Whipple from the Ciiief of the lihu.'k Heaver Tribe. Pp. 50— (K> of the : Report upon tiie Indian Tribes, by Lieutenant NViiippie, Thomas Kwbank, and Prof. \V. W. Turner, added to Lieutenant Whipple's Report on the Route near the 35th Parallel in Vol. II of: Pacific Hailroad Reports. Washiiiffton, 1855, Ito. GKAMMAUS AND GRAMMATICAI, NOilCKS. David ZKiSBEiiaEB, Essay of a Delaware Tudian and English Spellinf;-book, for the use of the schools of the Christian Indians on Muskingum River. Phila- delphia, Miller, 1770, 12mo. Reprinted, Philadelplda^ liSOG, 12mo. David Zi;rsnF.KOKR, Grammar of the Laiisuat^e of the Lcnni-Lennnc, or Dela- ware Indians. Translated from the German MS. of the late Rev. David Zeisber- ger, for the American Philosopliical Society, by Peter Steiihen Du Ponceau, with a preface and notes by the trauslutoi'. Philadelphia^ James Kay, 1827, Ito, pp. 188, 1. Translated in 1816. Forms part of (No. 2 of part 1) Vol. Ill of: Trans- actions of the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia, for pro- moting useful knowledge, second series. Philadelphia, printed by James Kay, jun., 1810, 4to, pp. 65—251 (pp. 65 — 96 : tiio translator's preface). Presented to the Society, 2nd Deccndjor, 1816. The MS. of the translation (in folio, pp. 1 10) is in the Library of tlio American Philosophical Society at PhiladoJphia. On the Indian Languages (Delaware and Iroquois), pp. 18 — 23 of: Losskiel's History of the Mission, etc. (see Vocabularies above). N.B. — Pp. 19, 20, more particularly on the Delaware. John Pickekixo, Remarks on the Indian Languages of North America, s. 1., 1836, Svo. Reprinted from Vol. VII of the: Encyclopstdia Americana. German translation by Talvi (Mrs. Robinson). Leipzig, Vogcl, 183 1, Svo. K IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) &^ o y. I/.. ^ 1.0 If 1^ 1^ ^^ U£ 1^ 12.2 11.1 J.-^ia 1^ ilM. lH 7 Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 (716) 872-4503 \ iV ^ ;\ r o ii. w.. '/.. ^ ^ 1^ * <^\ GG DOOKIH INDIANS. 1 ) 1*. E. DcpoxcRAP, Mcmoiro sur lo Sy9t^mo Grammatical dfs Langucs do quel- qucs Nations Iiulieiiues de rAmerique du Nord. Paris, 1838, 8vo. E. A. Vail, Notice sur les ludieus do rAmerique du Nord. Fat-is, 1810, 8vo, pp. 50. Grammatical Notices — Delaware (from Zeisukkgeu), pp. 220 — 221. Delaware Transitions, pp. 207, 2G8, 282—288 ; and Coiiqiarativo View, p. 281). Notes, pp. 291 — 298 of: A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. Vol. II of: Arehteologia Americana, Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 3G9— 372. Lcnapi Wawipoetakso avo Apwatuk. First Lessons in Delaware. J. Meeker. Baptist Shawanoe Mission, 183 1, 18mc, pp. 48. Lenapeo Spelling-book. Shawnee Mission, J. MsEKER, for the I3aptist Society, 183 1, 12mo, pp. 21. (3liapter IX, Language, No. Ill, Lonape, pp. 100 — 112 of: IIeckeweldkw'b Account of the History, etc., of Indian Nations. Vol. I of: Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society. iV*i/a- delphia, printed by Abraham Small, 1819, 8vo. DOGRIB INDIANS. Indians of the northern part of North America, hetwecn Martin's Lake and the Coppermine River. They eall them- selves Thing-e-ha-dtinne,and belong to the Dtinne or Atliapaskan stock. The " INIauvais Monde " and Slave Indians are tribes belonging to them. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Dogrib Vocabularies, collected at Fort Confidence (pp. 395, 390), at Fort Simp- son (p. 397), and by Mr. O'Bkian, of the Hudson's Bay Company (p. 398). Mauvais Monde and Shive Vocabulary (pp. 399, 400). J. II. Lefhoy, Vocabulary of Chepowyan and Dogrib Words (pp. 400, 401), and Dogrib Vocabulary, from Barrett, pp. 401, 402 of: Sir John Kichardson, Arctic Exploring Expedition, Vol. II. London, 1851, 2 vols. 8vo. The same reprinted and compared with the other Athapaskan and Kinai Lan- guages, pp. 179—222, 209—318 of : Busiumajjn's Atliapaskischer-Sprachstamm. Berlin, 1850, 4to. Professor W. W. Turner, Comparative Vocabulary of Twenty-five Words of Dogrib (from Richardson), Hudson's Bay, Chepewyan, Tacully, Umkwa, lie pah, Navajo, and Apache, pp. 81, 85 of the: Report upon the Indian Tribes, added to Lieutenant A. W. Whipple's Report in Vol. II of: i'acilio Raili-oad Reports. Washington, 1855, 4to. EH NEK — EXCiEKEKMUNO. (57 BS do quel- ls 10, 8vo, Dclawnro Notes, pp. A.muricaua. . Mbekeu. ist Society, EWEIDKK 3 ions of the ly. I'hila- between 1 tliem- lapaskan tribes i'ort Simp- (p. 398). ibulary of ary, from xpedif iou, inai Lan- tehstamm. Words of He pah, added to Keports. EIINEK. Indian band of north-western California, at tlio niontli of the Sabnon or Uuoratcin Kivcr. The hin Janeiro ot irsil ; siiivi [istoiro dcs 0. 8vo, Vol. I, i2 of: Note ilo quehiues ieto ai(l sliip." Pp. 200— 211 of : AiaiiDR DoBUS, An .Account of the Countries adjoining to Hudson's Bay, in the north-west part of America .... to which are aihU'd .... V Vocabularies of the Languages of several Indian Nations adjoining to Hudson's Bay .... London, 1711, 4to, pp. 211, map. Hans Egede, Det gandc Gronlands nye Perlust ration. Kjohenhavn, 1711, 8vo. (Chap. XVII of the language, with a short Vocabulary.) EnglUh translation — A Description of Orcenland. London, 17 15, Svo. French translation — Description et Histoire Naturellc du Groeidand, trad, en Francjais par D. K. D. P. (Des Roches de Parthenay). Copenhaijue et Geni'ce, 17G3, Svo. German translation — Beschreibung und Naturgescliichte von Groeidand In's Deutsche iibersetzt von J. G. Kriinitz. Berlin, Mylius, 1763, Svo. J. Andeksox, Naehrichten von Island, Qroenland und der Strasso Duvis. Hamburgh, IMG, Svo, pp. 2S5 — 325. Paul Egede, DietionariumGra'nlandico-Danico-Latinum, complcfcns primitiva cum suis derivatis quibus iuterjcctie sunt voces primariic e Kirendo Angokkutorum adormitum. ILifnia, ty)). orphanotr. Keg. Guttfr. F. Ivisel, 1750, Svo, pp. IG, 312. Greenland, pp. 1-207; Danish, pp. 208-2G3 ; Latin, pp. 2G 1—312. 70 KSKIMO. Lnnguo dos Ksquimnux ct di's Orocnlandiiis, pp. dOt— li»S of Vol. VIII of: CounT m: OEHELrv, Mondd'rimitif. P, English Eskimaux ; pp. 115— lUO, Eskimaux -English ; pp. 110 — 113, Comparative Table of a few (21) Words of the Eskimaux (orInnuit),Chuckchi, Aleutian, and Kadjak Languages, chiefly from Balui and Ki.AritOTii. J. Long, Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader .... to which is added .... a List of Words in the .... and Esquimaux Tongues. London, Robson, Debrett, and Co., 1791, tto, p. 183 (twenty-two words). German translation, by G. Forster. Jicrlin, Vos*", 1792, 8vo ; and by A. AV. Zmmiermann. Uamburr/, Ilodnuui, 1791, 8vo. Captain William E. Pauky, K.N., Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery of n North-west Passage, etc. London, 1821, Ito. Captun William Edwaku Pakuy, R.N,, Journal of a Second Voyage for the Discovery of a North-west Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific, performed in the years 1821, 1822, and 1823, in II. M. S. " Eury " and " Ilccla." Published by authority. London, Murray, 1821, Ito, pp. OOO, pp. 559 — 509. Reprinted, New Yorir, W. E. Dean, printed for E. Duyckinck, C. Long, and others, 1821, 8vo, pp. XX, 10 1. On the Eskimaux Language (of llelville Peninsula and tlie adjoining islands, more particularly Winter Island and Tgloolik), pp. t51 — 157. Voca- bulary of Eskimaux Words and Sentences, pp. 159—101. Eskimaux Names of Places, p. IGl. Otiio FABUlcirs, Den Qrocnlandske Ordbog, forbcdi'ct og foi (iget. Kjiibenhavi), 0. F. Schubert, 1801, 8vo, pp. viii,795 (pp. 10—511, Gronl. Danish; 515—795, Danish Register). Words arc also given in the «ame autlior's : Fauna Gra;nlandica. ITafnice, 1780, 8vo. ul. Vni of: •V taken from ristori(]»iC8 et .2iuo. Ibid. oniilaska and )pi'ndix VI to tlic direction " IJiscoverv," lib fin, 1781,3 t'he Beitracgo beschroibung, JSl-n[)6, 7 1. Published 1 by Captain ng. Tp. xvi, h; pp. 110— it), Chuckchi, [. der .... to laiix Tongues. .1.). vo ; and bj le Discovery nagc for tbo )erf()rnied in rublishod Reprinted, , 1821, 8vo, le adjoining h57. Voca- |ix Xanies of CJiihcitkavn, 515— 7'J5, ITa/nire, KsKl.MO. 71 Captaiv r. W. CrFCiiKV, Tl.N., Narrative of n Voyage to the Pneifie and liehriiig's Strait, to co-operate witii the I'olar Expeditions, performed in 11. M.S. "Ulossom," in the jcars lS2.'f, 182H. London, 18:J1, Ito, pp. 712 ; also, 2 vols. 8vo. A'oeabulary of Words of tiie Western Ksipiinianx, pp. G20— G27 of tlie Ito edition, and Vol. 11, pp. 3(j(i— 38H of tlie Svo edition. Appendix to tlie Narrative of a Second Voyage in Search of a North-west Piissago, by Siu John Ross, C.B. London, lS:!.'i, Ito, pp. 37<5, plates. Names of Maminilia, IJirds, and Fishes, in : C.viTvi.v W. .V. (rit.vMf, Narrative of an FiXpedition to the ICast Coast of Crroenland, sent by order of the King of Denmark in search of the lost Colonies. Translated by C Ciordon .Mac- dougall. London, Parker, 1837, Svo, pp. IG, lUii. Aiipeudix No. II, \i, pp, 178-180. Mithridates, A'ol. Ill, pp. 310,431, and part .3, pp. 122, 421, 151, 455, 402 (from EuKKK, ANU£Usoy, DoDns, and Long), Vol. IV, pp. 251—253. Some Words (3) and Numerals (1 — 5) of the IJehring Strait, Eskimo, Kadjak, Ii^loolik Eskimo, and l'n;dachka Languages compared, j). 123 of: Von 1jai:k and Von IIklmesen, IJcitraege zur Keiintniis des Ilussischon Roiehs, Ud. 1. Ht. Petersbitri/, Academy of Sciences, 1839, Svo. No. T, 1, 2, a, of the Comparative Vocabulary of Fifty-tlircc Nations in A. Galla- tin's Synopsis, in A'ol. 11 of: Arelm-ologia Americana, pp. 305 — 3G7 ; and Com- parative Vocabulary of Sixteen Tribes. Ibid., \yyi. S(jS — 372 (Hudson's 15ay, 1; Kotzebuc Sound, 2 j Greenland, a). (From Pakuy, Beecuky, Eoede, and Ckant/) Reprinted, I 1, under A I, pp. 78, 80, 82 ; I 2 a, uTider L T, p. 10|., of tho Vocabularies in Vol, II of: Transactions of the American ICthnologieal Society. Rat.ui, Atlas Ethnographiiiue, Tab, XLI, No. 85G. Groenlandais proi>re— Esk. d. 1. Baie du Prince Regent (Ross); Esk. (DouBs) ; Esk. d. File d'Hiver (Parry). Smith Barton, New Views, etc. Comparative Vocabularies (Orecnlanders, Esquimaux). Comparative Table of the Dialects spoken by the Behring's Strait and Labrador Eskimo, pp. 309—382 of Vol. II of : Sir Joun Richardson, Arctic Exploring Expedition. London, 1851, 2 vols. 8vo. Note. — The Behrhig's Strait Eskimo, or Kuskutchcwak, from WiiANGEL} the Labrador Coast Eskimo from a Vocabulary of Rev. P. Latrobe. GRAMMAllS AKD OBAMMATICAL NOTICES. M, WoELDiKE, Jlelctcnia do Lingua> Gra?nlandica; ejnsquo a ceteris linguia dilTercntia, in : Semestria Socictatis llafniensis. ILifnice, 1710, part 2, p. 137 et seq. En Groculandak A B D Bog. Kjobenhucn, 17G0, 8vo. Reprinted, Kattitsio* 72 ILVTIIKADS. ^ niaraut aHiiuromari^iillo Miillig<'l«soil. (Inadnu, IHS'i, Mvo. Nye udjjf. vcU SlEEN- BKlio. Kjiilieuhavn, Missions (.'olk-gium, iHli), Svo, pp. 20. Paul Eueue, Grummaticu GrdnluiKlico-Dunifo-Lutiiut, Ilnfniiv, 17G(), Hvo. David C'kantz, Ilistorii' voii Orocnlaiul fiitlmltfiid die ne3direihunj» des Laixlos uud Hi'iiiiT KiiiwoliiuT, iiiMbi'soiiikTo die (Jcschicliti' dor dortij.';!! Mis:«i(>ii zii NkU lIiacUMii'T \md LiciiTKNKKi.s. Ilarhy mnl Lfipzii), Kummor, 1700, Hvo. Fortsrt- zuii},', ibid , 1770, Hvo. Scfond i-dilion, i/nU., 1770, Hvo, pp. 277— :iS7. Ri-priiilcd in Vol XX of: Hibliotlick der iiuucsteu Reisubcschrfibuiif,'cii. Franif url i\ud Leipsiij, 177!)-tt7, 21 vols. Svo. A'//////'.vA triinslafioii — The History of Oroenland, ineludiii|,' an Account of tlio Mission carried on by the United Brethren in that country. London, 1707, 2 vols. Hvo. Reprinted, with a continuation to the present time, Notes, and Appendix. London, Longmans, 1H2U, 2 vols. Hvo. EaiL. TiioKiiAi.LESEN, Sclicma Coiijugationis Groculaiidiciu verborum in ok, vok ct rpuk dc&inentiuni. Ilafitio!, 177G. Ohio FAumcirs, Forsoeg til en forbedret firocnlandsk Grammatica. Kjiihen- ham, 171)1, Svo. Andet oplog, ibid., C. F. Schubert, IHOl, 8vu, pp. viii, SHH. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 435, 117, 152-151. A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. in Vol. II of: Archffiologia Americana, Appendix, No. I, pp. 211-211. (From CuANTZ and the Mithridates). Brief Sketch of the Eskiraaux Grammar, pp. xi, xvi of: Eskimaux-English Yocabulary, for the use of the Arctic Expeditioua. London, John Murray, 1850, 12mo, oblong. Sam. Kleinsciimidt, Gramraatikdcr Groenliindischcn Spraehe, niit thellwcisem Ehischluss des Labrador Dialcctes. Berlin, Reimer, 1H51, Hvo, pp. 10, 182. Grammatical Notices concerning the Eskimo Dialects of Behring's Strait and the Labrador Coast, pp. 361—368 of Vol. II of: Sin John Ricuaudson's Arctic Exploring Expedition. London, 1851, 2 vols. Svo. The Grammar of Koeniosee, 1780, exists only in MS. FLATHEADS, SELISII. (atnaii, siiorsciiwAP.) Indians of the Rocky ]\Iountains and Oregon ; divided into many tribes, of which the Salish, Pondcrays, aiid Sjioxcin Indians arc the most important WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Peixz Maximilian zu Wied, Reise in das Innere Nord Amerika' in 1832, bis 1834. Coblenz, Uoelschcr, 1838—1811, 2 vols. 4to, Vol. II, pp. 501, etc. Ig. vcd SlEEN- ', 17C(», Hvo. iinti ties Luiulcs lissioii /,u Nku , 8vo. Fort set- j7. llfpriiitod Frankfurt and an Account of iitry. London, •at time, Notes, orum in ok, vok niitica. Kjiihen- p. viii, 388. icann, Appendix, skiinaux-English fii Murray, 1850, luit thcilwcisem ,p. 10, 182. ring's Strait and N- Ricuauuson'b led into many \i Indians arc lerika' • iu 1832, )p. 501, etc. IL.VTIIKADS. 78 ?io. Will, 53, of till' : C'(>in|mrutive N'ocabuinry of Kiflythreo Nations. A. O.vllatin's Syiiop!(!U— 021) of: II. IIai.k's Kthnoj^rapliy and IMiilolo^jy of the United Slates Exploring Kxpeditioa. iV«V(«(/mi;o of tho T»ihiiili-Seli«h faiiiih, in; 11. Hale, KthiioloKy and l'iiilolo;.'j' of ihu Unitoil Slates KxnIorinK Expcilition. I'/tilaJ('(ji/iiii, Lea an- 1 JJhuu'hard, IHIG, Uo, map, pj), 5;i5 — 512; and Trunsaetiuus of tho American Ethnological Society, Vol. II, pp. 2G — 34. i FOX ISLANDS. Russian America; coutiuuatioii of the Aleutau Islands. Sec Unaluschka. WORDS AND V0CA11ULAU1E8. A Voyage to tho Pacific Ocean .... performed nndcr the direction of Cap- tains Cook, Clauk, and Ooue, in tho years 1770 — 1780. London, 11H\, 3 vols, 4to. Vol. II, Appendix 0. J. BitLiNOs, Voyages (Russian edition). St. Petershurg, 1811, Ito, pp. 121 — 12y. Blitliridates, Vol. I, p. 5G7. K. E. A'ON Baeu und Gk. von KEtMEHSEN, Bcitracgc znr Kcnntni.48 des Russischcn Reichcs und der angrueuzenden Liinder Asiens. St, Petersburg, Vol. I, 183U, 8vo, p. 259. FUCA STRAIT. Between the territory of Washington and tlic southernmost part of Vancouver's IsUmd. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Varias Palabras del Idioma que sc liabla en la boca S. del Canal do Fuca y sua cqiiivalentes en Castillano, p. 41 of: Rclacion del Viugo hecbo por las goletas Sutil y Mexicana en el anno do Vi\i2, para I'cconocer cl estrccho do Fuca. Madrid, impronta real, 1802, 8vo. This Vocabulary is reprinted under No. XXIV, 59, of the Comparative Vocabulary in A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Archajologia Americana, Vol. 11, p. 378). GE, GES, GEIKO (JAHYCOS). People living on the sea -shores of the Brazilian provinces Maranham and Gram Para. They are divided into several ''■I. uf ; Jouruul t>f faniih, in : II. 1^ Expedition. nd 20—34,. lands. Sec cotion of Cap- u, 178i, 3 vola. Ito, pp. 121— Konntniss di-s 'ersburg, \r\UTirs (iv, KO) names nine, among them the Au-grs, Criin-(jrs, Cunacala-t/i s, Ponkata-yis, and Pitijruh-yra. WORDS AM> VOCAIII'I.AIIIKS. J. B. vojf Srix and K. F. I'li \os Mautivs, Uiiao in Urasilion. Miiiichcn, lS23-1831,3voU. ito. IJaldi, Atlas Ethnojjrai.liiiiuo, Tal). .\LI, No. r>l3. GUAQUES. New Granadian Indians, inhabiting the plains on the rivers racjncta, Otcj^nasa, ('a<;nan, and Piilnmnyo, in the territory of ISfocoa (formerly dtpartmento del Assnai). WOIIDS AND VOCAHl'LAUIKS. Vornbnlario Ouaqiio-IvHpnnol, taken by the Presbytoro Mantkt, AIaiiia Ai,ni8, in ISui, pp. 21 — 27 of: Los Indios del Andaqui. J'opaijaii, iniprenta do la IMatriearin, 1855, IGnio. GUANAS. lirazilian Indians of the province ^Fato-Grosso, on the banks of the Para;;nay. Mautiis ("No. I^D) calls them also (luantms, savs that thev live between the Vara^uav and the Sierra de (Miainez, and thinks that thev are related to the Cahnna or Coa- ituanas (men of the wood), whom the (xuaycuriis call Lkiyu- bahas, WOllDS AND VOCAllULAUIES. Languo des Guanas (Rio Paraguay). Vocabulary, No. VIT, pp. 27 1— 270 of : Castelnaf, Vol. V, Appendice. GUAUANI. The most extended nation of sonthern Brazil and the Argen- tine Republic, Paraguay, and Uruguay. They were christian- ized by the Jesuits, under the dominion of Avhoni they lived, enjoying a theocratic form of governiuent. Adeluxo (in Mithridatcs) distinguishes — 1. South Guarani, or Guarari pro- j)er, in Paraguay. 2. M^cst Guarani, or Chiviguana and Guarayi. 3. North Guarani, or Tupi (sec Brazil). jSIautius (I, A) calls the southern Tupis, Guaranis. I it «r.\H.\M. if WORDS AND V0C':Uixiiiiii, itivo Mo^a/.tuniif I'triiritr, 1. '})(*, lolio. Tliix tilli" iij^'ivcn hy Uniiu-f (Vol. I, p. lioK) rnmi . Sotwki.l, Uibliolhoca Hociolalis Jt'iU Nalli. llibailfiicini'. Jtinni', l(i7(5, IMiit, |>. 3H. V. Antonio Kri/. (in: AfoNToVA', Tfsoro iK- lu !-t'ii;jua (liiaraiii (|Ui' hi- usa en (>l IVrii, l'arM;;iu)y y Kin do la I'lata. Madrid, Juiiii Saiiclu*/, 1()31), Ito j coiisiota ol'K niid 107 niinil>orr(l Iohvoh. Till! autlior ha 1 roNidcil lliirly yearn ainoni; llu" riiiariiiii!*. IIo puhlisbi'J also; Cati'iMsmo ili' la Li'iigiia (liiinini. Mudri'l, ltil<», 8vo. Vooabulario de la Lciigim Guaraiii, por cl P. Antonio Rti/.; ivvi.«ttoy aumontado por otro Hi'ligioHo. Ki\ l'\ jmeblu de S. Maria la Mai/Dr, 17-2, Ho. This IB apparently a new edition of the Vocabulary an\iexed to: Arte de la lH dc In r<'in{im Oiiartiiii, (MHi lo?* I'Ni'ulidH, Aiii>t!iri(iMt"« _v A|iiMilii'f!', tli'l 1*. I'milo Kcr-nvo o S. il. Sai'iulo.-t (Ir loi |iM|i('|i':< <|i'l I*. Siiiiit:) it:iM>liiii \ otrn-*. lin i'| /nieh/o tie Sitnht Maria la Maifor, \TM, Ito. Titif jjivoii In FiiUUlNAM) DtM?*, in: nuilitiii (111 llililioiiliilc, IX"" Srrir, Noi. U), 11, an. I !:.'. /'./m, Ttilu'inr, 1H|<», Hvd, j>, M.'iS. Urmu-t, Vol. IV, p. 1 IH, put.'* tin- .lut.- at \72l, from llir C'atali'jjiu' of (.'liaiiiiitlti'. MilhriilattH, Vol. Ill, i.p. 4:)2— 437, 157. A. D'OuiiIONV, li'lfoiiimc Amrrii-aiii, Vol. IF, pp. 2'.)'.)— 302. Ibiil., pp. 3J5 (Guaru,vo8), p. 3311 (Cliiri^uaiiuH), pp. 312, 313 (Sirioiioe>). Tubb. XLIX, GUAllPES. TiidiaiLS of the Chilian provinc (,'ii\o, who arc said to speak the AUeutiac or Mikokavac hiu''uaj'es. AVOUDS A.M) VOCAni'LAUIKS. LCTS VE Valdivia, Arto Orammalicu, Vocabulario, C'litwitimoy Confossionnrio en Lungiiu Cliileim y on lus dos Li'iigiia.-i Allcntiuc y Milcocayac ipn> gun las mas Qi'iioniles ]}. 2 17, 218 of Vol. 11 of : Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. London, John Murray, 1832, 8vo. IIAEELTZUK, IIAILTSA. Naass Indians of the north-west coast, from 50' 30' to 53^ 30' northern latitude. Dialects of their language are spoken by the Billcchoola, and the inhabitants of Mackenzie's Friendly Village. WORDS AND VOCADULARIES. Alexander Mackenzie, Voyages from Montreal through the Continent of North America. London, 1801, 'Ito, p. 37G. Reprinted, London, 1802, 2 vols. 8vo, Vol. II, p. 273. Oerman transla- tion. Hamburg, 1802, 8vo, p. 545. Reprinted under No. XXVI, 61, of the Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis (p. 378 of Vol. II of the : Archocologia Americana). Mithridatee, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 216 (Triendly Village, from Mackenzie), Vocabularies, by John Scouleh, M.D., of Ilaeeltzuck and Billechoola, pp. 230, 232, 234. Chimmesyan, pp. 231, 233, 235 of Vol. XI of: Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London (1841), Bro. Hailtsa Vocabulary, by A. Anderson, p. 634 of: Horatio Hale's Ethnography and Philology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 1846, folio. The Vocabularies of Mackenzie and Anderson, reprinted in the Vocabula- ries in Vol. II of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, sub. H, XX (Naass), p. 103. Billechoola, Friendly Village, Fitz-Hugh Sound, Haeltzuk Words, p. 155 of : R. G. Latham, The Languages of the Oregon Territory (pp. 154 — 166 of Vol. I of the : Journal of the Ethnological Society of Loudon. Edinburgh, 1848, 8vo). HAIDAII. Indians of Queen Charlotte's Island. A branch of this tribe, the Kyganies {Klgarnics) live in the southern part of the Archipcl of the Prince of Wales. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary of Kigarnce, Casarnce, Skittagects, Camshava, and WOrds of other tribes on tlie north-west coast (from MS. authorities of Stfrgis and Bryant). No. XXVIII, 64, of the Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Archtcologia Americana, Vol. II, p. 380). II41TI — linciHTTKKS. 81 ViM.IAM il Society Vocabulary by Dn. Joiix Scon.KR, \)\). 231, 233—2:15 of \o\. XI of: Journul of the Royal Geograplucul Soeii-'ty of J.unclou. London, 1811, 8vo. 53" 30' )keu by 'Mendly )ntincnt of an transla- 61, of the LTchiEologia ;iizie). la, pp. 230, ■ the Royal fthnograpliy »a, Lea and 3 Vocabula- ;ty, sub. H, 1, p. 155 of : 56 of Vol. I 1818, 8vo). lliis tribe, L't of the rds of other id Beyant). lArchceologia HAITI. The aborigines of this island (San Domingo) are cxtinet. WORDS AM) V0CA15LI,AUIi:S. Gnu, Saggio di Storia AinPi-icniin, Vol. TIT, pp. 220—227. (Colleeted Ilnilian Words (from Ovii:i)0, Tikuiio ^Iautyu, and Acosta). Supplements, see in : Barthol. rle las Casas, Kcginnuui Indiearum aecuratissitua descriptio. FrankufuiU, loDS, Ito, pp. 8 — 10. C. S. I^AFiXKSQiE, Atlantic Journal :'nd Friend of Knowledge. Philaileljthia, 1832, 1833, 8vo, pp. 50 et secj. Comparative Taino Vocabulary of ITayti, pp. 230—253 of: C. S. Rafinesque, The American Nations. Philadelphia, 183G, 12ino. Mithridates, Vol. ITT, part 3, p. 3. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Abecedaire Ilaytien ; suivi d'un Precis Ilistorique, Cbronologiquc ct Geograpbi(iue sur risle de Haiti. Paris, 1830, 8vo. The Haytian or Taino Language restored, with Fragments of the Dialects of Cuba, Lucagas, Boriquen, Eyeri, (Jasiri, Araguas. Grannuatical Notices and Coni- parativo Vocabularies (pp. 215 — 251> of: C. S. RafinepQUE, The American Nations ; or. Outline of their General History. Philadelphia, printed for the Author, 1830, 12mo.) HITCIIITTEES. A branch of the Creek confederation, on the rivers Chatahsochee and Flint. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. No. X, r, of the Comparative Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Arcbueo- logia Americana, Vol. II, p. 377.) From MS. authority of M. Ridge, a Cherokee. Numerals of the Hifchittee or Cbel-o-kce Dialect (1 — 1000), spoken by several tribes of tlie great Muscogee race. By Captain J. C. Caskv, United States Agent, Florida; pp. 220, 221 of Vol. II of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. M f 82 IIOCHELAGA — IIUASTEKA. IIOCHELAGA. An extinct tribe of Canada, speaking a dialect of the Mohawk language. Montreal is situated on the place where this tribe formerly resided. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. R. Hacklutt, Collection of Vojages. London, 1599, 3 vols, folio ; Vol. II, p. 231. O. B. Ramusio, Navigationi e Viaggi. Venezia, 1G06, 3 vols, folio ; Vol. Ill' p. 385. A short Vocabulary (from Cartier), pp. 48, 49 of: John de Lact, Orbis Novus. Lttgdtini Batavor., Elzevir, 1633, folio. From De Laet, reprinted in A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Archroologia Americana, Vol. II, p. 37G, under V, /3), and Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 335—337. See also : Jacqpes Cartier, Brief Recit de la Navigation faite 6s Isles do Canada, Iloolielaga, Sagucnay et autres, et particuliercment dcs Moours, Lan- gage et Ctjremonies des Habitants d'icellcs. Paris, Ponce Riffet, 1545, 8vo ; Rouen, 1598, 8vo; and Italian, Prima Relatione della Navigatione di Jaques Cartier, in : Ramusio, Vol. III. Balbi, Atlas Etfanographique, Tab. XLI, No. 804. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabulary. HOO-PAH. Indian tribe on the lower part of the Trinity River, in north- western California. Their language extends to the south fork. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. George Gibbs, Vocabulary in: Schoolcraft, Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. Ill, pp. 440-415. Professor W. W. Turner, Comparative Vocabulary of Twenty-five Words of Iloopah (from Gibbs), Hudson's Bay, Chepewyan, Dogrib, TJmkwa, Tacully, Navajo, and Apache, pp. 84, 85, of: Report upon the Indian Tribes ; added to Lieutenant A. W. Whipple's Report, in Vol. II of: Pacific Railroad Reports. Washington, 1855, 4to. HUASTEKA. Mexican Indians, north-east of Vera Cruz and the city of Mexico, in the State of Tamaulipas, near the Rio Panuco. Hudson's hay Indians. 83 ohawk s tribe Vol. II, Vol. Ill' 313 NOVUS. Lmericann, 335—337. lis Isles do DDurs, Lan- L5 15, 8vo ; di Jaques n nortli- th fork. Ithe United [o Words of p, TacuUy, added to id Reports. le city of ICO. WOnnS AND V0CAnrLARlE3. ANDKKAa DB OtMOZ, Gramniatica et Lexicon Lingurc Mcxicanir, Totonaquic et Iluastcco;. Mexici, 1500, 2 vols. Ito. Neither Ricli nor Tcnmux C'oinpans, nor even IJrunct, gives tlio title of this book. Brunet (III, p. 559) states only that Antonio, in his Bibliotheca Nova, Vol. I, p. 81, names several linguistic publications of Ohnoz, but doos not give tlioir titles. De Souza makes the same remark, but gives no titles eitlier. Carlos de Tafia Zenteno (see Gnim mars). Miihridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 15, 123, 12 k J. S. Vatek, Proben der Dcutsclien Volksminidarten \nid andcre Sprachforsehungen. Leijjzig, Fleischer, 1S16, 8vo, pp. 353 — 375. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 701. NouvcUcs Annalcs de Voyage. Paris, 1810, 8vo, Vol. IV, pp. 9—37. A. Gallatin, Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of llexieo, etc. (American Ethnological Society's Transactions, Vol. I, pp. 9, 10, Comparative Table to p. Ill', and Comparative Vocabulary, pp. 298—301). GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NCflCES. Andheas de Olmoz (sec Vocabularies). Cablos de Tapia Zkntexo, Arte la la Lcngua Iluastcca. Mexico, 1747, 4to. Carlos de Tapia Zextexo, Noticia de la Lcngua Iluastcca con Catecismo y Doctrina Cln'istiana. Mexico, imprenta de la Bibliotheca Mexicana, 1767, Ito, pp. 10, 128. (Pp. 1— 47, Grammar; pp. 48— 88, Vocabulary; pp. 89 — 128, Catecismo and Doctrina.) An extract of this work is given by A. Gallatin in: Collections of the Ethnological Society's Transactions, Vol. I, pp. 276 — 286, and also in : Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 106—113. HUDSOxV'S BAY INDIANS. WORDS AND VOCARULARIES. BowRiE, A Dictionary of the Hudson's Bay Indian Language, s. 1. e. a., 1776, two sheets in folio. A short Vocabulary of the Language spoken among the Northern Indians inhabiting the north-west part of Hudson's Bay, as it was taken at diflerent times from the months of Babiina and Zazana, two Indians who were on board II. M. S. "Furnace," in tiie year 1742, by Edward Thompson, surgeon of said ship. (Pp. 20G — 211 of: AiiruuR Doubs, An Account of the Countries adjoining Hudson's Bay. London, 1711, Ito.) 81. IlUllONS. PnOFESSOn W. W. Tcrxeh, Coniparntivo Vocabulnry of Twenty-five Words of Hudson's J3uy (from Donns), Cli-pinvyan, Dogrib, Tacully, Umkwa, Iloopah, Navajo, and Apache, pp. 81, 85 of: LiL'utenant A. \V. Whipple's Report npon the Indian Tribes; added to his Report on tim Ronte near tlie 35th Tarallel, m Vol. II of: Pacide Railroad Reports. Wa/ihinglon, 1855, Ito. A Specimen of sundry Indian Languages spoken in tlie inland parts of Hudson's Bay, between that coast and the coast of California. Table to p. 202 of : Edward 1/.MFIIEVILLE, The Present State of Hudson's Bay to which are added a Specimen of Five Indian Languages London, Walker, 1790, 8vo, pp. 230. German translation, by E. A. W. Zimmermann. llehnsledt, 1791, 8vo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 419, 422, 424 (from Doubs). Lieutenant Edward CiiArpELt, R.N., Narrative of a Voyage to Hudson's Bay, in H. M. S. " Rosamund," containing some Account of the Tribes inhabiting that Remote Region. London, Mawman, 1817, 8vo, map, 4 plates, pp. 12, 280. HURONS, WYANDOTS. Formerly of Canada. Belonging to the Moliawk stock. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Dictionnaire de la Languo Iluronne, on 72 leaves, in : Fr'ere Gabriel Sagard TiiEODAT, Lo Grand Voyage du Pays des Uurons, situe en rAmcrique, vers la mer douce tis derniers confins du Canada, avec un Dictionnaire de la Langue Huronne. Paris, Denis Moreau, 1G32, 8vo, 92 leaves, and pp. 380. The Dictionary is sometimes found separately, and the work occasionally bound in two volumes, the first of which is dated 1G31. Court do Gebelin has extracted Fifteen Words from Sagard Tiieodat: Monde Primitif, Vol. VIII, p. 501. N. DE Lahontan (see Algonquin). Heevas, Saggio, pp. 231, 232. Smith Barton, New Views— Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 335, 336, 337 {Enron, from Sagard ; Wyandot, from Smith Barton). A. Galiatin, Synopsis, etc.. Comparative Vocabulary, V, 26 ^8 (p. 372 of Vol. II of: Archroologia Americana). The Wyandot is No. 26 of the Comparative Vocabulary, pp. 307— 3G7, and is reprinted under A, V, 2, pp. 79, 81, 83 of Vol. II of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions. John Pickering, in the Encycloptcdia Americana, 1831. Translated into Ger- man by Talvi (Mrs. Robinson). Leipzig, Vogel, 1831, 8vo. P. E. Duponceau, Memoire sur le Systeme Grammatical des Langues de quelques Nations Indiennes do I'Amerique du Nord. Paris, 1838, 8vo. I I I n It t I.VKDNS, 85 tls of upon lei, in clson's iWARD aiUlccl 1790, ivo. uclson'a Tribes ! plates, Sagabd irs la mer uronne. lasionally !nEODAT : Bai-BI, Atlas Etlinofrrnphiqiio, Tab. XLT, Nos. 802, 803 (Wynndot Huron). Joiix Joii.vSTON', of Piiiun, Account of tlie Prt-scnt State of the Indian Tribes inhabiting Ohio (Archa'olo^ia Americana, Vol. I, pp. 2112 — 21)7). Reprintcil, witli some additions, in llic Comparative Vocabulary of the Iroquois, pp. ;5t);j — 100 of: JF. 11. SciiooiX'Haft'.s J«'utes on the Ironuois. Albany, Pease and Co., 18 17, 8v(). See also: Court de Okhelin, Monde Pi-imitif, -Ito (Par/.», 1772), Vol. VIII, pp. WD- 501. Wt/andot n\\mm\\i^ (1-3,000,000), by William Walker, pp. 218—220 of Vol. II of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. J. IIowsE, Vocabularies of certain Xorth American Indian Languages — Ilurons, Irocpiois, Mohawks of Amherst burg, Stone Indians ; pp. 113 — 121 of: Proceedings of the Philological Society, Vol. IV. London, 18.")0. GIIAMMARS ANIJ GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Freue Gabriel Saoard Tni:onAT (see Vocabularies above). From Saoard, extracted by Professor Fiorillo, of Uottingen, in Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 323—329. De la Langno (des Ilurons), Vol. II, pp. 458 — 490 of: P. Lafiteau, Mceurs des Sauvages Americalus. Paris, 1721, 2 vols. Ito. Supplementary Notices to Sagard arc given by : Gkxeral Parsoxs, Discoveries made in the Western Country. (Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. II, part 2.) Boston, 1793, 4to, pp. 124 et seq. Gi'animar of the Huron Language, by a Missionary of the Village of ITuron Indians at Loretto, near (Quebec; found amongst the papers of the ^Mission, and translated from the Latin, by John Wilkie ; pp. 94 — 198 of Vol. II of: Trans- actions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Quebec, printed by Thomas Gary and Co., 1831, 8vo. lAKONS, LOWER KILLAMUKS. Saoard ; J2 of Vol. pmparative , of Vol. II into Ger-' Langues de Indians of Oregon, on the shores of the Pacific, north of the Umpqua River. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. No. 8, T, of the Vocabularies of North-western America, pp. 509— G29 of: Hon. Hale, Etimography and Philology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and I31anehard, 18 16, folio. F. XXVITT, pp. 99, 101, of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. 86 ILLINOIS — IOWAY8. ILLINOIS. Indians formerly of Illinois, belonging to the Algonquin stock. The MuckenzU's are closely related to them. WORDS AND VOCAni'LAUIES. IlEnvA3, Snggio, p. 233, Smith Bakiox, New Views — Comparative Tocubularics. Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 3G3, 3G1 (only two Words). Balbi, Atlas Eflinogrni)hique, Tab. XLI, No. 808. No. IV, 22, ill : A. Oai.i-atin's Synopsis, etc. Comparative Vocabulary (Arclifcologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 305 — 3G7), after an anonymous French MS. in Duponeeau's Collection, and (partly) under O, IV, 2, p. 112, of the Vocabu- laries in Vol. II of : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. INGANOS. Indians of the New Granadian territory of Mocoa (formerly departamcnto del Assuai). WORDS AND vocabularies. Vocabulario Ingano-Espanol, taken by the Presbyter JfANtrEli IMabia Albts, ill 18ol ; pp. 20, 21, of : Los Indios del Andaqui. Popayan^ imprenta de la Matri- caria, 1855, IGmo. INKULUCHLUATE, KANGJULIT. In Russian America, on the rivers Chulitna, Kuskokwim, and Kwichpaek. They belong to the Eskimo stock. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Vocabulary of Twenty Words, p. 119 of: K. E. von Bab and G. von IIelmer- SEN, Beitracge zur Kenntniss des Russisehen Keiches, Band I. St. Petersburg^ 1839, 8vo. Saooskin, Kwigpak Vocabulary (compared with Tchwagmjute, Kuskokwimjute, Kadjak, and Namoller Languages), pp. 488—512 of Vol. VII of : Erman, Archiv fiir wissensehaftliehc Kenntniss von Ilussland. Berlin, 1819, 8vo. lOWAYS. Indians on the River Des Moines. KJUITOS — IUO(H'UI^> 87 stock. )cabulnry ■uch MS. Vocabu- WORDS AND V0r.\nULAHIK8. No. VI, n, of tlio Compariitivo A'ocabulary in A. Oalliitiii's Synopsis (Arehito- logia Americaun, Vol. llj, p. U7(j. From Cass' ^18. autliorily. GRAM.MAUS AM) QIIAXIMATICAL NOTICES. Ri'v. Messrs. S. Af. Ikvin" niul Wm. irAMU-ToN, An Iowa Ornmmnr, illus- trating the rrincipk's of the Language nseil bv the Iowa, Otae, and Misaouri Indian!^. luwa Mission (Presbyterian) 1818, 18nio, pp. 152. Iowa Primer, ibid., only eight pages (17 — 21) printed, containing DissyllablcB and Trisyllables, with English explanation. Remarks on the lown Lniignage, by Rev. Wm. ITamilton, pp. 377— 40G of Vol. IV of : Schoolerafl's Indian Tribes of the United States. IQUITOS. Brazilian Indians on the banks of the Amazon. armcrly AlBT9, a Matri- im, and IIelmeb- etersburff, cwimjute, ■in, Archiv WOlinS AND VOCAnULARlES. Languc dcs Iquitos, Vocabidary No. XXI, pp. 2t)5, 296 of: Castelvau, Vol. Y Appcndicc. IROQUOIS. The great league of five (afterwards six) nations — Scnccas, Mohawks, Onondagos, Oneidas, Kayugas, and Tuscaroras. For books on their languages, see under the different nations. WOUDS AND VOCABULARIES. Specimen of a Coniparison of the Languages of the Delaware Stock and those of the Six Nations, p. 20 of the Appendix to Smith Barton, New Views (edition of 1798), and Comparative Vocabularies. J. Long, Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader, etc. ; to which is added .... A List of Words in the Iroquois, etc.. Tongues. Loudon, Robson, Debrctt, etc., 1791, 4to, pp. 181—194, 212—215. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 318, 336, 337. Iroquois Words, pp. 22, 23 of: Geo. Henky Loskiel, History of the Mission of the United Brethren among the Indians, translated by Ch, Ign. Latrobe. Lon- don, 1794, 8vo. A small Collection of Agoneasean Words (the Agoneaseah are the five nations), pp. 271 — 275 of Vol. II of: James Maccauley, History of the State of New Y;.i-k. Neio York, Gould and Banks, 1829, 3 vols. 8vo. til m 88 ITK .ITONAM A. Coiiipnrnlivc Vociibiiliirv of tlio Iri'i|ii()if4 (and it'* C'ni^nuto, tlu- W^'inwlot), pp. ',Wi U)(» of: IIk.nky II. iSriiouu lurr, Nules on tlic Inxiuuis. Albany, Kriifttus li. IVaKi'imd Co., 1817, Hvo. A Vocabiilan of OooKnipliicul Nuuu"< of t lie I'ivp Naliom, coiiiiinrtil witli tbo l<'ri!iiih Names of tin- Haiiie jilaceH, is pn-dxcd to: C'oldkxV History of tho Fivo Indiiin N'alioiH of Canada. .Socond edition. London, tJoiin Wliiston, Lockjcr, Davis, and Joiin Ward, 17.'>0, Hvo, pp. xv, xvi. .Many irprints, among otluTS, on pp. xi, xii of: An At'count of Conffivnt't's lu-ld hctwrcn MMJor-Ofiit'rul Sir William Johnson anil tlio Indian Nations. London, A. Millar, 1750, Hvo. J. IIowME, Vocal)iilari('s of certain Noi'tli Ameriean Lungmif^os— Trorpiois (Language of the Iroijuois Indians of Caughnavassii and St. Kegi.s), Mohawks, llurons (.Vinherstburg, .Stone Indians), jiji. 113 — 121 of: I'roeeedings jf tbo riiilological Society, Vol. IV. London, IH.'O. at Dictionnairo Iroquois et Fran(,^ois, M, S, C, N', cte., folio, in tbo Mazarin Library Paris. (Seo H.vkxel, Catalogue -MSS., etc., p. 328.) OUAMMAUS AND GKAMMATK'AI, NOTICKS. Language of the Trocpiois, etc., with a Table exhibiting tbo Dialectical A'ariations of tlie Language of the Iroipiois, as illustrated in their geographical names; Chap. II, Book III, pp. 39 1 — 111, and Schedule, explanatory of the Indian Map (geographical names), Appendix I, pp. 405 — 171 to: Lewis II. Mougan, League of the Ilo-do-no-san-nee, or Iro(|Uoi3. Rochester, Sago and Brother ; New York, Mark Newman and Co., 1851, 8vo. The Language of tbo Iroquois, Appendix, pp. 298—301 of: Minnie Miutlk, The Iroquois ; or, the Bright Side of Indian Character. New York, Appletons, 1855, 12mo. ITE, ITEXES. Independent Indians of Bolivia, on the frontiers of Brazil, on the western baidvs of the River Guapore. WOllDS AND VOCABUI.ARIKS. A. D'Orbiouv, L'Homme Amorieain, Vol. I, p. 101 j Vol. II, p. 208. GRAMMAUS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. A. D'Oebignv, L'llomme Aniericain, Vol. II, pp. 259, 200. ITONAMA. Indians of the province "los Moxos/' in Bolivia, on the Nonama and Maehupa rivers, jNIissions Magdalena and San llamou. Mi Ulil.S— KM IIUilKI.. H'J WoKDS AND VOCAUI'I.AUIK.". Hkhvas, !^i»R(»io, pp. 92, !>;i. A. D'Okhionv, L'lr.nniiu' AiiiLMirain, Vol. I, pp. l(!J-lOi; Vol. 11, p. 2()H. ORAMMAHS AND OKAMMATlCAl, NOTICK8. Mithriilntog, Vol. Ill, pp. r>72-r»7<>. A. D'Orhicimv, L'lloinino Am.'ricain, V(.l. If, pp. 230, 210. ILMMS. Brazilian Indians of tho province of Kio Nr<;ro. Mvurns (Vll, liHi) calls them Yiiris, and ^ivcs the names of ten trihes — among them the Tiieano-'raiJiiiija. UOKDS AND V>»CA»ULAUli:S. Vopfibulary (of Niiifty-oiglit WonU), pp. 521—511 of: ArPiiKn It. Wai.i.aok, A Narriitivo of Travels on tlie Aiiiazou ami Kio Negro. London, Kecvc and t'(»., 1853, 8vo. KACIIIQLEri. Indians of the province of Solola, in (Juatemala. The Kiehc (Qniche),and Zutugil (and Poeonehi), helong to the same stock. WORDS AND VOCAUULAUIKS. Benedict de Villaca.nas wrote, according to Aiklung (Mitbridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 5, note **), a VoLMbulary and ii Oraniin:»r of the Cakcbicpiel lan- guage, of which he was I'rofes.sor at the University of Guatemala. Juarros does i»ot, however, mention his name. Numerals in the Kachiquel Language (1 — 100), by Colonel Gaijndo, p. 211 of Vol. XVIII of the First Series of: Bulletin do la Societo do Qoograpbic Paris, 1832, 8vo. Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, Vol. IV. Paris, 1840, 8vo, pp. 8—36. Compendio de Nombres en la Lengua Cakchiquol; porel P. Fii. Pantaleon de Guzman, cura del itinero por el Real patronato en csta doclrina y Cura de y. Marie de Jesus Pache. En 20 dias del mes de Octubre, 170Ji. MS. in -Ito, pp. 336, in the possession of E. G. Squier. Hertas, Saggio, pp. 226, 227. 1)b. Karl Scherzeb (sec Popoluka). Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana y Guatemaltcca que so llama Cakchiquclchi. MS. in 4to of 500 pages (of the 17th century), in the Imperial Library at Paris. N 00 K \I).IAK. 0UAMMAR9 AND 01lAM>f ATICaL NOTICKrt. Benedict dk VillacaSas (st'o Vocahularii'H abovo). P. F. Ai.oN/o Fi,onKS, Arto (le 111 Lcngun Kiiki-hitim-l j {lurtilclo do Ins qiintro LcnguiiM ML'tropolttuiias (|iu! hoy iiitcgran en vl ro^iiu do Goullioiiialn. Anligua, Gualemafii, 17'i!<. Altlioii)j;li JuarroM (f, p 313) Htntes that lliiit " Arfu " was jirintod, and had proved very uscCid, tin* hook was uoiisidiTt'd apocryplnd uiilil rtict'iitly, when tliu Ahhti ihMHsiMir di< li(iurl)oiir^ wroto from (hmtiMiiaht that liu liad ohtaiiied four copies (sec 10. G. Scpiicr'n httti-r in tlio Luiidoii Atliftxrnm, Dt'Ci'iiihiT H, 1N.')'>, No. 1107). It contains a coinpariiton of the Kaclii(pu>l witli the Qiiioh(^' and /utugil. all three being dialci^tH of ono parent ttock. FiuroN was I'rofesMor of tho Kakchiqial language at tiio San Carhis University of Uuate. mala. Arte dii las tres Tjengnas — Cacchiquel, Quiche y Yutuhil j por cl R. P. FliAY i'MAM'ist'i) XiMKXE/, (Id ordon do predicudores. Second division of tho Pudrc's grent work on tho history, languages, and nntiijuilies of (lunteniala, exi!riiry of Cent nil ll'J2.) Alio do 9)1 agi to til Tocnlitilnrr of Iho I,nngiin(ii>« of tlio ItlnmN of Cmlim'k biuI 0()nnln«lik«, tli(» liny of KiMwiy, nml Siil^u S.ninil, .\|i|U'nili!i III, pp. \i2'J-'AM of; I'lii-V LlHiwuKV, A Voyiii^i' r<,i)n>\ tin- Worlil in tho Wmm ISiKl, IS »l, IHit.'t, lunl 1H0«5. /i Trunstliiti'tl into Uti //fm in: Jlerflui, JH2o, pp. 21H— 221. Kt.\rnoTii, A!*iu Poly«loltu, f^|» 321, 323. Damii, AtliH Mllino(5rnplii(iiif, 'I'ul). .Mil, No. ft57. (Tschougntt'lii, Konci;n, THcliouuMZzi propri', Kmu-jja il'IK' I'lidjinv) Vociihnliiriii lo A. GnUatin'i* Syimpsii, in Vol. TI of: Arclnroloijia .Vini'rii'nna No. 1, I) dVoin Ki.vi'iioTii), p. UDH. Soiru" Wonls (:<) nnd Numerals (1 -.')) of Kiidjuk roinpnriMl with riiiihicliltii and Kikiiiiii, p 12;J of: K. K. vov IJ.ir.ii mid (In. vk.v II i:LMi:usi;y, MiMlrii^'f r.nr Kenntnit»9 doH Uu^, Hvo. JvAN A'i:.NHMiNt)V, ':inijctschania o Koloselionskom, Kudjncks-kom Ja! Eskimo and Englisli N'ocahuhiry of II. B. ]M. Admiralty. London, 1H50, 12nio, oblong. Saooskin, Kadjak Vocabulary conipared with Ix'angjulit dialect-*, 'rsclingmjuto and Namoiler languages, pp. I8H— 512 of Vol. VII of: Krinan, Arehiv fiir wissen- sehuftliche Kunde vou Kuasland. Berlin, Reimer 181i), 8vo. GHAMMAUS AND GUAMMATICAL N0TICK8. A few Notices from J. Vexiami.vov, pp. 112, 113 of: Erman's Arehiv, Vol. VIl (18 lU). Vol. IV, rs of the and of bo Expe- mtnodore d Davis, 1' Vol. II, KAWITSCIIEN. North of Fraser's River, on tlic north-west eoast, and on the opposite sliores of Vaneouver's Island. Their lanjjuage bears attinitv to that of the Ilaecltzuk. "WOnDS AND VOCABULARIES. Kuwitchcn Vocabulary, by Dk. JoifN Scouler, in : Journal of the Royal Oeo- graphLcal Soci«'ty of London, Vol. XI. London, 1811, 8vo, pp. 212, 211 — 216. '.):.» KKKi:s— KIN \l. KEllES, QUEUES. Piirblo Indians, living «it San Dicj^o and the neioff, Putfscliestwie \v Anicriku (N'ovajio to America, in Rnssian), St. Petersbury, 1810, 1812, 2 vol;*. 8vo. Vol. II, Appi-ndix, pp. xiii — xxviii. German translation, by C. J. Schultz. Berlin, 181G, 8vo. Vocabulary of the Languages of the Bay of Kenay, Appendix No. Ill, pp. 320 — 337 of: Uiu:v Lisian.sky, A Voyage round the World in the Years 18U3— 1806. London, Joini Booth, l.SM, 'Ito. Slilhridutes, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 212, 213, 230, 231, 235, 237, 238. (From Resanoff, Davidoff, LiHiANSKY, and otlitrs.) II, 4, of the Comparative Vocabularies, pp. 305— 3G7 to A. Gallatin's Synopsis (Vol. II of the Archa^ and tiouid, 1820, 8vo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 118, 119 (from Mackenzie), and the Nehethwa (from Umfueville). Killisteno, or C'ree, in the Vocabularies of Indian Languages. Appendix (part 4, pp. 419 — 15<) of Vol. II) to; William II. Keati.vo, Narrative of an Expcditio'i to the .Sources of St. Peter's River .... performed in the year 1823 .... under the command of Stephen II. Long, Major, U. S. T. E. I'hiladelphia, Carey and Lea, 1824, 2 vols. 8vo. Vocabulary taken by I'kofessor Sat, and printed also in the : Astronomical and Meteorological Records, and Vocabularies of Indian Lauguaj^es, taken in the Expedition for Exploring the Mississippi and the Western Waters, under the command of M;ijor S. II. Long. Philadelphia, 1822, 8vg, pp. Ixx, Ixxxviii. And in the Comparative Vocabulary of various Dialects of the Lenapo .... together with a Specimen of the Winnebago, pp. 135 — 148 of the reprint of: Dr. Edwards, Observations on the Mohegan Language ; pp. 81 — 160 of: Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, second scries, Vol. X. Boston, Phelps and Farnham, 1823, 8vo. Reprint, Boston, Little and Brown, 1843, 8vo. Halbi, Atlas Ethnographin\ie, Tab. XLI, No. 81'J. (Knistenaux projjre, Crec). IV, 7, of the Comparative Vocabulary, pp. 305—367 of A, Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of: Archroologia Americana (from IIarmox and Mackenzie). Reprinted, partly, under N, IV, 1, p. 106 of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. Reiso des Prinzen Maximilian zu Wied in das Innere von Nordamerika iu den Jahren 1832 bis 1834. Coblem, 1839, 1811, 2 vols. 4toj Vol. II, pp. 503 —511. Vocabulary of the Principal Indian Dialects in use among the Tribes in the Hudson's Bay Territory .... Cree, pp.322 — 328 of Vol. II. of: John McLean, Notes of a Twenty-live Years' Service in the Hudson's Bay Company. London, Richard Bcntley, 1819, 2 vols. 12mo. Vocabulary of the Chipewyan Tongue, with Cree and English translations, pp. 387—395 of Vol. II of: Sir John Richardson, Arctic Exploring Expedition. London, 1851, 2 vols. 8vo. Note. — The Cree from a very full alphabetical MS. Vocabulary, found by Richardson at the Caultere House (trading port) . GUAMM.\RS AND GKAMMATICAL NOTICES. J. IIowsE, A Grammar of the Cree Language, with which is combined Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. London, 1844, 8vo. au Uf) KOLTSCHANKS — KOLUiJCHES. KOLTSCIIANES, GALZANES. Indian nation of Russian America, north of the River Atna. Divided into many tribes. WORDS AND VOCABULAIIIKS. Von Wkangkl, in : K. E. von Biir and G. von Helmorsen, Beitriige zur Koniitniss des Russischen Reichs iind dcr angriinzenden Lander Asiens, St. Petersburg, 1839, 8vo ; Vol. I, p. 259. Reprinted in the Great Comparative Vocabulary pp. 269—318 of: Buschmann, Atbapaskischer Spraehstamm. Berlin, 1856, 4to. KOLUSCHES. In Russian America, at Sitka Bay and Norfolk Sound. The Tschinkitans belong to them. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. G. FoKSTKR, Geschichte der Reisen an der Nordwestliehen und Nordostlicheu Kiiste von Amerika. Berlin, 1791, 3 vols. 8vo ; Vol. Ill, pp. 142 et seq. (from Portlock), 155, 169, 175, 216 (from Dixon). A Voyage round the World, but more particularly to the North-west Coast of America, performed in 1785 — 1788, in the " King George," and "Queen Charlotte," Captains Portlock and Dixon. By Captain George Dixon. London, Goulding, 1789, 4to, pp. 32, 360, 48, twenty-two plates. French translation, by M. Lebas. Paris, 1789, 2 vols. 8vo. Same, by Captain Nathaniel Portlock. London, Stockdale, 1789, 4to, pp. 450, twenty plates. Abridgment of Portlock and Dixon's Voyage. London, Stockdale, 1789, 8vo, pp. 272, map and plate. New title, ibid., 1791, 8vo. Voyage autour du Monde pendant les annees 1790, 1791 et 1792, par L. Mar- ciiAND ; precede d'une Introduction Ilistorique .... par C. L. Claret Fleurieu. Paris, imprimorie de la Republique, 1799, 4 vols. 4to. Vol. I, pp. 587 et seq. Voyage de La Perouse autour du Monde, public conformement au Decret du 22 Avril, 1791, et redige par L. A. Milet Mureau, Geu(5ral de Brigade. Paris, 1797, 2 vols. 4to, and atlas. German translation — Berlin, 1799, 2 vols. 8vo ; Vol. I, p. 339. Chvostov I Davidoff, Puteschestwie w Americu, St. Petersburg, 1812, 2 vols. 8vo. Appendix, pp. 1 et seq. Wortersammlung aus dcr Spraclie der Koljuschen (from Rezanoff, Lisiansky, and others), pp. 47 — 55 of: J. v. Krusenstcrn, Woertersammlungen aus den Sprachen einiger Volker des ostlichen Asiens und der Nordwestkiisto von Amerika. St. Petersburg, 1813, 4to. KONZA — KV LA-N'Al'O. \)7 Mithridatos, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 212, 213, 22 1, 22fi-228, 235, 237 ; Vol. IV, pp. 251—253. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 851, 852 ( Koloucho^, Tchinkitans). No. XXVII, 62, of Voeabiiliirios to : A. aallutin's Synopsis, etc., Vol. II of: Archa;ologia Anierieaua, p. 371 (from Davibovf). No. G, XVIIT, 1, p. 102 of the Vocabularies iu Vol. II of: Transactions of tlio American Ethnological Society. Nossow, Koloschian Vocabulary (Gorman, Russian, and Kolosch), in Russian letters, pp. 271— 271 of: K. E. vox Eak and Uh. vox IIi-lmkkskn, Ucitriigc zur Kenntniss des Russisehen Reichs und dcrangriin/cnden Liindor Asicns. St. I'llers- burg, 1839, 8vo, Vol. I. Eleven Words compared with Atna and Ugalenze, p. 99, ibid, Ja'AN Veniaminov, Sapiski ob ostrovach Unalaschkinskago otdjcla. (Notes on the Islands of the District of Unalaschka). St. Petershaig, 1810, 3 vols. 8vo. JvAX Vexiaminov, Sanyetschania o Koloschenskom i Kadjackskom. St. Peters- burg, 1816, 8vo. W. ScnoTT, Etwas iiber die Sprache dor Koloschen in : Erman's Arcliir fiir die wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russlaud. Berlin, 1813 ; Vol. Ill, pp. 139 — 1 15. Comparative Vocabulary of the Athapascan, Kinai, and Koloschian Languages, pp. 269—318 of: Busciimann, Athapaskischer Spraciistamm. Berlin, 1856, Ito. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. \V. ScnOTT, Etwas iiber die Sprache der Koloschen (see Vocabularies above). KONZA, KANZE, KANSAS. Indian tribe belonging to the Dacota stock, like the Sioux and Osage, on the northern banks of the Kansas River. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Smith Baktox, New Views, etc.— Comparative Vocabularies (Akansas). T. Say, Vocabularies, pp. LXXII— LXXVIII of; Astronomical and Meteoro- logical Records and Vocabularies of Indian Languages, taken on the E.xpedition .... of Major S. II. Long. Philadeljjlna, 1822, 8vo. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 778. Reise des Peixzex :Maximilian zu Wied, etc. Cohlenz, 1839. 2 vols. 4to; Vol. II, p. 504. KULA-NAPO. One of the Clear Lake Bands in north-western California. Their language is spoken by all the tribes occupying the Large Valley. o 98 KUSKOKWIMES — KUTANAE. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Gboroe OinB3, Vocabulary, in: Schoolcraft's Indiau Tribes of tho United States, Vol. Ill, pp. 425-431. KUSKOKAVIMES, TCIIWAGMJUTES, KUSKTJT- SCIIEWAK, OR KUSIIKUKCIIWAKMUTES. Tribe of Russian America, between the rivers Nusbagak, Ilgajak, Chulitna, and Kuskokwina, on the sea-shore. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. Von Wranoel, Kuskokwim (Russian aiul German) Vocabulary, pp. 259—276 of: K. E. von Biir and Or. von Ilelinersen, Heitnlgc zur Kenntuiss des Russisehen Reichs und der angranzendeu Liinder Asiens. St. Petersburg, 1839, 8vo, Vol. I, printed in Russian letters. Tho Names of the Months and of some Planets are given; ibid., pp. 131', 135. Reprinted in the Comparative Table of the Dialects spoken by the Behring's Strait and Labrador Eskimos (the former called Kuskutchewak ), pp. 369 — 382 of Vol. II of: Sir John Richardson's Arctic Exploring Expedition. London, 1851, 2 vols. 8vo. Saooskin, Tchwagmjutc and Kwigpak Vocabularies (compared with Kuskok- wimc, Kadjak, and NanioUer), pp. 'i88 — 512 of Vol VII of: Erman's Archiv fur wissenschaftliehe Kunde von Russlaiid. Berlin, 1819, 8vo. KUTANAE, KUTANI, KITUNAHA, OR KUTNEIIA, COUTANIES, FLATBOWS. Indian tribe near the sources of the Maiy River, west of the Roeky Mountains. words AND VOCABULARIES. Reise des Prinzen Maximilian zu Wied. Coblenz, 1839—1811, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, pp. 511-513. Vocabulary, 2 D of the Vocabularies of North-western America, pp. 569 — 629 of: IIoratio Hale's Ethnography and Philology, United States Exploring Expe- dition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 1816, folio. E, XXII, and pp. 97, 99 of the Vocabularies, Vol. II of the: Transactions oi the A merican Ethnological Society. Vocidiulury in J. IIowse's Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Lan- guages— Kutani, Flathead, Okanagan, Atna ; pp. 199—206 of: Proceedings of Philological Society, Vol. IV. London^ 1850. KUTCHIN— LENCA. 99 KUTCIIIN, LOUCIIEUX. Indians of North-western Ameriea, on the hanks of the Yukon or Kutchi-Kutchi. They helong to the Athapascan family. •WORDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. Vocabulary of the Kutclun, of the Yukon or Kutchi-Kutchi. Drawn up by Ma. M'MuuuAy ; to which tlio Chcpewynn Synonymcs were luUleil by Mrs. M'I'ukhsdx. Pp. 382—385 of Vol. II of: Sir Joliu Richurason's Arctic Exploring Kxpcilitiou. London, 1851, 2 vols. 8vo. Reprinted and compared with the Athapascan and Kinai Languages, pp. 179— 222, 261) — 318 of: Buschmami, Athapaskischer Spraehstamm. Jierlin, 1850, Ito. LAYMON. Indians of California, near Lorctto, rehited to the Cotchimi. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. Hervas, Saggio, pp. 231—237. P. DtrcuUE, in: Christoph. Crottl. von Murr, Journal zur Kunstgeschichte und zur allgemeinen Literatur. Niirnherg, 1775— 17'J0, 17 vols. 8vo ; A'ol. XII, pp. 268 et Bcq. ("iiBiSTOPii. GoTTL. vox MuRR, Nachricliten von verschiedonen Liindcrn des Spanischen Amerika, aus eigenlmndigen Auf>iltzcn eiuiger Missionarien dcr Gesell- schaft Jesu herausgcgeben. Halle, Ilendel, 1809, 2 vols. 8vo ; Vol. II, p. 391. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 198, 199, Cochimi-Leymou (from P. Pucrue). GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 191—198. LENCA. Spoken by the Indians of the same name, inha])iting principally the central parts of Honduras (Central Ameriea), especially the departments of Comayagua and Tegucigalpa. For an account of them see "Notes on Central America, particuhirly the States of Honduras and San Salvador, etc/' By E. C. Sqliek. 8vo. New York, 1855. Note C of Appendix. 100 LUl-E — LUTUAMI. Thcro arc several dialects of the Lcnca language, viz., (riiaji- (jiiero, Opatoro, Intibucat, and Similaton, of all of which Sqi'ikk. presents vocabnhiries. Sec \)[). .'JTl — 373of the S[)anish edition of the work ah()V(Miu()te(l, viz. : '' Apnntaniicntos sohre Centro- Anierieu, partieularniente sohre los Kstados de Ilondnras y San Salvador, etc., por E. (1. Scjuikr, Antigno Alinistro de los Estados Unidos eerca de las Rcpublicas de Centro- America ; traducidos del Ingles por un llondureno (Don Leon Alvarado)." Paris, 185(5, iniprenta de Gustavo Gratiot. 8vo, pp. xii and 38 1, maps and plates. LULE. Once a powerful nation in South America (Paraguay, near the River Vermejo), perhaps identical with the Mataras, who were much feared by the Spaniards. They were divided into Lule, Isij'tine, To/cist/' no, Oristine, aiul Tonocota. Their language ])ears a close rcs:miblanec to the Vilela. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. P. Antonio Machoni deCorderia (Procurator-general of the Jesuits in Para- guay), Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Lule y Tonocote. Madrid, 1732, 12mo. IIeuvas, Origine, pp. 29, 37, 41, 4t, 45, 49, 121, Tabb. XLIX, L et seq. IIeuvas, Saggio, pp. 102, 103. IIervas, Vooabolario Poliglotto, p. 161 ct seq., 223. IIeuvas, Aritmetica, pp. 97, 98. Mithridatcs, Vol. IV, pp. 508, 516, 517. Balbi, Atlas Etbuograpliique, Tab. XLI, No. 456. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. Antonio Maciioni de Corderia (sec Vocabularies above). IMitliridatos, Vol. Ill, pp. 510—512, 514—516 (from the extract made by IIervas, from Macuoni). LUTUAMI, CLAMETS. Also TIamatl. Indians of south-western Oregon, near the C'laniet Lake. M \( (»NIS — MAH v. lOl WORDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. No. 9, U, of tlioVocnbularii's of N(irth-\vo«>terii Amoricn, pp. r)r)J)-fi2!)()f : TToR. H.M.i:, Ktlinogriipliy imd I'liilolojiy of tlio I'liiU-d Stati-a Kxploriii'; Expi'dilion. rinladelphiu, Li-ii iind Ulancliiird, IMM!, folio; and F. XXIX, i)p. 'JH, UK) of tlio Vocabularies in Vol. II of: Transactiona of the Anu liiniiio." Anotlior Vocabulary \* inoiitioucil to have hccu written by FliAY Hkhnardino DE Vallauoi.ii>, wlio wu* known by liin pcrlbct | romuiciution of tlio laiigiingc. In Mithridatos, Vol. IH, part H, p. 10, besides tho above, Andufas uv. AvENnA.(l, merely in MS. C'ogolludo mentions, besides, an " .Vrfe mas Brevo," compiled by Fuay J tan di: Aziivkdd. Fhancis Gadkiel de San Bo.vavenxura, Arto del Idioma Maya. Mexico, 1560, Hvo. Normnn, p. 210, says tliat this Grammar is founded upon the one of ViLLALrANDO, improved by Landa. In Alitiiridates, A'ol. Ill, part .3, p. 1(5, an edition (Mp.iico, 1(58 t) is mentioned, from which Ilervas, assisted by the Missionary Don Rodriguez, had made an extract, the MS. of which Adelung made use of. P. ricDKO BELxnAy PE Santa Rosa Maria, Arte de el Idioma ^Fnya reducido a juceinctas regulas y Semi-lexicon Yucatcco. Mexico, Bernardo de Ilogal, 1716, Ito. An Extract froui this Grammar is given in Chapter XI V^ of : B. M. Xorman, Rambles in Yucatan {Xew York, F. and 11. G, Langlcy, IS 12, tliird edition, 1813, ibid, 8vo), pp. 211—2 W ; and also in : A. G.dlatin, Notes on the Semi» civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, and Central America, in Vol. I of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society {Xew York, Bartlett and Welford, 1815, Svo), Article I, pp. 15 — 17, and Appendix No. 1 (3), pp. 252 — 208; for which Article also MS. notes of Don I'lo Pekez, Gefo politicoofPeto, Yucatan, given in 1812 to John L. Stephens, have been used. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 13 — 23 (taken from the abovo-meutioned extract of Ilervas from San BoNAVENTunA). A Y'ucatecan Grammar, translated from the Spanish into ^laya, and abridged for the Instruction of tlie Native Tmlians, by (he Rkv. J. Ruz, of .Merida. Ti-anslated from the ^Eaya into English by John Kingdom, Baptist Missionary, Belize, Uouduras. Belize, printed at the Baptist Mission Press, 1817, Svo, pp. 68. MAIXAS. Indians of South America, on the banks of tlic rivers Pastazas, Nukurai, and Chambira. ::=semsssss: 101 M.Viri UKf*. WORDS AND VOOAnULAUIKS. Hkuvas, H\\f^^rin, J), m (Liiiguft ili CVrros). Hekvah, Catnl. il. Mn^ , iip. 01, Cy'2 (Liitt of tlie Kiiowtt Liiiigun^cH (10) in tliH provinces of Miiynas ami Miiriiiuiu). IlKnVAS, Origino, Tiihh. XFiVl II, L ct Hoq. GU.VMMAIIS AND CiUAMMATICAL NOTICKS. Mithridntcs, Vol. Ill, pp. 502, r.!).", .VJO. MAIPURES. Indians of the IJ^ppcr Orinooo uud on the banks of tlie Vontuari. Tluur lan<.5uag(! is very gcMicnilly spoken in the Orinoeo regions, and partienhirly in the Mission of Atnra. DiaU'cts are spoken by the Avuncs, Kavcrcs, Parencs, Gui/pimaei, and Chinqm. WOUDS AND VOCAIIULARIES. GiLii, Saggio (li Storin Americano, Vol. I, pp. 41, 35 ; Vol. Ill, pp. 185—375. Trunshited in Cli. O. von Murr, Reisen cinigcr Mis.-iionaricn dcr Oesellschaft Jesu in America. Niirnherg, 1785, 8vo ; pp. 1(JG et eeq. Mithridates, Vol. HI, pp. 010, 017, 018, 028, 029, 031 (Maipuro, Avanoe, Kavere, and Guypunavoo',. Heuvas, Origino dcUo Linguc, pp. 80, lOi, 120, 121, and Tabb. XII, XIII, L, LI et seq. j and forthe Dialect of the Avanes, pp. lOt, 105, Tabb. XIII, LI ct seq. IIeuvas, Saggio, pp. 110, 111 ; and Avanes, pp. 87, 88. IIeuvas, Vocabolario Toliglotto, pp. 101 et seq. Hebvas, Aritnietica, p. 104. A. VON Humboldt, Reise, Vol. IV, p. 128. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiijue, Tab. XLI, No. Oil (Maypure). Some (7) Maipurc Words compared with Arrowack, Atoray, Moxos, and Quicliua, in Appendix VI, p. 106 of: J. A. VAX Heuvel, El Dorado. New York, Winchester, ISll, 8vo. A. D'OKUiaxy, L' Homme Americain, Vol. II, p. 274. GUAMMAUS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mithridates, Vol. HI, pp. 014—023. M IKOUV -M \X.\«IM. !().• MAKOHV. liidiuuH of the CWm-o, on the liaiil .s of the Vcniu'jo River, by (U'ML'ciit and ljmj,Miiij;»' irliitcd to the Aljipoiics. WOUDS AM) VOC.A HI' I.Alt IKS. HkIiVM, Vociiholdrii) l*<>li^,'l<>tt(», |)]i. 101 il m'n. (lie ii.Ho.l Tor this llic M.S. -)l ilio .Misii.)iiiu7 IlAiHf.Nu Tku.\ii;vku.) Mitl.ridatcs, Vol. I IT, i)i». 107, 505, 500. OnAMMXUS AND ORAMMATICAI, NOTICKS. Mitluidatcs, Vol. Ill, pp. tUO, W7, 501, 502, 50^ 505. :malat.ts. Indians of the lirazilian province Minns (li-racs, \vlio spiaU a language very ditRcult to pronounce (.Maiitiis, 1, No. 7). WORDS AM) VOCAIIUI.AUIKS. Rciso (Ics PiiiNZEN Maximilian zu Wikd Nkitwied nueh llnizilifn, in Am Jiihrcii 1815—1817. Fmnkfut-t, 1820, 1821, 2 vol,^. Ito ; Vol. H, pj). a2l — 323. 13AT.ni, Atlaa Etlinographhiuc, Tab. XLf, No. 508. MAAEE (POKO-AEAM ?). Indians of Guatemala, speaking a language related to the KacUiquel. GttAMMAKS AND GUAMMATICAL NOl'ICES. FB.iY ITiF.RONYMi.'s Lakios, .\rto dc la Lengu.i Maiiic. Mexico, \Ci[i1. Tfrnaux Compans (Hibliotlioquo Anievieaino, p. GO, No. .300) givos tlio following title : Arte cle la Lengua Manio, por Fr. Ilioron. Larios, s. 1., 1007. MANAOS, MOXOAS. Brazilian Indians of the province of Para, between t!ie rivers Urariva and Chinara, and particularly on the Ilio Padavari (Martius, VII C, No. 228, and Voyage, Vol. Ill, p. 1125). 106 MANDANS — MAQUAS. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIES. Dialogues in Mansto and Portuguese, " Cuderno da doutiiiia pi-Ua Lingua Monoa ou do9 Manaos," and " Couipendes da doutrina cliristaa (juc se nuuida cnsinar com prcceyto, anno dc 1710," on twenty pages, in MS. No. 223 of the King George IV Colleelion, Uritish Museum (see Fked. ^UA^'C. UE la Fiqanikre, Catalogo dos Manuscriptos Portuguezes existeutes no Museu Britannieo. Zisboa, jmprcnsa uaeional, 1853, 12mo, p. 185). MANDANS, WAIITANI. Indians of the Upper Missouri, nearly extinguished by the small pox in 1838. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. C. S. Rafinesque, Atlantic Journal and Friend of Knowledge. Philadelphia, 1832, 8vo; p. 132. A. Gallatin, Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of: Arcbajologia Americana, Appendix No. IV, Vocabularies, VI, p. 379. (Names of chiefs, from the treaty of the Mandans with the United States, July, 1825, with corresponding Minetare words.) Mandan Vocabulary, Appendix 13, pp. 2G2 — 265, Vol. II. of: Geo. Catlin, Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians, fourth edition. London and Netv York, Wiley and Putnam, 1812, 2 vols. 8vo. Reise des Prinzen Maximilian zu Wied. Collenz, 1839 — 1841, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, pp. 51 1—562. James Kipp, Mandan Vocabulary, pp. 416—459 of Vol. Ill of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States ; and Mandan and Upsasoka, and Mandan and Minetare Words compared, ibid., pp. 255, 256. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Eeise des PfiiKZEN Maximilian zu Wied. Collenz, 1839—1841, 2 vols. 4to ; pp. 514-562. MAQUAS. Extinet tribe of the Iroquois in eastern Pennsylvania and western New York. Their language, as it appears by the oldest vocabulary, bears some affinity to the Wyandot and Mohawk. r MASCIIACARIS — MASSACHUSETTS. 107 At a later period we find tlie Onondaga sometimes called !Maqua. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabuln Mahakunssica, pp. 155-1 GO of: Luthcri Cathechismus Ofwersatt pa American Virginiskc Sprliket. Stockholm, 1G9:">, 12mo. A Collection of Words (English, Maqua, Delaware, Mohican) by Kev. John Ettwcin. from Zeisbekof.k's MSS. (pp. 41-41. of No. 1, Vol. I, of the : Bulletin of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Philadeljihia, printed for the Society, 1813, 8vo). GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. The Library of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia has the following MSS. :— David Zf.isberg.'k, Essay of an Onondaga Grammar, or a short Introduction to learn the Onoi.tlagua, alias Maqua, Tongue, 4to, pp. 67. Cub. PruLiCVS, AlRxa nominum vorborum Lingua) Maquaicn;, 4to, pp. 25. Citn. Pyul.t:us, Adjectiva, nomina ct pronomina LingutB Maquaicn', cum nonnullis de verbis, advcrbiis et praipositionibus ejusdcm Lingutc, 4to, pp. 86. ^r MASCHACAUIS. Indians of the Brazilian province of Porto Seguro, on the banks of the rivers Pardo, Belmontc, and Santa Crnz. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Reise dea Prinzen Maximilian zu Wied Neuwied. Frankfurt, 1820, 1821, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, p. 319. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 502 (Machacali des bords du Jiquitinhonha). MASSACHUSETTS INDIANS, NATICK. These Indians belong to the Algonquin stock— were formerly very numcrons, bnt arc now much reduced in numbers. The Montagnanh and Skoffi, west of Hudson's Bay, are related to them. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. John Eliot (sec Grammars, second edition, Appendix, pp. xlix— liv). JosiAH Cotton, Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick) Indian Language. Edited, from the original MS.' (in Cambridge), by John Pickering, pp. 147-257 108 MASSACIIUSICTTS. of Vol. II of the Third Series of: Colloctions of llio Massachusetts Ilisloriciil Soci.!ty. Cainbridfir, printed by E. W. Metealf and Co., 1830, 8vo. (Copies witli separate title . Cambridi/e, \H2'J, 8vo.) Contains: Pp. 148 — 151, Notieeof the MS., with Remarks on the Author's Ethnography and the Pronuneiatiou of the Language, by J. V. ; 153 — 213, Yocabulary ; 21 1—257, Appendix (from Eliot's Primer). Specimen of the Mountaineer or Siicshatapoosh-Shoisli, Skotlle, and Miemao Languages. Vocabulary from an Indian boy, Gabriel, i)p. 16 — 33 of Vol. \1 of t lie I'i.'st Series of: Collections of tlie Ma^.-iaehu.*etts Historical Society for the year 1701). Huston, printed by Samuel Hall, IHUO, 8vo. Smitu B.viiTox, Now Views, et.'. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 387-380 (from Eliotj, and SkofTies and Mountaineers, ih'uL, pp. 418, lit). Balui, Atlas Ethuographiquo, Tab. XLT, No. 613. Comparative Vod'hilary (of Forty-five "Words) of various Dialects of the Lenape (or Delaware) stock of the North American Indians, by T. Say, in Note 15, pp. 135 — 115, to John Pickering's edition of Dr. Edwards's Observations on the Mohegan Language, in : Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Vol. X of the Second Series. Boston, printed by Phelps and Parnham, 1823, 8vo. lljpriuted, Boston, Little and Brown, 1813, 8vo ; pp. 81—160. ScoTies (from Gabriel), No. IV, g, Sheshatapoosh (Indian boy, Gabriel), Labrador, No. IV, 11, and Massachusetts (from Eliot and Cotton), No. IV, 15, of A. Gallatin's Comparative A'"oeabulary, pp. 305 — 3G7, 36J of Vol. II of: Archa)0- logia Americana. Also, under O, IV, 1 (Slicshapootogh), 2 (SkofRe^ p. 100, and P, IV, 1 (Mas- sachusetts, p. 108), of the Vocabularies, in Vol. II of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society ; and an extract, Article I of the Appendix, p. 491, to : Jons W. DE FouuEST, History of the Indians of Connecticut. Hartford, llaniersley, 1852, 8vo. SrL.vs Wood, Sketch of the First Settlement of the several Towns of Long Island. Brookli/ii, 1821, 8vo. lleprinted, ibid., Spooner, 1828, 8vo. James Alacauley, History of New York. New York, Gould and Banks, 1H1\), 3 vols. 8vo ; Vol. II, pp. 26t, 265 (from Wood). Rev. M. Heckewelder, Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape proper, the Minsi dialect, the Machieanns, Natik or Nadik, Chippeway, Shawano, and Nanticoke. MS. in the Library of the American Philosophical Society at Phila- delphia. Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indians, extracted from Eliot's translation, pp. 288—299 of Vol. I of: Henry Schoolcraft, Historical and Statistical In- formation respecting the History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the L^nited States. Collected under the direction of the Bureau of Indian Alfairs. Philadelphia, Lippincot, Grambo, and Co., 1851, 4to. I MATAOUAYA — MVTLACIN(JA. KM) Comparative Vocabulary of Pamptico of North Carolina, Natie or ila.-'sa of Ufassauluisetts, and Cliii)p('wa of Mii-liigan, pp. ').')(>, i>o7 of Vol. V of: SciioOL- CKAFt'a Indian Tribes of the United States. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. The Indian Grammar begun ; or, an Essay to bring the Indian Language into Kules, for the help of sueh as desire to learn the same, for the furtherance of the Gospel among them. 15y John Eliot (Isaiah 33, ll>, GG, 18 ; Dan. 7, 11 ; I'salt. I'J, 3; Mae. 3, 11). Cambridge, printed by Mannaduke Johnson, IGGG, tto. lieprinted, with Notes and Observations by John riCKEUiNG and DrroxcKAU, in : Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Second Series, Vol. IX. Boston, 1832, 8vo ; pp. 223—360. Contains : Tp. 223—212, the Massachusetts Language : Introductory Observations, by John riCKEiiiNG ; dated Salem, July, 1821. Pp. 213—312, reprint of Eliot's Grammar. Pp. (313— 3 H) i— xxix, Notes and Observations on Eliot's Grammar. Addressed to John Pickering, by Pbteu S. Duponceau. Pp. (342— 3G0) XXX— xlviii, Supplementary Observations, by the Editor. Pp. (3G1— 366), xlix— liv. Index of Indian Words in Eliot's Grammar; including Select Words from his Translation of the Bible. There are separate copies of this edition mentioned (Brunet, II, p. 173) ; dated Boston, 1822, 8vo. Extracts from Eliot's Grammar arc given in: J. II. M'Culloeh's Researches concerning the Aboriginal History of America. Baltimore, Lucas, 182'J, 8vo ; Chap. II, on the Languages of the American Indians, pp. 42—53. The Indian Primer. Boston, 1720, 12mo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 381—387. E. a Vail, Notice sur les Indiens de I'Ambrique du Nord. Paris, 1840, 8vo ; p. 55, Conjugation. MATAGUAYA. Indians of the Gran Cliaco, belonging to the Parapeen or Tata- gonial! stock. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICICS. A. U'Oruignt, L'Homme Americain, Vol. IT, pp. 109, 110. The Padres of the Mission of Tanja have compiled a MS. Vocabulary of this language. MATLACIXGA. A ^Icxican language, mentioned by Priciiaud as being spoken in the valley of Toluca, in Mexico. De Soi za mentions :— I 110 M AYORUNAS — M KNIENG. " Arte y Biccionario de La Lcngua Matlazinga, y Sermoncs y Catccisino en diclia Lcngua, por Fh. Andkks Castro." Castuo went to Mexico in 1512, and not only learned the Nahuatl (^Mexican), but also the Matlazinga and Toluca, which ]Jk Souza eliaracterises as ''Lengua la mas difieil de la Nueva Espana." lie died in tlie Convent of Toluca, in 1577, leaving his MSS. in the Library of Santiago, Tlatelueo, where they were seen by De Souza. According to the same authority, Fray Diego Basalanque, who was elected, in 1G23, Provincial of the Convent of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, and w ho afterwards retired to the Convent of Charo, composed both a grammar and dictionary of the Mat- lazinga language. De Souza also mentions that a volume of Sermons, in the Matlazinga, was composed by the Fr. Geronimo Bautista, Franciscan, in the year 15G2, in tlic College of Tlatelueo, in Mexico. He adds, " This language is one of the most difficult of New Spain ;" and also states that the volume above referred to exists in the library of the College just men- tioned. MAYORUNAS. Brazilian Indians of the province do Rio Negro, on the banks of the Rio Yavari (Martius, No. 181, and Vol. Ill, p. 1195 of his Voyage). WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Languc des Majorunas civilisds (h 1' Amazon), Vocabulary XXV, pp. 299, 8vo, of: Castelnau, Vol. V, Appendico. Languc des Mayorunas sauvages (au Yavari), Vocabulary XXVI, pp. 300, 301 of: Castklnau, ibid. MENIENG. Indians of the Brazilian province of Espiritu Santo, on the banks of the Rio Belmonte. They speak now the Portuguese language, but used formerly a dialect of the Kamakan. WORDS and vocabularies. Reisc des Pkinzen Maximilian ton Neuwied, etc. Frankfurt, 1820, 1821, 2 vols. 4to; Vol. II, pp. 212. Balbi, Atlas Ethnograpliique, Tab. XLI, No. 506. MENOMONIES MEXICAN. lU MENOMONIES. Indians of the Alj^onkin stock, north of (Irccn l^oy, Wisconsin, between the Chippeways and Winncliagos. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Comparison of "Words nml Sentences in tlie Diiileets of the Ottawaws and Mc- nonionies, pp. 31)2—398 of: A Narrative of tlie Captivity and Adventure3 of John Tanner, during Thirty Years' Rejii(hMiee among the Indians Edited by Edwin James, M.D. New York, G. antl C. and H. Carvill, 1830, 8vo. No. IV, 25, of the Comparative Vocabularies to A. Galhitin's Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of: Archteologia Americana, pp. 305—367, from T>. Doty (M^.), James, and Notices in the Department of War, United States. Reprinted under O, IV, 5, p. 113, of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of the : Transactions of the Ameri- can Ethnological Society. Menoraony Vocabulary, by Mr. Euuce, Indian agent at Oi-een Bay, pp. 170— 481 of Vol. II of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. MESSISSAUGEU. Indians of the Algonkin stock, south of Lake Superior. WORDS AND VOCAIJULARIES. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 415, 416 (from Smith Barton). No, IV, f, of the Vocabularies to A. Galliitin's Synopsis, Vol. II of: Archfco- logia Americana, p. 375 (from Smith Barton). Comparative Vocabulary, etc., of T. Say (Notes to John Pickering's edition of Edwards's Observations on the Mohegan Language, in: Collections of the Massa- chusetts Historical Society, Second Series, Vol. X. Boston, printed by Thelps and Farnham, 1823, Svo. Reprinted, Boston, Little and Brown, 1813, 8vo ; pp. 135— 145. MEXICAN, NAHUATL, AZTEK. The Mexican language, properly called "Nahuatl," seems to have been used from the valley of ^Mexico down to Nicaragua. It was spoken originally by the Nahuatlacs, occupying the valley of Mexico, or Anahuac; and the Toltcks, in subjugating the Nahuatlacs, arc said to have adopted their language. The 113 MKXICAX. Spaniards, tiiuliiig th(; Azteks jit tho head of the Chiehiniek Empire, the (leiiominatiou "Azteks'^ has also promiscuously been used for Mexican, or Nahuatl. The languages spoken by the Nicjuirans of Nicaragua, and the Tlasealteks of San Salvador are dialects of the Nahuatl. WOUDS AND V0CABULAUIK9. Andtiks de Olmos (see Graunnnrsi). FnAT Alonso de Molina, Vocnbul.irio en Lengua Ciistcllana y Mexicann, cora- puesto por el muy revcroudo Padre Fr. Alonso de Molina, do la Orden del bien aventurando nuestro Pudre San Francisco. Dirigic'o ul muy excelentc Seilor D. Martin Enriquez, visorrey desta Nucva Espanna. En Mexico, en casa do Antonio Spinosa, 1571, 2 parts, in 1 vol. folio. First part : Vocabulario en Lengua CastcUana y Mexicana, Ito, 126 leaves. Second part : Tienbulario en Lengua Mexicana y CastcUana, 2, 162 leaves. The Dedicntion is dated 1569. The: Vocabulario en Lengua CastcUana y Mexicana (Mexico, 1555, 4to), mentioned by Antonio in his Biblioteca llispana Nova, I, 37, may therefore be a mistake, and refer to the Vocabulary of De Olmos, annexed to the Grammar of the same author. Diulogos en Lengua Mexicana, por Fb. Elias de San Juan Bautista. Mexico, 1598, 8v(). Pedro de Arenas, Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas CastcUana y Mexicana. Mexico, Henrico Martinez, s. a. (privilege, dated 1611), small 12mo. Reprinted, ibid., 1728, in 12mo, and 1793, in 12mo, Vocabulario Manual do las Lenguas CastcUana y Mexicana, en que se contienen las palabras, prcguntas y respucstas mas comuncs y ordinarias que se sueleu ofrecer en el trato y comunication entre Espunoles 6 Indios. Compucsto por Pedho de Arenas. Beimpreso en Ptiebla, en la Imprenta del Hospital de S. Pedro a cargo del C. Maniicl Buen Abad. Ano de 1831, 12mo ; pp. 11,131. Two parts : Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1 — 93 ; Mexican-Spanish, pp. 91 — 131. A short Vocabulary, p. 211 of: Joan, de Laet, Novus Orbis. Lugdiini Bata- varum, Elzevir, 1633, folio. GiLii, Saggio di Storia Americana, Vol. Ill, pp. 228, 355 et seq. Diccionario Espanol y Moxicano, pp. 218, 8vo, 1712 (sine loco et auctore) ; in the collection of C. A, Uhdc, Esq. Ant. Court de Gebelin, Monde Primitif, Vol. VIII. Paris, 1772 ; pp. 523, 521, 525. Reprinted on pp. 332—334 of: J. B. Schcrer, Recherches Histo- riqnes et Gcographiques sur le Nouveau Monde. Paris, Brunei, 1777, 12mo. R. Forster, Bemerkungen auf seiner Reise um die "Welt. Berlin, 1783, Svo, p. 251. Hervas, Saggio, pp. 116—118. .MEXICAN. 113 Hervas, Vocabolorio Poliylotto, pp. 1(51 et acq. .' . IIekvas, Origins, pp. 27, 29, 37, 41, 14, 15, 120, 121, Tnbb. XLIX, L, LI et sf(|. IIekvas, Aritmeticu, pp. 03, Gl, 107— lOD. Smith Bautox, New Views, cte. — Compariitivo Vocabularies, gives also words of the Iiidiiins of Colluia. Nouvelles Annales dos Voyages, Fans, 1810, 8vo ; Vol, IV, pp. 8— 30. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiqiie, Tab. XLI, No. 701 (Azteijue). • Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 87, 88, 105, lOG, 212, 213. A. Gallatin, Notes on tlic Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, etc., Vol. I of: Transactions of tlic American Etimological Societj-. Netv Yurk, liartlctt and Welford, 1815, 8vo , pp. y, 10, 298—301. E. G. Squieb, Nicaragua. New York, Appleton, 1852, 2 vols. 8vo ; Vol. II, p. 31 1 (compared with Niqiiiran, whieii is a Mexican dialect). American Ethnological Society's Transactions, Vol. Ill, p. 101. Naliual Vocabulary of the Balsam Coast (San Salvador) and of Tzalco, pp. 351, 352 of: E. Cr. Squieu, Notes on Central America, particularly the States of Honduras and San Salvador. New York, Harpers, 1855, 8vo. Aztec Glossary in : Evangeliariuni, Epistolarium et Lectionariuni Aztccum, sive Mexicanum, ex autiquo codice authographo Beknaudixi SAiiAGruu depromptum, nunc priniuni cum interpretatione, adnotationibus, glossario edidit B. Bionddli. This important monument of the ancient Aztec language will be published at Milan, in 5 parts, 4to, with fac-similes. GRAMMAKS AND GUAMMATICAL NOTICES. Andhes de Olmoz, Ars et Vocabularium Mexicanum. Mexivi, 1555, Ito. Brunei (III, p. 559) gives this title from Ecpiiara. Vater gives the following title : A. de Olmoz, Grammatica et Lexicon Lingua) Mcxicanie, TotanaccD et iluaxtecic. Mexico, 1555, 1500, 2 vols. ito. In the Mithridates, III, 3, p. 92, the same title is given, but adiled to it : Cum Catechismo, Evangeliis, Epiitolisquc Mexicanice. Mexico, 1500, 2 vols. 4to. Olmoz also wrote a Vocabulario Mcgicano, an Arte and Vocabulario in tho Totouaca language, and an Arte, A'ocabulario, Cateciamo, Confessionai-io, and Sermons in tho Iluaxteco or lluasteca language. The Vocabularium Mexiccnum {Mexici, 1855 ito) is sometimes mentioned as a separate work. Aloxso be Molina, Arte de la Lengua Mexicana y Castellana. Mexico, en casa de Pctro de Ochartc, 1571, 8vo. Padke Antonio del Rincon, de la Compania de Jesus (Natural de S. Puobla de los Augelos), Arte de la Lengiui Mexicana. Mexico, 1595, small 8vo. Re- printed, itu/., 1598, 12mo!. .. ; Q lit MEXICAN. D. P. DiEOO DE Galdo Guzman, dol Orden do S. Aug., Arte Mcxicano 6 Gramtiticn do la Lengua Muxicunu. £n Afpjico, vidua de Bernardo Culdcron, 164:3, 8vo (Mithridates, III, 3, p. 91, " lfit2," 8vo). IIoRACio CAROCiir, Arte Mexicaao Copioso, para quo sin maestro so pucda njjronder la Lengua. Mexico, 1645, 4to. Mithridates, III, 3, p. 92, gives the sonio title, but in Latin : Ars Copio- sissiina Lingua: Mexicano: ut sine magistro possis illam condiscere. Mexici, 1615, 4to. The following may be cither an extract from or a new edition of the book : — Compendio del Arte de la J^engua Mexicana del P. Houacio Cauocui dispueato con brevedad, claridad y propiedad por el P. Ignatio de Parcdes. Mexico, en la imprcnta de la Biblioteca Mexicana, 1759, Ito, pp. 21', 202. Padue p. Augcstin de Vetancubt, Arte de la Lengua Mexicana. Mexico^ 1673, 4to, 49 leaves. Arte de la Lengua Mexicana, conipuesto por cl Bachilleb Don Antonio Vasquez Oastelu El Rev de Fiouecoa, Cutredritico de dicha Lengua en los Keales Collegios de Sun Pedro y San Juan. Sacalo a luz por orden del illustr. Sr. Dr. D. Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo de Puebla. Pttebla de Ion Angelos, 1689, 4to, 53 leaves. Reprinted, Mexico, 1693, 4to. Reprinted, Cor- rcgido spgun su original, por el Br. D. Antonio do Obneda y Torre. Mexico, 1716, 4to. Another edition, Puebla, 1726, 8vo, pp. 55. Arte de la Lengua Megicana segun el Dialccto de los Pueblos de la Nueva Gal- licia, por Fb. Juan Guebba. Mexico, 1699, 4to. Fbancisco de Avila, Predieador, cura ministro por su Majestad del Pueblo de la Milpar y lector de Idioma Mexicana, Arte de la Lengua Mexicana y breves platicas de los mysterios de N. Santa Fe catolica y otras para exortacion do su obligation a los ludios. Mexico, 1717, small 8vo, pp. 78. P. F. Manuel Perez, Arte de el Idioma Mexicano. Mexico, pp. 98. Cablos de Tapia Zenteno, Arte Novissima de la Lengua Mexicana. Mexico, Viuda de Bernardo Hogul, 1753, 4to, pp. 22, 58. D. Jose Augustin dk Aldama y Guevaea, Arte de la Lengua Mexicana. Mexico, en la imprcnta de la Biblioteca Mexicana, 1754, 4to. GiLii, Saggio di Storia Americana, Vol. Ill, pp. 228 et seq., 355 et seq. Rafael db Sandoval, Arte de la Lengua Mexicana. Mexico, 1810, 8vo, pp. 62. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 93—104. Nouvelles Annalcs des Voyages. Paris, 18 10, 8vo ; Vol. IV, pp. 8 — 36. Consulta a los estudiosos sobre la Lengua Mexicana, in the : Museo Mcxicano. Mexico, 1843, 8vo ; No, 2, Vol. I (April 15, 1843), pp. 251—253. A. Gallatin, Grammatical Notices Mexican Language, Appendix 1 to his Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, in Vol. I of the : Transac- t T t MEXICAN. 11") tions of the American Ethnological Society. New York, Bartlett and WolforJ, 1815, 8vo; pp. 215—215. (From tlie Graiiinuirs of Carochi and T.vriA Zenteno.) Jou. Katil Ed. BrscuMANN, Uber die aztekischcn Ortsnumcn. Erstc Abthoilung. JBerlin, Diiinnilor, IMjS, Ito, pj). 203. More particularly pp. 20—37, 110—173 (the Aztek Language in Nicaragua). MANUSCIIIPTS. Arte do la Lengua Megieana, por Fb. Alonso Ranoel, provincial dc Tula (1529 — 1516), according to De Souza. Foc'iiKU (Fu. Juan) was one of the earliest ecclesiastica of Mexico, where he died, 1572. Wrote, according to Torquem.ida : Arte dc In Lengua Megieana. Fb. Antoxio Padiixa Davii.a, native of ilexico, and Member of tlie Imperial Convent of that city in 1570, wrote: Arte para aprendev la Lengua Megieana; which is highly spoken of by Pinelo and Antonio. Arte de la Lengua Chichimeca, Diccionario dela Misnia, y Catecismo en la Misma, por P. Diego Diaz Panoca, natural de Durango. Pangua died 1G31, leaving, according to De Souza, this MS. Dox Baktolmi Alva translated three poems of Lope de Vega into Mexican, which, according to De Souza, are preserved in the Library of the College of San Gregorio, in Mexico. Elementos dc la Gramatica Megieana, por Don Antonio Tobab Cano y MocTEZUMA, 1662. MS , according to Eguiara. Vocabularios y Dialogos Megicanos, por Juan Fbancisco Ie^-Gobri. Written about the year 1780, and, according to De Souza, in the Library of the University of Mexico. Arte de los artes, d Florilegio de los artes de la Lengua Megieana, que so han Escrito ; y en que con nuero y facil raodo se ensei'ia su Gramatica, por Fb. Antonio Rosa Lopez Figueboa. MS. in the Convent of San Francisco, in Mexico. Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Megieana, preparados para las perusa?, por Fray Diego Osobio, Cura de Chalco y de S. Jose de Megico. Reglas para apreuder con facilidad la Lengua Megieana, por Fa. Bebnabe Paez, Catedratico de Idioma Megicano en la Uuiversidad de Megico. MS., according to Eguiara. Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Megieana, por IllmS. D. Fr. Juan Ayoba, Obispo de Michoacan ; mentioned in the Cronica de la Provincia de San Gregorio. Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Megieana, por Fr. Fbancisco Solcedo. 4to, in the Library of the Franciscan Convent of Guatemala. Arte, Vocabulario, y Catecismo Megicanos, por Illm6. D. Fb. Fbancisco Ximenez, primero Obispo dc Oaxaca. Died in Mexico, and, according to De Souza, was the first who composed a grammar of the Mexican language. 116 MIAMI. Arte do 1ft L('nt;nft Slcgicann, y Diccioimrio trilinp;iu' Latino, Espnuol, y Mi'gi" cnno, por Fii. IIkiinaudino Maiuoun. MS., probably in tlio Convent of San Francisco, in Jlcxico. • Mkkcado (P. Nicolas), .Tcfuit of Mpxipo, 1700: went iis Missionary to Cinalou, wiiero he was tlie llr.st to discover that tiie Indians ©f tlie south <'oa»t Bi)oko a dialect of the Mexican, in conseciuence of which lie wrote : Arte do lu Longua Megicuna, segun el dialecto que usan los Indios dc la Costu del sur do Cinaloa. MIAMI. Indians of the Algonquin stock, formerly of the eastern part of Upper Lonisiana, now west of the Mississippi. The Illinois and the Piankashaws arc related to them. WORDS AND VOCAHULARIKS. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. C. F. VoLNEY, Tableau du Climat et du Sol des Etats Unis d'Amerique, suivi d'eclaireissemonts sur les sauvages. Paris, 1803, 2 vols. 8vo ; Tome II, p. 133. Nouvelle edition, Paris, 1822, 2 parts in 1 vol. 8vo, p. 402. English translation, by C. B. Brown, A View of the Soil and Climate of the United States of America, with supplementary remarks on the Aboriginal Tribes of America, by C. F. Volney. Philadelphia, 1801, 8vo. Mithridates, A"ol. Ill, part 3, pp. 3G3, 3G1, (from A'olxey and Baiitox). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 808 (Miami, Illinois). No. IV, 21, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, &c., in Vol. II of : Archrcologia Americana, pp. 305, 3G7 (from MS. authorities of J. Thornton, and in the War Department). And (partly) G N., 1, p. 112, of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of the : Transac- tions of the American Ethnological Society. CuARiiES Handy, Indian agent, Miami Vocabulary, pp. 470, 481 of Vol. II of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. N.B. — In the library of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia are : — MS. Vocabulary of the Miami, by Volney. MS. of a Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenui Lcnape and Miami, or Twightwee. : MS. of the Miami, from the mouth of the Little Turtle, and of the inter- preter William Wells, by W. Thornton. I \ • MIJE — MIKMAK. 117 nilAMMAUS AM) OUAMMATKAI, NOTICKS. C. F. VoT,XEY (sco Vocnbiilurics). Milhi-iilates, Vol. U\, \mrt 3, pp. 353— 3oG (from Voi.xey). MIJE (^riXE?). !Mc\iciin lanf;iia}j;c. According to Dii Sorz.v, the Fiiay Fiminando Bejauaxo, native of A!ite<;n(ra, in Oaxaca. and prior of tlic Dominican convent of that town, passed a consi(U'rahh' part of liis life anionjj;st tlic Mije Indians, and perfected liiniself in tlieir langnajre, which, this anthor adds, " was very diliw ult to ])rononnce, as well as to write in Roman characters." IJejaiiano died in 1703, leavinfjj in the hands of Fii. Antonio Zi: HALLOS, vicar of Qnezaltepee, in Oaxaca, the following !MSS. : — " ^'^ocabulario de la Lengua ^Mijc;" " Sermones en Lcngua Mijc y en Castelhino." A copy of the first was also preserved in the convent of Tn([nila. The Fkay ^Iakcos Rknito, according to the same authority, originally of the Dominican convent of Valencia del Cid, went to America as missionary amongst the ^lijc Indians, and com- posed — " Arte de la Lengua ^lije, y Dcvocionario Manual de los Mistcrios del Ilosario, en la Misma Lcngua." MIKMAK. French name for the inhabitants of Acadia, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Maine. The following are considered dialects of the Mikmak : — 1. Xora Scotid; 2. Tore nciice Is/and; 3. T/ic Mlramichi of New Brunsw iek. They are closely related to the Etchemins and Souriquois. WORDS AND VOCABL'LAUIES. Specimen of the Jrountaincer, or Shesliii-tii poosh-sliois, Skofl'ic, and lliemuc Languages (by the Indian bjy Gabriel), pp. 10—33 of Vol. VI of the First Series of the: Collections of the Massaehusetls Historical Society for the year 17'jy. Boston, printed by Samuel Hall, 1800, 8vo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 101— 401 (from the boy Gabriel). IIH MIKOK.WAK. B.\r.Di, Atloi* Elhnogrnpliiquo, Tub. XLI, No. 817 (OnspoBion ct ]\rikinnk). No. IV, 12, of till' ('imipiiriitivi' \'().'al)iiliirv to A. Oai. latin's Sviiopxi'*, cte., (Vol. II of; An'liii'o!oj,'iM .\:iici'ic;mii, j>|i. :io."» ;k;7), iiiiil iiinlcr C^, l\, ;J, p. lU'J, of tlio Vocabiiliirii's, \'ol. II of: Aiin'rii'.m F''tlmolo>{iciil Sin-iet^'* Trans.ictioim, Tho Iixliuri of New Knt;!aiiil ami tlio North-i'asti'm I'rovinofS: A Skotcli of till! Life of an Indian llmitur — Ancient Traditions reialin^ to tiie ICteheuiin Tribe, tlieir Modes of Life, Fisliin^;, Hunting, etc. ; wilii \'oeabidaries in tlie Indian anil Knglisli, giving tiie Names of tbe AniniaU, DiriU, and Fiitli, the most eompletu that haa been given for New ICngiand in the Languages of the Ktchemins and .Miiiniaes. Tliese are now tlie onl^ Indian tribi's to tlie norlli-ea»t, tlie former inhabitantu of New Knglund, tiuit have preserved tiieir language entire, l)eing the oldest and purest Indian spoken in the Kastern States. Tiiis book is tlio only work of its kind to be had. It eontaiiiH the elements of the Indian tongue, and nuieli that is new to the reading public, especially the names by which the red men of the forest designated the natural (jbjcets before them. MidJletowa, Conneclicul, I'harloB II. Telton, printer, IHol, 12mo, pp. 2L Tbe first edition had on the title-pago the words — "Derived from Nicola TjiNKSLKH, by a Citizen of Middlelown." Afterwards, this was covered by a slip of paper, bearing the words— " Hy Jomeimi Hauuatt, M.D., Member of several Learned Societies." The preface is signed J. 13. The book is vvrittuu by the said Nicoi.A T^nkslks. Vocabularies of tbe Apaelie and Micmae Languages (tbe Micmac by S.T. Rand, Protestant Mission at Halifax, December 10, 1H53), pp. 57b — 5bU of Vol. V of: SchoolcralVs Indian Tribes of the United States. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL N0TICK8. Micmoc, from P. Maynakd's IMS. Notes in: A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archocologia Americana, Vol. II), pp. 227 — 232. Nicola Tenksles, by Joseph Barratt, M.D. (see Vocabularies). MIKOKAYAK, MILCOCAYAC, Language spoken by the Indians of tlie Chilian province of Cuio. WORDS AND VOCABULARIliS. LuYS DE Valdivia, Arte Grammatica, Vocabulario, Catecismo y confessionario en Lengua Chilena y en las dos Lenguas Allentiac y Mileoeayac, que son las mas Generales do la provincia de Cuio en el reyno de Chile y que hablan los Indioa Guarpos y otros. Lima, 1G07, 8vo. A Iff t GRAMMARS AND GHAMMATICAL NOTICES. LuYS DE Valdivia (see Vocabularies). MlLlCITi: — MINKr.\Ui;8. 119 :mtltctte. Iiuliuns of New Urunswick, bcloii-jfing to the Huron stock. WOUDS AM) VOCAnt'LAlUKS. a. T. Ravi), Afilicitc Nmiu'niU (I— l,(M)0,()(»(),(K)0), pp. (J'JO, G'Jl of Vol. V of: Schookruft'ii ludiuu Tribes of thu L'lutucl bitutcs. i MIXETAUES. Indians on both sides of Knife River. Their hmguaj^e has three diaU,'(!ts, viz. : 1. The Minctdri' proper, called also " O'ros- venfrc," liiijbrllirs, Elm tsar. 2. The Alunar or Fall Indiana. 3. The Kattanahaws. WORDS AND VOCAIIL'LAUIKS. E. Umfueville, The rrcscnt State of Hudson'^ Buy to wliieli nw added .... a Spociinon of Five Indian Languiii,'f5i. Lumloti, Walki-r, 17lJ(), Hvo. Oerman translation, bj K. A. \V. Zinunerniann. Jlc/mstatlt, 17'Jl, Hvo, Mithridutes, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 251 (of Fall Indians, from Umkukvii.lk). PnoFESsoH T. Say, Vocabularies of Iiulian I-angnagos, in : Astronondeal and Meteorological Records and Vocabularies of Indian Languages, taken on the Expedition for Exploring tlie Mississippi under the comniaud of Major S. II. Long. Philadelphia, 1822, Ito ; pp. Ixxii— Ixxviii, Ixxxiv — lxxxv. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiquc, Tub. XLI, No. 780. ReisodoiPBiNZEN Maximilia.v zu Wied, etc. Coblcnz, 1839 — 1811, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, pp. 491), 500, 5G2, 590, No. VI, 40, of the Comparative Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., (Vol. II of: Archreologia Amcrieauu, pp. 305, 3G7) ; also to No. VI, ibid., p. 379, Names of Chiefs (from Sav). The Vocabulary partly reprinted, under S, VI, 6, p. 117 of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. Affinities of the Upsaroka or Crow Language with that of the Sedentary Mis- souri, Minetares, and those of the Sioux, pp. cxv, cxvi, of Vol. II of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions. Minetare and Mandan Words compared, p. 256 of Vol. Ill of; Schoolc.paft's Indian Tribes of the United States. w 120 MIXSI MIXTEKA. MINSI. Tribe of the Delaware or Lenape. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Prof. T. Say, Comparative Vocabulary of various J)ialect3 of the Lenape Stock of North American Indians ; in Note 15 to John Pickering's edition of Dr. Edwards's Observations on the Slohegan Language (Vol. X. of the Second Series of the Collections of the Massachusetts Iliatorical Society). Boston, printed by Phelps and Farnham, 1823, 8voj reprinted by Little and Brown, 1813; Svo, pp. 135—115. No. IV, h, of the Comparative Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, &c. (Vol. II of: Archffiologia Americana, p. 370), and (enlarged) under P. IV, 5, p. Ill, of the Vocabularies, Vol. II of tlie American Ethnological Society's Transactions (from Hixkewelder's MS.). Rev. M. Heckewelder, A Comparative '^''oc.ab\dary of the Lcnni Lenapo proper, the Miusi Dialect, the Mohieanni, Natik or Nadik, Chippeway, Shawano, and Nanticoke. Eev. M. IIeckewelder, Names of various Trees, Shrubs, and Plants in the Language of the Lenape, or Delaware, distinguishing the Dialects of the L^namis and Minsi, The above two MSS. are in the library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia. t MIXTEKA, MISTECO. Indians of the Mexican State Oajaea. There are six dialects of this language — Tejwzkolula (the best), Yanhitlati, TlahiaJco, Mitlantongo, Under 3Iixteha, and Mixteka of the Coast. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulario del Idionia Misteco, por Fkav Francisco Alvahado, printed iu 4to, in Mexico, by Pedro Balli, 15iJ3. Diccionario Copioso y Erndito dc la Lengua Misteca, por Fr. Diego llio, MS. (Rio died in Tlachiaco, in the year IGll.) Hervas, Saggio, pp. 118, 119. IIervas, Originc, Tab. L. Mitlu-idates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. GO. J. S. Vateii, Proben der Deutschen Volksmundarteu ; Dr. Sectzen's Lin- guiatischcr Nachlass. Leipzig, E. Fleischer, 181G, 8vo; pp. 352 — 374. Nouvelles Annalcs des Voyages. Paris, 1811, 8vo ; Vol. IV, pp. 260—286. - •• MOIJIMI — MOCOHV, Ul GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATTCAT, NOTICKS. Fray ANTOxro dk los Retks, Yicario dd Convento do Tan,azul,.pn, Arte de la Lcngua Mutc<-a confonno a lo que .se Imbla e,i IVpozcoluIa. M,j-ico, 1593 l^ino • pp. 16, ir.3 contains Notice, of tlio Ancient History of the Indians, 'and of tlieir Diodo ot compyting years. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 31 -14 (extract from the above). .^f.'*"/ ^"'''""""*''''' '^^ ^^ ^"'°"^ '^^''^^''''' y C^tecismo Cri8tiano en la Misma (Ilm MS., by Fu. FiiAxcisco Onxiz, an AugMstan of Mexico, was seen by tlio Bishop Eguiara in the library of the College of San Pablo, in Mexico.) MOBIMI (MOYIMI, MOYIMA). Moxos Indians of tlie Bolivian Missions San Francisco di Boria and Santa Anna. Their language is very harsh. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Hervas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, pp. 161 et seq. Hervas, Saggio, pp. 91, 92. Hervas, Origine, Tabb. XLYIII, L et seq. Jlithridatcs, Vol. Ill, pp. 571, 572, 576. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 464. A.D'Oebigny, L'nomme Americain, Vol. T, p. 164 ; Vol. IT, p. 2t»8. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. A. D'ORBiaNY, L'Homme Americain, Vol. II, pp. 251, 252. MOCOBY, TOBA. South American Indians, on the banks of the rivers Yermoio and Ypit., related to the Abiponcs. D'Oubigny writes their name " Mbocoby." "WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Hervas, Aritinetica, p. 99. Hervas, Saggio, p. 105. Hervas, Origine, p. 37, Tabb. XLVIII, L et seq. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 478, 497, 505, 506. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 449, R 122 MOCOROSI — MOHAWK. GUAMMAUS AND GKAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, pp. 501, 502, 503, 505 (from Tjjumkyeu's Notices, given by Ilcrvas). A. D'Oebignt, L'Horame Americaiu, Vol. II, p. 98. MOCOHOSI. In JiJLG, the Mokorosi (Mocorosi) is stated to be the lanj^uage of the Indians of Mexico, now perhaps extinct ; reference being made to a " Yocabulario dc la Lengua Mocorosi." Mexico, 1599, 8vo. Upon this, Dr. Latham furnishes the following notice : — Julg's notice of the Mokorosi is inaccurate. The work he means is an "Arte," etc., published in JMadniJ, 1G99. The language, however, is jNfoxa ; and what is called the ^lokorosi A oeabulary, is only an edition of Mauban's Arte de la Lengua ^loxa. Lima, 1701. MOIIAVI, MOYAVE. Indian tribe occupying the country on both sides of the River Mohave, in south-eastern California. WORDS AND vocabularies. A Vocabulary of their Language has been taken by JouN R. Bartlett, United States Boundary Commissioner. Mojave Vocabulary, taken by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple, pp. 95 — 101 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes ; added to lus Report on the Route near the 35th Parallel, Vol. II of the : I'aeilic Railroad Reports. IFashini/ton, 1855, 4to. MOHAWK. Principal tribe of the Iroquois, now in Canada west. The Cochnewagoes (or Cocknaivaga) are a smaller tribe belonging to them. WORDS AND VOCAUULAUIES. Vocabulary, Tome LXIII, part 1, p. 1 12 of the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. London, 1665, etc. Heuvas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, p. 239 (numerals). V I t -XOHEfSANS. 12.3 I T ITeuvas, Saggio, pp. 125, 126. A Primer, for the use of the Mohawk Cliiklrpn, in tlie English and ^fohawk Languages. Montreal, 1781, 12nio. Reprinted, London, 178(J, I2iuo. Smitii Bahtox, Xcw Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies ; and p. 20 of the Appendix to the edition of 17U8. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 318, 330—333 (Coehnowago and Mohawk, from Smith Bahton). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiquo, Tab. XLI, Xo. 795. No. V, 27, of the Comparative Vo:'abularies, etc., A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in Vol. II of the: Archieologia Americana, pp. 303 — 367, (From MS. authorities of P. Pauish and D. Dwigiit.) Reprinted A, V (1), pp. 79, 81, 83 of Vol. II of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions. Rev. Adam Elliot, of Tuscarora, Mohawk Vocabulary, Appendix L, to: Ilcnry R. Schoolcraft's Notes on the Iroquois. New York, Bartlett and Welford, 1816, 8vo; pp. 261— 270— and Pp. 393 — 400 (Comparative Vocabulary of the Iroquois) of the same work, published at Albany, Pease and Co., 1817, 8vo. Indian Names and Places (of the St. Regis Indians, a tribeof the Caughnawaga), pp. 178 — 181 of: Fkaxcis B. IlouGii, M.D., History of St. Lawrence and Frauklin Counties. Alhanij, Little and Co., 1S53, 8vo. J. IIowsE, Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Languages— Mohawk, Iroquois, Ilurons of Amherstburg, Stone Indians, pp. 113 — 121 of: Proceedings of the Philological Society, Vol. IV. London, 1850. (Language of the Mohawks, living on the Grand River.) MOIIEGANS, MATIIKANS, MUITHEEKANEW. Principal tribe of tlie Algoiiquius, on the Huason River, from Esopus to Albany. They were divided into Muchqitanh (Bear iv'xhe) , Mcchchaooh (Wolf tribe), and Toon-paooli (Turtle tribe). The Pequods are related to them. WOKDS AND VOCABnt.ARTKS. Mohegan Vocabulary (of 15 words), by Prof. T. Say (Note 15, pp. 135—115) and Index of Mohegan and other Indian Words explained in Edwards's Observa- tions, jip. 155 — 157 of: Du. Edwauds, Observations on the Mohegan Language. Editioii by John Pickering. (See Grammars.) Mohegan, English, and Shawanee Vocabulary, pp. 209 — 210 of: J, Long, Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trailer. London, 1791, tto. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 400, 402-101 (from Bahton and Long). Smith Babton, New Views, etc. —Comparative Vocabularies. 121 MOHEGANS. Balbt, Atlns Ethnograpbique, Tab. XLI, No. 815 (Mohegan propre— Abenaki). No. IV, 17, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Svnopsia, etc., Vol. II of : Arcliwologia Americana, pp. 305— 3G7, and (partly) under V, IV, 3, p. 110 of the Vocabulary in Vol. II of: Transactions of tlie American Ethnological Society. Also, Article 1 of the Appendix (p. 491) to John W. de Forkest's His- tory of the Indians of Connecticut. JIartford, Ilamcrsley, 1852, 8vo (from Jefferson (MS.), HECKEWEt,DER, Edwards, and Jenks). A Collection of Words (English, IVIaqua, Delaware, Mahican), pp. 41 — M of: Eev. Joun Ettwein's Remarks and Annotations concerning the Traditions, Customs, Languages, etc., of the Indians, from the Memoirs of Zeisberger (Bulletin of the Ilidtorical Society of Pennsylvania, Vol. I. Phlladeljihia, 1818, 8vo). Comparative Chippewa and Mohegan Vocabulary (of 22 words), p. 620 of Vol. V of : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Rev. Mr. IIeckewelder, A Vocabulary of the Mohicanni, taken down from the mouth of one of that nation born in Connecticut. (MS. in the library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia.) Rev. Mr. IIeckewelder, Comparative Vocabularj' of the Lenni-Lenape proper, the Minsi dialect, the ]\Iohicanni, NaLik or Nadik, Chippeway, and Nauticoke. (MS. in the same library.) GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Observations on the Language of the Muhhekanecw Indians, in which the extent of that Language in North America is shown, its genius is grammatically traced, some of its peculiarities, and some instances of analogy between that and the Hebrew are pointed out. Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences, and published at the request of the Society. By Jonathan Ed- wards, D.D,, Piistor of a Church in Newhaven, and member of the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences. Neivhaven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1788, 8vo. Reprinted at Philadelphia in 1789, 8vo ; at London in 1789, 8vo ; at New York in 1801, 8vo. A new edition of the same, pp. 81 — 160 of : Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Vol. X of the Second Series. Boston, printed by Phelps and Farnliam, 1823, 8vo, and reprinted at Boston by Little and Brown, 1843, 8vo. (Copies of this new edition, with separate title, Boston, 1823, 8vo, have been issued.) The contents of this new edition are: Pp.81 — 89, Advertisement to the present edition, by John Pickering, dated Salem, Jlay 15, 1822. Pji. 84 — 98, Reprint of Dr. Edwards's Observations. Pp. 98—151, Notes by the Editor. Note 15, pp. 135— 115, contains T. Say's Comparative Vocabulary of various Dialects of the Lenape (or Delaware) stock of North American Indians, together with a specimen of the Winnebago (or Nipegon) Language (forty- five words in Mohegan, Lcuapc, Shawane.se, Nauticoke, Nari-aganset, Munsee, Massachusetts, Penobscott, Abnaki, St. Frauds Indians, Messisaugas, Algon- kin, Chippeway, Knistenaux, and Winnebago). Pp. 152—154, Psalm xix, in MOSIH'ITO. 125 jMiili-lie-con-iiuk, translated by Rev. Jolin Sergeant (from Morse's Report. Ncwhnven, 1)S22, 8vo ; pp. S.")!), IKJO). Pp. 155—157, Index of Moliegaii anil otl\er Inilian words, explained in Kdw.irds's Observations. Pp. 158 — IGO, Index of the principal matters in Kdwards's Observations, and tlie Editor's Kotes. An extract from Edwards is given in: IMithridates, Vol. HI, part 3, pp. 3[)1.— 39'J, wliere refereni-e is made to: American Museum, Tome V, pp. 22, 141—111. C<;/«w6«*, jMay, 1787, pp. G72. Specimen of tlie Moheagan Language, taken at Cambridge, February 28, 1801 (from John Koxkai'OT, jun.), pp. 1)8, i)i), in: Additional Memoir of the Mohea- gans, and of Uncas, their ancient Sachem. Collections of the IMassachusetts His- torical Society, A'ul. IX, First Series. Jiusloii, Hall and Hiller, 1801, 8vo ; pp. 77— Oi). The pages 75, 70 of the same volume contain n List of the Families of the Tribe of Mohc.igan, and number of each family. By A. Holmes j dated February 1, 1801. Some data respecting the Principles of the .... and Mahican Languages, pp. G18, 019 of Vol. V of: Scuoolcuaft's Indian Tribes of the United States. MOSQUITO. The Mosquitos, or MisJdtos, who itiliabit the ]Moskito territory in Central America, are a mixed triljc, the issue of aboriginal Indians with negroes shipwrecked on the coast, or escaped from the Spanish settlements of the interior. "WOUDS ANU VOCAliULAllIES. Captain Hexdersox, R.A., An Account of the British Settlement of Hon- duras; being a Brief A'iew of its Commercial and Agricultural Resources, Soil, Climate, Natural History, etc., witli Sketche-- of the Manners and Customs of the Jlosquito Indians, and a Journal of a Voyage to the Mosquito Shore. London, Baldwin, 1809, 8vo, map, pp. 203. Second edition, ibid., 1811, 8vo. Mosquitian and Knglish Vocabulary, pp. 170—172 of: Thomas Youno, A Narrative of a Residence on the Mo-squito Shore during the years 1839, 1810, and 1811 ; with an Account of Truxillo and the adjacent islands of Bonaeca and Roatan. London, Smith, Elder, and Co., 1812, 8vo, plates, pp. iv, 172. Vocabulariuni, pp. 269— 27lof: Bericht iibcr die im hocchsten Auftrage . . . . bewirkte Uutersuciiung ciniger Theile des ^losquito Landcs, erstattet von der dazu eriiannfcn Comission. Berlin, Dunckcr, 1815, 8vo, maps, pp. iv, 271, 1. Mosquito Vocables and Dialogues, pp. 28 — It .)f: Alex. Hendfeson's Gram- mar (see Crranunars^. Alex. J. Cotheal, Mosquito Vocabulary, pp. 257—261 of: Transactions of the Ameri'-an Ethnological S?ociety, A'ol. II. E. O. Sql'IEr's Nicaragua (A'ew York, Appleton, 1852, 2 vols. 8vo), Vol. 11, 12() MOJSSA. pp. 3li, 320—323, iiiul Anierit-un Ethnological Society's Transactions, Vol. Ill, pp. 101, 106—110 (from Cotueal). Brief Vocabulary of tlic Jlosquito Language, Appeiulix, pp. 3G3 — 3G0 to: Sam. a. Baku, Waikna ; or, Ailventurcs on the Mosquito Shore, Aew York, Harpers, 1855, 12mo, ilhutrations, pp. x, 366. GRAMMARS AND GRAM.MAi'ICAL NOTICES. Ueber die Sprachc der Mosquito Indianer, pp. 241 — 268 of: Bcricht iiber einige Theile des Mosquitolaiides. Jiertin, 1815, 8vo (see Vocabularies). Alexander J. Cottieal, A Grammatical Sketcli of the Language spoken by the Indians of the Mosquito Shore, j)p. 235 — 264 of: Transactions of the Ameri- can Etimologieal Society, Vol. II. A Grammar of the iMosquito Language, by Alexander Henderson, Belize, Honduras. New York, printed by John Gray, 1816, 8vo, pp. 47. MOSSA, MOXA. Nation of the province " los Moxos/' in Bolivia, South America. Tlicir language is related to the ^Nlaipurc. Dialects are — the Baure, Tikonicri, Chiichu, Kupeno, Mosutie, and Mochono or Muchojcone, all in the Mission S. Xavcrio. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. P. Pedro Marban, Arte de la Lengua Moxa, eon un Vocabulario y Cathecismo. Lima, Jose de Contrevas, 17Ul, l2mo. Vocabulario Espaiiol-iMoxa, pp. 118—361, Moxa-Espailol, pp. 362 — 650. GiLli, Saggio di Storia Americana, Vol. Ill, pp. 367 et seq. IIervas, Vocabolario, pp. 161 et seq. (Moxa, dialetto Moxo). IIervas, Aritmetica, p. 103. Hervas, Origine, pp. 29, 37, 44, 45, 48, 49, 118, 120, 121, 136, Tabb. XI, XL VI II, L, LI et seq. Hervas, Saggio, pp. 90, 91. Mitlu-idates, Vol. Ill, pp. 466, 554, 570, 617, 618 (from Hervas and Gun). Saldi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 612 (Moxos). Eight Moxos Words compared with Arrowak, Atoray, Jfaipure, and Quichua, Appendix VI, p. 166 of: J. A. van IIeuvel's El Dorado. New York, Winchester, 1814, 8vo. Alcide D'Ohuignt, L'llomnie Anioi-ic;iiii. Vol. I, pp. 162— 164, Vocabulary of twenty-thne words; Vol. II, p. 2(i8, Baure and Moxos words of 1703 and 1831 ; p. 229, Moxos and Muehojeenes wort's. '-•• ^1 ] MUXDlll'CUS — MUSKOOUEK. 127 GUAMMARS AM) GUAMMATICaL NOTICKS. P. Pedro Mahdax (sec Vocabularies), the Grammar, pp. 1-117. OiLii, Saggio di Storia Americana, Vol. Ill, p. 23H, Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 503— 5GS). A. D'Okdignv, L'iloiiimc Americain, Vol. IF, pp. 203—201), 228—230. Arte do la Lengna Baure, cscrito por el P. Antoxio Meow, de la Compania de Jesus, despucs do mucl.os afios de Misonoro, y muel.isima aplieacion v e.studio A dicha Lengua en la. redueeiones .le la Concepeion, S. Martin v S. Nicolas, donde ul hmmnente eseribio diel.o arte, IMl). folio. (M.S. in po;ses.iou of Alcule U Urbigny.) MUiNDRUCUS, MUTUUICUS. Indians of the Brazilian province of Para, between the Tapaj6z and Maulie (:Martius, V, No. 122). AVOKUS AND VOCABULAUIIS. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 514. rivers MUllAS. Brazilian Indians of tlie province of Para, on tlie llio Madeira (Martius, VI, A, No. 129). WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab, XLI, No. 521. MUSKOOHEE, CREEK. The most numerous tribe of tlie Creek confederation, in the northern parts of Florida. WORDS AND VOCABULARIJiS. Saiitu Barton, New Views, etc.-Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 2[)2, 301, 305. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 788. 128 MUVSKA. Beiso dc's Pkinzkn Maximilian zu Wiej). Cobtenz, 1839— IS 11, 2 vols. Ito ; Vol. II, pp. 51)0—592. No. X of Oalt.atin's Synopsis in: Ar(!m>olo>,'iii Amcrii'unn, Vol. IT (Hitcliitti and Miiskoglii Ditilrct). Authorities — Voi'iibuJan of \7t'l Words, liy Ukv. L. CoMi'KliK. Coninimiieation from Ridor, an educated Clierokec. IIawkins {vid. itifi:), 112 Select Sentences, pp. 108-112; the Lord's Prnyer, p. 121. further Notices by Gallatin, in: Trnnsactions of the American Ktlinologi- eal Society, Vol. II, p. cxii, Comparison of GOO Ciioetaw and ^luskoghee Words, ninety-seven agreeing; p. 83 — 88, List of Choctuh and Muskogheo Words. E. A. Vail, Notice sur les Indiens do rAmf'-rique dii Nord, Paris, 1810, 8vo, p. 55. Benjamin Hawkins, Vocabulary of the Creek, Chickasaw, Cherokee, and Choctaw. (MS. in the library of tho American Philosopliieal Society at Phila- delphia.) Many geographical names of the Creek arc explained in : Colonel Benjamin Hawkins, Sketch of the Creek Confederacy ; being Collections of the Georgia Historical Society, Vol. Ill, p. 1. Savannah, 1818, 8vo, pp. 88, LlEUTENANT-CoLONKL J. C. Caset, United States Agent, Muskogee or Creek Vocabulary : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, A'ol. lA', pp. 416 —429, 432. GKAMMARS AND fJKAMMATICAL NOTIC'KS. A. Gallatin, Synopsis : Archa?ologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 256 — 258 ; Transitions, pp. 270, 271, 272, 273, 275, 290, 291 . Muskokec, or Creek First Reader, by W. S. Robektson, A.M., and David WiNSLETT. Neio York, 1856, 12nio, pp. 48. i I w W MUYSKA, MOZKA, ClIIBCHA. Indian nation (nearly extinct) in the neighbourliood of Santa Fe dc Bogota, Nueva Grenada. Their language was called, also, Chibcha. WORDS AND VOCABULAKIHS. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, p. 705. Journal Asiatique, Vol. Ill {Parit, 1829, 8vo), pp. 401, 409. The numerals are given by A. Gallatin, Tab. A to : Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, etc. (Vol. I of : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society), p. 114. MYiNCqUESAR. 120 ^ I J. S. Vateu, Probcn, etc Scctzcn's Nacliluss. Leipzig, 1810, 8vo ; pp. 352— 37 1. Colonel JoAQriN Acosta, tho nutlior of "Comppiidio Ilistorico del ilecul)ri- mientoy colonization de la Nueva Granada," possesses a "Uiccionarioy Oramniafifti de la Lengua Mosca Cliibelia." MS., in 12nio, of 200 and 96 pp. The Dictionary is the only one existing ; the Grammar is diiforent from t'^iat of Fray B. de Lugo. GR.\MMAUS ANIt OUAMMATICAI, NOTK'KS. P. Fkat Bbrnardo dy. Luao, Gnimmatica en la Lengua general del nuovo reyno llamada ]\rosca. Madrid, Bernardino de Ouzinau, 1(51!), small Svo, pp. 158. (The year 1613, in Eaetzel's Catalogue, p. 117, seems to be an error.) Mithridates (extraet from the above Grammor), Vol. Ill, pp. 702 — 704. Adelung, in Mithridates, Vol. Ill, p. 701, note ft) stales that a 1'. Dabuei (Dauey ?) has printed a Grammar of tho Muysea language. Joseph Dadey (Daddei ?), a native of Milan, one of the Jesuit founders of the University of Bogota, 1G04, wrote a Vocabulary and a Grammar of the Muysea Language, but no copies can now be traced. Tlio National Library of Bogota possesses a ^.IS. Graiuniar (pp. Dfi, 12hio) and a MS. Dictionary (pp. 200, 12mo) of the Muysea Lur.gvngc. These are, perliaps, Dadey's. Ezequiel Uricoechea, a native of Bogota, intends to publish these MSS. in his forthcoming work, " Monumcnta Cliibcharuni," Sur la Languo des Muyscas, ou la Langue Cbibcln, Bulletin de la Society do Geographic. Third Series, Vol. VIII, pp. 85—88. Paris, A. Bcrtraud, 1847, Svo. A Comparison of the Chibcha Lajiguage with the Japanese, Bask, and Arabic, by Senor Paravkt, in : Annalcs de Philosophic Chretienne, No. 5G ; also sepa- rately : Memoria sobre el origin Japones Arabe y Vizcaino do los pueblos do Bogota. Paris, 1835, Svo, pp. 32. Remarks on the Chibcha Language, likewise Chibcha numerals (quoted from tiie above), in : Memoria sobre las Antiquedades Neo-Granadinas, por Ezequiel Uricoechea. Berlin, 1851, Ito, pp. 6 — 10. MYNCQIJESAK, MYNCKUSSAR. Language of the Mohawk stock, spoken in New Sweden (on the Delaware). WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Thomas Campanixts Holm, Kort Beskrifning om provincien Nya Svvcrige. Stockholm, 1702, 4to, p. 181. English translation by P. S. Duponceau, for the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1834, 8vo, p. 158 (also as part 1 of Vol III of the Collections of the Pennsylvunian Historical Society. Philadelphia, M'Carty and Davis, 1834, 8vo ; pp. 1—168.) Mithridates (from Campanitjs), Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 334, 335. J. S. Vater, Proben, etc. Leipzig, 1826, 8vo ; pp. 381 et seq. S 130 NAASS — NANTICOKE. NAASS. Iiidiaiis of English North-western America, on and above Mill- bank Sound. Of four of the Naass tribes, viz., the Ilailtsa, Ildcvltzuk, Billechoohi, and Chimmcsyan, vocabularies are given (sec Ilaceltzuk and Chimmesyans). WORDS AND VOCAnULARIKS. Vocabularies of the Foiu* Tribes', Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II {New York, Bartiett and Wclford, 1818, 8vo), II, XX, p. 103; from the Vocabularies of John Scouler, M.D., Journal of the Royal Geogra- phical Society of Loudon, Vol. XI {London, Hurray, 1811, Svo), pp. 230 — 235. Billcchoola and Friendly Village Words, p. 155 of R. O. Latham, The Lan- guages of the Oregon Territory (Journal of the Ethnological Society of London, Vol. I, pp. ISA— 160. Edinburgh, 1818, Svo). NAGllANDANS. Chorotcga tribe of the plains of Leon, Nicaragua. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. E. G. Squier, Nicaragua, etc. New York, Appleton, 1852, 2 vols. Svo ; Vol. II, pp. 314, 320—325 ; numerals, pp. 320, 327. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICKS. E. Geo. Squier, Nicaragua Netv York, Appleton, 1852 ; 2 vols. Svo, Vol. II, pp. 315—319 (from Colonel Fkancisco Diaz Zapata). NANTICOKE. Tribe of the Algonkin stock, formerly on the Susquchannah — now west. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. T. Say, Comparative Vocabulary, etc., in Note 15, pp. 135— 145, to John Pickering's edition of Dr. Edwards's Obsci-vations on the Mohegan Language. (Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Second Series, Vol. X. Bos- ton, printed by Phelps and Farnham, 1823, Svo. Reprinted, Boston, Little and Brown, 1813, Svo). No. IV, 20, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in: Archoeologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 305—367 ; and (partly) under P, IV, 6, p. Ill, of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. (From MS. Notices of IIeckeweider and Murray Vans.) A Nauticoke Vocabulary (presented by Thomas Jefferson), and a Vocabulary of NARRAOANSKT. I.'U (lie Nuiiticoko, tnkon from the inoiidi of a Naiitiioko iliief, by Riv. Mil. ITkckkwiii.dkh, in ITH'), nrc among tlio MSS. in tlio library of tho Amerit-nn riiilosopliicul Soc'ii'ty, iit riiiladclphiu. Rkv. Mil. IIi;cKinvi:i,i)i:u, fminmnitive A'dciibiilary of tlii- Loiini Lomipo I'ropor, tho ^^ill!^i Diiilcct, tlio Mi)lii('umii, Nutick or 2smlik, Cliii)pewuy, yimwuno, und Nanticoko. (MS. in tiio same library.) New England Indians. The Quintikuk belong to this stock. NAllRAGANSET. Prquods, Kacasumscnk, and WOUDS AM) VOCAnUI,AUIi;s. A sninll Vocabulary in: Williav Wood, Now England's Prosppct ; bfinu; a true, lively, and experimental Deseri])tion of tliat part of America commonly called New England. London, 1G3I', Ito. Keprintcd, Hid., Ifi.'J,'), Ito, and l(i3i), Ito. Third edition, with an Introductory Esisay. Boston, Fleet, Green, and Russell, 170 J-, 8vo, pp. xviii, 128. RooKR A, Williams (see Grammars). Tho Tocabulary contained in this Grammar, at the request of Smith Harton, has been extracted and reprinted as: Vocabulary of tho Narrogansett Language, jip. 80 — 10.> of: Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society for the y(>ar 1798 (Vol. V of the First Series). Boston, jjrinted by Samuel llidl, 171*8, 8vo. Reprinted, Boston, Johu Eliot, 1810, 8vo ; and ibid., John Eastburn, 1835, 8vo. T. Say, Comparative Vocabulary, etc.. Note 15, pp. 135 — 1 15, to John Pickering's edition of Dr. Edwards's Observations on the Mohegan Language (Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Second Series, A'ol. X. Boxton, printed by Phelps and Farnham, 1823, 8vo). Reprinted by Little and Brown, iljid., 1813, 8vo. Smith Bauton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabulary. Jlithridates, A'ol. Ill, part 3, pp. 387—389 (from Rogeb Williams), and as "New England" (from Wood). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 812. No. IV, 10, of the Comparative A'ocubulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in: Archa>ologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 305 — 301, and (partly) under P, IV^, 2, p. 110, of the A'ocabularics in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II, and an Extract, Article I of the Appendix, p. 191, to John W. DE FoKKEsr, History of tho Indians of Connecticut. Hartford, llamersley, 1852, 8vo. From AViLLiAMS, and MS. Notices of Me. Teeat. Silas Wood, Sketch of the First Settlement of the several Towns of Long Island. .Broo^/yH, 182-1, 8vo. Reprinted, /i/(/., Spooner, 1828, 8 vo, p. , and : James MACAULur, Uiytory of New York. iVety York, Gould and Banks, 1829, 3 vols. 8vo ; A'ol. II, pp. 267, 268. I.'J2 NATCIIKS — NAV.UOS. OUAMMAKS AND OUAMMATICAL NOTICES. A Key into the Limguiij^o of AuiiTicii ; or, an Hi-lp to the LiiiiRUMgo of tlio NiitivcH in tlmt part of Aniericii ciilli'd Now Kiif{liiiul j togi-tlu-r with brief Ob- flurviktioMfl of tlio Ciistoniti, MuniicrH, nnd WorNhipM, etc., of the nforoaniil NntivcM, in IViico UM(1 Warn', in l.il'o and Doafli. On all wliicii aro addcMl, Spiritual Ob- BcrvutionH, Uoiu'rall and I'arliiMdar, by \\w Antlior, of fliicfc and Npeiii'll u«o (upon nil ocea8ion!i) to all the Knglish inhabiting tliesu parte; yt plcaHnnt nnd pro- fitable to the view of all men. lly iloaER Wilmams, of I'n vidoiioc, of Now Kngland. Loudon, jirinted by Chv^ory Dexter, Itil!}, Hvo, pp. 1'J7. Thirty-two chapters, eacli with Voeabulury and Spiritual Obsoryutions. Reprinted, pp. 17 — It'iS of Collections of the Uhodo Island IliMtoricul Society, Vol. 1. I'rovidence, printed by John Miller, 1827, Hvo. The grnmnintienl nnd ethnological parts of the 32 chapters alono were reprinted under the title — A Key, etc., in Life and ])eath, in : Collections of the MassnehuBetts Historical Society, for the year ITlH (Vol. IH of the First Series). Boston, pnntcd by Joseph Belknap, 17'Jl, Hvo, and reprinted, Bodon, Muuroe and Frauuis, 1810, 8vo J pp. 203— 23U. Smith Barton, of Philadelphia, nfterwnrds caused the Vocabulary to be reprinted in the same Collection, Scries I, Vol. V (171)8). (See A'ocubularics.) NATCHES. Tribe of the Creek confederacy, on the Lower ^Mississippi, now nearly extinct. W0UD3 AND VOCABULAKIES. Smith B.vkton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Voctibularios. No. VI, 47, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in : Vol. II of the Aroliicologia Anierieann, pp. 303 — 367 ; nnd No. D, XII, Ameri- can Ethnological Society's Transactions, \'ol. II, pp. lil, UG. Some Words ai-e given in : Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 287. (From Le Page du Pbatz, Histoire do la Louisiano. Paris, Do Bare, 1738, 3 vols. 12mo ; Vol. II.) NAVAJOS, NAVAHOES. A powerful tribe of the Apache family, related to the great Athapascan stock, residing on the tributaries of the River San Juan, west of the llio Grande, and east of the Colorado, in New Mexico, between the 35th and 37th parallel of northern lati- tude. The Spaniards call them Apaches de Nabajoa. J were ) NKW IIRCNSWRK — NKWFOL N IJLAM). \V<)UI)8 AND VOCAlllLAUIKS. i:i3 Jamkh ir. SrMPBOH, Coinimriitiro Voonhiilury of WonU in tho Lunjtunfjo of tlio I'lifblo or civili/.cil (n'liiiii'4 of New Mcxicn, ami of llu' wiM Jriln-s iitlmltilin(» its lionliTn. A|i(nnili\ 15, |>|i. 110- li:j, in liin ; .lotiniiil of n Mililnry liocon- iiointimco iVom Saiilu Fi'-, New Mi'xico, lo tin' Naviijo C'oiiiilry, msuii' .... in IHli); pp. 5(1 — KJS of; K.'porln "f )l»o Sci-retary of W'ur, willi Keconiioii»*ini('t'i« of Iloutos from San Antonio to Kl I'a^o ANo .... tlio lli'iiort of l-li:i'r. J. II. HiMi'rfo.v of tin IlxnoililioM into tlio Navajo Country. (ICxor. Docnin. rioniito, No. (ii, !Jl*t Confjross, Session I). H'wihiuijlitu, printed ul tlm Union Ollico, 1850, 8vo, plates, nnipn, pp. 2.jO, A Vocabulary of (lie Navajo Languajji' lia.s Ijoen takon hy th United Stiitcs Boundary Connni^sioncr, .loiix U. M.Mni.i.lT. CaI'TAIX J. n. Eato.n, I'niti'd Stales Ap-nt, iS'nvaJo VocnlnilaiT, pi>. 110 — 432 (pp. 42'J — 131, nun\eraU) of Vol. IV of Sclioulcraft's Indian i'rilRst of tho Unit.'il Slates. Navajo Vocabulary, taken in 1H,'>2 by LirrxEXAXT A. W. Wim-rr.T;, pp. 81 — 83 of C'liap. \ of liis, 'llioinas Kvvbank'.'*, and l'rofcs.sor \V. W. Turner's Ucport upon tho Indi.iu Tribes ; added to fiieuteiiant Whipple's Report on tliP Uouto ncsir Hie 35th Parallel (Vol. II cf the : I'm-ilic Ilailroad lleports. U'as/iin^ton, 1855, I to). Pkokkssoh W. W. TruNEn, Comparative Vocabulary of Twenty-five Word.-* of Navajo, Apache, Hudson's Bay, Dogrib, Chepewyan, Tacully, I'uikwu, and lloo- poh, pp. St, 85, ibid. Comparative Vocabulary of the Athapascan and Kiiiai Languages (also, Navajo and Tieorilla), pp. 2G'J— 318 of: BusiCiixiANN, Athapuakiseher Spraehstuiuoi. Her/in, 1856, Ito, NEAV BRUNSWICK. A dialect of the Mikniak. •VVOUDS AND VOCABULARIKS. J. IIowsE, Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Lnngungcs, Nipis- sing, Shawnecs, Brunswick, Duplicate Blackfoot, pp. 102 — 113 of: Proceedings of rhilological Society, Vol. IV. Lont/oii, 1850. All these are in one dialect — tho Mikmak. It seems that tho sound of tho letter r is wantingin this language. Tho Vocabulary was originally made by Antony KociKUs, an intelligent old hunter (but not an Indian), who had lived some time amongst tho I)idians, and is believed to have been well acquainted ■with their language. IIo was assisted by AuiTA8E, said to bo half Indian and half English. NEAVFOUXDLAND. Island on the coast of Labrador. Its inhabitants belong to the Eastern Algonkins. The JMilicite and Mikmaks are part of them. The Bethuck are extinct. 134 NIPISSING — NORTON SOUND. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary of the Language of the ?fativps of Newfoundland, procured by the Eev. J. Leioii from Mary Marcli, a native woman, taken up the Bay of Exploits by Mr. Peyton, in March, 1818 (Journal of the Eoyal Geographical Society of London, Vol. IV, pp. 218—220. London, 1831, 8vo) An extract from Mahy Maucu's Vocabulary is contained in : R. Mont- gomery Martin's British Colonial Library, Vol. VI, pp. 300, 301. London, 1851. NIPISSING. Of the Algonquin stock of Indians, living on the Lake of the Two Mountains, in the district of Montreal, Lower Canada. WORDS AND A'OCABULARIES. J. IIowsE, Comparative Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Lan- guages, Nipissing, Shawnees, Brunswick, and Duplicate Blackfoot (Proceedings of the Philological Society, Vol. IV, pp. 102—113. London, 1850). NIQUIRANS. Mexicans settled in the district of Nicaragua, hetween the Lake of Nicaragua and the Pacific Ocean. They speak a dialect of the Mexican language. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. E. Geo. Squier, Nicaragua .... New York, Appletons, 1852, 2 vols. 8vo ; Vol. II, p. 314 — and Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. Ill, part 1, p. 101. On the Aztek Language in Nicaragua, pp. 74G— 778 of : John Cael Edward BuscHMANN, Uber die Aztekischeu Ortsuamen, 1^' Abthcilung. Berlin, Diimmler, 1853, 4to. NORTON SOUND. On the north-west coast, inhabited by Eskimaux. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean .... performed under the direction of Captains Cook, Clauk, and Gore .... 1776—1780. London, 178 J, 3 vols, 4to ; Vol. II, p. 334. Edition, Dublin, 1784, 8vo ; Vol. Ill, pp. 551, 555. Appendix VI, a table to show the afTinity between the Languages spoken at Oonalashka and Nor- ton Sound, and those of the Greeulauders and Esquimaux. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 4G1 — 4G6 (from the above). NOTTOWAYS — NUTKA. 135 NOTTOWAYS. Iroquois tribe of Virginia, nearly extinct. Tlicy called them- selves Cherohakah. ■■.VOnDS AND VOC.VBULAMES. No. V, 32, of tlio Comparative Vocabulaiy to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archffioloffia Americana, Vol. IF, pp. 305 — 3G7). From MS. authorities of J. Wood and Tuevezaxt. And under R, V, 6, p. 115, of the Vocabularies in Vol. II of : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. NUSDALUM. Indian tribe of the north-west coast on Hood's Channel, related to the Haeeltzuk and Nutka Indians. ■WORDS AXD VOCABFLARTES, Noosdalum Vocabulary, by Dr. John Scouler (Journal of the Royal Gcogra- phical Society of London, Vol. XI. London, 1811, 8vo ; pp. 212, 241—246). Noosdalum and Atnah Words compared, p. 157 of: R. G. Latham, The Languages of the Oregon Territory (pp. 154—106 of Journal of the Ethnological Society of London, Vol. I, pp. 154—166). Edinburgh, 1818, 8vo. NUTKA, WAKASH. Indians of Vancouver's Island (their proper name is Yucuatl). WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean .... performed under the direction of Captains Cook, Clakk, and Gore .... 1776—1780. London, 1784, 3 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, Appendix No. 4. Appendix IV, Vocabulary of the Language of Nootka or King George's Sound, April, 1778, pp. 542—548 of the Dublin edition : Chmeenlaquc, W. Watson, and Al. 1781, 3 vols. 8vo. Tlaoquatch and Nootka (from Cook) Words compared, p. 156 of: R. G. Latham, The Languages of the Oregon Territory (pp. 154—166 of Vol I of the Journal of the Ethnological Society of London) . Edinburgh, 18 18, 8vo. J. Fr. BouBaoiNa, Relation d'un Voyage recent dca Espagnolca sur Ics C6tcs 136 OMAGUA. Nord-ouest do rAmerique scptcntrionalo (Archives Littcrairos de I'Europe. Paris and Tubiiiffue, 1804—1818, XVII, Svo, No. IV, 1801, pp. 78, 79). The numerals 1 — 10, from a MS. of 'Mr. Mozino in : A. de ITumboldt, Easai politique sur le Rojaume do la Kouvello Espngne. Pam, Schoell, 1811, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. I, p. 322. Vop:i')ulario del Idioma de los Ilahitantes do Nutka (Relacion del Viage hccho por las goletas Sutil y Mcxicana cu el anno de 17'J2, para rcconocer el cstrecho de Fuca. Con una introdueion cii que so da noticia do los cxpediciones executadas anteriormentc por los Espafiolcs en busca del paso del nord-cste de la America. Madrid, en la iinprenta real, 1802, Svo, atlas, ^ip. elxviii, 185 ; pp. 178 — 181). A list of Words in the Noofkian Langiingo the most in use, p. 5, and "War Song of the Nootka Tribe, p. 16fi of: Narrative of the Adventures and Sufferings of Joiix 11. Jewitt, only survivor of tlic crew of tlie ship "Boston," during a Captivity of nearly Tliree Years among the Savages of Nootka Sound, with an Account of the Manners, Mode of Living, and Religious Opinions of the Natives. New York, printed fo)' the publisher, s. a., IHmo. A popular book, ctmipilod from Jcwitt's Oral Relations, by Richaud Alsop, in 1815. It has very ofteji been reprinted. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 115 (from Cook, numerals from Dixon and Humboidt). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 846. The mnneral.^ 1 — 10, as given by Cook and by DixoN, compared, p. 35, note *, of: J. II. M'CuLLOCH, jun., Researches, etc. Baltimore, F. Lucas, jun,, 1829, Svo. No. XXV, OO, of the Comparative Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc., in: Vol. II of the Archrcologia Americana, p. 371 (from Jewitt). Reprinted in the Vocabularies, Vol. II of : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, under U, XXI, p. 121. No. 14 of Vocabularies of Languages of North-western America, pp. 569 — 629 of : Horatio Hale, Ethnography and Philology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 1816, folio. Tlie language is by him called : Kwoneatshalka (Newittcc). Reprinted, CXXI, pp. 89, 91, 93, 95 of the Vocabularies in ; Transactio)is of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. Fuca Strait and Wakash Words, p. 156 of: R. Q-. Latham, The Languages of the Oregon Territory (Journal of the Ethnological Society of London, pp. 154 — 166). EdinbtirgJi, 1848, Svo. OMAGUA. Formerly a powerful nation of the regions between the Marahon and Orinoco. The principal tribes of the Omaguas were — 1. The OnuKjua ^jro/^re, between the Marahon and Yapura. 2. The Enagua, on the Guaviari, in Venezuela. 3. The Yuri- magua, on the Yuruba, and in the province of Solimoes. ()Ni;ii) A. • )/ . Faria It, Essai ., 2 vols. go hccho treeho de [ccutadas America. 18 1). and War Sufferings during a I, witli an Natives. UD AlSOP, )ixoN and J. The Ac/ua, in New GraiuuUi mid VcMi'zuela. 5. Tlii' Ko/,;imii, on the Lower Ucaysile. (>. The Yc/r, on tlic Mapo, in New Grunatla. 7. The Toh-antin, on the 'Jokantin, in the Brazilian provinces Goyaz and l^lra. UOUDS AM) VOCAIUl.AUII.S. GiLli, Saggio di Storiii Aniericanu, Vol. Ill, p)). ;J71- 'M7>. HERVAa, Voeabolario, pp, IGl ot seq. Hekvas, Saggio, pp. 98, 99. Hervas. Originc, pp. 29, 37, U, J 8, 78, Tubb. XLIX, L ct seq. IIekvas, Catalogo, p. 2-iy nota 1, Hera'as, Aritmetica, pp. 96, 97. Mitbridales, Vol. Ill, pp. 554, 603, 611 (from GiLil). Balbi, Atlas Etbnograpbique, Tab. XLI, No. 493. A. D'Orbignv, L'Homme Amerieain, Vol. II, p. 274. 35, note *, ,1829, 8vo. nopsis, etc., Icprinted in ical Society, 569—629 Exploring Tiiage is by 93, 95 of the Vol. II. anguages of a, pp. 154— Marahon Irts were — Yapura. The Yuri- Solimoes. GKAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICKS. GiLii, Saggio di Storia Americana, Vol. Ill, p)). 371—375. Mitbridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 604—610. ONEIDA. Indians of the Iroquois stock, in the west of the State of New York. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Hervas, Voeabolario Poliglotto, p. 239 (numerals). Smith Barton, Now Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies ; and p. 20 of tlic Appendix. Edition of 1798. Mitbridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 318, 332, 333 (from Smith Barton). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLT, No. 796. P. E. DupONCEiV, Memoire sur le Systeme Gri- matical, etc. Paris, 1838, pp. 259-269. No. Y, 30, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Vol. II of the : Archreologia Americana, pp. 305 — 307), and (partly) under U, \, .3, Vol. II, p. lit, of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. (From Barton and MS. Notes of Jefferson.) T I 138 ONONDAUA. EiCHAKD Updike Siikuman, Oneida Vocabularj, Appendix M, pp. 279—281, to: Ileiiry R. Schoolcr-^ft, Notes on tlie Iroquois. iVci« York, Btirtlctt and Wei- ford, 18 10, 8vo (New York State Documents, No. 21, Senate, 1846), and pp. 393 — 400, Comparative Vocabulary of the Iroquois, of the same work, published as a book. Alhani/, Pease and Co,, 1817, 8vo. Oneida Vocabulary, by Young Skenando, Oneida Castle : Sclioolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. II, pp. 482—493. ONONDAGA. Iroquois tribe, formerly of the west of the State of New York. WORDS AND VOCAEULARIES. Heevas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, p. 239 (numerals). Smith Babtox, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabulary; and Appendix, p. 20 (edition of 1798); and, from him, Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 318, 332, 338. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 797. Onondaga Vocabulary, by Abrauam le Fokst : Sclioolcraft's Tndian Tribes of the United States, Vol. II, pp. 482—493. No. V, 28, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Vol. II of the: Archseologia Americana, pp. 305 — 367). Eeprinted, with addi- tions, in the Comparative Vocabulary of the Iroquois, No. 3 : Henry R. School- craft, Notes on tlie Iroquois, pp. 393—400. Albany, Pease and Co., 1847, 8vo. Reprinted (partly) under R, V, 1, of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II, p. 114. Deutsch Ouondagisches Worterbuch von David Zeisbergeb, 7 vols. 4to ; and, A Collection of Words and Phrases in the Iroquois and Onondago Language, explained in German, by the Rev. Cnn. Pybljeits, 4to, pp. 140. The above two MSS. are deposited in the library of the American Philosophical Society, at Phila- delphia. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. The following MSS. are deposited in the library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia : — Essay of an Onondago Grammar, or a Short Introduction to learn the Onendago alias Maqua Tongue, by David Zeisbeegeb, 4to, pp. 67. Onondagoische Grammatica, by the same, 4to, pp. 87. Another Onondago Grammar, in the German language, by the same, 4to, pp.176. '9-281, mclW'el- and pp. lublislied 's ludian York. Appendix, an Tribes of ^nopsis, etc. I, with addi- y B. School- )., 1847, 8vo. it ions of the ols. 4to ; and, go Language, he above two iety, at Pbila- i Philosophical atheOnendago he same, 4to, OPATA — OSAfJE. 139 OPATA. Christian Indians of Sonera, in the central part of that State. Tlie Eudece is closely related to the Opate language. WORDS AND VOCAnULAUIES. Hbbvas, Saggio, p. 12 L Heevas, Originc, Tabb. XLIX, L et seq. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. IGl, 1G5— 1G9 (from ITervas). The United States Uoundary Commissioner, John R. Bautlett, has taken a Vocabularj of their language. OUEGONES. Brazilian Indians on the Amazon. (Mahtius, No.. 190, says that the Portuguese call a wild nation on the I(;a Orelhudos, but that the Spaniards call them Orcjoncs. The name of Orelhudos is given by the Portuguese also to the Aroaquis, on the rivers Nharaunda and Negro, No. 113.) WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Langue des Oregoues : Vocabulary, No. XX, pp. 294, 295 of: Casxelnait, Vol. V, Appeudice. OSAGE. Daeotali Indians, called also Waivah,IIuzzaio,Osawscs,lVashas, or Ous; about Arkansas and Osage rivers. They are divided into the Chamers (Arkansas, Clermont), Great and Little Osages. WORDS and vocabularies. J. S. Vater, Aualekten, Zvveites Heft, Abtheilung 2, pp. 5.3-62, Vocabulary of some Words in the Osage Languiige, Appendix I, pp. 213 — 219 of; John linADBUiiy, F.L.S., Travels in the Interior of America, in the years 1809, 1810, 1811. Liverpool, printed for the author, by Smith and Gahvay. London, published by Sherwood, Keely, and Jones, 1817, 8vo. Balui, Atlas Ethnogi-aphique, Tab. XLT, No. 781. No. VI, 37, of the Com- parative Vocabulary to A. Clallatiu's JSyiiopsis, etc. (^'ol. II of: Archieologia Americana, pp. 305 — 3G7). (From Bradbury, and ■MS. Notices of L. Cass and Dk. Hurray.) 1 10 OTO. Reprinted under C, VI, 2, pp. 82, 85, 87, 8i) of the Vocabulary, in Vol. TI of: Tninsactions of the American Ethnolo<^ical Society. Reise dos Prinzeu AlA.viMir.rA.v zu Wied in Amerika. Cohlenz, 1839 — 1811, 2 vols. Ito; Vol. 11, pp. 0:i7— G15. Glossairo Osngc, pj). 2GI, 2(52 of: Vicroii Texier, Voyage aux Prairies Osages en Loiiisiano et Missouri, l.SJi), 1810. Clermont Furrand, Vito\. Pam, Rovet, 18H. 8vo. A IMS. Vocabulary of the Language of the Osage Indians, by Db. IVIcbbay, of Louisville, Kentucky, is in the library f the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia. Vocabulary of (0!)) Words in the Osnge Language, p. 275 of the : Diary of Mattukw Clarkson, west of the Alleghcnnics, in 17()G. (Schoolcraft's ludiau Tribes of the Tnitcd States, Vol. IV, pp. 2G5— 278). aUAMMAUS AND OBAMMATICAL XOTICES. AVashashe Wagcrcssa Pahugreh IVc. The Osage First Book. Boston, Crocker and I'.revvster, for the American Board of Foreign Missions, 1834, 18mo, pp. 126. OTO. (bulled also Otoes, Othoucz, OJctoluJdos, Wahtohtana, IVahtoJdah, on the left banks of the Platte River. They are divided into Otoes and Pahoja. ■VVOIIDS AND V0CABUL.4RIES. T. Sat, pp. Ixxii — Ixsx of: Astronomical and Meteorological Records and Vocabidaries of Indian Languages, takoi on the Expedition for Exploring the Mississippi .... under the command of Major Long. Fluladdphia, 1822, 4to. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, Xo. 77G (Otoes, Ouahtokta). No. VI, 38, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (ArciiiToologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 305 — 3G7), and S, VI, 4, p. 117, of the Vocabidaries in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II (from Say). Reise des Prinzeu Maximilian zu Wied, etc. Cohlenz,lSid — ISll, 2 vols. 410; Vol. II, pp. 612— G30. (illA.M.MAKS AND GKAMMATICAL NOTICES. Note 16 (on the Winncpngo and Otoe Dialects), pp. 149 — 151, of John Picker- ing's edition of Dr. l']d\vards's Observations on the Mohegan Language (Collections of tlic Massachusetts Historical Society, Vol. X, Second Series. Boston, printed by Phelps and Farnham, 1823, 8vo ; jjp. 81 — 160. Reprinted, Boston, Iiittle and Brown, 1843, 8vo). N (HO Ml 111 Tl of: -18tl, I Osages , llovet, BRAY, of ociety at Diary of a Indian i», Crocker >, pp. 12G. ihtolitah, ded into ecorcls and ploring the , 1822, 4to. |nopsis, etc. 117, of the |ty, Vol. II L841, 2 vols. fohu Picker- : (Collections \ston, printed L, Iiittle and OTOMI. Mexican Indians, tlic nortli-wcst of the Valley of Anahuac. Some also in the neighbourhood of the city of ^lexico. WOUDS AND VOCAUULAUIES. Vocabiilario de la Lcngua Otomi, por Fray Pedro Castillo. M9. Castillo was one of the earliest niissionarics amongst the Otoniies, wlioso langunge lie perfectly undorstood and taught. He died in 1577, and was buried at Tula. (Do Souzii.) IIOKATio Cakocui, Gramruatica y Vocabulario do la Lengua Otoini. Mexico, 16 13, 4to. Ue Souza states that tlie MSS. of the Grammar and of the Vocabulary are in the library of Tepozotlan. Vocabulario de la Lengua Otomi, por P. ,TrA\ de IJio8 Castuo, 4to. Castro wrote about the year lO'JO, and his MSS. of both the Vocabulary and Grammar are preserved in the library of the College of Tepozotlan. (De Souza.) Vocabulario de la Lengua Otomi, por Ilhno. D. Fk. Sebastian Bibero, Obispo dv la Paz. Printed in Mexico, acfording to Pinelo. Vocabulario Megicano y Otomi, por Fi. Peduo Palacios. MS., according to De Souza, in the library of the College of Tlateluco, in Mexico. El Liceneiado D. Luis i>k Neve y Molina, Reglas de Orthographia, Diccio- nario y Arte del Itlioma Ollioiui, breve inslruceiou para loa principiantes. Mexico, 1707, 8vo, pp. 100 (the Dictionary, pp. 13— 'J6). IIera'as, Originc, pp. 37, 118, Tabb. XLIX, L, LI et seq. Hekvas, Saggio, pp. ll'J, 120. IIeuvaS, Vo(.'abolario, pp. IGl et seq. IIeuvas, Aritmetica, pp. lUit, 110. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 15, 153, 12-1 (from IIeuvas and Neve). On p. 115, Kaxui:l, P. Palacios, Seuast. Eibeuo, and Juan de Dios Castko are named as having written Granmiora and ^'oeabularies of the Otomi — a statement confirmed by De Souza, upon whose authority we give the full titles. J. S. A'ater, Proben der Deutschcn Volksmundarteu und Dr. Seetzen's Lin- guistisciier Naehlass, ete. Leijjzitj, Fleischer, 181G, 8vo ; pp. 353— .'375. P. Joaquin Lori:z Yepes, Cateeisnio y Declaracion de la Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Otomi ; con uu Vocabulario del Misiiio Idioma. Meyico, 182(), Ito. Dalbi, Atlas Ethnographiquc, Tub. XLI, No. 70G. Emanuel Naxeua, De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Philadelphia, 1835^ 142 OTO.MI. I, it 4to, in : Transactions of the American Pliilosophical Society, Now Series, Vol. V.. Philadelphia, published by the Society ; printed by James Kiiy, 1831—1837, 4to ; pp. 24U— 2J)G. Nouvclles Annalcs des Voyages. Paris, Vol. IV (1810), 8vo ; pp. 9 — 37. Vocabolario Spagnuolo-Italiano-Otomi, pp. 27—78 of; I'lccoLOMim's Gram- mar (see Oraramars). Otomi Vocabulary in : A. Gallatin's Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of J[cxico, etc. (TransiKitions of tuo American Etiinological Society, Vol. I, pp. 298-301. New York, Bartlett and W'clford, 1815, 8vo). GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Arte y Catccismo de la Lcngua Otoini, por Fb. Aloxzo Kanoel, Provincial de Sula (1529, 1516, IMS.) Grani&tica de la Lengua Otonii, mas correcta y aumentada que la de Fr. Pedro Palacios. MS. by Ouoz (b'r. PtDKo), Franciscan, Instructor in the Imperial College of Sta, Cruz de Tlateluco ; died 1597. Wrote, besides, various works in Nahuatl. IIoEATio Cabochi, GrammaticB, etc. (see Vocabularies), pp. 1 — 12, 97 — 160. Arte de la Lcngua de los Otomitcs, con todos sus diferentes Dialcctos, por D. Fkancisco Pukox, Maestro de el Idioma Otomi en la Universidad de Mcgico, afio 1690. MS. in the library of the University of Mexico. Gramitica de la Lengua Otomi. y metodo para confcsar ii los Indios en ella, por Don Fbancisco IIaedo, 8vj. Printed a second time in Mexico, 1731. Luis de Neve y Molixa (^see Vocabularies). An Italian Extract of this Grammar was published under the title : Conte Enea Silvio Vincciizo Piccolomini, Granimatica della Lingua Otomi esposta in Itali no, seconilo la traccia del Licenjiate Luis dc Neve y Molina. Col Vocabulario Spaj iiuolo-Otonii, spiegato in Italiano. Roma, Tipogr. Propag. Fide. 1811, 12mo, pp. 82 (the Grammar, pp. 5 — 26). Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 113—123 (from Neve y Molina). Emanuel Naxeba (see Vocabuliries). V. Piccolomini (see Vocabularies). A. Gallatin, Notes, etc. (Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. I, pp. 286 — 298: extracts from Neve y Molina, pp. 286 — 291, and from Naxeba, pp. 291—298). Arte 6 Gramutica de la Lengua Otomi, por P. Juan de Dios Castbo, MS. (see under Vocabularies). Arte 6 Gramitica de la Lcngua Otomite, por Don Juan Fbanctsco Escamilla. Escamilia was Professor of Otomi in the University of Mexico (De Souza's authority). 1 1! OTTAWAS— ()TT«).MAKl'. 1 la B, Vol.V.. 837, tto ; -37. I'a Gram- Nations of r, Vol. I, Arte (1c 111 Leiif^ua Olonii, y Catecisnio y Confosonario, por Fr. I'KDUO I'ArACios, 8vo. ins., according to Dc i^ouzii, iu tlic library of tlio College of Tlatduco, in Mexico. Arte breve dc la Lciirolina'9 celebrated Vocabulario Mexicano. ovincial de OTTAWAS. Indians of the Algonc^uin stock in Micliigiin and Ohio. Fr. Pedro bo Imperial us works iu -12, 97— ialcctos, por I de Mcgico, lios en ella, 1731. title : Conte i esposta in Vocabulario 1811, 12mo, A). gical Society, Ji, and from WOUDS AND VOCADL'LAUIKS. Comparison of Words and Sentences in the Dialects of the Ottowwaws and Menomonics, pp. 392 — 3U8 ; Comparison of the language of some Versions of tlio Bible, with the Ottawwaw of the present time, pp. 421 — 422 ; and Comparison of a Greek Sentence with the Dialect of the Ottawwnws, p. 123 of: John Tannek's Narrrative of his Captivity and Adventures prepared for the press by Edwin James, IM.D. ^'^ew YorA; G. and C. and II. Carvill, 1830, 8vo. No. JV, 9, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Arcbffiologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 305 — 3r>7). Reprinted (partly) imder N, IV, 4, p. 107, of the Vocabularies in : American Ethnological Soeiety's Trans- actions, A'ol. II. (From Tannkk, and MS. Notices of Mb. IIamelix.) Anichinabek Amisinahikaniwa, The Indian Book. Detroit, printed by Geo. L. Whitney, 1830, 18mo, pp. 106 ; contains, on pp. 104, 105, a V^ocabulary of 40 words in French and Ottawa, by the Missionary Dejean. grammars and grammatical notices. Joxathan Meeker, Ottawa First Book. Shawnee Mission, printed by J. G. Pratt, 1838, 18mo, pp. 229. Abinodjnag Omasindiganiwan. Buffalo, printed by Oliver Steele, 1837, 8vo. pp.8. Child's Book. Detroit, Bagg and Harmon, 1845, 18mo, pp. 8. Casxko, MS. :0ESCAMIL1A. (De Sauza's OTTOMAKU, OTTOMACQUE. Indians of Bolivia, on the banks of the Yarura. The Taparifa are said to speak a dialect of their language. I II OTLqriS— l'A< ACilAK AS. if I i WOIins AM) VOCAIUI.AIIIIS. Otui, Saggiu, Vol. Ill, p. 213; uml, fruni liiiu, in tliu; Mitliridati*!', Vol. Ill, p. G50. }Iehva§, Origiiio, Tabb. 1/ tt »vq. OTLQUIS. Indians of Holivia, of tlie province of Clii(iuitos. Having ])een compelled by the Jesuits to adopt the Clii(|iiito, their language is nearly lost. WOUDS AND V0CAUL1.AU1K8. l)ns Land Otuquis in Bolivia. Nach einoni Originnlbericht von MoRSBACii, beschrioben von Dr. O. L. Kriegk. Frankfurt, 1838, 8vo ; pp. 23, 24. Otiiko Vocabulary (23 words) given by: D'Ohbiont, L'Honime Am6ricain, Vol. I, pp. 1G3 — 1G4. ; Vol. II, p. 136; who also gives sonic general remarks on the Language of the Oluke, Vol. II, pp. ITfi, 177. OYAMPIS. Carib tribe of French Guyana. WORDS AND VGCABL'LAHIKS. Adam de Bauhe ct P. Ferkk, I)e la Lnngue Oyampi.*, avcc Vocubulaire, pp. 107 — 109; and Lepkieub, Voeabulaire Oyanipis, jip. 225— 229 of : BuUeti de la Sociele de Geographie, Second Series, A'ol. I. Paris, 183 1, 8vo. A. D'Obbignf, L'Homnie Americain, A'ol. IT, j). 270. - PACAGUARAS. Moxos Indians, on the confluence of the rivers Beni and Mamore, in Bolivia. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A. D'Orbigny, L'Homme Americain, Vol. I, p. 164. ; A'ol. II, p. 208. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. A. D'Orbigny, L'Homme Americain, Vol. II, p. 263. PAIfON L( A — I'A M I'TlCOlfi II . 115 Vol.111, PA I CON EC A. Indians of the province of Chi(iuitos, near Conccpcion, between the rivers Dlanco and Verde. They belong to the Chiqnito stoek ; one of their tribes is the Paunaca. ng })een vnguage WORDS AM) ViiCAIlL'I.Ai;ii;s. Vocabulary of Twcnty-tliroo Worils, pp. 1()2, 1'5I of Vol. loT: A D'Ohiiionv, L'llommo Americniti, and p. 1<)2 ol' Vol. I, imil p. liiO of Vol. J I, Vocubulury of five Words of the I'lmnaca tribe. GUA.MMAUS AND ti llAMMATICAL NOIICKS. A. lyOiiniaNY, L'lloinme Aiiu'ricain, Vol. II, jip. 190, 191. klonssACU, Ain6ricaiii, remarks on abulaire, pp. Bullet i de Beni and 208. PALAIIINI, PALAIKS, Indians of south-western Oregon, on the northern frontiers ol" Upper California. WOUDS AND VOCAni'LAUIKS. No. 11, W, of the Vocabularies of North-western America (pp. 569— G21») of : Hob. IIale, Ethnography aTid rhilolo<,'y of the United States E.\])loring Expedi- tion. Philadelphia, Lea and Blaiici\ard, ISIG, folio ; and F, XXXI (pp. 98, 100), of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. PAMPTICOUGH. Indian tribe of North Carolina, now extinct. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A small Dictionary of Tuskerura, Pampticough, "Woccon, in : John Lawsox, Gent., Surveyor-General of North Carolina, a Now Voyage to Carolina .... and a Journal of a Thousand Miles travelled through several Nations of Indians, giving a pai ticular Account of their Customs, Manners, etc. London, 1709, small 4to ; pp. 225 —227. First printed in : Capt. John Stevens, A New Collection of Voyages and Travels .... none of them ever before printed. London, December, 1708. To be continued monthly, 4to. (In Vol. I, afterwards with separate title, ibid., 1709, 1V14, and 1718, 4to.) German translation, Hamburg, 1772, 8vo. John Brickell, M.D., The Natural History of North Carolina, with an Account V 140 I'ANOH — PATAl MOS. of Iho Tradofl, Manners, and riutomn of tho Cliristinn uiid Tndinn InliubitantH. Dublin, 1737, 8vo j new title, ibid., 17 lU, 8vo (tho Dictionary from Lawbon). IleitvAS, Aritini-ticii, p. 111. Smitu Bahton, New ViewH, etc. — Comimrative Vocabuliiricit. Milhriilates (from the above), Vol. Ill, i)iirt 3, pp. 300—362. Ualui, AtlaH Ktlinographiciuo, Tub. XIJ, No. 80U. No. IV, K, p. 37'), of tlio CoiMpurutivo Voeiibiiliiry to; A. Oollnlin's SynopsiH (i^reliieolofjia Anu'rieaiiH, Vol, II). From Lawson, IIkuiut, Lane. CompuriHon of tho Language of the aneient I'aniptieos of North Carolina with tho Algf. PEBAS. Brazilian Indians on the Amazon. WOttDS AND VOCABULARIES. Languo des Pebas, Vocabulary No. XXII, pp. 290, 297 of: Castklnait, Vol. V, Appendiee. PENOBSCOT. Abenaki tribe, greatly reduced, above Banger, j\Iaine. WORDS AND VOCABULAKlliS. Smith Baeton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates (from above), Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 402 — ^^lOt. T. Say, Comparative Vocabulary of various Dialects of the Lenapc Stock, etc. \\\ ; f. - H ■ ri M* II 111- .. — .- ^1 ]18 I'liNXSYLVANIAXS. 4 ! I Note 15, pp. 135 — 145, to John Pietering's edition of Dr. Edwards's Observa- tions on the Mohegan Language. (Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Second Series, Vol. X. Boston, printed by Phelps and Farnham, 1823, 8vo. Reprinted, ibid.. Little and Brown, 1813, 8vo.) No. lY, 11, B, p. 370, of the Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis (.irchaeologia Americana, Vol, II). From MSS. of Teeat and Mrs. Oaudinee. II. Haie, Remarks on the Language of the St. John or Colastukweek Indians, with a Penobscot Vocabulary. Boxton, 183 !•, 8vo, pp. 8. PENNSYLVAN I ANS. The Indians inliabitinj^ Pennsylvania, or New Sweden, M'ere of the Algonkin and of the Iroquois stoek (Moliawks). WUllDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulaiium Barbaro-Virgineorum ; additis passim locutionibus et observa- tionibus historicis brevioribus ad lingua; pleniorem notitiam, pp.133 — 154 of: Lutheri Cathechisnms, ofwersatt pa American-Vergiuiske spraket. Stockholm, IGUG, 12mo (from Tuomas Campanius). Words, on pp. 49, etc. : Journal des S9avan8, 1716, 4to. Book IV, Chap. I — X, Vocabulary, and Chap. XI and XII, Dialogues of: Tuomas Campanius Holm, Kort beskrifning om Provincien Nya Swerige. Stockholm, 1704, 4to ; pp. 153—599. English translation, by P. St. Duponceau, A Short Description of the Province of New Sweden Translated for the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, with notes, pp. 1 14— 156, in : Memoirs of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Vol. III. Philadelphia, M'Carty and Davis, 1834, 8vo ; pp. 1— J 08. Smith iiAiiXOX, New Views, etc. — Com2Jarative Vocabularies (Indians of Penn- sylvania, according to William Penn), from Campanius. No. IV, 198 (p. 371), of Comparative Vocabulary to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (ArcLaJologia Americana, A'ol. II). Ant. Court de Gebelix, Languo de Pennsylvanie (Monde Primitif, Vol. VIII, p. 523). Reprinted in: J. B. Schtrer, Reclierches Historiques et Geo- gruphiqiies sur le Nouveau Monde. Paris, Bruuet, 1777, 12nio, p. 331. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 387 — 389 (from the Virginian Catechism). J. S Vater, Probcn Deutscher Mundartcn : Dr. Seetzen's Linguist. Nachlass. Leipzig, 1816, 8vo j pp. 376—380. It I'KQUOT — pnr.v. iiy PEQUOT. Indians of Connecticut, related to the Mohcgans. The Naiiga- tuck Indians speak a kindred hniguagc. ■WOUDS AND VOCABULAUIES. Vocabulary of Poquot and some Nangatuck Indian Words, Article I of the Appendix (p. 491) to : John W. de Fohrest, History of the Indians of Con- necticut. Rartford, llamcrsley, 1852, 8vo. PESCHERAI, YAKANAKU, PUEGIAKS Indians of Fireland (Tierra del Fuego) and of the peninsulas Brunswick and King "William IV ; divided into three tribes — Kamenetes, Kennckas, and Karaikas. ■WORDS AND VOCABULAUIES. James Weddell, Master, R.N., A Voyage towards the South Pole, performed in the years 1822 — 182-i. Containing a Visit to '.rierra del Fuego ; witli a particular account of the Inhabitants London, Longman, 1825, 8vo, pp. 280, 13 maps and plates. Second edition, ibid., 1827, 8vo, pp. 32i, maps and piates ; p. 174. Hekvas, Catalogo, p. 15. Smith Bauton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies, GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. A. D'Obbigny, L'Homme Americain, Vol. I, p. 412. PIANKASIIAWS. Southern tribe of the Ojibway stock. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Smith Babxox, New Views, etc.— Comparative Vocabularies j And, from him, Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 360 — 362, PIMA. Indian nation of New Mexico and Sonora, where the country inhabited by them is called Pimcria, and divided into Alta and Bajg. i 1 :a) HINAI.KNOS. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. ! I Hervas, Origine, Tiibb. XLIX, L et 3eq. Heevas, Saggio, pp. 124, 125. lONATZ Pfeffehkokn, Bcscbreibung der Landscbaft Sonora. Kolln, 1794, 2 vols, 8vo. Mitbridates (from tbe above), Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 162-1G9. A Vocabulario do las Lenguas Pima, Eudeve y Soris, is said, by De Souza, to have been written by Fr. Adajio GtILG, a Jesuit missionary in California. Pima Vocabulary, by Dr. John Scoxjler, in : .Journal of the Eoyal Geogra- phical Society of Loudon, Vol. XI, London, 1811, 8vo ; pp. 246, 218, 250. Pima Vocabulary, under W, 1, p. 129, in : Transactions of the American Ethno- logical Society, Vol. II. Dr. C. C. Parry (Botanist to the Boundary Commission), Vocabulary of tlio Language of the Pimo Indians on the Rio Gila, New Mexico, pp. 161, 162 of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. III. Pima Vocabulary, by Lieutenant A. AV. Whipple, p. 94 of : Report upon the Indian Tribes (see Report on the Route near tlie 35th Parallel in : Pacific Railroad Reports, Vol. II). Washington, 1856, 4to. John R. Bartlett, the L^nited States Boundary Commissioner, has also taken a Vocabulary of the Pimo Language. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mitbridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 162 — 169 (from Ignatz Pfefferkorn). PINALEXOS. Also called Pinon Lanos, Piuols, Pinal Leuo. Apache tribe, ranging over an extensive circuit, between the Sierra Piiial and the Sierra Blanca, near the Upper San Francisco River, north of the Gila, in New Mexico. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Pinal Leuo Vocabulary, taken in 1852, by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple (see Report upon the Indian Tribes, in the Report on the Route uear the 35th Parallel, Chap. V, pp. 81—83 of : Pacific Railroad Reports, Vol. II. Washington, 1856, 4to). PIRI 'DA — POKONCHI. 151 PIUINDA. Language of the Indians of Meclioacan, Mexico. Identical with Tarasca? De Souza says of Fr. Juan Bravo, the author of a Grammar of the Lengua Tarasca (see under Tarasca), "fue maestro peritissimo de la lengua Pirinda, llamada Tarasca." WOUDS AND VOCABULAUIES. IIervas, Saggio, p. 120. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, joart 3, pp. 126—128. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Arte de la Lengua Pirinda, and also various Se'rmons in the same Language, by the Fray Francisco Acosta, of the order of San Augustin, in the province of Michoacan. These MSS. were left in the library of the Convent of Charo. Arte Vocabulario y Manuel de la Lengua Pirinda, por Fr. Miguel Guevaea. Recording to De Souza, in the Convent of Charo, province of Michoacan. PIRO. Indians of New Mexico, uoar El Paso. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. A Vocabulary of the Piro Language has been taken by JoHN R. Babtlett, the United States Boundary Commissioner. POKONCHI. Or Pokoman. Indian Nation of the district of Vera Paz, in Guatemala. Their language bears close atHnity to the Maya. WORDS AND vocabularies. Th. Gage (see Grammars below). Heevas, Origine, Tabb. XLIX, L, LI et seq. IIER^ A3, Saggio, pp. 113—115. Smitu Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 15, 23. Pp. 9,10 of: A.Gallatin's Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico (Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. I. Ne'o York, Bartlett and Welford, 1845, 8vo.) I I: 152 ropoi.ucA. Dr. Kakl ScilKHZKH, Spruelie dcr Tndinncr vou Palin (Poconch'.) 21. engl. Meilen von Nou Guatcmald, pp. 28 — 35 of Tol. XV of the : Sitzungdberichte der Philosopliisc'h-IIistorischen Kliisso dcr Kaiscrliclien Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna, 1855, 8vo. Also under the separate title : Spracben dor ludiatier Ceutral Amerika's. Vienna, 1855, 8vo, pp. 11. t ! GRAMMAHS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. TnoMiS Gage, The English-Ameriean, his Travail by Sea and by Land, or a New Survey of the West Indies .... with a Grammar or some few Rudiments of the Indian tongue, called Poconchi or Pocoman. London, printed by R. Cotes, 1648, small folio. Soeond Edition, A New Survey of the West Indie >, etc. London, 1655, small folio ; the Graniinar on pp. 213, ct seq. Third Edition. London, 1677, 8vo. The Fourth Edition, enlarged by the Author. London, printed for T. Nicholson, 16 Silla. Laguna I'oiuatf. Ac'oum Cocliiti. 2. S. Juan S. Clam S. .\l(lc'r()ii-'s Synopsis, etc. (An-htsologia Auicncaiia, A'ol. 11,. QUEKN ( ll.\KI.()Ti'i;'s ISLAM) — J Kill 157 S, IV, '.\, p. 117, of tliu Vucabulanus (rraiisactiou.s of tlie AiiuM'ican Ktliuologiciil Sociely, Aol. II). QUEEN ClIAllLOTTE'S ISLAND. Oil the iiortli-wcst coast of Amcricii. The laujiiia^e spoken by the Iiuliaus of this ishiud is but little known. The Ctn/ishctcar, Massif, SIcittaijccts, Ketsarii, and Kii— 10(5). I^Uin- ii/r^A, 1818, 8vo. Skittagets (Queen Charlotte's Island) Vocabulary, No. 0, XIX, p. 102, of Vocabularies in -. Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. -jICJIE, QUICHE, KICIIE. Indians of Guatcinoln, belonfifing to the (ireat Tzcndal or ^liiya stock, whicli oc;'upies that State. Their language is closely related to that of the Kacliiquels and Zutugils, and bears much resemblance to the ]\Iava. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Kiche (4iclie) Dictionary (from the Convent of Papuna ?, sold by Pierre Baviln, on the 2 1th November, 1833). AIS. vol. in dto, on paper of the 18th century ; in the Imperial Library of Paris. Apparently a copy of the Cakchiquelchi Dictionary. A MS. Vocabulary of the Quiche Language is in the possession of Abbe Dominic Jehl, of Palin, near Ainatitan, Giiatcmala. Quiche Nimierals, p. 101 of: Joux L. Stephens, Incidents of Travel iu Cen- tral America. Keic I'ork, IFar^iers, IS 11, 2 vols. 8vo. Dr. Kaul Scheuzek, Sprache dcr Tndiaucr von Txth'ivncan (Quiche), 10 engl. IMcilcn von Qucgaltenango, Ouatciiiala, pp. 28 — liuof Vu]. XV of: Siliungsbcrichte dcr riulosopliischllistori.-chen Khisse dcr Xaiscrliciicn Akademie dcr Wissen- schaften. r'/>H«a, 1855, 8vo. Alsounder the separate title : Sprachen derlndianer Central Amerika's. J7^h«(7, 1855, Svo, pp. 1 1. 158 (iUICllUA. H 1 if' I CiUAMMAUS AM) (ilUMMATICAL NOTICKS. P. F. Al.oNZO Fi,OKK:4, Arte do li Loii>{nu Kakclii([ti('l y jmruU'lo de lus (juiitro Li'iij^iiiis M('li(i|ioliluiiiis (jiie \iuy inlfgniii I'li ol ivyno du Uoulln-nialii. Anliijua, Guatt'inalii, 17.">;}. Altliou>,'li Juiirros (I, p. ;il3) sfiites tliiit tliis " Arto" was printed, and had j>rovfd very iisi'ful, tlie book was eonsidered H|)ocryplnd until recently, wlien the Aljbe UrM^sciir de Hon; itoiir;,' wrote fruni (Jiiateniala tiiiit he iuid oiitained lour ('0|iie.s (see K. (i. S(jui( r's letter in tiie l^cjuduu Allifiiaum, l)eeeiul)er M, 1855, No. 1107). It eont;iins a eoinpurison of the Kaehiipiel, with llie Qnielie and Znlu^'il, all three beinj^ dialects of one ))arent stock. Flores was I'rol'essor ol" the Kakt'lii(iiiel language at the San Carlos rniveroity of Chiute- mulu. Arte de las tres I,cni,'U!is— Caceliitjuel, Quiche y Yutuhil ; por ( 1 II. V. Fray Fkancisco Xi.ArKNK/, del Orden de Tredicadores. Second division of the Padre's ^nvat work on the history, lant;uiif,'es, and antiquities of Ouateniahi, existinj;, in MS. oidy, in the I'niversiiN Library of Guatenialii. (For an aeeount of this MS. see N. Triibiier's i)aper on Central American Arehieology, in the London Athenceitm, May 2i(, 185li, No. 1 ii)2.) Arte de Lengua Xakchikel del uso de Fr. Estevax Toukksano, I're''- Ano de 1751, A MS. of 1 13 leaves, in Svo, in the Imperial Library at Paris. (Copy in possession of I'L CJ. S(juicr.) Contains: Parallelo de Lis Lenguas -Jiuhe (Kiche, Quiche), Cakehitpud (Kaehicjuel) y Ziituhii (Zutngil). A comparison is also made between this dialect and the Zutugil and Kachi(piel Clramuiar of Flores. Arte de Lengua ^icho (Quiche), eompuesto por N. M. 11. P. Fray BaIvXUO- LOMK ACLEO, Religioso Menor de N. S. P'^' Sau Francisco. In the Imperial Library of Paris. ^IS. of G7 leaves in Ito. (A copy also in possession of E. G. Siiuier, New York.) The Imperial Library also possesses the following MS. : — JIarial sacro y Santoral. Sermones en lu Lengua jjiehe, eseritos ))or varios autores, princi- palmcnte por un Indio por lo qual hay mucho que correjir, o emendar en todos losTextos Latinos. Pertenece ul uso del P''- P'' Fr. P A. S., liijo de la S'"- Prov'- del dulcisimo fibre de J.ll.S. Guateiu''- ano de 17'J0. Con- tains 23 Sermons. QUICIIUA, KECIIIIIJA. The language of the Penivi.uis. It m as si)okeu by all the tribes subject to the Iiicas, froui ?asto to the River Maule, in Chili, and is still in use. Many of the Spanish inhabitants speak it well and correctly. The Ayinara bears a close affinity to the Quichua. Dialects of the Quichua: — 1. Dialect of Cuzco,ov the QuicJnia (jiKiirA. i:.i) proper; the most riiUiviitod dialect. 2. Lmnaito or Lamifisa, round 'I'nixillo. .'5. ('liiiivJidisiiijii, i-ound liima. \. Kov Francesco l'\'rnandoz do Cordova, l.'OO, Svo, of 8 and 17!) loaves. (See (iraiinn;ii'?<, wliori' alfio llio edition of l.'SIJ is iiotii'od.) P. DiKOo ( loNZAM./ Ii()i.(iri\, VooabulMrin do la J-cnuua ircnond do todo ol Peril llaniada (iuiclma, o do! Inea. JCii fa ('iml^id i/e Iti.i h'lj/i'x, l.'jSli, Hvo. Roprintod : Correa;ido o ronovado oonformo i\ la propiedad oortoxana del Cuzco. Jin la Ciuildil (h Ion Jicjjes, iinpres^o por Francisoj del Canto, 16U7, lOOH, 2 vols. 4to ; pp. 37.'), X\2, (Two parts — Qnicluia-Spnniah and Spanisli-Quiehiia.) DiEQO BE ToiiuKS IJiiiU), K S. ,T., (i riinunatioa y Voealndario on la I-onguiv general del Porn, llaniada (Juiehua y en la Lonj^na I'.spanola. Seeilla, 1G(»3, Hvo. The Clraniniar on 10 loaves. I'lio A'ocahnlary, Qiiicliiia-Spanisli, on 11 sheets (A— L), Spaiiisii-Cjnieluia on 12 siieels (,\ — M). Reprinted : Arte do la Lon^jua Qiiieliiia, compin'sto por el Padre Dri:oo dk TouuKS llcuio, do la Compin'iia de Jesus. Limn, por Francisco Lasso, IGli), Svo, 103 louves (!• and \\ numbered, 55 not nninbcred). Erunet, IV, ]). 11)5, s.iys tliat, indopondeiitly of tlio Grani'nar, it contains two small Voi'abnlarios, Spanisb-(^iiioiina and C^uiidina-Spanisli. Reprinted: Tercera edioi.ni, nnevamente eorre^ida con anadidos los I'omaneea, el cateeisiiio corregido petincno, el \ Ooabidario auudido y otro Vocabnlario de la LenguaCbincliaysnyu, por el I\I. R. Ji'AN ])K FiouiCKEDO. En Lima, por Joseph de Coutreras, 1700, small Svo, 12 and 115 leaves. Reprinted : Anadio el P. JrAX m: Figuehedo, do la misnia conipania, ahora nuovainente corregiila y aumenfada en niuclias A'ocables .... por nn religioso do la niisma conipania. Lima, 1751, Svo. ¥A P. Maestro Fray Juax ^VrAiiiiNEZ, Vocabnlario en la Lengua general del Peru, llamada Qiiiehua y en la Lengua EspaL,'-. En los Reyes, IGGl, small Svo. Arte y YocabuJario en la Lcngna general del Peru, llamada Quiebua. En los Jiej/es (Lima), Francisco del Canto, 1011, Svo. (Bibliotlicca Ileboriana, YI, 35, No. 512, X, 18, No. 522.) A short Vocabulary, pp. 177, 178 of: Joan, de Laet, Novus Orbis. Lvgduni Balavorum, Elzevir, 1G33, folio. GiLiT, Saggio di Storia Anicriciana, Vol. 11 f, pp. 355 et seq. Heuvas, Origine, pp. 27, 29, 37, U, 11, 15, 19, 79, 118, 13.5, 13G, 139, LIO, 177, 178, Tabb. XLTX, L, LL -. -=^-^--^^-m^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 11.25 l^|2£ 12.5 2: i:£ iiiig 12.2 6" Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 (716) 872-4S03 m \ V ^-^. v^Q ;\ 100 QUICIIl'A. n Hfuvas, Vocnbolnrio Poliglolto, pp. 101 ct 3cq. (Kichua o Poruano-Kicliua ddl' anno luUO, Kifciui), p. 221 (Kiehuu c Kitona). IIeuvas, Aritinutica, pp. 100, 101 (Kiohua, Kiteiia, Lnmnno, Chinclinysuju). IFi-KVAS, S!i{rj,'io, pp. 88, 81). John IIi:iniioi,I) F'orstkh, Ohscrvafions made (luriiij» a Voragc round tlio World, on Physi.'al (Jeography, Natural History, and Ethic I'hilosopliy. London, Uobinson, 1778, Ito. German translation — Ucbcrscfzt und mit .Inmerkungen verseliea von G. Forster. Berlin, llaiidc and Spener, 1783, 8vo, pp. 25 1. Smith Bakton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol, III, pp. 522, 537, 538, 517, 571 (from IIehvas, Torres, and Holgcin). Baldi, Atlas Ethnographiquo, Tab. XLT, No. 459 (dialect Quitafia). Will. Maksoen, Miscellaneous Works. London, Cox and Son, 183 1, tto, p. 101. Vocabulary of Twenty-three Words, pp. 1G2, 1(51 of Vol. I of: A. D'Okbiony, L'llomnic Aniericain. Four Qiiichua Words compared with Arrowack, Atoray, Maipure, and Moxos, Appendix \l, p. 1G6 of: J. A. VAN IIecvel's K1 Dorado. Iseio York, Winchester, 1811, 8vo. A MS. Vocabulary of the Chichua Language is in the library of the Royal Geographical Society of London (Journal, etc.. Vol. X. London, Murray, 1811, 8vo), p. xxiv. J. J. VON Tscncui (sec Grammars). Vocabulary of Eighty-eight Words, Inca, Quichoa, and Italian, and numerals 1 to 20, 30, 40, etc., to 100, 200, etc., to 1000, pp. 49-50 ; and : Alcuni Vocabuli piu comnunii in Lingua Quichoa, pp. 289—300 of: Gaetano Osculati, Ex- ploracioiii delle regioni equatoriali lungo il Napo ed il fiume delle Amazoni, etc. Milano, Typographia Bernardoni, 1850, 8vo. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICKS. Gramatica 6 Arte de la Lengua general de los Indios de los Reynos del Peru. Nuevamente compuesto por el Maestro Fray Dojiingo de S. Thomas, de la Orden de S. Domingo, Morador en los dichos Reynos. Impresso en \al- ladolid, por Francisco Fernandez do Cordova, 1560, small 8vo, of 8 and 96 leaves. The Vocabulary by the same author (see Vocabularies) is generally found annexed to tliis Grammar. Both are reprinted in : Arte y Vocabulario en la Lengua general del Peru, llamada Quiehua y en la Lengua Espauola. En la Ciudad de los Reyes, por Ant. Kicardo, 1586, small 8vo. The Vocabulary has a separate title, given by Brunet, IV, p. 676 : A'oca- (it li^^ill V. H.l biiliirio on la riCiij^im gi'iicral del Pith llamada (iiiii!iii;\ y in la Lcngini Kspafiola. Eli lot R/^yi's, por Ant. Iticai'do, ITiHO, small Hvo. The prcfnci* of this A'dcabulary is signed "Kicurdcj" Rivero and Tschudi name Anxomo Kic.vuuo as the anthor of the Vocabulary and Grammar. Diego de Toukes Huhio (see Vocabularies above). P. DiEOO Gonzales IIoi.guin, de la C'ompunia d\.' Jesus, Natural do Caceres, Gramatiea y Arte nueva de la Lengua general de todo el Peru Uaniada (^uieliua, (5 Lengua del Inca, anadida y cumiilida, en todo lo que le fnltava de tieinjios y de la Gramatiea, y reeogida en forma de .Arte In mas necesario en los (".ns primcros Libros. Con mas otros dos Libros postreros de Adieiones de Arte, para mas Ijerfieionarla, cl uno para alcanzar la Copia de Vocablos, y el otro para Kleganeia y Ornato. Impresso en la Ciudud i/e los liei/es del I'eru, por Franeiseo del Canto, 1607, 4to, of 1 and 1 II leaves. Reprinted: Nueva Edicion, revista y eorregida s. 1. (Jetioca, Pngano, IHVI, 8vo, pp. 320. D. Alonso de Uceuta, Arte de la Lengua (Jueehua general de los Vndios tie estc Ueyno del Peru. Impresso por Franeiseo del Canto, En lus lifj/ex, 101(3, Ito, of 8 and iO leaves. A MS. copy of this firamniar was in the library of 51. Chauuu-tte des Fossees (sec MSS., p. 162). DiDAC. deOlmos, Gramatiea do la Lengua Indiea. Lima, 1633, Ito. (Tschudi has "1631.") D. JcAN Roxo Mexia y Ocoy, Natural de la Ciudad del Cuzco, Arte de la Lengua general de los Indios do Peru. Impresso en Lima, por Jorge Lopez do Hcrrcra, 1618, small 8vo, of 18 and 88 pp. El Bachiller Don Esteuax Sancuo de irEi.iiAK, Arte de la Lengua general del Ynga Uamada Qqechhua. Lima, Diego do Lynx, KiDl, 8vo. Languo du Perou, pp. 525 — 533 of Vol. VIII of; CoruT de (Jehemn. Mondo Primitif. Paris, 177-2, Ito. Reprinted, i)p. 334—336 of : J. li. Schercr, Kechcr- ches Historiques et Geograpliiipies sur Ic Nouveau Monde. Paris, Brunet, 1777, 12ino. GlLII, Saggio, Vol. Ill, pp. 233—243. Mitliridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 520—534. A. D'OuBiaNV, L'llomme Americain, Vol. I, pp. 272 — 271. La Lengua Quiclma, Cap. V, pp. 86 — 115, of: Makiano Eduaudo de Riveka y Juan Dieoo de Tschudi, Autiguedades Peruanas. / ienna, imprcnta imperial, 1851, 4to. J. J. von Tschudi, Die Kcchua Sprache. Erste Abtheilung : Spraehlehre, Zweite Abtheihing: Spracliproben. Dritte AbtluMliing ; Wiirtcrbuch. ll'ien, K.K. Hof und Staatsdruckerci, 1853, 3 vols.Svo ; pp. iv, 268; vi, 110, 1 ; viii, 508, 2. 10:2 (U «ciir.\. Oil the Limgunj,'!' uiid Litumtmc of the Incus, pii. Kil — 2iil of: C'lzco, A Journey to the Ancient Ciipitnl uf IVru, witli an AiT(nint of tlie lli^t(ll•v, l.an^jna^'c, Liternturc, and Antii[Uitics (jf the Inea-'. And : Lima ; u Vir*it to the L'a|)ital and Provinces of Moih-rn Peru; with u Sketeh of tlie Vieerej^al Govcrnnient, lli>t(iry of the Kepublic, and n lievii'w of llie Literature and Soeiety of IVru. With ilhistrutions and a niaj). J5y Cli;mi:.nts K. ]^L\i;kham, F.R.U.S. Crown 8vi), I'p. 120. London, 185G. A Sketch of the Grammar, etc., of the Ineas, witli Vocahuluries and Sjieciniens of Composition in Quicluia ; Ap})cndix A of the above work, pp. 38'J— 108. DIAMCCTS. 1. Quito. — Breve instruction 6 Arte de la Lcnj^ua Commune do los Indies, Begun (|ue se habia on hi Provineia de Quito. Lima, eii la imprenta de la Pluzuela de San Christoval, 1753, snniU 8vo. 2. ChiiH'haisHfja. — Voeabulario de la Lengua Cinnehaisuyo, j>()r JuaN' uh FiaUEKEDO (see Vocabularies above, sub voce: De Touitts lluiiio). J. J. VON TscilVDl, Peru. Keise^kizzen aus den Jahreii IHIiS — 1SI2. Sanct Oallen, 18 IG, 2 vols. 8vo; Vol. II, p. 37tJ ; also in the first part of: Die Keehuu- sprache, pp. 257 — 2G2. 3. Yunga (see under Yuuga, regular Alphabet). VKUUVIAN MS. VOCABUL.VErES AXJJ OKAMMAES. A MS. Grammar, late of the library of Wilhehu von Humboldt, is now in tlio Royal Library at Berlin. In the library of the late I'reiieh Consul at Peru, M. Amedee Chaumette des ITossees (Catalogue, Paris, Labitte, 1812, 8vo), muuy linguistic MSS. coneeniing Peru were coutained, viz. — Alonzo de IIceuta, Arte de la Lengua Quechua (Catal., p. 50, No. 571). Arte de la Lengua general del Inca llamada Quiehua. MS. on paper, 12mo (Catal, p. 50, No. 575). Voeabulario de la Lengua de los Campos en la Panipa del Sacramento uel Peru, MS. on paper, Ito. Cojjied from a MS. in possession of D. Manuel Ames, Governor of Anda- namarea (Catah, p. 51, No. 581). Voeabulario de la Lengua Passa 6 Setaba. MS. on paper, 1795, Svo, oblong (Catal., p. 51, No. 582). Arte de la Lengua Cholona, advertencias para cl idioma Chiriguano. 2 vols. 12mo, MS. on paper (Catal, p. 51, No. 583). Voeabulario de la Lengua Caniba, per el P. EuENAVENTrRA Makqttes, predi- caQor en Ucayali (Escrito en favor del Colegio de Oeopa), MS. 4to (Catal, p. 51, No. 581). Cuadorno quo contiene el Voeabulario en Lengua del Inea seguu se habla en el ( I UK'CAUKF.S — nr.MSEN. \(\:\ Obixpntlo (Ic ]Sriiyiins y T'fayali, cstrild por el ircniiiiiio Fray ClrnoNTMo dk Lod ])l)i.()Iii:s V Lkckta, CoiiviTsor tie lo* I'livhlns (Ic riMjui y ('(iiitainnnii do Aliinca, j\I(iyi) Ul, ISII. Ill till' ,Mis>io!iary Comcnt of Santa lin.sa ilc Oi'uim, province of Janja. ^Si'c I'seluuli's Vooal)ulary, profacc, p. vii.) t laCCAllEES, lllcards, An'raras ; also, S(/fr(i//f'. Indians of the Pawnee stock, on the right Ijanks of the Mis>!oui'i. MfdtDS AMI VOCAIlCI.AlilES. Eiccarpc A'ocabulary iii : Gko. Cati.in, Letters and Notes on tlie ^fanners, Customs, and Condition ot'tlie Nortli Ainerieaii Indians. I'\nirtli edition. Loinlun and Xtiu York, Wiley and Putnam, IS 12, 2 vols. 8vo ; Vol. II, pp. 2G2-20.'). Reiso des I'riiizcn JIaximiman zu Wii;|). CuLlenz, 18^1)— lHtl,2 vols. Ito ; Vol. II, pp. It;.')— 171. rifteen Kiecaree Words (from Priuee AIammii.ian) eonipared with Pawnee, Kiehai, \Vitcliita,and Xneeo, pj). OS, (5!) of : Report upon the Indian Tribes (added to Lieutenant A. W. Whipple's Report in; Pacille Kailroad lleport, Vol. It. IFut/iinj/loii, IH.jt), Ito). IIUMSEN, 111 XSIENES. Indians in the neighbonrhood of ^[oiiicroy, California. AchastUers speak a dialect of the .same language. The WORDS AM) VOCAliri,AUIi:s. J. F. BocKGOiNO, Relation d'un Voyage reeent des Espagnols sur les C6tes Nord. ouest do rAmeriqvie septentrioiialo. I'aiis, 178'J, 8vo, p. 78. Third edition. Paris, 1803, 8vo. German translation— Je»a, 178i), 8vo. Kelacion del Viage heeho per las Goletas Sutil y ^klexicana en el anno de 1792, para reconooer el eslreeho de Fuca, etc. Madrid, en la imprenta real, 1802, 8vo ; pp. 172, 173. P. 127 of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Sjociety, Vol. II. De la Pkrovse, Voyage autour dn Monde, etc. Paris, 17'J7, 1 vols. Ito ; A'ol. I, Chap. 12. Translation— Xo«rfo», Robinson, 179U, 2 vols. Ito. German translation, by J. R. Forster and Math. Chr. Sprengel. Berlin, Voss, 17'J'J, 1800, 2 vols. 8vo ; Vol. I, p. 388. (I'rom : Magazin der merk- wurdigsten Reisebeschreibungen. Barliti, Toss, 17U0— 1810, XAXI, 8vo.) ^M^HMttttiAM 1(11 SAIUMA — SACKAMKNTO INDIANS. r ! ri Awliivcs Litlt'rftires dc rKurope, lHi>4. (I'liblies par tmo Societo do Ocns do LcllriM Mi'sur.x. Si'ahd, M()iu:i,i.Er, I^kckhando, cto.) ParisiunX Ttibinqiu; 1801— IHUS, WII, Hvo; No. IV, p. 87 (IVom lioriKioiXd). A. ni; IIisniotDT, Essni Politiquo wiir lo Roynumo do la Nouvcllo Espagne. Paris, ¥. Selioull, 1811, 2 vols. Uo; Vol. I, p. 321. Mitliridati's, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. ao.j (from Uoukgoino, and AchastUers from I)e Lamanox). n AT.ni, Atlas KthiiograpliupiP, Tab. XLT, No. 830. SABUJA, KIRIRI. Or Cariri. Two tribes of christiunized Indians, in the Brazilian province Bahia, near Coclioeira, now inliabiting the villages (/arancinejo and Villa da Pcdra Branca. Their languages are nearly the same. WORDS A.ND VOCABULAUIKS. IIervas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, pp. 161 et seq., 237 (numorals 1 — 10) . Ilervas dorivos the Kiriri from the Cliarih). Hervas, Snggio, p. 108, and " Dialetto Rozzo," p. 109. J. B.TON' Spix and F. Ph. von jMartius, Reiso in Brasilion. Miinchen, 1823 — 1831, 3 vols. Ito; Vol. II, p. 615 (Sabuja). Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 466, 169. HiVLBI, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 509 (Kiriri, dialect Sabuja). GKAMMAUS AND GKAMMATICAL NOTICES. P. Lris VixcEXCio IMamiani, e S. J., Arte de Grammatica da Lingua Bra- silica da Nn^ani Kiriri. Lisbon, Miguel ies Condes, 1699, 18mo, pp. 124. The same autlior has publi -lied : Cateci'^mo da Doutrina Christiana, na Lingua Brasil da Nacjao Kiriri. Lisbon, 1698, 8vo. Gennnn trMuslution — Grammatiii dcr Kiriri Spracho. Aus dem Portugies- ischcn des P. Maniiani, iibersctzt von H. C. von der Gabelentz (Beitriige znr Sprachenkunde, 3* Heft). Leipzig, Brockhans, 1852, 8vo, pp. 62. Mitliridatcs, Vol. Ill, pp. 468, 469. J SACRAMENTO INDIANS. The Indians living on the Upper Sacramento River, in California, were visited by James D. Dana, attached to the United States Exploring Expedition; Dana could not, however, learn the name .1 SAKI — SAINT .lOUN S INDIANS. 10.". of the tribe. The Pi/Juni, SHuinwr, and Tsamak live on the western hanks. Dana hus likewise eolleeted voeahularies of their lan^naj:;es. WOUDS AM) VOCAIUI.AUIKS. IToR. IlAtE, Ethnogniiiliy and riiil(.l>ay of ruited States Kxploring Kxpodl- tioii. Philadelplna, Lwv and lilaucliard, 1810, (olio ; pp. G30, G:U, iV.Vl, iVXA. Rfprintt'd in: Transai^tions of tlie American Kthnologicul Society, Vol. II, pp 122. 121, 12.-). Words of the LanuM!ir;c of tlio Indians near to Mag Headings, on the upper water of the Saeramento River, by .Vd.vm Jonxaox, pp. U I, ll.'> of Vol. IV of: Schooleraft'.s Indian Trihis, United Stales. SAKI, OTTOCJAAri. Also Safd-ers, Sua^, SaJnuvi, Suw/iis or S(ir()ii(lt', L'l/dr, Kl/.evir, KUO, fiilii). JJiifvfi t.'ai)>Iiiti(iii — f.rj/iliii, I'll/.cvir, HilJ, (cilio. lIicitVAS, Vociilioliirio Pdli^lolto, j). 210 (luiiiicriils). Smith nAitniN, Now Vii'ws, fti-.— C'oinpanilivc Voi-iibiilnries. J{i:v. Ki.iAH IvKi.UKio, V()(!nlniliirv oC Words in the l,nnuniij;c of the Quoddy Iiidiims (l*ii!.>aiii,ii|U()(ldi, i.r., I'ollDck-lisli), lucatt'd in I'ciTy, I'lcasaiil I'oiiit, Slato ol -Maine, on tlic watcrr* of the ScIioixImK, adjoining lln' Mrilisli I'mvincrs (('oilfc- (ionol'llic MistoricalSocii'ly ol" .Massaclni-clUs, Tliird Scrios, Vol. 111,!"!). 181,18:i. Caillf/fiili/r, Mrlcall'aiid Co., I Mill, Hvo). No. IV, j;i (IClcliiMuins ras.sanin(|U()ddi) (»f tlic Coniparalivo Voeabnlary (i>j). .1(\') -H(')7) 1o A. (iallatin's Synopsix, etc. (Afflia'olo'^ia Anicrlcaiia, Vol. II) ; and (j)urlly) nndi'i' (), IV, I, p. !()!>, of Vocahniaiics, in: Aini-rican Ellmologiiul Socii'ty'.i Tran.sactions, Vol. II (from Ki:i,i.()(i Indian of New Kngland (seo Mikmak). OKAAI.MAUS AN'l) fiRAMMATICAT. .XOTICKS. n. TTai.e, Tlcmarkx on the l,an^'na;,'e of the St. John's or Colastukwock Tndian!4, \>itli a I'enobseot Vocabulary. Ilos/mi, 18;U, Hvo ; printed for the author. SALIVA. Indians on tho left banks of the Orinoco, 1)ctwocn tlie rivers (Jiiaviarc and Mota, in tlic New Granadian province Hoyaca. Pialccts of their lan<>uage arc spoken by tlic A tuns, (^tftqiias (Avboni tlic Tamanacpics call " Jfc/jxi/a"), and the Mp. 101 ct seq. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 028 -02i) (from Gii.iT and irERVAs). Balbi, Atla3 Ethnographiijue, Tab. XLT, Xo. GOl. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICKS. jVIithridates, Vol. TIT, pp. 024—027. SANKIKANI. Ojibway tribe, late of the eastern banks of the Hudson. A kindred dialect of this language was spoken by some of the Indians of New Sweden. w SANTA HAllllAKV. K w WOUUS AM) VOCAHI'I-AUII'.S. A sliort Voonl)iil:iry, iii>. 7.', "H oft ,Io\n. hi.; T,Ai;r, Noviis Orl)i«, sen Dcscrii)- litinia Iiidiir occiilcnt.ili-, liliii Will. Lui/diiui Jhiloioriim, ICl/.-jvir, UVM, I'dIuj. Frnir/i \m\\s\n\h>n--lfjiil , KWn, lulio, Diitc/i lnin:*lalion -/i/(/., 10 H, foliu. (///•/;Nf;Hrii!i«l:ili<>u ill ; (J. Ji>. Scliw ahc) Aili^'i'mriiii- iIi>t(ii-io dcr Kcix'ii /,ii \Vii>.-.'r 1111.1 l.iiiicic (./)«*/<■/■(/«»«, Arkstfc, 1717—1771, 21 vols. Ito), Vol. Wl, ii|i. (!(».'> ft si'ii Smiiii Uautov, New Views, ett'.— Compiirative Vocnbiilarics. Mitiiriilal.-^ Vol, III, I'ait :$, pp. 371-37G (IVoiii De Laet). liAMii, Ada.- Ktliiioiirapliiqnf, Tali. XLl, \o. Sll. No. IV, lit, n, p. 371, of til" <,()cal)iilariort to A. Clallatiii's .Synopsis, etc. (Arclui'olo^ia Americaiui, Vol. 11 ; IVoiu De Lai:!). SANTA EAlliLVUA. Indians of Califoi-nia ; Mission S. Barbara. WORDS AND VOCAr.Ur.AUIKS. Mitliriclatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 2Ul, 202, 205. The worcis takuii from : An Hi.storii'al .loiinial of tlii" Expeditions by Sen and Land to tin- North of California, in 17*>H, 170'J, aiul 1770, when Spanish Establisliiiii'iitH wore lirst iiiado at San Diego and Monterey. From u Spanisli MS., translated by William Revely, Ksip I'liblished by A. Dal- ryniple. London, Kliu^ley, 17'.»l», Ho, pp. 7t). Tlii- nook is, without doubt, a translation of; Diario llistorieode hi.s Viaj-es de niary tierra heeho.s al nortu de California, de orden del Virrey do Xueva Espamia ilarquesDe Croix y por direccion de D. Jose de Gttlvaz. Exeeutados por 1. ;iopa destinachj j\ dielio objeto al iiiando de D. Gaspar de Portola, y por U i a(piebotes S. Carlos y S. Antonio de orden del Exe. Sr. Virrey. En la iUiprenta del Gobierno. Mexico, 1770, folio, pp. 50, Signed : D. Miguel Costan.so, I'rinted merely for private distribution. Extraets translated in : V. E. Bruns and E. A. W. Zimmerinann's Reposi- torium fur die Neueste Geographic, etc. Tiibini/en, Cotta, 17^2, 17l)3, 3 vols. 8vo ; Vol. I, p. 25. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographi.juc, Tab. XLI, No. 829. Vocabulary, by Dr. John Scocleu, pp. 217, 249, 251 of ; Journal of the Eoyal Geographical Society of Loudon, Vol. XI. London, Murray, 1811, Bvo. Kcprintcd, W, 3, p. 129, of the Vocabularies iu : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. 1(;k SM'IUOKOM SA\ AM.UIC. SAPDiOKOM. Indians of the province of Muxos. Tlicir langnaj^c is ri'lutcd to the (iiiichua. !:l WOIIDS AND VOCABrr.AUIKS. Hi;uvAS, Vocnbolurio IVili^lotto, n\\ 101 it mtj. IIkuvas, AritiiH'ticii, p. l(i:i. Milliriiliiti'9, Vul. Ill, pp. 571, 570 (from 1Ii:uvas). UALbi, Atlus EtImograpliii|uc, Tub. XLl, Nu. 1G7. SAllAJVi:CA. (Miristianizc'd Indians of the; Mission of Santa Anna, in the pro- vince of (,'hi(piitos, now liolivia. Their hinguaj^e is ni-arly hjst, like that of other Chiquito tribes. WORDS AND VOCAni'LMUKS. Vocabulary of Twciity-thrccWords : D'Ouiiigxy, L'Hominc Amerk'ain, Vol. I, pp. 1G;J, IGt ; Vol. II, 13(5, and pp. 172, 173, where a general view of the ehnracter of the Sarabeca language is given. SASTE, SIIASTIES. Indians of sonth-wcstcrn Oregon, on tlic northern frontiers of Upper California. WORD-S AND VOCABULAKIES. No. 10, y, of the Vocabuhiries of North-western America, pp. 569 — 621) of: IIoH. II.M.K, Ethnography and riiiIoh)gy of the United States Exploring Expe- dition. Philadrlphia, Lea and Blanchard, 18 10, folio ; and, ¥, XXX, pp. 98 — 100, of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. SAVANEllIC. Indians of the New Graiiadian province Yeraguas, near the village Las Palinas. HRMINOLE8 SKNKKAS. 160 WORDS AND VOCAnn.ARIKS. HnnTnoiD Seemanx, The Ahorigiiu's of tlio I>ttliinus of Paiinmn (TraiiKiiotioii* uf llio Atuoricun Ellmologicul Sooioty, Vol. HI, p. 1, jip. ITU— 181). •O- st, SEMINOLES. Or, Tsty-snnolcfwihl men). Tribe of the Crcrk Coufctlcracy in Florida. They arc said to speak the Miiskoghcc. ■\vonD9 AN'i) vocAnn.MiiES. Nniiios of Scminolo Cliii-fs, pp. 9, 10, 30 of: Tlio War in Floritlu .... by a late Stiiir Ullli-tT. Baltimore, Lewis niul Colcmun, \H'M\ Vlmn. A Voi'iibiiliiry of llio St'ininoli' Liingungo, pp. 1(7 — lO.'j of: Notice of Kost Florida, witli an Account of the Scuiinolc Nation of Indiaiis. IJy a recent Traveller ill tlie Province. Charleston, South Carolin't, 1822, 8vo, A A'oeabiilnry of the Scminolo Langnage, i>p. 90—108 of: Sketch of the Scmi- nolo War, and Sketches during a Campaign, by a Lieutenant of the Left Wing .... Charleston, South Carolina, Dan. ¥. DowliDg, 183G, 12mo. 1. cter of of: xpe- )8- iety, the SENEKAS. Trilic of the Iroquois, near Buffalo and Niagara, in western New York. WOBDS A>'U VOCAHVL.VEIE.S. Heuvas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, p. 231) (numerals). Smith BAiiToy, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies, and Appendix, p. 20. Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 318, 331., 335 (from Smith Baiiton). A short Vocabulary in the Language of the Scnera Nation, and in English. L'ng-eish-ncut teu-au-geh noli-nuli, yoli-weh-neut-sah cng-lish. London, printed by W. and S. Graves, 1818, 8vo, pp. 35. Annual Report, Civilization of Indian Tribes. Newhaeen, 1821, 8vo, pp. 63— G5. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiqne, Tab. XLT, No. 798 (Seneca or Macehachtini). No. V, 29, of the Comparative Vocabulary (pp. 305 — 367) of A. Gallatin's Synopsis, (Archffologia Americana, Vol. II). Eepriuted (partly) under R, V, 2, p. 114, of the Vocabularies in : American Etimological Society's Transactions, Vol, 11. Z 170 HKVKHNOVMKI.V — SHAII.U'TAN. Rcnini Vocuhulnry ("f l'2 W<>rm n ^fSI. in tlif War Dcimrt- nil-Ill of llii; Cnilitl Stall-', pp. .')Hl— Tiji? of A. (iiilliiliii\ SMlllp^iI. II. Soiiciii Apprlliitivi' WonN, Note H, pp. l.'H— 101, of : Ri>v. TlMOTilV Al.DEN, All .VccDUiit of Hiindry Mixsioim pi'rfoniicil iiiiionj^ llio Soiu't'iis iiinl .Muiueei. Jfeiv I'ori; prinlfd In J. So^iiioiir, 1S27, iSiiio, pp. IHO. VDc'iiIiiiliirv of ('(iiicri'lf Tcniis mid Cunvcrtiilioiiul l'orni,'<, Ifi ])p. nl tlic oiul of; Dinhhnwali),'wiili UavailoHliiili. liustuii, Crnckor and IJrowxIcr, Im;<(>, Hvh, pi>. V2, Sonccii Yocabiilnry (from Er.Y S. Patikeii, Schoolcraft, etc.), in Coinparntivo Voeiibiilary of tlie Inxpioix, pp. 3011 — lOOof; II. R. Schookruft, Kotes on tlio IrociuoiB. Albaiii/, Pease and Co., IS 17, Hvo. GIlAMMAnS AND GllAMMAllCAI- NOTICKS. Dialisawalifjwah (Invadosliali. Reading Lc;*;, hy Rev. A. WllTOIlT, Mis- sionary. liosfon, Crocker and Ilrewster, 1S3G, Hvo, pp. 12. Rev. A. WitrniiT's System n[ Writiiic; the Soneoa — is given in tlio preface to : Gaa-na-slioli-iie J)eo\vaaIisaniiyolig\vali >ia wen iii yiili (Hymns) Dosyowu (Bull'alo Creek). J/m/oH /Vf.v.v, 1813, IHiiio, pp. 130. Table, exhibiting in tlie Seneca Dialect tlic conjugation of tlie Verb " Oe-}iise," " T shoot," Appendix H, pp. 175— 177 of: T.kwih IT. Mduoan', League of tho llo-dc-uo-saii-nce, or Irocjiiois. llochester. Sage and lirotlier, 1851, 8vo. Go-wiina O\vo-ih .sat' hah you do yiis dih' gwnh — ft Spelling-book in tho Senecft Language, with English definitions. Biiff'alo Creek Reservation, Mission Press, 1812, 12mo, pp. 112. SKVEUNOVSKIA, SEVERNOYZER. Or, " Xortlicrncrs." Indians north of Bodega Bay. They call themselves Chwachamaja, AVOKDS AND VOCABrLAniES. Wocrtcr nus zwei Spi-nchcn Ncu Kaliforniens von Kostromitov, Sevcrnovzi (Chvaehainaja), pp. 231 — 251 of: K. E. vox Baer und Gu. xo'S IIelmeiisex, Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Russiseheu Reiehs, Band I. St. Petershurg, 1839, 8vo. (Russian, German, and Severnovzc, printed in Russian type.) SIIAHAPTAN, CHOPUNISn, SAIIAPTIN. The Ncz-2)crcrs of the Canadians. The Klikctat, near INIount Rainier, the IValla- Wallas, and the Okanagau, on the upper part of Frazer's River, speak kindred dialeets. NilAII AI'TAN. 171 WOUIiS AND VOrAntLARlKS. Klikfliif, Slialiuiitnu, niul Okuniii^iin Voeabuluric-", Uy Dr. .Idiiv Si oiiik, in : •Touniiil of till' Hi>vh1 (ifunnipliiiul Sni'iit) of I.kikIuii, \ HI. \l (I.vtiduii, IHII, 8vu), ))l). -SM, 2:p. 2.'0 '27>2 of: Journal of (he Kllinolcigirol Hocii'ljk of London, Vol. I. l^linljinyh, IMIM, 8vo. Wortl* used in tlic Ncz-ihtii' Lun^uauc, |'|>. 1.'2- 1.'7 of: .Im i, rMMKli, iTonrnul of 'I'l'aM'l ovtT the Hockv MonntiiMi<« to the Month of llic Coluniliia KiviT. CinciiiiKiti, tl. A. ami l'. I'. •lanic.', 1HI7, llinio. Sali!*!) and Okaniij,'au Words, p. loS of: H. (1. L.viii VM, Tlu« Lanijnani ^ of tin) Ori'gon 'I'l'rritory, pp. lol -ItX! of: Journal of tin- luhnojoyital Sociity of Loudon, Vol. I. Ediiiliiirijh, ISIH, H\o. Saliaplin A'ocalMiIary, dividfil into — 1, M, Saiiaplin (Niz-ptni''). 2, S. W'aU lawulla, «liii-li i* again dividi-d into — u. *'. i'cliH (IVloscs) ; h. /. iloakcniu (Vakcnuis) ; i-. k. 'J'lakatat (Klikatat?); pp. oG'.l (i^'J of; llou.vilo II.vm:, P'itl'.noj^rapliy and I'liilnlogy of (lie rnilcd States Kxplorinj^ I'ixpi'iiition. J'/iilii- (Ic/jihid, I.ca anil IHanchard, ISK!, lolio. The Vocabulary M reprinted in : Trun.saetions of the Anierieuu Ethnologieal Society, Vol. II, pp, hS, 'J(l, 1)2, f an Kxplorinij Tour bcyoiul the Hocky Moun- tains, under the direction of the American Jloard of Coniniis^-sionerrt for Foreign Missions, performed in the years ls;{.'>, l.s:{(!, and 1SK7. Jlhuka, 3V(c Yuri; printed by Mark Andrus and Woodrull', l?<;iM, l2mo. Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the Xez perces nnd other tribes inhabiting the country about the Cireut Forks of (,'olunibia Ffiver, pp. lilir -;}22 of Vol. I of: The I'lir lluuters of tho Fur ^Vest, by AttXAM^Jiit Koarf, 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1855. OUAMMAUS A.VI) GKAMMATICaL NOTICE.S. Ncz-jierces' First Book. Designed for Cliildrcn and New JJcginners. C/ear Water Mission I'ress, i83i), ISnio, pp. 20. Sahaptin Family (C.rannnatical Notes), pp. .'')I2— oOl of; lIoiiAiio Haik, Ethnography and Thilology, United States Fxploring Kxpedition. I'/,i'u(l(/ji/iia, Lea and Blanehard, 1810, folio; iiud: Trausaclions of the American Fhhnological Society, Vol. II, pp. 31—55. (« 172 SHAWANOE. SIIAWANOE, SIIAWANEES. Formerly of Pennsylvania, Oliio, and Kentucky ; afterwards in Indiana and Illinois, now west of Missouri. They were divided into the tribes — Piqua, Mcquachahc, Kiskapocohe, and Chili- co*hc. ■WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Sliawanco Voenbulnry, p. 209 of : J. Long, Yoyagca and Travels cf an Indian Interpreter and Trader, etc. ; to wliieli is added a List of Words in the Sliawance Tongues. London, Robson, et al., 17'J1, 8vo. German traaslal?"ns — IlamhurgJi, 1791, 8vo, hy G. Forstcr. Berlin, Voss, 1792, 8vo (part ol : Geseliichte der Reisen die scit Cook an die Nord- westkiiste von America untrnionniicn worden sind. Aus dem Engliseben von G. Forster. Berlin, A'oss, 1791, 1792, 3 vols. 4to, and 3 vols. Svo), and together with Forstcr's translation of Portloek's and Mortimer's Vojages. Berlin, Voss, 1796, 4to. IIeevas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, p. 210 (numerals). IIehvas, Saggio, p. 126. Smith Barton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 343— 31G, 360— 3G2 (from Generals L tiab and Gibson). Vocabulary of the Language of the Sl'awanocse, pp. 287 — 292, and : Nam of Rivers, by the Shawanoese, pp. 297, 298 of; John Johnston, United S tes Indian Agent at Piqua, Account of tiio Present State of the Indian ' ibes inhabiting Ohio (Archaiologia Americana, Vol. I, pp. 2G9 — 290). Forty-five Words in Shawanese are given in the : Comparative A^'ocabu' y of Professor T. Sat, in Note 15, pp. 135 — 145, to John Pickering's edit of Dr. Edwards's Observations on the Mohegan Language (Collections of the Massa- chusetts (listorieal Society, Vol. X of the Second Series. Boston, printed by Phelps and Farnham, 1823, Svo, Reprintcf', ibid.. Little and Brown, 1813, 8vo ; pp. 81—160.) Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, j'ab. XLT. No. 805. Shawnee Vocabulary, b ■' Mr. Cfmminos, Indian Agent, pp. 470—481 of Vol. TI of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. IV, 23, of the Comparative Vocabulary (pp. 305 — 367) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc, (Ar>'ha;ologia Americana, Vol. II) ; and (partly) under Q, IV, 3, p. 113, of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. (From MS. Notices of Jeffekson, in the War Department, and from Barton, Gibson, Butlak, and Paesoss.) l\ 1 SIIEHAYl — SIIINICOOKS. 173 Shawnee Vocabulary, taken hy Lieutenant A. W. WiiirPLE, pp. 56—60 of: Wliipplo, Thomas Ewbank, and Professor W. W. Turner's Report upon the Indian Tril)e.s ; addc.l to his Report on the Route near tlie 3oth Tarallel in : Pacific Railroad Reports. Wash'uifiloii, IS.")!'., Ho. Kev. M. llECKEWELDEU, A Vocabulary of the Shawano, taken from the mouth of a white woman who had been twenty years a prisoner with that nation. (MS. in the library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia), A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lcnni Lenapo Proper, the Minsi dialect, the Mohicanni, Natik or Nadik, Chippeway, Shawano, and Nanticoke. (MS. in tho same library.) J. IIowsE, Vocabularies of certain North American Indian Lnnguaores, Shawnee (Miami River), Nipissing, Brunswick, Duplicate Blackfoot, pp. 102-113 : Pro- ceedings of Philological Society, "\'ol. I\'. London, 1850. GUAMMAUS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 351—356 (from General Eutlaii's MS.) Siwinowc Eawekitake. Shawnee Speller and Reader, by Johnston Lvkins. Shawanoe Mission. J. Meeker, printer, 1834, 18mo, pp. 5-4. Summary of the same (by Pratt). Ibid., 1838, ISno, pp. 21. SlIEBAYI. Indians of French Guyana, near Cayenne. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A short Vocabulary (compared with Arrowac and Yaoi),pp. 612— 613 of: Joan. DE Laet, Novus Orbis, etc. Lugduni Batavonim, 1633, folio. SIIINICOOKS, MONTAUK. Indians of Long Island, neighbours of the Unschagogs and MontauJis, who spoke kindred dialects. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Silas Wood, Sketch of the Virst Scttlenient of the several Towns on Long Island. Brooklyn, 1821, 8vo. Reprinted, ibid., Spooner, 1828, 8vo, pp. 182. Gives a Montauk Vocabulary (from a MS. of John Gaudixeu), which is Reprinted in : James Macauley, The Natural, Statistical, and Civil History of the State of New York, yew York, Gould and Banks, and Alljuny, \\\\\. Gould and Co., 1831), 3 vols. 8vo ; in Vol. II, pii. 263, 261, 265 ; and (from Wooi>) tho Montauk Words are given in : No. IV, 18 (Alontaucs, Long Island), of the Comparative Vocabulary (pp. 305— 174 SIIOSHONECS. 367) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archspologia Americana, Vol. II) ; and (partly) P, IV, 4 (T^ong Island), p. Ill, of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. The lis. of Thomas Jefferson's Vocabulary of the Language of the Unquacliog Indians is in the library of the American riiilosophical Society at rUiladclphia. SnOSITONEES. Also Snahc Indians, Serpctis. Indians of the Rocky Mountains, on the sources of the ]Missouri and Columbia rivers. Thcv are divided into the Shoshones Proper and the Gons do Pitir, or Had'tffcurs (Root-diggers, by the Spaniards called Maradii;os). "NVOKDS AND VOCAmTLAltlKS. P. Ixxix of: T. Say's Vocabularies in : Astronomical and Meteorological Records and Vocabularies of Indian Languages, taken in the Expedition for Exploring the Mississippi and its Western Waters, under the command of Major J. II. Long. Philadelphia, 1822, Ito, C. S. Rafinesque, Atlantic Journal, and Friend of Knowledge. FhiladelpMa, 1832, 12mo, p. 133. No. xxii, 57, p. 378, of the Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archteologia Americana, Vol. II; from Say). Reise des Prinzcu Maximilian zu Wied, etc. Collenz, 1839 — 1811, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, p. 635. Vocabularies of Languages of North-western America. N. 12, ShosJioni; x, iShoshonees, Snakes ; y, Wihinasht (Western Shoshonces). Pp. 569 — 629 of: IIoB. Hale, Ethnography and Philology, United States Exploring Expedition. Phila' delphia. Lea and Blanchard, 1816, folio. And in the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II, C, No. xxxii (East Shohonees), pp. 88, 90, 92, 91 ; U, No. xxxii (Wihinasl-.l), p. 121. Shoshone Words, p. 159, and Shoshone and Sussee Words compared, p. 161 of: E. G. Latham, The Languages of the Oregon Territory (Journal of the Ethnolo- gical Society of London, Vol. I, pp. 154 — 166. Edinburgh, \Si^,^\o). Vergleiehendes Worter Verzeichniss der Schoshonen und der Komantschen Sprache (Willinascht), p. 51 of: Dr. Beuoiiaus' Geogi'aphisches Jahrbuch, No. IlL Golha, Perthes, 1851, 4to. Snake Language. Vocabulary of Forty-nine Words, on pp. 153 — 151, Vol. I, of : Alkxaxdeu Ross, Fur Ilu.iters of the Far West; a Narrative of Adventures in the Oregon and Rocky j\[ouutains, 2 vols., crown 8vo. London, 1855. Seventeen Words of ShosLouee Dialects compared with Kioway, by Professor 1 1 SIIYENNES — SITKA. 175 W. W. TrnxKn, p. 80 of the : Kcport upon tlio Indian Tribes (niMed to Liciito- nnnt A. W. Whipple's Report, rueific Kailroad Boports, Vol. II. jrashiiifflon, 1856, Ito). SHYENNES, CITEYKXXES. Also, Sham, Shawhays, on the Kivcr Cheyenne, one of the tributaries of the Missouri. WOTU)S AND VdC.Vltrr.AltlKS. Names of Shyenne Chiefs who signed the treaty of July, 1825 (with correspond- ing Sioux words), No. VI, 9, p. 37!), of the Voeabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archtrologia Anieriennn, Vol. II). Reisc des Prinzen Maximilian zti AVieo. Coi/^Hc, 1839 — 18H, 2 vols. 4to; Vol. II, pp. 487-189. Affinities of tlie Sliyenno with Languages of the Algnnkin Family, pp. cxiv, cxv ; and Vocabulary of the Shyenne Language, with some Notes by Lieutenant J. W. AnERT, Top. Eng., pp. exvi — exviiiof; Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II ; originally in Abert's Report of his Examination of New Mexico, in the years 1810, 1817, pp. 117 — 5 18 of : Notes of a ^lilitary Reconnaissance, etc., by Lieutenant-Colonel W. II. Emory. If'ashington, 1818, 8vo. Langue dc3 Tndicns Cheyennes (numerals), IJullctin do la Societo do Geographie {Taris, 181G, 8vo, Third Series), Tome VI, pp. 384—386. John S. Smith, Cheyennes Vocabulary, pp. 316 — 4o9 of Vol. Ill of: School- craft's Indian Tribes of the United States. GEAMMAKS AXB GKAMJtATICAL NOTICES. Lieutenant J. W. Abebx (see Vocabularies). SICANNIS, SIKANNI. Dialect of New Caledonia, related to Lhc TacuUies. "WOKDS AND VOCAHTJLARTKS. , Vocabulary of the Sikanni Dialect of New Caledonia, J. ITowse's Voeabularies of certain North American Indian Languages — Sikanni, ChejiewyHn. I and II, Beaver, I and II, Dialect of New Caledonia. Pp. 192 — 198 of: rroccedings of the Philological Society, Vol. IV. London, 1850. SITKA. SitJca proper is hut a name for King George Ill's Archipcl, inhabited by Kolusches. In general, the name Sitka is applied to II 170 SKETAPUSIIOISH. the languages of some ten tribes, who live ])ctween tlie 50th and 55th degrees of northern latitude. The tribes who speak this lan- guage, and who may number some G5()() souls, arc the Chilcart, the most numerous and influential tribe; »S'liy mid I'liilolojry, I'liiti'd States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blaneliard, 18 IG, lolio, p. G31. (From JameS D. Dana.) R(!printed in : Transactions of tlio American Ethnological Society, Vol. II, p. 123. TAMANAQUE. Indians of South America, on tlic banks of the Orinoco, near the ^rission Encaramachi. 'i'heir language, related to those of the Charihs and Chavmas, is spoken by the Parerhi, Uara- Mtikiiru, Uaraca-Pacciii, Paiure, Achorckotli, and OJc; kindred languages are those of the Palencits, Pariagotos, or Parias, and still more so the Camanagota. (See also under Cumana.) ■» ,. WORDS ANIt VOC'AUrLARIKS. GiTJi, Saggio di Storia Americana, Tomo IIT, pp. 375—382 386—389. IIebvas, Originc, pp. 27, 29, 49, Tabb. XLIX, L et seq. IIebvas, Saggio, pp. 112, 113. Hebtas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, pp. IGl et seq. IIebvas, Aritmctica, pp. 104, 105, Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, pni-t 3, pp. 618, 696, 697 ; p. 655 (with some Pajure and Avarigote Words, from Gnu). A. DE Humboldt and A. I^onpland, Voyage aux Regions Equinoxiales du Nouveau Continent {Parix, Schoell, Dufour, Gide, and Maze, 1816—1831, 13 vols, 8vo), Vol. I, pp. 482 et seq. German translation — Stuttgart and Tiihingen, 1818, Vol. I, pp. 217 et seq. A. D'Oebiony, L'llomme Araericain, Vol. I, p. 162. Baldi, Atlas Etbnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 581, 582 (Cumanagita), p. 274 (Tanianaque, Pariagotos de la Riviere Omabiehe et du Golfe deParia-Tamanaque). Sir Robert II. Sciio^rBUROK, Comparative Vocabulary of Eighteen Words of Twelve Dialects of the Curibi-Tamanatan Stock, pp. 97, 98 of his Vocabularies of Eighteen Languages and Dialects of Indian Tribes inhabiting Guyana (British Association Report, Swansea Meeting, 1848. London, 1849, 8vo). I 1 I i TAHAIIl'MAHA. IHI Sacra- xpcdition. Dana.) , Vol. II, )CO, near those of J, Vara- • kindred • PariaSy 389. e Pajure and uinoxiales clu 16-1831, 13 op. 217 et 8cq. lagita), p. 274, -Tamaimque). teen Words of y^oeabularies of uyana (British ORAMMAUJ AND URAMMATirVt JfOTICK.S. OiLll, Saggio di Storia Americana, Toiuo IIT, pp. 170 — 1H5. Oilii wmtc a (Jrannnar of the Tamanuka, wliieli, liowever, was never published. Mithridates, Vol. III. pp. GoG, G62, GGG (from Oilii). DIALECTS. P. Fr. FiiANCHOo i)E Tai'ste, Arte y Voeabulario dc la Lcn^ua do los Indios C'liaviiiMs, Cuinaiiai^otos, Cores, I'ariiis, s otros Diversos de la Proviiicia do Cu- nnina 6 Niieva AiidaUisiik ; eon im Tratado a lo ultimo ilo la Doctrina Christiana y Cateeismo de los MisteriosdeNueftra Santa Yd. i radueido de Castellano en la dielia Len<,'uii Indi.iiui. ALidrid, Henuirdo do Villadiego, H580, 4t() ; pp. 1(5, 1H7 (without the Doelrina, ete. ) In : IJibliothcea Scriptorum Capuceiiiorum a P. DiONYSio Qkncknsi ; con- te>ta, n testa et exicnsa a F. liernardo a Bonouia ( /V)ie//'/.v, Sebast. Coleti, 1717, t'uiio), p. !)1, it is stated that this author's name was FiiANClscfrf de IlAffiTi;, and that, in IGSt, he was ])oisoiied by the savages. It is I'urther stated that he publishe(l : Dietionarium Iiidicum, adjmicto Catechismo in Lingua ludiea. Matrili, 1G8U, 4to. liruiiet, however (I\', 4 T.VRASCV. Oimdttliuiirii im \'i(Tkoiii(,'ri'ii'lii' Alf-Mi-xiro odi-r Ncu Spntiii'ii. liritnn, 1701, Hvo. I{i'|iriiitc(l ill : Christ opli Cktllieb von Murr, NiicluiLlili'ii von vcrscliif- (lencn l.ilnticni y a ('onfessionariu, etc., in the same langnaye. Son/a says of the Fr. IJravo, " I'lie maestro peritiwimo de la lengua I'irinda, llamada Tara.'^ea." .\rto de la Lengna Tarasea, y Scrmones en la Misma, por P. T()M.\h Chacon', 1030. MS. in the library of the College of San Oregorio, in Mexieo. (Soiiza.) Manuel trilinrpie, Latino, Castdlano, y Tarasco, para administrar loi Sacra- mentos » lo» Ejipanolesy W lo.-< Indios, por Fr. Anoei, Sekha. Mexico, l(i!J7, Wo, Sekka also wrote : Arte, Diceionario, y Confe.sonario de la Lengua Taraseo, whieh was prepared for the press, but never publiwheil ; probaby in the eity of Queretaro. Arte y Diccionario de In Lengun Tarasca, per Tllnio. D. Fr. JcAN Alooba, Mentioned by Nicholas Antonio, and quoted by De Souza. P. Nicolas de Quixas, Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, del P. Dieoo Dasalenqve. Mexico, 1711, 8vo. An extract of this Grammar is given by A. Gallatin, Appendix I, No. 2, pp. 215 — 252, to: Notes on the 8eini-civilized Nations of Mexieo, etc. (Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. I. New York, 1815, 8vo). See also pp. 3 1, 15 — 18, ibid. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 120—128. Clavigero mentions Grammars and Dictionaries by MATrnix GlLBKliT and Anoelo Sieuka (see titles above, from Do Souza), and a Oi'aramar of Juan Batxista ue Laounas. [llmo. D. Vaseo KINO GiLBEBTI. iana en Lengua j55. \.miuez, Maestro (MS., accord- TAIIIANA. Brazilian Indians of the province Rio Negro. (^NIartius, VII, p. 208.) WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary (of Ninety-eight Words), pp. 521—511 of: Alfred R. 'Wallace, A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London, Reeve and Co., 1853, 8vo. IHI T( IIO-KO-YKM - TKIIIKMIKT. TCIIO-KO-VKM. liidiaii Imiul of Souoiiui Vullcy, in nortli-wcstoni Califoniia. WDIID.S AM) VOl'.MILI.AUIKS. Geoiiog (iiiiiift, Vocubulary (JScliouloruri* ludian Tribou, Vol. Ill, pp, 12H — 43 I). TElIUELItF/r, rATAGOM AXS. Is tlie gouci'iil nanu! of the Indians inliabitinj^ liiistcru Pata- {^onia. Tlicy arc divided wxio — Trhnvl t'uiiny, to whom h('h)n<5 the Yacana Canny, Sehuak Cii/uti/, and Culildu Canny, and Tehurlhct proper, or Callilrlirt (nionntain pcoph-), l)y the Spaniards called Scrranos. Tlunr hi'ij^naj^e i.s said to he related to the Araneanian. WORDS AND VOCAnt'LAniKS. Thomas Falkner, Description of ratap-onia (si-o Araucnn). Jfrreford, nH, 4to, p. 132. German translation, by Schack II. Ewald. (/otha, Kt linger, 1775, 8vo. Primo vinggio intorno al globo terraeqneo, ossia raggunglio della nnvignziono alle Indie Orientuli per la via il'occidente, Catta sidia scpiadra del Capitano Mag- galiaues negli anni 151U— 1522, dell Cav" Antonio Pigafetta. AJifauo, 1800, 4to, pp. lyl et seq. Edited by Dr. Charles Amoretli, from a MS. in the Ambrosian Library of Milan. JPrenc/t translation, by the author himself . . . . suivi de I'oxtrait du trait6 dc navigation du m^me auteur ; et d'lino notice sur le Chevalier Martin Uehaim, avec la description de son globe terrestre (par II. J. Jansen). Paris, Jansen, 1801, 8vo; pp. 211 ct seq. Captain James Buhney, A Chronological History of the Discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean ; Part I commencing with an account of the earliest discoveries of that sea by Europeans, and terminating witli the voyage of Sir Erancis Drake, in 1579. London, Hansard, 1803—1817, 5 vols. 4to; A'ol. I, pp. 37 et seq. Mithridatcs, Tol. Ill, p. US (from Falkneb). Balbi, Atlas Ethnograpliique, Tab. XLI, No. 443 (Patagonien du Port St. Julien). Vocabulary of Twenty-three Words, pp. 162, 164 of Vol. I of: A. D'Okbigny, L'Horame Americain ; and Eight Words from Pigafetta, 1520, and D'Okbigny, 1829, compared, p. 59, Vol. II, ibid. I I rKPKUr.\NA— TKUl IM V. iHr» nriuu. I'l'- 128- TKPKGLAXA, TKlM:iir.\XA. Indiuns of north-wc. *orn Mexico, in the proviiu'o of Similoa. WOlins /ftp Vr)CAHUI,AUIK». ) FUHEHOA. F/WNWDEZ. [ RlNAr./ IM. / Sic f)rQumiur». iTu rata- till bclonj; i'au, Vol. V, Appendice. TILUEX, TEGUAS, KIWOMI. Pueblo Indians, belonging to the Kercs family, residing at the pueblo of Santo Domingo, in New Mexico. WORDS AND VOCABULAniES, A Vocabulary has been taken by the United States Boundary Commissioner, John R. Bartlext. Kiwomi Vocabularies (one from the chief, the other from another member of the tribe) taken by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple, pp. 86—89 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes, added to his Report on the Route near the 35th Tarallel (Pacific Railroad Reports, Vol. II. Washington^ 1856, Ito). uage shows res. he Language of i Tribes inhabit- Military Recon- etc. (Reports of n Antonio to El n, of an Expedi- 54, Congress 31, iges (also Navajo er Sprachstamm. TIMBIRAS, CRANS. Brazilian Indians of the province of Goyaz. They are related to the Ges, and their language shows a close affinity to that of the Ges. Their three principal tribes are called Timhiras de Mata, Timbiras de Canclla Jina, and Timhiras de Bocca furada. (Martius, IV, No. 81.) WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Baibi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 511 (Timbiras de Canella fina). TIMUACA, TIMUIQUANA, TIMUICANA. Language of Florida Indians, in the neighbourhood of S. Augustin. 188 TlNqUA — TLAOgUATCU. AVORDS AND VOCAliULAUlES. ■! ) j! 't ili 1 '« i I Hervas, Aritmcticn, p. 1 13. IIeua'as, Originc, forinaziono o iiipci'iuiica dogli Tdiomi (p. 180, No. LXV) Liiiguii Timuaciiim della Floriclii ; on two tables. Mitln'idati'f, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 285, and (from Milbridatcs) in : Norton's Literary Gn/etto (New York, Ito), 185.'), No. 5 (March), p. 1)5 (Timuacana or Tinmaoa Language). Balbi, ,\tlaa Ethnograpliiquo, Tab. XLT, No. 785. CiUAMMARS AND ORAMMATICAL NOTICKS. Oraniatiea de la Lcngua Timuiquana de Florida, por Fr. FiiANCISCO Paeeja. Mi'.rico, 1611'. Also, by the same author : Confosonario en Lengua Tiinuiquana. Mexico, 1(512. Cateoismo do la Doctrina Crisliana eu Lcngua Tininiqnana. Mexico, 1G17. Tareja wms a native of Toledo, in Spain, and was one of the founders of the Franeisean (^rder in Sa. Elena, in Tlorida, and Guardian of the first convent established there. TIXQUA. A language of Florida, in which were written a " Doctrina Cristiaua," and a book on the administration of the sacraments, by Fray Orkoohio Morii la, which Avere printed, the first at Madrid in 1()31, and afterwards reprinted at Mexico in 1G35, and the second at Mexico in 1(535 (Souza). TLAOQUATCII, TLOQUATCII. Indians of the south-western coast of Vancouver's Island. Their language appears to be the same as that of tlie Nootka Soiuid Indians, and is related to that of the Ilaeeltzuk. AA'ORDS and vocabularies. Tloaquatch Yoeabularv, by Dr. Joiix Scoi'ler, in : Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, A'ol. XI {London, 1811, 8vo), pp. 212, 214, 216. Dr. John Scouler, Chikeelis and Tlaoquatch Words, p. 230 of: On the Indian Tribes inlu\biting the North-west Coast of America (pp. 228 — 252 of the : Journal of the Ethnological Society of I/ondon, Vol. T. Edinburgh, 1818, Bvo). i I 4 // TI-APANEKA — TLATSKAXAI. ISO Tlaociuatch and Nootka Words, p. 156 of: R. G, Latham, The Lniiguajijcs of the Ori'goii Territory (pp. 151 — -IGG of Vol. I of the same Journal). No. LXV) I : Norton's imuacana or TLArANEKA. Indians of Tlapa, in the Mexican State of Puebla. WORDS ANn VOCABULAUIES. Humboldt (Essai politique sur lo Rovaunic de la Nouvello Espagnc, Vol. I, p. 243) iuentions that at Tlapa a particular lauyuiige is ^ipoken. isco Pabeja. ana. Mexico, ana. Mexico, :oundcrs of the LO first convent " Doctrina sacraments, the first at cico in 1C35, liver's Island, f the Nootka tziik. nal of the Eoyal ,u), pp. 212, 214, 230 of: On the 2>s 252 of tlie : hurah, 1818, 8vo). TLASCALTEKAS. Indians of San Salvador, who speak a dialect of the Mexican hmgiiage. WOKDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Dr. Kaul Scueu/er, Sprache der Tlascaltokas India. .er ini Dorfe Isalco ini Staate San Salvador, pp. 28— 35 of Vol. XV of: Sitzungsbtriclite der Pliilo- sophisch-Ilisturisehen Klasse der Kaiserliehon Akadeniie der W'issenschaften. Vienna, 1855, 8vo. A Iso under the separate tille of : Spracheu dor Indianer Central- Amerika's. Vienna, 1855, 8vo, pp. 11. TLATSKANAI, KWALIIIOQUA. Indians of the Athapaskan stock and the Tacoullie-Ump(iua family of north-Mcstcrn America, speaking difl'erent dialects of one language. WORDS AND VOCABILARIKS. 1, B, a, b, pp. 56n — 029, of the Vocabularies of Nortli-western America, in: IIoBATio Hale's Etlniograjjliy aiul Philology, United States Exploring Expe- pedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 18 IG, folio. IIale's Vocabulary compared with the other Athapaskan, pp. 177 — 222, and with the Kinai Languages and Kolosohiaii, pp. 201) — 318, of; Euschmann's Atha- paskischer Spi-achstanun. Btrlin, 1850, Ito. M, III, p. 105, of the same Vocabularies in : Transactions of the Amerieau Ethnological Society, Vol. VI. ;i r |, ! 1 I \ i *r !i|:' 190 TOTONAKA. TOTONAKA. Language of Indians in the districts of Zaeatlau, State of Pucbla, and in the State of Vera Cruz. The four dialects of this language are the Tatiquilhatiy Chacahuaxti, Yj)aj)ana, and Tatimolo. ") *; ' I I I : i WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Hebvas, Saggio, pp. 118, 119. Heevas, Origine, Tabb. L et seq. Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 60 (three dialects of the Sierra Caja, Sierra Alia, and others). J. S. Vater, Proben, etc. ; Seetzen's Linguistischer Nachlass. Leipzig, Vogel, 1816, 8to ; pp. 352—375. Balbi, Atlas Ethuographique, Tab. XLT, No. 699 (Totonaca, Sicrra-alta). Nouvelles Annales des Voyages. Farts, 18 tl, 8vo ; Vol. IV, pp. 261 — 267. N.B. — Clavigero says that Andreas de Olmos and Crist oval Diaz de Anaya have written G^rammars and Vocabularies of the Totouaka language. GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Arte de Lcngua Totonaca, conforme el Arte do Antonio Nebrija. Compuesto por D. Joseph Zambeano Bonilla, Cura beneficiado, etc. Dedicado al Exmo. Sr. D. Domingo Pantaleon Alvarez de Abreu, Arzobispo, Obispo de esta Diocesi. Lleva auadido una doctrina de la Lengua Naolingo, con algunas voces de la Lengua de aqucUa Sierra y de esta de Aca, que por orden de su Illustrmo. se imprimo. Su autor el Lie. D. Francisco Dominguez, Cura de Xalpam de los Angelos. Puebla, 1752, 8vo, pp. 134, 79. (Naolingo is the dialect generally called Tatimolo.) Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 46—59. Adelung (Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 92) mentions, upon Marsden's authority : EuGENio Romero, Arte para aprender las Lenguas Mexicana y Totonaca. According to Do Souza, the title is as follows : — Arte 6 Gramatica de la Lengua Totonaca, por D. Eugenio. Romero, de Antequcra. MS. Arte y Vocabulario de la Lcngna Totonaca, y varios Opusculos Catcquisticos en la niisma, por Illmo. D. Fr. Francisco Toual, Obispo de Yucatan. MS. Toral died in Mexico, 1571 (De Souza). Arte para aprender cl Idioma Totonaco, and also : Vocabulario Totonaco-Cas- tellano, by Cristobal Diaz Anaya, Cura of Oliutla, in the province of Puebla, Mexico. MSS. (De Souza). f / TSCIIUUATSCm TSCHUKTCIII. lUl State of ts of this ma, and Caja, Sierra npzig, Vogel, ra-alta). 261—267. [AZ DB ANAYA. I. Compuesto o al Exmo. Sr. esta Piocesi. s de la Lengua imprimo. Su Tt'los. Fuebla, 30U Marsden's as Mexicana y ^ramatica de la MS. OS Cutequisticos Yucatan. MS. Totonaco-Cas- viuceof Pucbla, TSCIIUGATSCHI. Eskimo tribe, driven from the Kadjah Ishands to Prince Wil- liam's Sound and Cook's Inlet. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 310, 311, 458, 159, 466; Vol. lA", pp. 251— 253. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLT, No. 857 (Tcliougatchi — Konnga). K. E. V. Baer und O. v. Helmeksen, Beitriigo zur Kenntniss dcs Russiscbon Rcielis und der angriinzcndon Lander Asiens, Baud I. Sf, retershurg^ 1839, 8vo, p. 259. TSCHUKTCIII. They occupy the nortli-western part of Russian Asia, and the opposite shores of north-western America. A part of them arc settled in Asia, and call themselves Namollo. They are un- doubtedly Eskimos. The Wild, or Reindeer, Tchuktchi call themselves Tchouktschce. Tchckto, and have been invaders, possibly, of the Korjake nation. Only the settled Tchuktchi belong to the American continent. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Smith Baetok, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. J. Billing, Puteschestvie, &c. (Russian edition of liis Voyage, by Sai-yt- liev, with Twelve VocabiUaries). St. Petersburg, 1811, 4to, pp. 190 ; pp. 102 111. (The Vocabularies collected by the Head Physician, Dr. Robeck). Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 340, 341, 107, 108; Vol. IV, pp. 242, 251— 253 (from Robeck, Mekck, and Koschaleff). A. J. KRUSEN3TEKN, Wortcr-Sammlungen aus den Sprachen einigcr Volker des oestlichcn Asiens und der Nordwcstkiisto von Amerika. St. Petersburg, 1813, 4to ; pp. 33—41. J. S. Vater, Probcn deutsclicr Volksraundartcn and Seetzen's Lin- guistiecher Nachlass. Leipzic, Vogel, 8vo, 1816 ; pp. 149 — 167. Balbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 860, Tchouktchi Asiatiques; 859, Tchouktchi Americains. N.B.— No. I, 3, of A. Gallatin's Comparative Vocabulary, pp. 307—367 of: ArchfiEologia Americana, Vol. II (the Asiatic Tshutchi). t'mmmmm I 'I 192 T U J» A II — T U SC A R( ) K A . TUBAll. s I ' i I ■i : I I I i !l f Indians of Sinaloo, speaking a language related to the Tcpe- guana and Tarahumara. WORDS AND VOCAUULAMIES. IIebvas, Origine, Tubb. XLIX ot seq. IIeiivas, Saggio, p. 122. And (from liim) in the Mithrulntcs, IIT, 3, pp. 139—141. TUCANO. Brazilian Indians of the province Rio Negro. Martius (VII, 196) enumerates them among the tribes of Juris. WORDS AND VOCABULAKIKS. Vocabulary (of Ninety-eight Words), pp. 521—541 of: Alfred R. Wallace, A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London, Reeve and Co., 1853, 8vo. TUNGHASE. Indians of the south-eastern part of Prinee of Wales's Archi- pelago. Their language is closely related to that of Sitka. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary by Dr. John Scouler, in : Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Vol. XI {London, 1841, 8vo), pp. 231, 233—235. Tunghase and Sitka Words, p. 163 of: R. O. Latham, The Languages of the Oregon Territory (pp. 154 — 166 of: Journal of the Ethnological Society of London, Vol. I. Edinburgh, 1848, 8vo). TUSCAROEA. Indians formerly of North Carolina. They joined afterwards (a.d. 1714) the Five Nations, or Iroquois, and are now in the west of the State of New York. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES, A small Dictionary of Tuskerura, Pampticough, Woccon, pp. 225 — 230 of: John Lawson, Surveyor-General of North Carolina, A New Voyage to CaroUna ; < r/i;\i)ALi;s. !!):{ the Tcpe- RTIUS s (VII, R. Wali-ace, KpCCVC and Co., ales's Archi- >f Sitka. yal Geograpbical 235. Languages of the ogical Society of aed afterwards low in the west pp. 225—230 of: jToyage to Carolina ; rontiiniii'^ tlit> Kvict 1). script imi lunl Xiitiiral History of that Country, toiji'tlior with llu> I'rcst'iit State tlicrcdf; niul ii .I'nnniilof n 'rimiisitiul Miles travcllcil tliroiif^li seviTiil Niitioiis (if Indiiiis. ^iviii:; a ]Mrli('ular a nmt ut'llu'ir Custom'*, .XfanmTs, etc. Luiiddti, ITmi, Ito. Ki'printi'il, /i/(/., 171 1, Ito, anil 171S, Ito (only now titk'-jiaLtr-). First |)rinti'il as part of: A Xi'w Collt'ctiou of Voyages aii'l Travels bv Captain .fohn Slovens .... L>nh>:i, \). •em hiT, ITOS, It I to bo eon- timieil uMUilily (in Vol. 1). ^/-■/•.;»7/j traiisl ition, /f i.ii'j'tiy.\7~2,HvLi. \\u\ .lolin l!iicl,eil, .M.!)., The Natural \ 111 the |)lai,'iarism •.i]\i<)\ l.awson s \ ova;,'! irisU)ry of North Carolina, witii an Aeeount of tlie Trades, Manners, Customs of the Clii'istiui an I lailian Inh I'oit mts. Dahli.i, 1737, Hvo ; with new tit K'-paj^e, 1713, Hvo. IIekvas, Aritnietiea, pp. 113, 11 I. and unJ S.MiTU Eahtox, New V 11. '10. lews, etc. — C(jniparulive ^'o ibniarie-s, and Appendix Mithridates, Vid. Ill, part 3 rr 318, 331, 33.'.. Balri, Atlas Klhiiographiiiu.', Tab. XLl, No. fSOO. No. V, 31, of the Comparative Voeilmlary (pp. 3()7--3(!7) to A. Oallntiii's Synopsis, cto. (.Vrelucoiogia Anu-rieaiia, Vol. II) ; and under K, V, 5, p. 115, of the V oea piilaries in : Tran~aetit)us of the A nurie an ICtiniolii'deal Societv, Vol. II (from MS. Notes of Paki^u). Tusearora Voeabul.iry, Vol. II, Appendix H, pp. 2('>2 — 20,'), of: Tiro. Catltn's Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians. London and New York, Wiley and rntnam, 1811,2 vols. 8vo. Voeahnlary of the Tnsearora, from Wir.T.iAM Ciii:\v, written out by the Eev. Gil- bert Koekwdod, A)ipeudi\ II, pp. 2.".1- ■)S, to II. I'v H. .Sehooleral't's Notes on the I rociuois. y-uc Vurk\ Bartlett and WeU'or 1, IS K!, Kv (N. York State Doenmeiit, 18K5, .Senate No. 21.) And in tlie Conii)arative \'i>eabulary of the Irocpiois, jip. 31)3 — 100 of the same Report, published as a separate book. Alhatitj, Pease uiid Co., 18 17, 8vo. Comparison of Tnsearora (from Law.son), Paniptieough, and Waccoa, pp. 552 — 55G of: Selvooleraff s lutlian Tribes of the L'nited States, Vol. V. TZE^DALES, CELDALES. Indians of Chiapas, spcakinj^ a dialect of tlic Maya. Abbe Br.\;s.seiu o()llsidel■^s the Ccldal the parent Uinguagc, and the jNIaya a diah'ct. WORDS AND VOCABUL.\RIKS. C. S. Eafi^ksque, Atlantic Journal, and Friend of Knowledge. Philadelphia, 1832, 1833, 8vo ; pp. I'JO— l'J8. C C V.)i UMN \MBKU — l'(JAI,KNZI. A Bliort MS. Vocabulary of the Tzondnl Lnngungp, brought from Chiapas by Jolin L. Stcpht'us, is rnontionod by A. O.illtitin, in liis Nolo* on the Somi-civilizcd Nations of Mexico, etc. (Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, A^ol. T, p. 5). GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICKS. Fr. De Cepeda, Arte de las Lengnns Chiapa, Zocjuc, Ceklales y C'inancatcca. Mexico, 15G0, 4to. UAINAMBEU. Brazilian Indians of the province of Rio Negro. WORDS AND VOCAIULARIICS. Vocabulary (of Ninety-eight Words), pp. i')21— 541 of: Alfred R. "Wallace, A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London, Reeve and Co., 1853, 8vo. UCHEE. Creek Indians, east of the rivers Coosa and Chatahoochee. Their language is very harsh and guttural. They are now partly in Florida, partly in the west. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. No. XT, 46, of the Comparative Vocabulary (pp. 35—367) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archajologia Americana, Vol. II ; from Ware, and MS. Notes of Eidge). And No. D. XI, pp. 94, 96, of: American Ethnological Society's Transactions, Vol. II. UGALENZI. Indians of Russian America, west of Cape St. Elias, and near the Island of Kadjak. Their language seems to be a dialect of the Koloschian. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. V. Weangel, Some (Eleven) Words compared \pith Atna and Kolusch, p. 99 of: K. F. VON Baee und Gr. v. Helmersen, Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Rus- sischen Reichs und der angranzenden Lander Asiens, Rand I. St. Petersburg, 1839, 8vo. Comparative Vocabulary of the Athapascan and Kinai (among them the Ugalenze) Languages, pp. 209—318 of: Buschmann's Athapaskischer Sprach- stamm. Berlin, 1856, 4to. I'M r(JLf A - L N AI.ASC II K A . I!).". Chinpas by emi-civilizctl ical Society, r Cinanc&teca. Recvo and Co., Ihatahoochce. hey are now UMPQUA. Indians of Oregon, of the Athapascan stock, family of Tahkali- Unjpkwa. WOIIDS AND VOCAHULAUIES. Umpqiia Vocabulary, by Dr. Joiix ScoULEB, in ; Journal of the Royal Oeogra- graphieal Society of London, \ul. XI. London, 1811, 8vo, pp. 237 — 239, 2il. Umpkwa Vocabulary, 1, C, of the Vocjabularies of North-vvcsteru America, pp. 56'J — G2'J of: iloBAXio Hale, Etiinography and I'liilology, United States Exploring Expedition. Pltiladelphia^ Lea and lilanehard, ISIG, folio. And M, II r, p. 105, of the Vocabularies of North-western America (Transac- tions of the American Ethnological .Society, Vol. II.) Professor W. \V. Turner (/rom Hale), Comparative Vocabulary of Twenty- five AVords of Umpkwa, Hudson's Hay, C hepewyan, TacuUy, lloopah, Apache, and Navajo, pp. 81,85 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes; added to Lieutenant A. \V. Whipple's Report (Puciiic Railroad Reports, Vol. II. Waslunjton, 1856, 4to). Umpqua compared with the other Athapascan languages, viz., Chepewyan, Tahkali, Kutchin, Dogrib, Sussce, and Tlatskauai, pp. 171 — 222; and compared with the same, tiie Kinai languages — Koloschian, Naviijo, and Ticorilla, pp. 2Gy — 318 of: JJuscuMAS.v, Athapaskischer Sprachstamm. Berlin, 1856, 4to. to A. Gallatin's and MS. Notes of ,ty'9 Transactions, llias, and near be a dialect of and Kolusch, p. 99 Kenntniss des Rus- I. St. Petersburg, (among tbem the paskischer Sprach- la GRAMSIAKS AND GllAMMATICAL NOTICES. A Grammatical Notice, see pp. 53 1, 535 of : Hokatio Hale, Ethnography and Philology, United States Exploring Expedition. Fhiladelphia, Lea and iJlanchard, 1816, folio. UNALASCIIKA. The largest of the Fox Islands, inhabited by Eskimos. The language of Unalaschka is spoken over all the Fox Islands, and also on the peninsula of Aljaska. WOllDS ANU VUCABULAKIES. William Coxe, Account of Russian Discoveries between Asia and America, etc. London, 1780, 4to (reprinted, ibid., 1784 and 1804), p. 303. French translation — Faiis, 1781, 4to. Nenfchatel, 1781, 8vo, p. 172. German traiijlatiun — FraiiAJ'urt and Leipzig, Eleisuhci, 178], 8vo. A Table to show the AlRiiity bjtweeu tliL> Languages spoken at Oonalashka and Norton Sound and those of tlie (Jreenlanders and Esquimaux, Appendix \1 to Vol. ill of: A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, performed under the dii'ectiou i !'! I II ) I if. Ill ii II ii:; I' ' I 100 II'AIIS Vll.KI.A. of Cnptiiiiis (\ir)k, Clark, mid (inn', I77<)— 17SI», Lu.,iti)ii, ITfSl, U vdU. Ito j Vol. II, AjuKii .i.\ \l, I), ool. J'Mit. iJiiL/iit, 17(SI, 3 vols. b\o ; Vol. Ill, [ij), 551, Hoo. Mitiiridati's, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 458, 45'J (from KesanoI'f). A'ocabitlnry of (lie Liui^iiiaiii'.-i .... of the l-ianiU .... Ooiiiiliisrlikii .... Appoinlix No. Ill, pp. yii'J— H37, of: I'liKV Li.iiAN»KV's Vo}«j;c' rouinl tlio Worlil. London, .lohii I'udtli, IM I, ito. liAl,i;l, Atlai luliiiognipliiinic, Tal). \l.l, >'o. H7>H. {•'lti:i). LrrKK, \'ovajjo antonr dii Monde i-xt'ciito siir la Corvcttt'Ic Soiiiuviiio, etc., 182tit't 1K2'J. Tradiiit du Kiissf par F. Uou'. J'arix, iMnuiii Didot, Im;}."), \HM), 3 vols, 8vo, and .Vtlas ; \'ol. I, |)p. 23(5 — 2 17. Tlio Kussiaii orij.;iiial — Ti'dor Litke, Piitcsuht'stvio vokrii|^ svjcta — apiieured at SI. I'lltrsbmy, 183 !• — 18UU, 3 vols. 8vo. Soino Word.s (31 — and iiinnorals I — 5) of tlie Unulaclika compared with E»kiiui> and Kadjak, i>. 123 of: \'()> l!vi:iiuiid N'h.n IIi:i..mi;ii.si:.v, liiitia^^e zur Kciitiiiss (k'S liui'.'isc'hen Ucirlies, Maud 1. hi in the forests on the l);iidvs of the Rio Jierniejo ; among them are the ChuniqiU's, Ocolvs, Atuhdas. The \ iJela I / VIUOIMA — MTV. id: ,ol. Ill, l'l». ri- ri>Hinl the — IVcior LltUc, JO, 3 vols. 8v(). •a with Kskimo '0 /,ur Kiutiiiss ur ics 111' Xortli oicty, Vol. II. Ism^tiJi^c i.s related to the liiile, and lias wrveral dialects, lunoiij:; uliieli the \ ilela |>i))})ei and the Otitouiiipa are the most proiui- iieiit. WOUUH AND Voe.M'.t'LARIK.S. F. S. Gn.il, Siifjiiio
  • ('((. llr.itvAH, OiigiiK', pp. U7, :ilt, :i7, ;i, 11, lo, IS, Tubb. WAX, L, \A it ivveNv Mexico, to coinuiis!*auct;s ot )rt ol" Lieutenaut hanks of the Yrconoampas, erinjj; tribes of Rio Ikrnicjo; s. The Vilcla TI !■ I'W W ^'IVCll In (apt .foliii Siiiilli aiv to he loiind iii^ 1, Vol. IV of: I) .Sa.MIi:!. I'ciu has, lliiklnyliis I'o.^tuimi:* {Loudon, \&^'>, V, folio), KXi?. 2, p. 10 of lii^ t_)fiuiMl llist( '•y >i \ ir;;inKi London, l(i27 {ildd., loan, 1(!:!2), and Vol. 1, pp. 1 17, ILS, of llic idition publi.-lifd in IHIU ut Jtich- vioud, l'injiiii?', \\ illiaiu \\. Cirav, priiitiT, 2 vols. Hvo, Vornbularimii Marliaro-Virfjiin'oiMini, pp. I.'?;? — l.'l of: T.utlu>ri Cati'cliisinus ofvcrsalt pa .Vmcricaii \'irgiiii>k(' Sprakt't. i. Tiajtcli ad lihcnum, 17*J(i— 17U8, 3 \oU. Hvo, Vol. Ill, pp. 208-211. IIkuvas, Saggio, p. 12G. HEKVAg, Ori'Miie, Tabb. L et Smith BAicrux, Kew A'iews, ftc. — C'oipparative A'ccabiil ani's : an d (fi roni bill), as \v ell as fi'oiu the Virginia CateL-hisni) in ; Mithridates, A'ul. Ill, part 3, pp. 387 — 389. Langtie de3 Virginiens: Cm i{ r ]j|" (iDUIMN, Jlonde T'riniitif, Vol. VIII, pp. 515 520. (/;v.v, III. llo. n'liiMiite' n ). :L'H ;Wl of: J. V,. Sclierer, ]\e('htrclies llistoriipies et (Jeograplii(piCd siir lo ^loiivcau .Monde. I'aris, Uruni.t, 1777, 12mo. YUTA, IIUILLICIIE. Indians, \ve.>t of the Putagonians, and sonth of the Araucaniuns, r^ \\)H WACOKH — WAIKl'K. They arc divided into the — (7hi/iom, CIiuudh, or iHioiios, on and next to till' island of Cliilor; Pinjns, or Pinjr.s, on tlic islands of \Vrllin;;ton and Hanover, and the eoast opposite; Knjns, or J\riji-s, south of the above, and down to the Straits of Ma<;ul. haens. Their lan^nage i.s a mixture of Arauean and Tchuelhet. WOUDS AND VUCUJUI.AUIKS. Tu. Falknkh, Dencriptioii of I'utHKonin. llvi-fford^ 1771, Ito, p. German truiiHlutiuii— (/o//(f«, 177"), 8vo, p. 12 1. WACOES, N u i':cos. Indians of tlu- (ireat Prairies, beloni^ing to tlu; Pawnee stock, residin;; b(!tween the Washita and Ued rivers, in about 1)H )l()f \V. h)ntf. They are closely related to their neij^hbours, the A\ itchitas. :i '' \ I ■I ■; WOIIDS AND VOCAIlUr.AUIKS. Niu'co Vociilmlarv, pp. fiii— 158, uiul Fil'lfeu Nuci-o Words coiuparcil with Puwiu'f, Ricfuri'f, Kic'lmi, and Wilfliilii. pp. GH, ii'J, ol tlio Report upon the Indian Tribi's, by Lu'iitcnutit A. \V. \Vlii|)|th', lliuiiias JMvbank, uiid I'rol'f.ssor W. W. Ttiriur, u(hloi'achrieliten. Geselirieben vou eineiu Priester der Ciesellsclml't Jeau, welcher lang darinn ilicso letzterc Juhr gelebt hut. Mannheim, 177-, Hvo. Languo de la Califomio (Wailiur, from Begeet), pp. 553—555 of; CoUKT BE Gedei.ix, blonde Priniitil. Paris, 1772, 'tto. Milhridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. I'JS, 1U9. Cora Vocabulary, ibid., pp. 87, 88, 153, 15 k GRA.MMAUS AND GllAMMATICAL NOTICKS. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, part 3, pp. 188—192 (from P. Beoeut). W Mil. Mil -W VIIHoUn. IW , on iuhI I' islands vcijU't, or churlWt't. uvv stock, nt . \ViuiUt|iu (WillcjioDH, C'iivum-), IrMiii hr. W human; P. Molfle («ec Vocal)ularii'sot" Nortli-wolcrn AmiTU'ii, pp. .'(i',1 (iiiildl': llou. II ai.k, Ktlnin|{riipliy and l'liiliilin;y ol' tlic I'liitcil St ilcs I'ixpliriii;,' I'lxprdilinii. I'/iila- delphia, \a'\\ aiitl ISIaiitliaril, JHKt, t'uliu). And r, XXV, p 120, of tlic A'ocaliiilaricH in : Transactions of llw Anicricau Ethnological Sofiotv, Vol. II. (;U.\MMAIl.S AND OKAMMATICAI. NDTK KS. A Sliort Notice, p. .'ifil of: Hon. Half;, Etlinojrrnpliy and ridli)Ioi;\ of tin- United .States Exploring? Kxpedition {Philaihlphiu, IHUJ, folio) ; and, rt printed, p. 56, Trunsrtctioiia of tlic American Etlmological Socit'ty, \'ol. II. WARROWS. Indians in tlic interior of JJritish Guvana. iripc speak sel Californicn, .ui von eineiu ulir gulcbt but. 165 of; CoUKT , ibid., pp. 87, WORDS AND V0CABULAHIK9. Journal of tlio Royal Ooograpliical Society of London, Vol. IT (London, 1832, 8\o), pp. 21'7 et seq. Keprintcd in It. Alontgoniery Martin's llritisli Colonial liibrary, Vol. V (West Indies, II), pp. 155, 150. Loudon, Boiin, 1811, 12mo. Warrow Words, pp. 110, 111, of: Joiix DrxMonE L.VNO, P.D., View of tiie Origin and Migrations of tlie Polynesian Nations. London, Coeliranc, IHIJl, 12rao. Vocabulary of Eighteen Words compared with Arownk, Accaway, and Cnribisi, pp. 297, 2'J8 of: W. II. BuETX, Indian Tribes of Guynna. JS'etv York, Carter Brothers, 1852, 12mo. Sir Robert IT. Scftomtiurok, Comparative Vocabulary of Eighteen Warauau Words, in his ; Vocabularies of Eigliteen Latigunges and Dialects of Indian Tribes inhabiting Guiana, pp. 1)7, 98 of: British Association Report, Swansea Meeting, 1848. London, 1819, 8vo. M I (!.il ^(K) WEL-YOT — WINM;»A(i()S. w]:e-yot. Indian bniul on tlie month of l']t'l River and near Tlurnholdt Bay, in north-western California. (Eel River is called ^^'ce-yot by the Indians residing on it.) WOliDS AND VUCAIlUr.AUIl'.S. George Gibus, Vocabularj' : SchooltTaft's Indian Tribes, Vol. Ill, pp. 434 — 440. i!i'l!! 'I I 'i I I I I: ; I 1! ! WEITS-PEK. Indians of north-western California^ on the Klaniath, at the junction of the Trinity. WOllDS ANU VUCAliL'LAUlKS. George Gibbs, Vocabulary : Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes, Vol. HI, pp. 440 — 445. AYINNEBAGOS, jSlPPEGON. Called, by the French, Puans, or OtcJuKjras ; by the Onia- haws, Iloroje ; and by themselves, IIuchuiKjorah. Indians of the Sioux stock on Fox and lloek rivers, Wisconsin. WORDS AND VOCABUI.AUIKS. Professor Say, Comparative Yoeabnlarics of Various Dialcets of the Lenape (or Delaware) Stock of Js'ortli American liulians, tt)gether with a Specimen of the Winnebago (or Ni|)pegon) Language, Note 15, pp. 135 — 115, to John Picker- ing's edition of Dr. Edwards's Observations on the jMohciian Language (Collec- tions of the [Massachusetts Historical Society, A'ol. X of the Second Series. Bv.sion, Phelps and Faridiam, 1823, 8vo ; reprinted, ibid., Little and Brown, 1813, 8vo ; pp. 81—100). Note Ifi, pp. 1 1'J — 151, relates to the Winnebago dialect, which is considered as being of Mexican origin. Professor Say, Vocabulary, pp. Ixxxvi— Ixxxviii, added to : Astronomical and Meteorological Records and Vocabularies of Indian Languages, taken in the Expedition for Exploring the Mississippi, under the connuaud of Major J. II. Long. Fhiladelj)hia, 182-2, 4to. Ealbi, Atlas Ethnographique, Tab. XLI, No. 775. WISII-OSK WOKKONS. 201 il)()l(lt Bay, Vcc-yot by No. VI, 33, of the Comparativo Vocabulary (pp. 305— ;iU7) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archtrologia Aniorieana, Vol. II). And under S, VI, 2, p. IIG, ol' tlie Voeabularie.s in : Aniericau Ethnological Society's 'I'ransactions, Vol. II. (From Say, and MS. notices of BoiLOiN Cass nnl in the War Depart- ment.) Winnebago Numerals (1— billion), by Miss Elizaui;th Lowky, pp. 211. — 210 of: Schoolcraft'a Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. II. IIT, pp. 134- latli, at the III, pp. 440- )y the Oma- Indiaiis of f the Lenape (or Specimen of the to John Picker- .an^uage (CoUec- d Series. Boxton, rowu, 1813, 8vo ; hich is considered Astronomical and es, taken in the MajorJ. II. Long. AVISII-OSK. Indians of nortli-nc&tern California, on Ilnmboldt Bay and Mad River. WORDS AND VOCABULAUIES. Geougk GiUbo, Vocabulary : Schoolcraft's Indian Ti-ibes of the United Slates, Vol. Ill, pp. 434-440. WITCIIITAS. Indians of northern Texas, near tlic Red River. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Captain R. B. Makcy, Vocabularies of Words in the Languages of the Conianches and Witchitas, Appendix II, pp. 273—276, of: RANDOLi-n B. Makcy and Geobge B. M'Clellan, Exploration of the lied River of Louisiana, in the year 1852. Washington, Nicholson, public printer, 1851, 8vo (33rd Congr. 1st Sess. House Exec. Doc.) Specimen of the Caddo and Witchita Languages, pp. 709 — 712 of Vol. V of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Fifteen Witchita Words (from Maecy) compared with Pawnee, Kichai, Ric' carce, and Ilueco, pp. G8, 69 of the Report upon the Indian Tribes ; added to Lieu- tenant A. W. Whipple's Report (Paciflc Railroad Reports, Vol. II. Wash- ington, 1856, 4to). WOKKONS, WACCOA. Indians, formerly of North Carolina, long since extinct. Their language was related to that of the Catawbas. They were neighbours of the Tuscaroras in North Carolina. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. A small Dictionary of Tuskcrora, Pnmpticough, Woccon, in : Jou\ Laavson, D D 202 YAMKALLli; m Ii '11 m I' I n I ' 'J' hi :1 ' (;; 1$ .;; New Voyage to Curoliniv (see Tusoarora). London, 170[), dto, pp. 225—230 ct scq. German tninalation— J/amJHn/, 1772, 8vo, pp. ,111 ct 80(i. Dr. John Buickkl, The Natural History of North Curoliuu. Duhliii, 1737, 8vo. New title, Hid., 1713, Hvo. IIekvas, Aritraelica, p. 111. Smitu Bauton, New Views, etc. — Comparative Vocabularies. Mitliritlates, Vol. Ill, part 3, p. 308 (from Lawson). Balbt, Atlas Ethnograpliique, Tab. XLI, No. 793. Comparison of the Languages of tlic ancient I'ampticos of North Carolina with the Algoncjuin Language, and of the ancient Waccou of tliat State and the Catawba of South Carolina, pp. 552—558 of: Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. V. (Tuskarora and Waccoa, botli from Lawson, pp. 552 — 555 ; Tuskarora, I'amptieough, and Waccoa, pp. 555, 55G; Waccoa and Catawba, pp. 557, 558.) P. 87, and No. XIX, 5i, p. 372, of the Vocabularies to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. (Archwologia Americana, Vol. II). YAMKALLIE, KALLAPUIAII. Oregon Indians of the plains of the Wallamctte, speaking a language related to that of the Cathlascons and Ilaceltzuk. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. Kalapooah and Yamkallie Vocabularies, by Dr. John Scotjleii, in : Journal of the Koyal Geographical Society of London, Vol. XI. London, 1811, 8vo ; pp. 237, 239, 241, Vocabulary of the Calapooa Nation, pp. 333—336 of: Rev. Samuel Pabkee, Journal of an Exploring Tour beyond the Rocky Mountains. Ithaca, New York, printed by Hack, Andrus, and Woodrufl", 1838, 12mo. No. 7, S, 9 (Kalapui/a), and r. {Ttihwalati, FoUaties), of the A'ocabulariea of North-western America (pp. 569 — 629), in : Horatio Hale, Ethnography and Philology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 1816, folio. And E, XXVII {Kalapuya, Willamet), pp. 97, 99, of the North American Vocabularies (Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II). GRAMMARS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Pp. B64— 566 of: HoHATio Hale, Ethnogi-aphy and Philology, United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, Lea and Blanchard, 1816, folio. And pp. 58—61, Vol. II, of: Transactions of the American Ethnological Society. 1 1 J ■' ,^1. 225-230 Duhlin, 1737, h Carolina with md the Cutawba , of the United pp. 552—555; a uud Catawba, latin's Synopsis, VAGUAS YA(Jl'l. 203 Y AQUAS BrnKiliaQ Indians on the Amazon. W0UD8 AND VOCAIJULARIKS. Langue des Yaguas, Vocabulary, No. XXIII, pp. 21)7, 298, ol : Castelnatj, Vol. V, Appeudice. YAMEOS. Indians on the Upper Maraiion, cast from the junction of the Tigre lliver. WOUDS AND VOCABULAUIKS. Hebvas, Originc, Tabb. XLVIII, L ct soq. IIeevas, Saggio, pp. 107, 108 j and (from him) Mithridatcs, Vol. Ill, pp. 58U, 595—597. [I. re, speaking a laceltzuk. bLER, !"■• Journal ondon, 1811, 8vo; SAMUEi PABKBB, Lins. Ithaca. Neio \^Q Vocabularies of , Ethnography and iladelphia, Lea and he North American iety.VoLII). ;s. ology, United States (46, folio. Ethnological Society. YANKTONS, YANKTONANS, OH YANKTOANANS. Sioux tribe, between the lied lliver and the Missouri. WORDS AND AOCADTTLAllIKS. P. Ixxxiv of Say's , ocabularies in : Astronomical and Meteorological Re- cords, and Vocabularies of Indian Languages, taken on the Expedition for Ex- ploring the Mississippi .... under .... Major J. II. Long. Philudel^ihia, 1822, 4to. Balbi, Atlas Ethnograpliique, Tab. XLI, No. 771. No. VI, 35, of the Comparative Vocabulary (pp. 305—307) to A. Gallatin's Synopsis, etc. : ArcliKologia Americana, Vol. II (from Say). Kepriuted under S, VI, 1, p. 116, of the Vocabularies in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II. Reise des Prhizen Maximilian zu Wied. Coblenz, 1839—1811, 2 vols. 4to ; Vol. II, pp. 191—198. YAQUI, IIIAQLT. Christian Indians of Sonora, ^Lexico. (Sec also under C'uudoa.) It may be stated, on the authority of IIehvas and Andh. Pekez II 'A 20 1 VAIU RA. Hi ■ .in:ll! j ' < M i IP I > II DE RiuAs fllistoria dc los Triumfos dc niicstra Santa Ft>, 3Iad)-i(l, IGI'5, folio), tliat the Iliaqui is the principal language of Sinaloa ; and, on the authority of De Souza, that P. Luis BoNiFAZ has written an "Arte de la Lengua Principal de Cinaloa/' which proI)al)ly exists only in AIS. WOUDS AND VOCABULAIUES. IIekvas, Originc, Tnbb. XLIX, L et seq. Hebvas, Saggio, pp. 121, 122 ; and (from liiin) Mithridatps, Yol. Ill, part 3, pp. 156 — 158. A Yocabularv of tlieir Language lias been taken by Jony R, Bartlett, the United States Boiindary Commissioner. GRAMMARS AND GRAMlVrATICAL NOTICES. Arte de la Lengua Priuoipal do Ciualon, por P. Luis Bonifaz. (MS., according to De Souza.) Mithridates, Vol. ITT, part 3, pp. 15G —1 58 (Lord'.^ Prayer, with Grammatical N"otes\ YARURA. Indians of New Granada, in the plains of the Meta and Casanare, tributaries of the Orinoco. They call themselves Japurin. Their language bears affinity to the languages of the Betoi, Ele, and Otomaques. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. GiLii, Sagjio di Storia Americana, Vol. Ill, p. 212. Hervas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, pp. 101 et seq. Trora P. Giov. Maria Foknert, a missionary among the Yaruras, who had composed a Grannnar and a Vocabulary of their language, the MS. of both of which ho left at the Mission. Eeturncd to Europe, he gave to Hervas MS. Notices concerning the Yarura language, which were after- wards also used by Adeluug and Vater for the Mithridates. Hervas, Originc, Tabb. XLVIII, L et seq. Hervas, Aritmetica, pp. 105, 106. Hervas, Saggio, pp. 109, 110. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, p. 650 (frcnn Hervas and Gilii). Balbi, Atlas Etiinograpliiquc, Tab. XLI, Xo. 616. C. S. Rafinesque, Atlantic .Toiirual, and Frii>udof Knowledge. I'hiladelplda, 1832, 1833, 8vo, p. 118. il illlil ! f YUKAI -YUMAS, :2()r) Santa Fo, I lan'^uagc Lat P. Luis L-iucipal de Babtlett, the (MS., according itli Grammatical and Casaiiare, ilves Japitrin. of tlic Betoi, the Yaruras, who guage, the MS. of urope, he gave to which were aftcr- xlge. rhiladelj)hia, Reprinted, pp. 319 — 351 of; Josiaii Phikst, American Anti(niitic9 and Dis- oovorii's in the West. Tliird Edition, Albanij, printed by Hoirnmn and Wliitc, 1833, 8vo. OllAMMAUS AM) GRAMMATICAL NOTICKri. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. (J35-610 (from Founeki). A MS. Grammar of the Yarura Langungc was in the hbrary of ^V. von Hum- boUlt, and is now in the Royal Library at Berlin. YUKAI, Indians on Russian River, iu nortli-westcrn California. WORDS AND VOCABULARIKS. George Gibus, Vooabukry ; Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. Ill, pp. 428—431. YULE. Indians of tlic Isthmus of Daricn. WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary of the Language of tlie Yule Indians, inhabiting the rivers and the coast of Daricn, from the mouth of the Atrato to the coast of San Bias, by Dr. Edwakd CrLLEX, pp. 211, 212 of Vol. XXI of: Journal of the Royal Geograpliical Soeioly. London, John Murray, 1851, 8vo. YUMxVS. Indians of the south-western part of California, on the Rio Colorado, down to its entrance in thi' Gulf of California. They are divided into five tribes, of which the Cuchans arc the most important. The others are the Ma-ha-os, Ilah-ical-cocs, Yam- pai-o, and Co-co-pahs. The Ccimoi/cs, or Puemaja, are a tribe of the Cuchans. AVOEDS AXD VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary of about 250 Words in the Yuma (rather Cuchan) Language, pp. 23 — 28 of Lieutenant*A. W. Whipple's Extract from a Jommal of an Expedition from San Diego, California, to the Rio Colorado, from September 11th to Decem- ber 11th, 1849 (Congress. Docum., 31 Congr., 2nd Sess., Senate Exec. Doc, No. 19, pp. 28). Reprinted, pp. 118—121 of the: Physical Data respecting that part of Southern California lying on the line of boundary between San Diego and the mouth of the river Gila ; with incidental descriptions of the Diegunos and Yumas Indian Tribes; pp. 99 — 121 of SchooleralVs Indian Tribes of the United States, Vol. II. ,r I 206 Y UNGA — Yl RACAllES. m u ■ \ ki il J;l !|ll| Reprinted as : Yuma Vceabulary, with Notices of the Comoyes dialect, taken from Pablo Coeluni, a Vmiia chief, by Lieutenant A, W. Wiiipplk, pp. 95 — 101 of: Report upon tlie Indian Tribes, added to Lieutenant Wliipjile's Report on tlie Rout(! near tlie 3.jth I'araliel (I'acilic Huilroad Reports. M'ashbigloH, 1855, Vol. II, Ito). The United States !Joundary Commissioner, John R. Rahtlkxt, ha? also taken a Vocabulary of t' ic Yuma Language. YUNGA. Peruvian Indians of the departments Truxillo, Zafia, Piura, and Catamarca. The Yncas had forced them to leave their old abodes, and placed them in different villages; l)ut they kept their language, which is totally different from the Quichua. In Mithrida+'3s, Vol. Ill, p. 5 18, the language is called Yimka- Mochika; by Hervas, Mochika di Yuncas. IliVEiio aiul TscHuni call it a dialect of the Quichua. WORDS AND VOCABULAKIES. IIebvas, Saggio, p. 93, and (from him) Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 549—551. Hebvas, Origine, Tabb. L et scq. GRAMMARS AND GRAJIMATICAL NOTICES. Fernando de la. Cabreua (eura y vieario de S. ilartin de Reque en el eorre- gimiento de Chiclayo)i Arte de la Leugua Yunga do los valles del obispado de Trujillo, con un confessionario y todas las oraciones cristianas y otras cosas. Lima, Juan de Contreras, 1014, 16mo. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, p. 551. (The above Grammar was unknown to the authors of the jVIithridates.) YURACxiUES. Indians of Bolivia, on the eastern slope of the Andes, on the rivers Ibabo, Mamore, Airaore, and Scaeri. The Tacana, Maropa, and Apolista are tribes related to them. "WORDS AND VOCABULARIES. Vocabulary of Twenty-three Words, p. IGJ. of Vol. I of: A. D'Orbiony, L'llomme Americain. Dicciouario Y'uraeare, by P. la Cueva, 4to, in two parts : Espanol-Yuracare, complete ; Y^uraeare-Espauol, incomplete. (M8. in possession of Aleide D'Orbigny.) \ I Z AMUCA — ZAl'O TKC A. 207 iiulcct, taken pp. 95—101 s Keport on iuijfon, 185a, TV, hu? also Pivira, and tlicii' old they kept licliua. In tcd Yunka- LivEiu) and ;que en el corre- lei obispado de y otras cosas. litliridatcs.) .iides, on the The Tacana, A. D'Oruiony, Rspanol-Yuracare, Llcide D'Orbigny.) GKAMMAUS AM) GKAMMATICAL NOTICKS. A. D'Orbiony, L'lTonimo Ainerie'iiti, Vol T, p. 359, and p. 376 (Taeana tribe), p. 380 (Maropa tribe), p. 382 (Apolisla tribe). ZAMUCA, s A:\ruc A. Indians of the South American province Chiquitos. The three dialects of tlieir language are the Znmuca, Caipotoradc^ and Morotoco. WORDS AND V0CAI5ULAUIES. IIervas, Vocabolario Poliglotto, pp. 161 ct seq., 223 (Zamuca Chiquita). IIeuvas, Saggio, pp. 101, 102, 229, 230. IIervas, Aritmctica, p. 97. Hervas, Origine, pp. 37, 41, 45, Tabb. XLIX, L ct seq. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 551—570 (from IIervas). Balbi, Atlas Ethnographiquo, Tab. XLI, No. 162. Vocabulary of Twenty-three Sanuica Words, Vol. I, pp. 163, 161; Vol. 11, p. 136 (Xamuca), of: A. D'Ohbigny, L'llomme Amerieain. GUAMUAUS AND GRAMMATICAL NOTICES. Mithridates, Vol. Ill, pp. 553—557. A. U'OKBiaNT, L'Homme Amerieain, Vol. II, p. 117. ZAPAllI. Indians of Upper Peru and Equador, between the rivers Mara- lion, Pastaza^ and Napo. WORBS A>'I) VOCABrLARIES. Brevi cenni suU' idioraa Zaparo, corrcdati d'un saggio di diccionario, di alguni dialog! piu necessarii pel viaggiatore, pp. 281 — 297 of: Gietano Osculati, Explorazione delle region! equatoriali lungo il Jfapo, etc. Milano, Bemardoni, 1850, Bvo. ZAPOTECA. Indian language of Oajaca, Mexico. il k '' 11 2m i5i;o.\A. I i 8 r. I r t I WOUDS AM) VOCABULAUIIS. Juan de Coiidova, Vocabiiliirio dc la Li'iigua Capoloea. Mexico, 1578, Ho. Yocabulario do In Lengua Zapotcca, o Diccionario Ilispauo-Zapoteco. Mexico ^ 157J, Ito. Vocabulario de la Lcngiia Zapoteca, by Hisbop I'jjuuo Tkuia. Feria was born 1521, went to Mexico, joined tbe Dominicans, became a missionary amongst tlie Zapotecas, and, after lilling many posts of dignity in tiie Cliureii, was made llisbop of Cbiapas, in 1575. Died about the year 1586. lie wrote besides : Confessionario en la Lengua Zapoteea ; and: Doc- friua (Jliristiaua en la misma Lengua. Diccionario do la Lengua Zapoteea. Also : Los Evangelios Quadragesimales en Lengua Zapoteea, by Fray Ciiuistobal AdUKUo. Fray Christobal Aguero was born in 1600, in San Luis de la Paz, in Miehoacan, became a Dominican monk in Oaxaca, in 1618, and, according to De Souza, was so perfect in the language of the Zapotecas, that he taught it publicly to his ecclesiastical brothers, lie gave his Diccionario to the Bishop of Mon- terroso for publication; the translation of the Kvangclists renniiued in the Convent of Antequera. lie wrote also : Miscellaneo Espiritual en idioma Zapoteea, which was published in 4to, in the city of Mexico, by Bernardo Caldei'on, 1666. C. S. Eafinesque, Atlantic Journal, and Friend of Knowledge. Philadelphia, 1832, 1833, 8vo, p. 52. Nouvellcs Aunnles des Voyages, Vol. IV. Paris, 1841, 8vo ; pp. 260—286. The MS. Vocabulary of Cuuistobal Agueuo is also mentioned by Clavigcro. guammaus and grammatical notices. J. DE CoiiDOVA, Arte de la Lengua Capoteca. Mexico, 1561, 12mo. (De Souza gives the date of 1578.) Arte de la Gramatica de la Lengua Zapoteea, conforme al quo de hi Gramfitica Latina escribio Antonio de Nebrija, por Fr. Pediio Cueva. Megico, 1607, 8vo. Arte de la Lengua Zapoteea, por Fr. Antonio Pozo. MS. (According to De Souza, Pozo died in the Convent of Santa Ana Zecahe, in the year 1623. His MS. was preserved in Tcntitlan, Valley of Oaxaca., Tratado curioso de los raices y formacion de los Vcrbos de la Lengua Zapoteea, por Fr. Geronimo Mokeno. Moreno was a native of Andalusia, went to America in 1597, was a mis- sionary in Oaxaca, and died, in 1631, in the Convent of San Domingo of Antequera. ZEONA. Language of the inhabitants of the north-westerly corner of ZOQUK. J.M)!> the empire of Hm/il, provinec of Para, on the h'ft hank of the Amazon, hetwcen the rivers I'ntumajo and Caciueta. It may he u (lialeet of the Oraa-ua, and, like that language, related to the " Lingoa geral " of IJruiiil. WOKU3 AND VOCAUULAUIK8. Diccionnrio y Doetrina en Lengua Zeona. SIS. of pp. 41fi, in ]2mo, in tl possession of (Jolonel Joa.juin Aoosta of Nueva Granmln. Tl„, Appendix eo. tuuis a List of Words of the " I^engua general del Hrasil." 10 on- ragesiniales en ZOQUE. Indian language of Chiapas, Mexico. Philadelphia, 2mo. (De Souza Lengua Zapotcea, GKAAfsrAna and ouammatical notices. Fr. DK (^Ei-EUA, Arte dc Ins Lengnas Cliiapn, Zoqne, Celdales, y Cinaoanteni Mexico, ir)(iO, -Ito. E E ■■"^^ ii|'i!| ii l!!, ADDENDA. {The Coii/rihtitioii/i fiiniix/ifil hi/ y'/v»/i".v.vo/* Wm. W. Tihnkh, iff H'iis/ii)i//tini, iiff piivliised ill hrarkelx, thus [ ], aiiif hear (he iiiiliiils W . W. T.) ABENAKI. [The Comparnlive A'cK'abulnrv anpi'iulod to Kdwards'.s Mohegan Graniinar was compiled, not bv " Profi-ssor F. Sav," b\it bv Dr. John I'ickkkino, from various Hources, the Winnebago alone having bwn taken from Say. Of tlie Abenaki t\\o Vocabularies are given, one from Father Raslo's MS. Dictionary, and the other (St. Francis Indians) from Rev. Messrs. IFolmes and Noyes. The numerals, from Father Rasle's MS. Dictionary, are printed in Collections of Massachusetts Historical Society, Vol. X, first series. Boston, 180J), pj). VAl, 138. -W. W, T.] ABIPONES. Alonzo 1)E Baiu'KNa, Arte y A'ocabulario de la Lengiia delos Tndios Abipones y Quiranguis. Printinl, according to Lotjano, Descripeion Chorographica del gran Chaco ; and Barcia, in his edition of l^con Pinelo. [A. F. Pott, Die quinarc und vigesimale Ziihlmethode bei Volkern aller Welttheilc. Halie, 1817, Svo. On the numerals, pi», t-7.— W. W. T.] ALGONKIN. [A. F. Pott, Die cpiinarc und vigesimale Zahlmcthode. On the numerals, pp. 61—00 ; on the pronouns, p. 109, iiote.—Vf. AV. T.] ALLENTIAC. Oraunnatica y Vocabulario en las Lenguas AUentiac y Milcocayac, por Torhalva. Limn, IOCS, Hvo, /' VPACIIKS — ,\TN.\S. II . T.) APACllKS. \V<>v Vocalmliirv of (lie .licarilla Apatlicf*, m-c " Ticnnlla!*," \t. ]H(\. — \\. VV. T] APPIACAS (HiiAZiLiAN Indians). A'ofnlmlarv of 1 13 words on ]mni' ;J1'> of- Mciiioria xolur ok iij^om, ('oKliiiiifs t< Lin)iiia>{fiii dos A))|)iHc»n ; i' dt'scohriinciito df Novas Miiias iia proviiicia dt- Mato (Jro«!*o. IVlo ('oiic>{o rloMO da Silva Oiiiinan/, natural do I'uiaba. Pp. 2U7— 317 of; Ki'vista Triiiien!«ul do Inttlituto do Hio do Janeiro, 'I'onio \'l. J{iu Helmeksen (97 words, by Von Wrangell), in the Table to p. 259.— W. W. T. ' 212 ATNAIIH— Hul>i; i I i i ATNATIS, OR Chin Indians. [Tlio h'nn "Kiiiii," ritiiiiu>(l iroin JiilK. '* fimpl.v n (Jcniuni lnln^»lllti(>n of tin- Kii^li^li word (•////(. 'riiiw iM'oplt' iiri- cHllfd hv MHckciixii' "Cliiu liuliiiiiH," aiipiircntly on iiccoimt of tlic projection of llic lower piirt of the fmr, eiiuned hy iluttciiiiiK the fureheiid. TI. TIale, Elhnoj,'ra)>hy and IMiilolo^y of the United States Kxi)lorint{ Kxpedi- tion, Vocal). K. pp. 57()-(;2i>. (Words.) 11. IIai.K, ICthnoKrapliy, etc., ]>. :,'Ml (fJiinnmnr.)— W. W. T.J Nuniernl.s 1 lo 10 in " Tableau eoniparalif des N'onis de Nombre," \'ol. 11, p. 401, of : DUFLOT J>E MoFUAH, Kx|)loraliondiriVrritoiivderOn''>{ondes Califomiewet di' la Mor vonneillo, exkuteo ix-ndunt len nnnees IS l()-12, 2 vols. /'(//•/.<, IH 1 1, Rvo. AYMAJIA. DtEOO i)K (ItMLDO, AHo dc lu Tjjngurt Ayniara, con nnn silva de nus^ frases i »n doclaraeion. C/iicui'di, 1012, 8vo. (Printed, utrording to Uarcia-Pinelo.) [A. F. I'oTT, Die quinaro and vigcsiinale Ziihhnethode. On the uumeruls, pp. 73, 7I.-W.W. T.] BATEMDAKAIEE. [The lintemdalcaiep, Chowe/ihal; Kiilanapo, and Yitkai of Oibhs nro identical with the " Sd'ft'nor.skin,'" or C/inich/imai/ii, of the Rnssians, as apjiears frojn a coni- jmrison of the Vocabularies. These are uU but dilferent names for the same tribe, or of subdivisions of the same tribe. —W. W. T.] BLACKFEET. [A. r. Pott, Die quinare und vigesiniale Ziildmethode. On the ninnerals, p. 68. — W. AV. T.] Blackfoot Vocabidary, pp.318 — 352 of: Die Indinncr Nord Amerika'.s imd die wiihrend eines achtjiihrif(en Aiifenthalts unter den wildesten ihrer Stanniie erleblen Abentheuer inul Schieksale, von G. Catlin. Nach der fiinften englisehen Ausgabe deutsch henmsgegebcn von Dr. Heinrieh Berghans. Mit 21 vom A^'rfasser nach der Natur entworfenen Gemillden. Zwcite Ausgabe. Briissel, Mucpiardt, 1851, 8vo, pp. 382. BODEGA. [The Bodegan or Olamentke Tndians of the Russians (p. 20) arc the same as the Tv/iokoi/em of Gibbs (p. ISl] and the Sa» Rafael Indians of Hale. The Talafui Itl(.\/.II.I\N. '1\'A ution of tho in Imliiiu"," ;• Vol. IT, !'• sl'iiUVoniifx*'! ,m, IHM.Hvo. I. MiH frnsos i mi •iiu'lo.) lbs nrc idonticnl ,iM\r9 Wow ft fom- t\ic 8tt»»*^ tribe, : numerals, p. «»• \.,ntTika'9 \m(\ ^h' r Stivnmio orleblon .uirliscbou AusKftbc ,.m Verrrti^si''- naeli Miiquardt, 1851» arc the same as tlie Hale. Therrt/rt'«'- • >r llnlc (|t. IHO) tii)(l tlie Tini/iimur lrilH'?« ol .IoIuihihi (mv "v'tililoniiunx," p. 'J7i lire allii'd to llicin, iil Icii:*! in liiiii!iiiit{i>. II. Half, Klliiioyrn|ili_v iiiid I'liilulunv nl' iIh' liiiti'il Sinli-* Kx|iloriiij,' Kxpe- (liliun. Sim Kni)lm(l N'oiali. Nu, 1,'), iip, r>7(i--n-J!t, -W. \V. 1".] lUlAZLLIAN. Dii'tionni'iiiin l.inuiiii* Kraxilicir, iiiirtore Kniiii. Vci^ii, l.u^^ilaii. Ciiin Ontin- niatii'ii (I Catt'i'liirtino. Id), (('nniiiiiiniratcd li\ I.. Leon tie K<»ii\.) IMciiioriii sulirc a iieeeHiidailiK do Ksliido e Kn?iiiio das l.iii;,nias iiidi^rnas do IJrasil, por I''raii(i.'<(o Adoll'n iU' \ aniliaKcii. I'[). oIJ -(>3 ol"; llivista 'rriiiien.-*al dt» Kio de ilaiuiro, ioiixi III, IHII, Hvo. [A V. I'olT, Die qiiinare und vi>,'e.MiiMalc Ziiidnielliode. On (lie mniicnd!*, pp. 3, 4, 7—10, 7;i ; (,i, names (.rili.' lin<,'erH, pp. :U»2 -aok-W. W. T. J Diecioiiario da Linjina uend ;meiitado com diver- I'ara, do qual ustlo diU'ercntes tribus da niesma jtrovineia, |ip. 1 — 7. Vocabulario da Na<;ao Holociula, ))p. 8 — 12. A'oeabulario da Xa<;ao (.'amacain Civilisada, p|). \2 — H. Vocabulario da Na(,'ao ("amaeam Mon;;(>vos, pp. 1 1 — I(J. Vocabulari(j da Na(;ao Maeoni, pj). 10 — IH. Voca))ulario da Na(,rio Malali, pp. 18—20. Vocabulario da \a(,'ao rataeho, pji. 20, 21. Vocabulario da Nacjao Tui)inamb&, pp. 22. 23. Vocabulario da Na(,'ao dos Tamojos, p. 23. Vocabulario da Naguo Tiipiuicpiins, p. 23. Vocabulario da Tribu Jupuroca, pp. 21, 25. Vocabulario da Tribu Quato, p. 25. Vocabulario da Q'ribu Macluikalis, pp. 20, 27. '\''ocabulario da Tribu Mandacaru', p. 27. Vocabulario da Tribu IVIucurv, p. 28. Vocabularios de differcntes Tribu8, p. 29. Itapucuru', I'uris, Macamecroni, Tabavani, JVlolopaquc, Tiud)ini, Nhecngaibas, Xunianus, ^:iiif! ill 1 !f 21 I CAIIITA — CALIFORNIAN LA\(Jl'AtJ KS. 1-1 ' t A'ofubulario dos Indios tins Aldcas ilo S. I'cdro e Aiinoidii, pp. 30, HI. IJiaUvtoH de Sao IVdro, ]t\). HI, ;J2. DialoetoM di- Almeida, p. 'M. Notns ])Rra osclarecinu-ntos, i)p. 31, 35. Index, p. 30. Ou page 31 the following eurioiis note occur;* • " <.)•> idionias das tribiis Banchas*, e Ui'uqiienas teni alguns nonies Ilebrcos, como jxir exeniplo—.Ioa— Jacob— Jaeobi — Tome— Tonieipii— Davidu — Joanau — Marian6. O (pie indica cpie os sens povos iia antiguidade tiverao comnuinieacjao com os Ilebreos." — Credat Judauis! OAHITA [Manual ))ara administrar 'a los Indios del idioma Cahita los santos Sacramentos. .... Comi)iiesto ])or xni Sacerdote de la Compania de Jiisvs, Missionero en las de la I'rovincia de Zynaloa. Mexico, \1W, 16mo, pp. 1(58. (A portion is in .Spaniwli and Caliita, very useful for studying the construction of tlie language.) — W. W. T.j IJie Laut Acranderung aztckiselicr Wdrter in den sonorischen Spraclien und die sonorische Endung A M E dargestellt von Joir. C'aki. Ed. Bxwciimann. Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie der W'issenscbaften zu Uerlin, aus deni Jahre 1856. Berlin, 1857, 4to, jip. 118. CAIllNOS. Ekanc. 1)K la ruEXXK, Catcclilsmo de la Uoctrina Christiana en el Tdionia de los Indios Cninioi. Publ. por el Er. Maico Anguiaiio, Capuch., 1703, Ito. Mentioned in Barcia's edition of Pinelo. CALIFORNIAN LANGUAGES. IMiilologic ; Diversite des Langiies (in California and Oregon). Chap. XIII, )>p. 38G — 102 of: DVFLOT DE Mofkas, Exploration du Territoire de TOregon, des Califomies et de la Mer vernu-illc. Paris, Bcrtrand, 1841. M. DE MoFKAS gives, on pp. 391 — H'JO of Vol. II, translations of the l.iord'8 Prayer \\\ the following languages, viz.: Uuiluco, Mission S. Francisco Solano; Choconyen, Bay del Sacramento ; Jonkiousme, Mission S. Rafael ; Yallcc de Tiilares ; Mission S. Clara ; Tatche or Telami, Mission S. Antonio de Padua ; Mission S. Ines ; Mission S. Eeniando ; Mission S. Julien ; Mission S. Juan Capistrano ; Mission S. Lnys Rcy de Francia ; Mission S. Diego ; Mission S. Francisco de Horgia ; Mission S. Uedrudis; Missitm S. Tgnacio de Loyola. Xunicnds I — 10 (Missions del Carmelo, La Soledad, San Luiz, San Juan, I'ima, San Gabriel, Indiens Azteques), in tiie Tableau comparatif des Nonis de in 1 1 // CAMACAXS — CIIKPEWYAN. 21.") Xomhiv. Vol. IT, ]). 4(n, of: DiKi.OT dk Mokhas, Kxploration (hi Tfrritoirc do rc)r«'i;oii (li>s CaliCornies d (lt> lit TSfcr venncilU', cxocuteo jH'iidimt lo.s aiimvs 18U»-t2. 2 vols, /'rtm, Rvo. U9 l$ttlH-brtr<, cob— .Tftfobi 9 8CU9 povoa lis ! , SacranuMitof. mero on 1«» «li' ^ is in Spanish .)__\v.w/r.] ,nu-lien vnul die ANN. Ansden , aus deiu Julire ol Idionia do los Ito. Mentioned s. ■ n). C'lmp. X>1^> do I'Oregon, des |,ns of the Lord's Franeisoo Solano ; afacl-, Vall*k' de ntonio de Vadua ; Mission S. .Tnnn 13iej?o ; Missi"" S. de Loyola. l,ui/., «'»" •'*'""' nvtif ties Non.s de CAMACANS. I A. F. INviT, Die ({iiinari^ und vigosimalo Ziihliiiotliodo. On (ho niimonds, )). 72. -\V. VV. 1.1 CANADA. The correct title of Lodosnio's work is : Doctrine Chrestienne du 1'. liodesnia, do la Conip. de .Tosiis ; traduito on langiie Canadioiine par nn Poro do la Jiionio Coiiipaffnie (lo l*ero Brolxrid). Jtoiieii, Richard, 1(530, i)p. 28, Hvo. Koprintod in Chajilain's Voyage in 1032. [Tho numerals 1 — 10 are tjiven in RiJniOEn, Grnndriss oiner CSescliichte dor nionschl'.chen Spraolie. Thl. I, p. 123 (Lt'ipzlt/, 17H2) ; and in A. K. PoiT, Die (luinare nnd vigcsiniale Ziddniethode, j). Ct'). — \V. \V. T.] CAIilBS. [The niinierals of Ksseq\iibo (from Vax HKrvKi,) are fjiven hv M. (Sallatin, in 'J'ransact ions of the Ajnorican Kthnological Society, Vol. 1, Tahle to ]>. 111. A. F. Pott, D'w quinare mid vigesiniale Zalihiu'thode. On tlie numerals, pp. 0>)-7l.-W. W. T.l CAYUBABAS. fA. F. Pott, Die quinare und vigosiinale Ziihlniethodo. p. 7i._\V. W. T.l On llie Jiumerals, CHEPEWYAN. [The first two sentences of what is said under this head apply, not to tlie Cfiepeiri/ati.i, but to the Chippewai/s. The tbrmer, so far from being a courtly language, is one of the rudest and most uncouth (Imt is spoken on the continenf. The blunder was probably introduced by .Fiilg (sw Carver, Chaj). XVII), as Vator well knew the dittereiice between the two languages (llithridates, Vol. HI, part 3, p. 4iy). The last sentence also is not quite correct. It was not a " theory" of tlallafin's that the Chepewyan belongs to the Athai)a9can family of languages. He gave the \\ti.n\^ oi Athapascas to the tribes who speak tho class of languages at tho head of which stands the Chepewyan, from Atha|)asea Lake, which stands in flu- middle of their territory (Archa^ologia Amerieana, \'oi. II, p. 17). I !l 21(5 CIIKIIALIS — (lUAPAMCAS. s 1:1 r i: ' i I I • '■'Hi U I I 1^ iii I I would therefore propose to substitute the following hencling : — "The CheiX'wyiins belong to the stock to wiiieh M. Gallatin has given the common name of AfhajHiscaiis. They call themselves Siih-issak-dinne (Rising- sun People), and extend from Hudson's Bay on the east, between the JCskinios on tlie north and the Algonkins on the south, to Lake Athapasca on the west." — W. VV. T.] CHEHALIS, SELISII. Vocabulary of, in : The North-west Coast ; or. Three Years at Shoal-Water Bay. Containing Personal Adventures, a Description of the Coast from Cohnnbia River to the Stniits of Fuea, and an Account of Indian Customs, Superstiiions, Music, etc., and of the Vocabularies of the Chehalis and Chinook Languages, and of the " Jargon" of the North-west. Witli a general Description of Washington Ter- ritory, and Advice to Emigrants. IVIap and Tliustrations, ]2mo. New York, 1857. CHEROKEE. [Tsu-la-ffi Tsu-le-hi-sa-u-hi, Cherokee Phoenix. Edited by Eli.\s Boudinot. Printed weekly by Isaac 11. Harris, for the Cherokee Nation. Xew JSchota, Vol. 1, No. 1, Feb. 21, 1828, to Vol. V, No. 52, May 31, 1831 ; folio. (Stopped then, to collect funds ; perhaps not resumed.) Besides a great number of public documents, passages from Scriptuiv, liynnis, and other pieces in the Cherokee language and character, it contains the following : — On the Cherokee Alphabet, Vol. I, No. 1 . ( )n the Cherokee Numerals, Vol. I, No. 2. Questions on the Language, by C. S. Rafini'sipi.', Vol. I, No. 22. Answers to Prof. Rafinesque's Questions, by W. [Rev. S. A. Worcester], Vol. I, Nos. 23, 25, 27. Long Words. By the same. Vol. II, No. 1. Inflections of Cherokee verbs : /.si-ne-i/a, I speak, by Gawolihoski, Vol. II, Nos. 33, 34, 35; <)a-1ii-i-ha, I am tying, by the Rev. S. A. Worcester, Vol. II, Nos. 37, 11. Cherokee Advocate. Pubhshed [weekly] at Tahlequah, Cherokee Xation. Vol. I, No. 1, Sept. 20,. 18U, to Vol. IX, No, 22, Dec. 28, 1853; folio. The first editor was W. P. Ross. (The publication may have continued longer, but No. 22 of Vol. IX is the last of the copy in Mr. Peter Force's library, Washington.) This newspai^cr, like the precctling, contains a great many ])a})ers in the Cherokee language, which would he extremely valuable to the student of the language.— W. W. T.] CHIAPANECAS. Fk. Domingo dk Lava, Obispo, Vocabulario de la Lengua de Chiajia. Men- tioned in Bareia's edition of Pinelo, but not known to be printetl. tUlNUK — CHIl'PKWAY, :i\7 ,as given the inuc (Ri>»ii»p- on tlie west." )alAVater «a> • lunbiti River to 119, Music, etc., i-s., and of the raslnngton Ter- Jew York, 1H5/. ,LIAS BOVDINOT. „iVto|). 89, 90. -W. W. T.J Uio Lautveriinderung aztekischer Wiirtor in den sonorischen Spraehen und tlie sonorisdio Endung A M E dargcstellt von Joir. Caul Eu. Buschmanx. Aus dcii Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akadeniio der Wissensehaften zu Berlin aus dein Jahre 1856. Berlin, 1857, 4to, pp. 118. CREOLE, NEGRO-ENGLISII. [R. SOCTHEY gives a sketch of the huigunge in an article on the Negro-English New Testament : Quarterly Review, Vol. XLIII. London, 1830, pp. 553 — 5G4. — W. W. T.] CUMANAS. The correct title of Yangues' work is : Principios y Rcglas de la Lengua Cuni- managota general en varias naciones que habitan en la provincia dc Cunnnana eu las Indias Occidentales, con un Diccionario. By Man. de Y'angues. Burgos, 1683, 4to. lios Coeamas. CUNACUNA. [A. P. Pott, Die quinarc und vigesimale Ziililniethode. Numerals 1 — 10, from Baibi, p. 72.— W. W. T.] 8vo. Gtrani- allatin's, from ociety, Vol. II, icopa language 274 of "WM. ol.II of: The DAKOTA. [P. Du Ponceau, Comparative Table of the Sioux or Nadowcssie Stock, com- prehending the Winnebago. In Note 16 to Edwards's Mohcgan Orannnar. (Mass. Hist. Collections, Vol. X, second series, p. 151.) H. C, Gabelentz, Grammatik der Dakota Sprachc. Leipzig, 1852, Svo, pp. 64. P. IlrNFALVl, A Dakota nyclv. KuliJn lenyomat a m. ncad. ertesitcibol. (The Dakota Language, extracted from the Bidletins of the Hungarian Academy.) Pesth, 1856, 8vo, pp. 55. Dalcota Tawaxitku Kin, or The Dakota Friend, piibUshed [monthly] by the Dakota Mission. G. H. Pond, editor. St. Paul, Minnesota. Vol. I, Nos. 1—12, Nov. 1850 to Oct. 1851, 4to. Vol. II, Nos. 1—8, Jan. 1852 to Aug. 1852, fol. (The pubUcation was suspended at this point, on account of Indian troubles.) Tlie Dakota Friend contains many articles in the Dakota language, besides specimens of the language in short sentences, witli uitcrlinear English transla- tions, etc. A. F. Pott, Die quinare und vigesimale Ziihlmethode. On the numerals, pp. 67, 68. -W. W. T.] i I $ :' I ! 220 DAKIKN ESKIAH).S. DAllIEN. A. F. I'oT'i", Die qiiiimre unci vigesinialc Ziililmethodo, On the uiuuemlH, p. 12, — W. W. T.J DELAWAUE. Acl Losskiol, p. 64. The Gemian origina' was published ut Barhy, 1789, 8vo. Delaware and Iroquois words, pp. 2'J, 30. Six Delaware words, on page 125 of " General Parsons' Discoveries made in the Western Country." Article XI (pp. 119 — 127) of: Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. II, Part 1. Boston, 1793, Ito. DIEGEiSOS. [Tins name means the Indians of San Dieyo, so that there is no such name as Dejmbws. Their language belongs to what I have termed the Yuma tongue, dialects of wliich are spoken by various tribes on the Rio Colorado and Gila, e.g., the Mohave, Cuchaii, and Coco- Maricopa. All the vocabularies (except the Diego itself) here enumerated by Dr. Liidewig belong to dilferent other stocks. Dr. Bi'SCHMANn's pa)}er on the Kizh and Xetela has been published separately imtler the foUowhig title : Die Sprachen Kizh und Xctela von ?»'eu Californien, dargestellt von Jch. Carl Ed. Buschiuann (aus den Abhandl. d. Kiinigl. Akad. d. Wisseusehal'tcn zu Berlin, 1855). Berlin, 1850, pp. 31, 4to. — W. \V. T.] ESKELEN. [A. F. Pott, Die quinare und vigesimale Ziihlmelhodc. On the numerals, pp. (53, G4.--W. \V. T.] ESKIMOS. Schediasma hoccc etymologico-philologicum pi-odromum Americano Gronlandicmn in patronis appropriatum insinnat Twams Abel. HavnicB, 1783, 4to. Vocabulary of the English, Danish, and Esquimaux Languages. Pp. 61 — 89 of : Appendix to the Narrative of a Second A'^oyage in Search of a North-West Passage, and of a Residence in the Arctic Regions during the Years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833. By Sir John Ross, C.B., K.S.A., K.C.S., etc.. Captain in the Royal Navy. Including the Reports of Commander, now Captain, James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., F.L.S., etc. ; and the Discoven* of the Northern Magnetic Pole. London, Webster, 1835, 4to, pp. xii, 120, cxliv, cii. 20 jilales. Dialogues in the English, Danish, and Esquimaux Languages. Pp. 91 — 104 of: Appendix to tlie Nari-ative of a Second Voyage in Searcli of a North- West Passage, F I ETC HEM INS <}Oll(J<>TO(lUIKXSES. ,1s, V "'•^• 1789, 8vo. lacle in t*'^' leh ni\mc ai* uma tongue, id aila, e. g., .pt tlie Diego led separately II Calil'oniien, ,nigl. Akad. cl. r. T.] and ofu K»'sidenee in tlie Aretic Regions (hiring the Years 1K2U, IHIKt, 1K31, \K\1, IKVA. Uv Sir .lolni Ross, C'.B., K.S.A., K.C.S., ete., Ca|)tain in the Roviil Navy. Tneluding the Reports of Conimunder, now C'a])tain, James I'lark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., F.L.S., di'. ; and tlie Diseovery of the Nortliem Magnetic Polo. London, Webster, 1835, Ito, pp. xii, 120, exliv, eii. 20 plates. Remarks on the EskiTiio Language, in the artiele "Eskimo," by Hu.ssi.DK, Erseh und Gruber's Encyelopaxlie, 1 Sect., Sand 38, pp. 108 — 132. Verzeiehni3s der in Labrador befiiulliehcn Landsangethiere, Wassenogel, etc., in : Miinehner Gelehrte Anzeigen, 181 !•, >'os. 52, 53 (with the names hi the Eskimo language). [A. F. Pott, Die ijuinare und vigesunalc Ziihlmethode. On the numerals, pp. 2, 3.— W. W. T.] Greenland Numerals (I— 10, IG— 30), i^p. 208, 209, of V. 0. South erland, on the Esquimaux, in Vol. IV of the Journal of the London Ethnological Society. London, 1851, 8vo. " Die Spraehe der Eskimos auf Gronland," article by W. Scuott, in : Magazin fiir die Literatur dea Auslands. Berfiii, 185fi, Jsos. 38, 39. ETCIIEMIXS. [FuED. KiDDEU, A'ocabulnry of the Openango or Passamaquoddy Language, in : Schoolcraft's History, Condition, etc., of Lidian Tribes, A'ol. A', p. (3'JO. — W. \V. T.J PLATIIEADS. [J. lIowsE, Vocabularies of certain North American Languages, in : Proceeilings of Philological Society, A'ol. IV. London, 1850, pp. 199— 20t).— \V. \V. T.] numerals, p\>- o Gronlanclicum ;o. Pp. 61— 89 of: h-\Vest Passage, 830, 1831, 1832, the Royal iNavy. ark Ro99, ^•^•' c Pole. London, Pp. 91— 104 of: i-th-West Passage, EOX ISLANDS. [Here, too, should be inserted the title of Sauer's work (see under " Alcutans," p. 1), as BilUngs's vocabidai-y was taken in Sithanak, and corrected in L'nalashkii, both of which belong to the Fox Islands.— W. W. T.] GE, GEIKO. [A. F. Pott, Die quinai-e und vigcsunale ZiLldmcthode. On the numerals, p. 73. — VV. W. T.] GORGOTOQUIEXSES. p. Gaspak Rri/, Aleman, Gramatica dc la Lengua Gorgotoquiensc en el Peru. Mentioned in Barcia's edition of Pinelo, but not known to be printed. r OUARANI — IIUASTKCA. GUARANI. p. Ant. Rriz de Montoya, L'Arte, IJocabiilnrio, Catwisino y Tesoro (k- la lionf^im Oiianmi cle la rroviiit'ia del I'aniguay y Rio tie la i'luta. Mmlrhl, 103'J. [A. P. I'oTT, Die quiiiare and vigesimale Zahbnethode. On the lunuerulH, pii. G, 7, 60, Gl, 301 ; on tlio pronouns, p, 109, «o^e.— W. W. T.] I '% \ I J !!»■ 1^"P GUARAPUAVA. A district in Brazil, inhabited by the Games, Votorocs, Dorins, and Xocrcns. The idiom used by these Indians is probably (xuarani. Words and Grannnntieal Notices, pp. 53, St of: Menioria sobre o Desfobrinicnto c (.'olonia de Ouarapuava. Escripta pelol'adre Fhancjsco dos Ciiaoas Lima. Pp. 43 — Gl of: Revista Triniensal, etc., Tonio IV. Rio de Janeiro, 18 A2. GUATUSOS. " Les Indiens Guatusos du Nicaragua, par E. Or, Squikk," in : Athenscimi Fnui- c;ais, 22 Dec, 1855 ; and also in • Nouvelles Annales des Voyages. GUAYCUEU. A few words on p. 31 of : Ilistoria dos Indios Cavalleiros, on da N'a9ao Guaycuru. Escripta no i-eal presidio de Coinibra, por Fbascisco Roduigies do Puade. Pp. 21 — 47 of : Revista Trimensal do Institute do Rio do Janeii-o, Tomo I. Sio de Janeiro, 1839. GUYANA. [A. F. Pott, Die quinai'e und vigesimale Zahlmethode. On the numerals, pp. 09-71.— W. W. T.] IIAIDAH. Numerals 1 to 10, in the Tableau coniparatif des Noms de Nombre. Vol. II, p. 401, of: DUFLOT DE MoFRAS, Exploration duTerritoire de 1' Oregon, des CaUfornies et de la Mer vermeille, executee pendant les annecs 1810-42. Paris, 2 vols., 1844, 8vo. IIUASTECA. [A. F. PoTT, Die quinare luid vigesiniide Zahlmethode. On the numerals, p. 92 ; on the names of the fingers, p. 301.— W. W. T. ! HUDSON'S UAY — INKULUCIILUATS. oro di" ^* /, 1C3U. nxh, VV- 6. , Dorins, probably .Bcobrimcnto iLlMA. 1> icnffivuii Fran- HUDSON'S BAY. [Tlio temi "Hudson's Bny Indians" is, pro]iorly, oidy nnolhor name for C'1u*ih'- wyinis. The vooabidury of ChapjK-ll therefore, wluch is Cree, or Knisteneuux, does not belong licrc. — \V. W. T.] IIUllONS, WYANDOTS. Six Wynndot Words, on p. 125 of "General Parsons' Discoveries made in (lie Western Country." Art. XI (pp. 119 — 127) of: Memoirs of the American Aeademy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. II, Tart 1. Boston, 1793. [A MS. Wyandot Grammar of 21a pages, small 4to, is in the possession of Prof. J. W. Gibbs, of Yalo CoUcge.— W. W. T.] A community of Indians of tlio Huron- Iroquois family (the same with the " Five Nations" and " Six Nations"), living at Caughnawaga on the St. Lawivnce, nearly opposite Lacliine, and a few miles aljove Montreal. The settlement dates back to the year 1G80, when Louis XV made a grant of it to these Indians. They are advanced in civilization, and, from their stauncli loyalty and good services in the troublous year 1837, arc in good favour with the liritish power. A Vocal)ulary, consisting of the numerals to above 100, and upwards of forty of the conmonest words and brief sentences, is in tlie possession of Thomas II. Gladstojje, Stockwell, near London, collected by liim in July, 185G. ao Guaycuru. PiiAPE. Pp- |)mo I. B'o ''^ e muuevals, pp- brc. Vol. II, P- des Californies 'is, 2 vols., 18'1-1'> the umuerals, p- INKULUCHLUATS. [These belong not to the " Eskimo," but to the Kenai stock, as is correctly stated by Jiilg. Dele the heading " Kangjulit" the dialects of which class (spoken by the Tshnagmjuts and by the Kwichpaks and Kuskokwimjuts, see p. 98) are of the Eskimo family. Lieutenant Zaqoskin's Inkilik and Inkalit-jugelnut Vocabularies are printed in the following works : — I. Zapiski Russkago Geographitshcskago Obshtsliestva (Memoirs of the Eussian Geographical Society), Vol. II. St. Feterslnirg, 1817, 8vo (I cannot give the page of the 1st edition) ; 2nd edition, St. Petersburg, 1&19, pp. 21G— 249. II. Denkschriftcn der Eussischen Geographischen Gesellschaft zu St. Peters- burg, Vol. I (German translation of tlic above, containing Vols. I and II of the original). Weimar, 1819, 8ro, pp. 354—358. III. A. Erman, Archiv fiir Wissenschaftliche Kunde von Eussland, Vol. VII. Berlin, 1849, 8vo (from the Eussian, by W. Sciiott), pp. 481—487. IV. J. C. E. Buschmann, Der Athapaskische Sprachstamm. Berlin, 185G, 4to, pp. 269— 312.— W. W. T.] I, ;i 2J>I imxjUOlS — KADJAK. i IllOQUOIS. A(l Losskiel, p. K7. Tlic (KTinnn orif,'ini«l was puMislicd iit Hnr/n/, 17H0, Svo. Di'livwaro and Iroqiiow wonU, p)). 21>, .'JO. lOWAY. [W. jr\MiT,TO\ and S. ^I, Iuvi\, An Elomcntary Book of the loway Lanpiingo, with an Eiigliisli traiislalioi). lomiif and tSao Mission J'rcss, Indian TiTrilory,181!J. Tlic title of the (Iramnmr h\ those gent lemon should read as follows : — W. JIamii,ton and S. ^l. IitviN, An loway (Immniar, illustnitinf; liie ri-hieiples of the Lunfjuajje nscd hy the loway, Otoe, and Missouri Indians. loieay and Nac Mission Press, 181-8, IGino, pp. 152.— W. W. T.] KACniQUEL. The foUowhip; throe arc mentioned in Jiarcia's edition of Piiu-lo, hut not known to be printed : — Fh. Dominqo dk Vico, Dominicano, Vocabularios i Arte do la Lengua Cachiquel i do la Vera Paz i do otras seis. Fit. I^K.MTO i>E YiM.ACANAS, Doniiuieano, Arto i A'ocabulario do la Longua Caehi- quel (mentioned likewise by Clavigoro). Fk. Aloxso i)E IJetancth, Arte i Yoeabidario del Idioma de Guatemala (Quielu'j?). PniLirrx'rf Rriz del Coiihal, Arte y Vocabulario de la Longua de los Indios de Guatemala, Uamada Caehiquel (eonimunicated by L. Loqu do Rosny). Numerals, in : Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, Vol. IV (1810), pp. 8 — 36. KADJAK. [The reference slioiUd not have been omitted to the longer Vocabidary in Bilr and Ilelmersen's Beitmge (97 words, by Von AVrangoll), in the table to p. 259 of Vol. I. The title of Venjaminov's work slioidd read : — Ivan Vknjamisov, Zamjetshania o Koloshenskom u Kadjakskom Jazykakh. St. Petersburg, 1816, Svo. Zagoskin's Kadjak Vocabidary (made up from those of Billings and Lisiansky) is printed also in the Memoirs of the Kiissian Geogra]ihical Society (Russian), 2nd edition, Vol. II, pp. 250 — 266 ; and in the German translation. Vol. I, pp. 359 — 37 i. A. F. Pott, Die qiiinare und vigesimale Ziihhnethode. On the numerals, p. 61.— W. W. T.] K \urris — K<>x/A. 17H0, Hvo. KAIUTIS. Fit. Dkhnaudo Manktknsk, L'ii|iucIi., Ciitfclii.xino )mra Ion Karitis, liulios dc llnisili oil PorliiKiu's i Indio. 17<>!t, Hvo. Printtd, iirconliii),' lo Harciu-l'im-lo. ^- Lanpungc, ritorv,18W. \h> rriucil)!*'*' irdi) luid Sao KINAT. [That Zagofikiii sponk.'s uf four ilitiK'cts ot' tliii laiiL;ua|L;(> is ))itjba))lv u iniMtakc. At all ovoiits, ho givos Vocal)iiJarii'.s only of two, the Jiikillk and fnk(iHI-Ju i 'li r , i KrSKOKAVIM.Il'TS. f /atfoxkin'M T/t/nitii/uiJnf iind h'lrH/ijinA- h'lisAiiiiriiiiJnf N'ociiliiiliirics arc priiilcd iilso in llic Mi'iiKiirs of tlif liiis.xian (l('(i;,'rn|)liii'Ml Hocictv (l{ii!«xiaii). \'i>\. II, 2ii(l «vli)i<)ii, pj). 250— 2(ir», iiihI in tlif OirniMii traiiclalioii, \n\. I, |i|i. IJoil -li? I. — W. W. 1. J KLTCllIN. rTi;n, A sliort Vocalmlarv (»!' tlic LouiIhmix I,ani;imi.'(', in : I'rocccil- inj(M of till' iMiilolo^ical Society, Vol. IV. Ijninhiii, iHoO, p. IS,"). Also in: B. (K Latham's IS'alural llistorv of llic N'aiicticn of Man. fjniihni, 1M50, Hvo, pp. 2U7, 2'JK.— W. AV. T.J LTVANS, LAPANAS. Indians of Texas, bclouf^iuj; to tlie Apache stock. They hunt over the country l)et\veen the GiuuKihipe and the Kio Clrande. A (I'W Lipan Words, ]i. 27H of: W'm. Hoi.l.AKin's ( >i)Sfrvations on the Indian 'l'ril)cs in Texas, in Vol. |[ ol' the .louniul of llie London Ktlniolot;ical Society. Loik/oii, IHoO, Hvo. MAIIA, o:\rAiiA. [A. F. I'oTT, l)io <|niiiare und vi>i;osiinale Ziihlmetliode. On (lie nnnierals, p. 07. _W, \V. T.] MATPURES. [A. F. Torr, Die (piinare und vigesiniale Ziihlmetliode. On tlie numerals, p]). II, l.-,._W.W. T.J MAYA. Fu. Ai.oxso DK r.A Solaxa Frauciscano, Voeahulario nniy eopioso de la Leufjua dc Jueatan o Maiu i Kiiafiola. Mentioned in Bania's edition oC Pinelo. Fu. Lris DK ViT.LALPAXDO, Franeiseano, Arte i Voeahulario de la Lengua do 'N'ucatan. This work and tlic following tire mentioned hy both Bareia- Pinelo and Clavigero, but not known to be printed. Fu. Bkrnautiino de Valt.adoijd, Orbis IMetns, in Latin, Spanish, and Maia. " Un Tomo eomo al que esta pintado, los ponia su nond)re Latino, Cast ellano i el que le eorrcspondia en est a lengna de los Indios." Hi' M \ M I «»•> H („. h,iie ArKliKiin, I'lancisiiiiio, Ailf Ihim- Ic In Jioiigi Jiuallniit, Men- tiinicd l.v Miirciii-l'iiii'li), Imt imi knnxMi to lif |iriiilfil. Kii. Antonio dk I ii i>\I) I{i:\i., Vixuliulnno (.'iwli'llMii-JiiiMlnu i .Im iitou' Caxti'llnii, i Mil (.'iili'piiiii I'll (i 'I'oiiKH ciida iiiio dc U(N) plii^n Mui'ciii-I'iiiclo ami Clavi^'cro, Iml not kiiuwii to lir |ii'iiilr(l. Gasi'ah Antonio, N'ocalMiliirio (!<• la Li'iimia ilc •luratuii. (■('iii'dini' (<• l-'ll, .llAN CoKONKi., I'Miii'i-'cano, rcdiijo el Arlo aiili-iim dc la Liiimi.i .liicalna a iiia.x lii'i'Vt'dad i clardad. 'I'lii.x and tin |ir(ri>(lin^ ai'c iniiilimu'd li\ llania-i'incld, ImiI mil kmiwii to lif |ii-iiit<'d, I 'I'lu' Anu'ricaii ilililc Soi-ioty, in New N'ork, i)i)S!*('8si'i* a MS. Didionarj Ma_\a- S|iaiiif»t lojrii'lll Soi'i»'>>- Kn/., in lii« I'ffliKv, spnikn ol'a (Irannnar liy .1. Naiu is(», of llen-aii/. and C^uirox, ))iMnti'd at Madrid in llic voar 1H;}8. A. (I A 1. 1. All N InalM of tlic nnnu'rals in: 'I'l'Mn-iaction?' ol' tin- Aiiu'rican i'llhno- lo^^ical Society, \'<>1. I, jip. ol — o7>, and Talilc to |i 11 I. A. V. Pott, Uii- (juiuuiv niul vigo»iinulo Ziililuicthodo, pp. 5(3— S)(5; iiamcf* ol' llu- lingers, ]). 301. C U. IIki.LKU, Rciscn in Mcxiko. Liyizii/, 1853, Hvo. (irannnatical Kcniark.-, pp. 381—385 ; Numerals and a lew otiicr words, pp. 380—388 - \\ . W. T.J lu" nnnu-rals, \'- he nnuicvi>l^i VV ,i„so do In lA-upun Pini'lo. „ do 111 "Li-^R"" '^^ IV.n-eia-rinolo and .iu,ni>*h, and Maia. ino, CusteUano i el MAME. Don Felipe Rnz ConnAL, Arte i Vocabnlario de la Lenyna de Guatemala. Printed aecordinu to Nic. Antonio and Harcia-Pinelo, and called in the .Mitln-idales ill, 2, )). 10, " \'ocal)nlariuni I'oeoniannini." L, I.eon de Kosiiiy eonnnnnieates the same title, but designates the langU!ir;e as KacciiicpU'l. (See undi-i'.) Laclcos is called Lariun hy Itan-ia, and his " Arti^' stated to ])e prinlt'd in l(j07. .\n "Arte y Yocahulario de la Lcnjiua ^lam" is said to have heen written l»\ a " rAUiu; Kkixoho," which was printed at Mexico in Kill-. No cofiics known in ICuropcan libraries. De Souza (luoica a few words from it, viz. : — Chi, soft. A, water; ha or hna, in the Maya, Kacliiquel, et<". Mama, old. Max, father. Yiiiih, woman. A'o/, evil. Kih, sun ; IMaya, /iin ; Quiche, kir ; Kachi(|uel, /v/'/c 228 M A N D.V N S — M i: \ I ( • A X . 'Ml! ]i ): MANDANS. "Dutails Hiir la Nation dos Indicns Maiidans, extraits du A'ovago dans riiiterk-ur dc rAnicriqup du Nord, cx6eu(o pendant les aTniees 1832, 1833, 1831, par lo Prince Max. di; >'i,i\viKD," in : Annalos des Voyages, 1811, Vol. lA', pp, 5—47. IVrandaii A'ocabulnrv, j))). 318 — 352 of: Die Indiancr Nord Aincriea's iind die walirend eines aehtjiihrigen Aulentlialts unler den wildeHten ilirer Stiinnne erlebteii Abentheuer und Sehieksale, von CI. Catlin. Naeli der fiinften englisehen Aiisgabe deutseh lierausgegeben von Dr. I[einri(h lierghaus. Mit 2 1 vom Yerfasser naeli der Katur entworfenen Geniiilden. Zwi'ite Ausgabe. lirii-s.sef, Muquardt, 1851, 8vo, pp. 382. !•■ f r./ tl i ■I; lllii: I MAKAMOMISIOS. p. Manuel ok Vega, Catecisnio, Dieeionario i Graniatica de la Lengua de lot< Marainoiiiisios, Indios del Brasil. Aeeording lo Bareia-Pinelo, but not known to be printed. MASSACHUSETTS. [The Comparative Yoeabulary in Note 15 to Edwards's Mohegan Grainiiiar was conijnled not by " T. Say," but by the editor, Dr. J. Piekering, who deriveil the Massuehusetts voeabulary from EUot. — W. W. T,] MATLAZINGA. Fr. Axukes ])E Castko, rranei9cano,Voeabulario, doetrina Christiana i Serinoue* on Lengua Matlazinga. — Arte de aprender las Lenguas Mexieaua i Matlazinga. Ac- cording to Bareia-Pinelo and Clavigero, but not known to be printed. MESSISSAUGAS. [Here, loo, the ))receding (Massachusetts) ivmark apphes. The few wonls of this language are taken from Smith Barton.— W.W. T.] MEXICAN. Ad p. 112, line 8, Molixa : reprinted in IGOG, 4to, accordhig to Bareia's edition of Leon Piiielo, where it is also stated lliat IIehxando de Ribas, an Indian, assisted Mohna in eompiUng his dictionary. Ad p. 113, line 10, Squiek : and pp. 216, 217 of the Oerman translation by Karl Andree. Leipzig, Lorck, 1856, 8vo. MEXICAN. Viiitoni-vir I- le Vvmw 7. i,c crk'btoii lavcU, 1S>J^> ot kuowiv to Urummui' wiw 10 tlerivca the latla/.inga. At- few wonls of this lo Barcia'8 oilition an Inilian, assisted an traiislation by Ad p. 113, line 37, Molina : reprinted ibid. 157H, 8vo, necording to Uareia- Tinelo. Ad p. 115, line 8, Rangel : mentioned as printed in Barcia-Pinelo. The work of I'aredes (p. 11-1) is, properly spcakuig, only an extraet, not a new- edition of the " Arte" by Caroehi. TuriN, CuAKL. DE, Arte IVovissuna de Lengiia Mexicana. Mexico, 1753, llo. Numerals (1 — 21, 30, 800, 8000), Tabla arinietiea eomparada de los Mejicanos y Tarascos. P. 08 of: D. Bexito Mauia de Moxos, eartas Mijieanas, 2''" edicion. Geiiova, Pillas, s.a. (1839), 8vo. Nmnerals 1 — 10 in the Tableau comparatif des !Noms de !\ombre. Vol. IT, p. 401, of: DuFLOT DE MoFUAS, Ex))loration du Territoii-e de I'Oregon, des Cali- fornies et de la Mer vermeille, executee pendant les annces 18 10-12, 2 vols. Paris, 1814, 8vo. An artielc by Mr. AriiiN, of Paris, " Langiie Amil'rieaine ; Langiie, Littcrature et Eeriture Mexieaines," in : Eneyclopedie du XIX'"" Siiiele, Tome XXVI, Supple- ment, pp. 500—507. An artifle on Aztec Picture- writing by V.. G. Squiej{, in : Xew York Tribune, IS'ov, 21, 1852. Die Spuren der Aztekischen Spraehe im noerdllehen Jlexieo, 1"' Abtlieilung. Paper by J. C. E. Busciuiann, ivad before the Berlin Academy of Sciences, Feb. 9. 1854. The same. 2'* Abtheilung. Ecad April 27, 1854. These papers are now printing, and will form a supplementary a olume to the Transactions of the Berlui Academy of 1854. Gramnaatisclie Darstelhmg von vier Spraclu>n des nord-westliehcn Mexico's, Paper by J. C. E. BI'SCUMAxx, read bcfoi-e the Berlin Academy, May 22, 1854. [A. F. Pott, Die quinare und vigcsiiaale Ziildmethode. On the numerals, pp. 97, 98 ; on the names of the fingers, p. 301. C. B. Heller, Reisen in Mexiko. The numirals and a few other words, pp. 385-388.— W. W. T.] M. L. Leox de Rosnt, of Paris, announces a new edition of tiie Dictionary of Mohna, preceded by a Grammar of the SIcxican language, which will be published in 4to, under the following title : Vocabulario de la Lengua Mejicana \wv d P. Fr. Alonzo de Molina ; luieva cdiciou publicada scgun el original impreso en Mcjico, con ima version francesa, i preeedido de un compcndio de la gramdtica Mejicana i do observaciones sobre los chferentes ichomas de Mejico, por L. Leon de Rosny. (Esta nueva edicion se publieara en cuarto a dos columnas, con magnificos typos y en papel solido.) The following works are mentioned in Barcia's edition of Pinelo, but arc not known to be printed : — Fii. Anton 10 D avila, Dominicauo, Arte para saber la Lengua Mexicana, redueiendo sur eleganeias a metodo. 230 MICMAC — AIIXTKC A. :ii| 1 I Fr. Juan IJai'Tista, Franciscnno, Vocabulario wclosiustico on L('iiprinted (omitting the \v u-rals) in Hchooleraft's Ilist., ete., of Indian Tribes, Vol. II, ])p. 182 — I'JIJ. Rev. jMr. Ilawley, ^lohawk Ninnbers, from Pros. Stiles's AISS. ; in Collections of Massachusetts Historical Society, Vol. IX, (Ir.st series, p. 1.37.— W. W. T.J ros, hi: l*i'"- V. AV. T.J VV. W. T.J Grannnav (as few words of \rte i Knsenanza but not known' MOIIEGAN. [The Voeabulary- of 15 words in Note 15 to Kdwards's Moh(>gnn Crrannnar is extracted by the editor. Dr. Pickering, from the Grammar itself. He also gi\-es another (of 11 words) from Rev. W. Jenks. For "T. Say's," in the last paragraph of p. 121, substitute " the Editor's." The full title of the "American Museum," mentione^l on p. 125, is "The American IMuseum ; or. Repository of Ancient and ^Modern Fugitive Pieces, et<'.. Prose and Poetical, Vol. V. FIiil«(fefph/a : Printed by Mathew Carey, 17St)." Bvo. It was in this volume (pp. 22 — 25, 111 — 141) that the edition of Edwards's Grammar, printed at IMiiladelphia, in 1789, as stated by Dr. Ludewig on p. 121, appeared. The words " Columbus, ^lay, 1787, pp. (572," should be erased. They are derived from the Mithridates (III, 3, p. 391), where they stand thus ; " Columb. May 1787. S. G72." My friend Peter Force, Esq., of Washington, whom I con- 8(dted as to what this could mean, has solved the riddle thus. The Caliimfjinii. Maf/azhie, of tlie year 1787, eontahis on page 672 a notice of the death, on the 12th September, of "old Zachariah, regent of the Mohegan tril)e of Indians, in the 100th year of his age." Among tlic memoranda of one of the authors of the Mithridates relating to the Mohegans was a refe- , ice to this passage, which accidentally got inserted in the place where we tlnd it in their work, with the typographical error of "May" for M iq. Ludewig, in attempting to make it more intelligible, rendered it still worse. The " Sjiecimen of the Moheagan Language" in the Massachusetts Historical Society's Collections, Vol. IX, first series, is simply a vocabulary. — W. W. T.] mmmmmmm 2'62 MUNDIIUCUS — NANTICOHK. MUNJJllUCUS. [A. F. Pott, Die (luiimre und vigcsiinule Ziihlmetliodo. On tlio iiuiiu'nils, )). 73.— W. W. T.] MUSKOGIIEE. [Tlio Voeabulni'ic'9 in Gallatin's Synopsis are found on pp. 307 — 3(57, 382 — 39(i, 405, 40G.— W. W. T.] MUT8UX8. [A tribe of Indians living in tlie country around the Mission of San Juan Bautista, in Monterey Co., California. Tlicir lan- guage appears to be identical with that of the Mission of La Soledad, on the Salinas River (see under " Diegenos/' p. 63), and with that of the llumsens or Achastlians of the Mission of San Carlos, near the city of ]Monterey. P. Felipe de Abboyo, Alfabetico Arroyuelo do cspivsioncs do ostos Indios Mutsuncs de San Juan Bautista. Afio de 1815, fol., pp, 94. A MS. eolleotion of words and phrases ; to which are appended catechetical exercises, forms of ))rajer, and sjjecimens of native music, belonging to the library of the Bishop of Monterey. The Smithsonian Institution is having a copy made of it. — W. W. T.] MUYSCA. Ad p. 129, line 25, Cuaklks de Pakavey. The title is "Memoire siir TOrigine Japonnaise, Arabo et Basque des Peiiples du PLitoau de Bogota ;" not " Menioria sobre el origen Japones," etc. Medraxo, Arte de la Lengua del Nuevo Reyno de Granada. Mentioned in Barcia's edition of Pinelo, but not known to be printed. [A. F. Pott, Die qiiinai-e und vigesimale Ziililmethode. On the numerals, pp. 88, 89. -W. W. T.] NACiRANDANS. [E. G. SQT'rjjR's Vocabulary is reprinted in the Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. Ill, pp. 101, lOG-llO, 112, 113; and the grannnatical rules and forms in pp. 101-105.— W. W. T.] NANTICOKE. [The Vocab\ilary in Note 15 to Edwards's Mohegan Grammar was derived by tlie editor, Dr. Pickering, from Murray and Ilcckewelder. — W- W. T.] NAIlHAliANShTT — (IMMDA. J.i.'i nine n\ls, XAKllACiANSETT. [The Vociibulnrv in Notol5 to Kdwards's ^Mohcgnii (rrmiimnr wns dfrivt'd In tlic I'ditor, J)r. ritkering, Iroiu that of R. A. Williams.— W. \V. 'J'.] 82-39C,, issioii of Lcir lan- 311 of L» ' p. 63), Lission of XA\ A.IO A'ocabulary of upwards of sixty words in Xabajo and Knglisli, |)p. 41J), l'2(\ of; El Gringo ; or, New Moxico and lior Pi-oplc. Uy W. W. If. l)AVi«i. ynr )'iirA; Ilarpers, 1857, 8vo, pp. f32. NEW BRUNSWICK. [The cxpre.-ision "all these," eopied from llowse, refer.s to the words and phrases of his New IJrnnswiek Yoeabnlary, or Miciiiar, under which head this Voealjulary sliould have been entered.— AV. W. 'JM ■stos Indios coUeetion of IS of prnjt'r, )( Monterey. surVOrigmc jot " Aleiuoria Mentioned in . numerals, pp- t\ie American he grannnatical us J derived by <'.ie NKAA' (t KAN ADA. Glossary of Words in use in New Granada, pp. 5G9— 573 of: New Granada : Twenty Months in the Andes. By Isaac F. IIoi.tox, M.A., Professor of Chemistry and Natural History in Middlebury College. With Maps and Illustrations. Xpw York, 185G, royal 8vo, pp. G06. The above Glossary does not, strictly speaking, fall within the range of our i- quiries ; but as the words occurring in it are of Indian origin, or else, being hj.anish, are used in a diii'erent sense from that given in dictionaries, or applied to objects unknown in the temperate zone, we felt some hesitation to exclude it. NUTKA. Ninnerals 1 — 10 in the Tableau coniparatif des Noms de Nombre. \o\. 11, p. 401, of: DrFLOT UE Mr KitAs, Exploration dti Territoire de TOregon, des Californies et de la Mer venneille, exccutee pendant les anneis 1810-12. J'rtri.s', 1844, 2 vols., 8vo. ONEIDA. [The Vocabulary in Schoolcraft's "Indian Tribes" is the same (omitting the numerals) as in the "Notes on the Iroquois." As, however, they are ascribed to different sources, I have applied to Mr. Schoolcraft, who thus explains the apparent discrepancy : " The Oneida, taken by myself and by my nephew, K. U. Sherman, H 11 2.*M ON<)NI).\(i.V OTO.Ml. wm* ol)tiunc(l from yoniip Skcnando, llic grundson of tlic noted chief of that nnmo, iiml .lolinsoii. IJodi are Oneidtia, and the niitliority is oquah IMr. Sliennan quoted one i)erson, I anotlier. Thev were hotli invsent while I took my jxirt of tlie voeahnlHry, sometimes one giving an exphmution, and sometimes //le ul/icr." -W. \V. T. I ONONDAGA. [Tlio Vooahulary in the " Indian Tribes" is the same (omitting the numerals) as in the " Notes on the Irotjuois." These also are ascribed to dilferent sources, wliich Mr. Schoolcraft thus ex)ilains : " I sjient several days at Onondaga Keserva- lion (having a census to take, and Indian prejudices to overcome), conferring with the two leading chiefs, Captain Frost and Abraham Le Fort. T\w latter gave me the words of my fonn for a vocabulary, which fonn coincided very nearly with M. (lallatin's, b\it did not finish it. When 1 published these vocabularies in the '^iotes on the Iroquois," in 18 1?, I i)releiTed to give, mi/i/ I could complete tnliie, M. Gallatin's list. When, in 1852, I went to rhiladeli)hia to print Vol. II of my 'History,' etc., it is my impression I accidentally left the MS. of this vocabulary behind. From the insertion of Le Fort's name where you find it, it ap])ears that 1 expected it to be forwarded to me in season for the press, and forgot to strike out my autliority when thus disap)K)inted." — W. W. T.j OSAGE. [A. F. Pott, Die quinare imd vigesimale Ziihlmethode. p. 07.— W. W. T.] On the numerals, OTO. [The reference to Pickering's Note Ifi to Edwards's Mohegan Grammar should have been inserted, if at all, under the head of " Words and Vocabularies," as it contains nothing about the Oto but eight words in M. Duponeeau's Comparative Table, p. 151.— W^ W. T.] OTOMI. Bareia-Pinelo also mentions the Otomi works of Rangel and Palacios ; so does Clavigero, who, in addition, gives the title of the Vocabulary of P. Juaji de Dios Castro, and speaks of an Otomi Dictionary by N. Sanchez. " Demonstracion y Explicaeioh del Alfabeto del Idioma Othorai, con sus propios caraeteres," pp. 1—17 ot : Breve Conqiendio de todo lo que debe saber, y entender el Cristiano, para poder lograr, ver, conocer, y gozar a Dios Nuestro Sefior en el Cielo etcrnamente. Disi)iiesto en Longua Othomi, y construido literalmente en la I'AWNi': riM.v. •,>:}.") t nniuo, qiiotocl of ilie ulfif')'.''^ iicrals) US' I Ki'sorva- rring witl* p gave "H" iV with M. ies in the 2)lete mine, 1. 11 of my vocubiilury H'nrs tluil 1 stviko out Leiiguii CttstoUiiiia por vl V. Fr. Antonio do Giiailiiliiiu- Kiiuiiri'/, rivdii-iulor ApostAlifO, y I'x-Ouardian del Aposldlk'o C'oli'gio di> Propaganila Fido do >'. 8. 1*. S. Francisco do I'acliucha. J'i/la i/e Gitiula/iipt; 178 1, tto, pp. xvi, 80. A Onunnialical Outline of tiic Otonii Lan>;uaf;c, by F. RoDUiKH, on ])p. H.jH — ;!(!!, A'ol, VII, third section, of; Frscli und (iruber's Fneu-lopiedie. Lcij/zii/, IHIM!, llo. Eman. Xa-XKHa's " Dissertatio de Lingua Otliomitoruni" is also separately printed. rhUadelphia, 1838, Ito, jip. 18. !N.13. For Notices of the same, see: GOttinger Oelehrte Anzeigcn, \H'M\, l>p. 321— H13 ; and : Journal of tiie Koyal Geographical Society, \'ol. \', pj). 355 — 301. [The numerals are given by M. Gai.i.ati.n in the Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. I, Table to p. 111. A. F. Pott, Die (piinare unci vigesimale Zilbhnethode. On the numerals, i)p. yO, 91 ; on the names of the lingers, p. 301.— W. \V. T.] PAAVNEE. [A. F, I'oT'r, Die iiuhiare und vigesimale Ziilihnethode. On the nunierais, p. G8.— W. \V. T.] le nnmcrnli', PEXX8Y1.VANIAXS. [A. F. Pott, Die quhiare mid vigesimale Ziihlmethode. On the numerals, p. 64.— W. W. T.] mmar sbowld ularie!»," as it Comparative lacios ; so docs '. JuandePios ^ou 9US propios abor, y entender tro Sefior en el eralmente en la PENOBSCOT. [The Vocabidary in Note 15 to Edwards's Moliegan Grannnar is derived by the editor, Dr. Pickering, from a MS. of the I'l-eneh Missionaries who had resided with the tribe.— \V. W. T.] PIMA. Nvnncrals 1 — 10 in the "Tableau compiiratif des Noms dc Nond)rc," Vol. 11, p. 401, of: DVFLOT DE Mofkas, Exi)loration du Tcrritoire de 1' Oregon des C'ali- fornies et de la IMer vermeille, exeeiiteo pendant les annees 1810-12, 2 vols. Parit, 1841, 8vo. [The A'ocabulary in the Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. II, is copied by M. Gallatin from Dr. Coulter's, in the Eoyal Geographical Society's Journal. J. C. F]. BrsciiMANN, Die Pima-Spraehe und die Sprache dcr Koloschen. (From Abbandlungen der Koniglichcn Akadcniie dcr Wissenschaften /u licrlin, IJ: 23(i I'INA — (H K hi;. ttus (U'lii Jahiv iH'ii), pp. a2l — I:J2.) lierlhi, 18r>7, 41o. Contains the rinm Toxin Hiul (Jrinnmiiticnl ObscrvulioiiH iroiii IMoH'frkorn, in tlu- Mitlimlatos, i-orwcli'd and Umill^ I'xtfndi'il, i)p. 353—365 ; and a Voiabularv, coUi'dfil i'roni printed Bourtrn, willi ivnuirks on tin- same, pp. 3G7 375. —\V. VV. T.J Vocabulario do la Lungua I'ina, por J*. .Santiago Sedklmaiu, Missionario du los I'inuH, en la Kueva ViBfava. 1701. MS., aet-ording to De Souza. :! (I I ! ! ' i .:' \ ;.« ill lURO. The pueblos tliat still speak the Tiro language are Taos, Tezuipie, Handia, Islela, and Jsleta ol' tlie South. (See VV. \V. il. Davis, Kl Gringo j or, Mew Mexieo and her People. Neie York, llarjjers, 1857, 8vo, pp. 432.) roroLucA. Fk. Fhancisco de Joval, Arte, Voeabulario, Doctrina Christiana i Serniones en Lengiia i'opoluca. UotliBareia-rinelo and Clavigero uientiou this work as printed. PUEBLO INDIANS. A Complel>'^ Voeabula^y of Words in the Langnages of the Pueblo or Civilized Indians of New Mi'vico. In the language of Pueblo Indians of — 1. Santo Domingo, San Felipe, Santa Ana, Silla, Laguna, Acoma, Coehiti. 2. San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Pojuaque, Nam be, Te/.uqxie. 3. Taos, Pieoris, Sandia, Isleta. 4. Jeniez and Old Peeos. 5. Zuni. G. Moqui. Pj). 157—151) of: El Grhigo ; or, New Mexieo and her People, liy \V. \V. 11. Davis Xew I'ork, Harpers, 1857, 8vo, pp. 432. QUICHE. [A brief Voeabularv , extraetcd from the Lord's Prayer as given by SteI'Iiens, and the numerals (also from Stephens), are given by M. Gallatin, in : Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. I, pp. 9, 10, 275, and Tabic to p. 114. A. F. Pott, Die qinnare iind vigesimale Ziihlmethode. On the numerals, pp. 92, 93. -W. \V. T.] '! i QL'ICIIUA — SAN .lir.VN CAl»18TRAN(>. ^37 lU ToxtB ted and BourceSj QlICHl A. liitiriii-lMiu'lo moiition.-* "Jian dk Veoa, Arte o Kiuliiiu-ntos do tJniinali.ii Quifhim. Impivito iii Lima;" uiid slates that "Fit. Mahtin dk Victohia, dil Orden de lii Mereed, I'lie el jirimero que rediijo il arte la leii(,'ua del liica." rio de lo9 dia, UW\a, Lexieo and iermones en i. as printed. 3 or Civilized oehiti. e. By W. W. 11. KICCAUKKS. « Kiecaree A'oeabulary, j)p. 348— 352 of: Die Indianer JJord Ainerika'M uiid die wiilireiid eiiu'rt aelitjiilirim'eu Aufeiitlialts unter deii wildesten ilirer Slilmiiie erlebtcii Abenllii'iier uiid Sehieksale, von U. C'allin. >'aeli der ITml'teu eiijilisclien AusKiihe deulseh lierauK^egeben von Dr. Ileinrieli Ber<,'liaii!<. Mit 21 voiii Verliif«scr iiacli der Natiir eiitworfeneu Genialden. Zweite Au«gabe. Br'dsscl, Miuiuardt, iSol, bvo, 1))). 382. Kl'MSEX. [.\. F. roTT, Die (luinare und vige.simale Ziihluiethode. On the numerals, p. G3. — W. W. T.] SAIIAPTIN. [Dr. SC'orr.KH'a Vocabularies are printed also in the Kdinburgh New Philosophieal Journal, Vol. XLI, pp. 190— 1U2. J. lIowsK, Voeabidaries of eertain North American Tian{,Miaf^ei!i, in : VnnredingH of the Philological Hoeiety of London, Vol. IV. Okanagan Vocabulary, pp. 199— 204.— W. W. T.] SAN GABRIEL, KIZII. Diegenos, l)p. 02, 63, to Californian Indians, mentioned already under wluch add — Jon. Cakl Eu. BrscHMANN, Die Sprachen Kizli uud Netela von Neu Californien. AbluuuUung gelesen in der Berliner Akademie tier Wissenschaften, October 25, 1855, pp. 501 — 531 of the " Abhandlungen der Philosophiseh-historischen Klasse" of said Academy for 1855, and with separate title. Berlin, Diinnnler, 1856, 4to. SteI'UENS, and Transactions of Le to p. 114- le niunerals, pp- SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, NETELA. ACAGCHEMEM ^TX, Califomian Indians, for which see the article " Diegenos," pp. 62, 63, adding — JoH. Cakl Ed. Bl'scuMAxy, Die Sprachen Kizh und Neiela von Neu C'alifoniicn. Abhandlung gelesen in der Berliner Akademie der Wisscnschaften, October 25, 1855, pp. 501 — 531 of the " Abhandlungen der Philosophiseh-historischen Klasso" of said Academy, 1855, and with separate title. Berlin, Diimmler, 1856, Ito, 238 .SAINT JOHN S INDIANS — SUOsillON KESJ. SAINT JOHN'S INDIANS. V\. V, s 1'. «;» Hioux ^^)(■ahullln■, pp. 318 — 3.'2 of: Pic Iiidiimcr Nord AincrikirH iiiiil ilic wiiliri-iiil i-iiu'H iu'liljiiliri;;i'n .\llli•lltlmll^^ uiitor lU'ii wililistfii iliivr Slamiiio trlililtn Alu'iillu'Ufr \iii(l Scliickanlf, voii G. Catliii. Nncli dt'r fiiiiflcii fiijjlim'liiii Aiispilw driil.xcli iK'musp'Uflu'ii voii Dr. Ih'iiiricli lK'r>;lmuf«. Mil ?,\ voiii Virl'iisstT, imi-ii del" Nalnr fiit worli-iii'ii (ii'iiiiildcii. Zwi-itf AuMjfalu-. Uriixsr/, Miii|iiMr(lt, IM,')!, Hvtt, pp. HH2. SITKA. 10, IVom Xmiicralu 1 10 (Silka and Kiiif,' (it'orp'V Island) in tlic "TaMcaii cnniiiaralil' (lis Ncinis dc N'(Mnl)ri'," \'o\. 11, p. l(»l, ol': l)i |.|.(ir ni-: Moi'has, hlxpinralion dii 'I'fiTitdii'f dc rOivgoii (li's ('aliforiiii's tt dc la Mcr vcnnciilc, cxcciitcc )iciulaiit Ics annccs 1810-12, 2 vols. J'dri.i, 1811, 8v.>. sjkm:iin()A'tsi. toll, states *ay« : " H aro, partly (School- [Tlic Russinn word " Sei'ei'uocsAld" is not the nanic of a people or lan<;uiii;e, Imt a ]tlural adjective a^jrwiiig with n/ora (words). " Sirrniorzcr" has a Uerinan termination. Tlic jmipcr title i'or this laiifjuaj^e woidd have hcen the nati\e naiiu', KrnklKnudJii. The Jidlondiikdicc, Chdwcshak, Kit/aiiapo, and I'ldai, are the same, or dialects of the same language.— W. W. T.J al remarks, made in the « Aineriean s Jklohegau ,'s Graiunuir SOXORA (LANGUAGES OF). Dos Libros dc los diferontes Idioinna qnc so uaan en la Provineia do Sonora, hy Francisco Lo.viz.v, Mexican Jesuit, and Missionary in Sonora, in 173G. The MS. exists hi the Mission of Yccora (De Souza). PaniUelen Sonoriseher und Mexieaniseher Wiirter. rajier hy Joir. Caul Eu. BusciiMAXX, read before the 13erUn Academy, ZS'ov. 22, 1855. Die Lautvcriinderung aztekischcr Wiirter in den sonorischen Sprachcn und die sonorischc Endung A M E dnrgestellt von Jon. Carl Ed. Bischmanx. Aus den Abhandlnngen dor Konigliehen Akadeniic dor AVissensehaftcn zu Berlin, uus dcm Jahre 185G. Berlin, 1857, Ito, pji. 118. untains, etc., -W.W.T.J SQUALT.YA^IISTI. [Tlieso arc the Sktrale, or Xasquallj/, of Hale. See under "Flatheads," p. 73. — W. W. T.] 2U) STONK IMH.WS lAliAIHM Ml \. STONK INDIANS, ASSIN r,IU)INS. I 'I'lic Vociiliiilarv inciiliiini'il iiniltT tliis lu'tid Hlimild liitvi- Ikiii pliK-nl nUiuu »illi l)i(* otlicrH of tilt' HMiiic (liiiliM't iiiidiT llii> )ri>iicral licitd of " Diikolii." It ^ivcM no )x|)l(>drd notion of Ili'ckcwfldi'i* iind otluTrarK writcrx, timt tlu» A!«!*incl>oin!* lu'loii^ to tlic Iro(|noi« nlock. ^X. W. T. | TAHALOSA. V. Lri«« Tf;mrT., OmniMtica dc In Lciii,Mia Tahalosa <1(1 Tcni. Mcntiom-d hy Uan-ia-l'inflo, Imt not known to be printed. TA( TLLIKS. I A, F. Pott, Die iiuinari' and vi^icsinialo Zilliliuftliodo. On llic nmncrals, |). (\C>. VV. W. T.J \i |M( w ill > I TAMANAKI. Ad YANOrES (written by Uarcia, Iaii(jii(in). Jlarcia stnti-s tliat I'lt. ^VfARTlN liriz IIlanco publislicd, in 10(53, an abbreviated and corrected edition of tlie I'rincipion, etc., of Yangnen ; adding tbereto a " Diccionario de las Lcnjitias de los Indies Cumanngotcs i PakMupies ;" and that in 1(583 he pnbhshed anotiier, " Arte i Vocabnlario, con CateciMnio i Diroctorio para confcsar los In(Uos." Ad Taustk. IJarcia-Pinelo statea that Tanstc is only the editor of the " Arte i Vocabnlario de lii Lengua de los Caribcs de Nneva Andalnsia" of Fn. Johei'II de Cakauantes. [A. F. I'OTT, Die qninaro mid vifjesiinale Ziihhnethodc. On the ninnornls, pp. 13, 11 ; on the pronouns, p. 108 note ; on names of the lingers, p. 302.— W. W. T.] TAllAIIUMARA. [A. F. Pott, Die quinnrc nnd vigesininle Ziihlmothodo. On the numcrnls, pp. 10— 13.— W. W. T.] Die Lantveriinderung aztekischer Wiirter in den sonorischen Spraclien nnd die sonorisehc Endnng A M E dargestellt von Joii. Caul Ed. BrscniMANN. Aus den AbliandUmgen der Koniglichcn Akademie der Wissensclmftcn zu Berlin, aus dem Jahre 185G. JSerlhi, 1857, 4to, pp. 1 18. TMI \''t\ — TIXiniK \S. •^11 •|'\|{ \S('\. NininniU (I 21, :«H - K(H(, H(HMi), Tiililii Arilmct iru .•..TH|>nf!Hlii dc I.m Mi;|ii'i)iin» > riiniMCcm. I'. (ISdC: \). IllM lit M Mit A Ui; .MoAoM, C'llliil-i MijiniliiiH. 2''" filii- '•''•■"", l.\|i. L. I'.'lli^, s.,1. (|HH!»), S\(>. .V«/»'. — Till' (inininiarx li_v (iilln'rli iiiid I.ii^'iiiih.h hit nUo mu miiniicl jn Itiiri'in's cditiiMi of I'imlo. T( iiinkitam:. {RISS. SITKA SOrXD.) Voi-nlmliiin* dcs 'I'i'liiiikilMiu'ciM. I'p. TtNT- r)i(l nf: Ktiksm; M\ii(ii\M>, V mni;,. iiiifuiir dn MdikIc, iiiiiilaiit lis ininriM I7'.MI, I7!>l it 1711"-' 'I'. I I'liri'., \' I (I71IH), llo. (Kroin llu- t'lillrctiinis of ('aiiliiin I'liniiid mid Siinrron KuMii ) TKIH KIJIKT. I IT. FIai.k, Ktlmoijnipliy inid IMiilolojf^' of tlic l' ilrd SimIcm l';x)ili>nii(» Kx|M'(li. • h.n, p. (!r,(5. — W. \V. T.]" TKPKCirAXA. hie T/iiiilvonitidi'nmL; it/.lcki.-irliiT W'l'irli'i' in di'ii simunKi'licn ^|)rnl'nt■ll iind die xiitiorisrlio KndmiLr A M I'', d.ii'Hiv-lrllt voii Jnii. Caiu. I'lli. Hi scum \.nn. Aus dm Al>liaii(lliiiincn dcr Krnii^iliclu'M Akiidfiiiio iIlt Wi.stioii.srhai'trn zii JJi-rlin, aiis dcni .lalmf 1850. Jicrllii, 1K57, U<), \<]<. 1 18. TEXAS. I Till' immcrnls ol'"oertniti Indian (ribos bcfwit-ii llio Rio Nortt- and San Anlonin ol' Ti'xas," an* fi;ivt'n by M. Uai.latix, in tlic Transactions oftlii' American I'^llnio- lofjical Society, Vol. 1, p. Tt^, and Tal)i<' to p. 11 I. Also In A. K. I'ott, in Die ipiinare und vii^esiniali' Ziililnii'tliode, p. (»l). — \V. W. 'J". J JICAUILLAS. [** Tirori/fris" is a misprint in Simpson's Report lor ,livnrillii.i, wliicb lias lieen copied bj 13usehmann. — \V. W. T.] TBEBTllAS. [A. P. Pott, Die quuuuv und vigetsiniale Ziibimetlioilc. On tlio numerals, pp. 72, -a.—\\. VV. T.J I I 242 TIMr.ACA — TSIII'KTSIII. TIMTJACA, TTMTJQT^ANA. ['. Andhk.s \'n'o, (liifjics), Ornninlicii, Diccioimrio i ('ntccisino cii Ti('iit;Mn lU- Mnriliiiul en la Florida. 1G12. Mentioned in Bareiu's edition of I'inelo, but n<>t known to he printed. The eomplete titles of Pareja's hooks are : Confessionario en I>en;:fua Castellaiia v Tinui(|nana. Con algnnos eonsejos \)nra animar al pcnitente. Y assi jnisnio van declarados alf,'unos elfeelos y prerrojiativa;' (U'ste saneto sacraniento de la Confession. Todo niuy vtil _v |)rovechoso, assi ]iai'a que los padj'es eonfessores sepan instrnyr al ^xnili'nte eonio para (pie ello> aprendan ii saher.se eonfessar. Ordcnado |)or el I'adre Fr. Francisco l'ar(;)a, I'adre de la Cuslodia de Santa Flena dc la I'lorida. Kt'ligioso de la C)rden de nucstro Sera])liico I'adre San I'^rancisco. lni])resso con licencia en Mexico, en la JMnprentii de la Viuda de Dicfro liojiez Daualos. Ano de 1(!13, 12ino, 23H leaves. Calhecisnio y ICxanien jiara los (pii- eonudgan en l.eniiua Castellana y 1'innujuana. Por el Fr. Francisco Parcja, Mexico, en la iniprenta de Juan Ku^-, 1027, Svo. [A. F. PoT'L', l^ii' (|uinar(^ nnd vigoshnale Ziililnictliode. On the numerals, p. G(;.— AV. W. T.] I !3 il ! 11 T1.ASCA1.TECAS. ITnndcrtaeiifzin: ^yurzel^v(■■)rter ana der Sjiraclie der Tlaskaltelcen im Dorfe Tsaleo ini Staate San Salvador (Naliual of the Ualsani C'nast), aulfic/ciclnu't nnd zusani- niengesticllt nach fSallatin's SysU'nie zuni Geln-anche fiir verjileiehcnde Wort- forschunfi;. Pp. 505 — 507 of: AVandcnnif;cn durch die niitlel-anierikanisehen Freistaalen Nicaragua, Honduras und San Salvador. IVIit IJinhliek auf deutsche Kniigralion nnd dcutschen Handel, von Dr. Carl Seherzer. ]\Iit 2 Karten. Urniiii.sc/iirci^, Ci. Wcsl(>nnann, lS."j(), Svo, pp. xx, 5l(!. TOTONACA. Andkeas de Olmoz, Gramnintien ct Lexicon Lingiirc Mcxieanir, Totonaqunn et Jlnr ie(w. Mexico, 15fiO, 2 vols. 4to. Bolli Earcia-Pinelo and Claviiicro mention this l)Ook ns printed. T"). EroKMo KoMEiio, Canonigo do Huaxaga, Arte para aprender las Lenguas Mexienna y Totonaca. ]\rentioned hy l?arcia-Pinelo. [A. F. Pott, Die cpiinare mul vigesimale Zahlmethode. On the numerals, p. 89.— W. W. T.] TSIIUKTSIIT. [The article under this heading may be corrected as follows : — They occiqiy the nor^h-eastern eonier of Asia nnd the oj)posite shores of Eussian America. Those in TUBAll Uf>.\l.ENTSl 2 13 Asiii consist of two cliirorent races, t lie sedcnfari/ or J'luh'nin, and tlu> nomad or rciiiilcer Tsliukt(»lii. Tlio name Tsluiktslii lH'loni,'s ])ro|iiM'lv i>nl_v to llic hitUf, wlio uiT allied hy lineage and speech to Ihe Koriaks. 'ilie Ibrniei- call liieiiiselves A\iininol.s, luid belong, like those hi America, to the Eskimo stock. It is, of course, with these only that we liave here to do. Lieut. Zagoskix, Short Comparative Dictionary of Ihe Dialects of the ^iannnuls and Kadjaks witli those of the Inhabitants of the Coasts of IJeliring's >Sca. (The Kammol wortis from ])r. Itobcek.) i'rinted in Zapiski llnsskago Geograph. Obshtsliestva, Vol. II, 2nd edition, pp.250 — 2(](>. Also in the Cierman tran.-'la- tion, Deidischriftcn der Kuss. Gcogr. CJcscllsch., ^'ol. I, pp. 35'J— IJ71. And in Ennun's Archiv fiir wissensch. Kunde von Riissland, Vol. VII, iij). 188 — 511, J. KLArROTii, Asia I'olyglotta, pp.323 — 325; Atlas, fol. xlix — hi. (InJiilg, but omitted by Ludcwig.) A. F. Pott, Die quinaro und vigesimale Zilhlmethode. On tlie numerals, pi>. 58— 60.— W.W. T.] TUBAU. Mitln-idates, Vol. HI, part 2, p]i. 139 1 11. malical annotations. Lord's i'rayer, witli some gram- TUC'UMAN. r. I'euUO DE An.vsco, Vocubularios, Catc^'ismos, Confcsionarios i Uranialicas in divcrsas Lengnas del Tueuman. Mentioned in liarcia's cditioii -jf I'inelo, but nnt known to be printed. TULARENA. Gramatica del la Lengna Tidareua, por el 1'. Aiticovo, de la Mission de S. Ines. MS. mentioned by M. Dutlot de Mofras, Note 1 to p. 3SS, Vol. II. TUSC'AUORA. 'fuscarora N'ocabulary, pp. 318 — 352 of: Die liuliancr Nord Amcrika's und ihe wilhrcnd eines aelitjiihi-imu Aufenthalts unter dvn wildestcn ihrer Stihinne erleblen .Vbi'ntlieuer und Schicksale, vo)i (r. Catlin. Nacli t\vr fiiiiften en^lischen Ausgal)e deutsch lierausgegeben von Dr. I reun'ich IJergliaus. Mit 2 I vom \'erfasser nacli der Natur entworfenen Gemiilden. Zweite Ausgabe. /irimsel, Mutjuurdt, 1851, 8vo, ])p, 382. IGALKNTSr. [This is tlic tribe called by some writers I'lidljakhmjiils or lJ(jalJ(klii)uilsi. I'hrv s|ii'ak a dialect ot' th<- KiiKii, under which general iiead the other vocaliularics I'f their laiiu'uai;v are rifei'i\(l to 211. UTLATKCA VlUOINIAN. Here, uri in some other iiiPtiuuvs, rpfcrcnoo to tlu' Conijiaralivc Vocubularv (ol' JJ7 words) ill the Tahli- to ji. 259 of liner unci llobiK-rsen's IJeitriigo, Vol, 1, is I'lToneouhiy oinitlccl. W. W. T.] M I :i ITTI.ATIXA. IlervaH (and nftor liim Vtitcr) dussca tliis langiiiifjo with Quiche nnd Knchiquol, as 9i)ok(>n on the Pacific side of Ouateniala, north of Nicaragua. Squicr supitoscs it to Ix' identical witli tlie Quicht5. Arte de hi Leiigua L'thiteca, muy bicn ordinada, per el Fray Mauia Mautinez, Doiniiiicano. Mentioned hy Earcia-l'inelo, but not known to be printed. Doetrina Christiana en Lengua I'tlateca por Franc. MARUOQnx. Mexico, apud Joaniu'in L'auhmi, ir>5fi, llo. VMIHIUA. NuineraLs I to 10, in "Tableau eoniparatif dcs Noma de Nuinbre," \'ol. 11, [>. 4(»1, of : DtTFi OT DE MoFRAS, Exploration duTerritoire ilo rOirgon, des laliroriiiew et lie la Mer venueille, cx6cutee pendant les anndes 1810-12, 2 vols. I'ariti, 18 1 1, 8vo. UNALASHKA. [A. F. I'oTT, Die quinaiv und vigesiniule Zalilmcthode. On the numerals", j>p. 61, G2.— W. W. T.j UTAIIS. [Kdwix IJiii-ANT, What 1 saw in California : being the Journal of a Tour, by (lie JMuigraut Koiite and South i'ass of the liofky Mountahis, across the Continent of .s'orHi America, the Great Desert IJasin, and through Californiii, in the vears IS, It), 1817. y If York, D. A|i|iletoi\ ;nid Co., IHI.8, 12mo. Contains a Vocabulary of 29 words on p. 105. -VV. W. T.J VlliGlNIAN. A Dietioiiari(! of the Indiiin Languagi', for tlie better uabling of such who thai be thither ymiiloyed. l'|i. 183 — i'JO (two columns) :)f: The Llisloric of Travaille mill \'irgiiii:i l!ritt:niia ; expressing the Cosinographie and Comodilies of the Country, toiiether with llie Manners and Customes of the People, gathered and obser\eil as well b\ (iiose who went Ib'st thither as eollecteil by William Straehey, (u'ul., the lirst Secretary of the Colony. Now lirsi edited iVum the origin. d Mann.-.cniit in llie I'.rilish IVlnseum. Ii_\ H. 11. .Major, blsq. Loiuluii, printed by till' llaklnyt Societ\, IHI*), !Svo, p|.. mu, w.vm, Iwu not numbered, iJtogetlier 201 PI I. IIIJKCOS — YARl'llA. 2\r) IIUECOS. [Tho name " WacooH" lins no right to an i-xistciicc, it hi-iii;; Inil an Kiif,'iisii transcription of tlii' Si)aiiisli ai)j)ellation Jiaecus (erroiicdiislv printed Aiifcox on paijc lUH) ap))lie(l to tiu'sc Indians. According to Lieut. VVliipple, tlicy call tlicni- selves Tallfini.so.s.—W. W . 'V.\ WAICUllI. [Fatiier liegcrt's very curious account of tlic language is contained on p|). 177 — 191 of tlio " Nachriithten." It coini)rise.s, besides the general remarks on tlic charaet eristic features (jf the language, the Lord's i'rayer and tiic Creed, l)otli witii hteral anil free translations, and t'lc conjugation of a verb. — W. \\ . T.J AVEAS. [A small Algonkin tribe, located, with the riankesha\\ s, on tiie O.-agc liivi'i-. Till! Wea l'riin(^r, W^cii MH.s-n/i-Ir/i-ne, \o teach the Wea Language. C/nruAce Natiun, Mission Tress, 1837, IGnio, pp. 1(5.- -\V, W. T.] AVITCIIITAS. [The first edition of Cupt. Marey's Keport is, " Washiiiytun, KoI)ert Armstrong, public printer, 185;}, 8\() (:J2nd Congrc.~s, 2iul 8css., Semite J'lx. L)(jc. No. oJj," in which tlic vocabidarii's arc on ])p. 307 -lilO. — W, W. T.J WOCCON. [A. F. roTT, Die ijuinarc und vigosiinale Ziildinethodc. On tlic numerals, p. t)8. -w. v:. T.J YAQUI, IIIAQUI. Mithridatcs, \\>1. Ill, part •!, pp. 157, 158, "Lord's Prayer, wiih grammalical notes." YAHURA. \.\, I', I'ori, I'll' ([iiiinrc \nn\ Mgeainitile ZiilUniclhuik; < hi liic nunniiil.-, .p. 15, It;.— w w 1'., 24(5 /ACATECAS ZAPOTECA. ZACATECAS. Arte y Vtn'iibulnrio del Idioiiui do los Ziicntfcaa, por Fr. Pedro Esi-inaukda. VV^'ittoii alioiil till' year 15(55, and iiientioiu'd l)y J)e Sotiza as huvuig existed in tin.* urchives of the Convent oi' the A'illa del Jsombrc do Dios. li ZAMTJCA. [A. r. I'OTT, Die quinarc und vigesinialc Zjildmethode. On the numerals, [>. 71. — W. W. T.] ZAPOTECA, ZACAPULA. Fkria's Vocabulary is also mentioned by Uareia-rmelu, and I'ozu'e Grainiiuir by Clavigero. JJarcia-l'inelo mentions moreover tliat Fr. Salvadoti de S. Cipkiano, Doinini- cano, wrote " De los Indi')s de la Proviucia do Zaeapuia, en la Lengua de ella." INDEX. i1 AiiTiiTinPF. (Knistennux), 04. Ali'Miaki, ni- Wiipannchki, I, 210. Abijiones, 2, 21 0. Acndiims, or Soiu-iqiiois, 177. AcaKcheTiioni (Diugenos), 63. Aecnwny, 2, 79. Achafrua^, H. Aclm'itlinns n^iinisen), 103. Achtrckotti (Tnmnnaque), 180. AolnTii^otfs (Caribs). 2S. Afonia, or Kercs (Pui'Mn Imlians), 92. Adaize, A. Aglffrmutos, .\p(ilegmiitps, ft. .ARonoascah (Iroquois), S7. Ac;na (Oiriii^'iia), 1H7. Ahualmways, .Miwaliawaya (Trows), 5S. Miiicnin (Arrnpalioo), 12. Ahwash-tos (Co«tanos), 53. Aimboris, or Etmcrekiimni,', 67. Airiko (Iktoi), 1«. Alasapas (Te.\a;j Imlians), 186. Alas:ir (Minetares;, 119. Aloutans, 4. .Algonquin, 5, 210. ■Mlakaweah (Crows), 5S. Allontiac, Guarpes, Milcocayac, 7, 21o. Almeida (Brazilian), 214. Al-tah raos (Costanos), 53. Amerisco<»gins (.\benaki), 1. Amorps, or l'hi£;erekmung, 07. Andaquii's, 7. Antis, 8. Ao-f,'rs (Gcj, 75. Apaolu's, 8,211. .\pncbes de Xabojoa (Navajos), 132. Apiacas, 8, 211. Apinnttps, 8. Apolista iVuracare), 206. Araueans, 9, 211. Arda, 12. Areciima (Guyana), 79. Aricaraa, or Riccarces, 163. Aripe (Waikur), 198. Ark (Sitka), 176. Arrapahoes, 12, 811. Aroaqnis (Orogones), 139. Arrawaks, Arrowaks, 13, 211. As^inpbr.iiis, or Rt(.m; Indians, 177. Assinibules, or Stone Indians, 177. Assiiiipoils, or Stone Indians, 177. Atalalas (ViU-la), 190. Atliapiisca, 14, 211, Atnn, 14, 211. Atnali, Cliiii, or Kinn Indians, 16, 212, Atnah (Flathead), 72. Atorays (Guyana), 79. .Vtsina (.Arrapahoes), 12. .Attakapaa, 15. Attikanie^ (Knistenaux), di. Aturo, 10 ; (Saliva), 106. Auea, or Araueans, 9. .\vani.'s (.Maipnres), 104. -VviiriKotus (Caribs), 28, IsO. Aymara, 10, 212. Ayniori'S, or hlngerekmung, 07. Ayrate (Clicrokee), 37. Aztek, or Mexican, 111. B iiakra (f'reole), 54. Haniba, lianiwa, 17, 214. Harro, 17. liatem-da-kai-eo, 17, 212. Haure (Moxa), 126. liayano, 18. IJuaver Indians, 18, Hetbuck, 18. Hetoi, 18. Higbellius (Minctares), 119. Hillechoola (Ilaeeltzuk), 80 ; (Naass In- dians), 130. lUackfeet, 19, 212. Blackshoes (Crows), 58. lUanoos (Costa Kica), 54. lllood Indians, or Kahna (lilackfeet), 19. IbKlcRa, 20, 212. Horrados (Texas Indians), l^O. HotocudoH, or Engerukmung, 67, 213. Itoutomoras ( ISotocudos), 07. Brazilians, or Tupis, 20, 213. Bugre, 25. 2\H iM)i:\. i \'f i I l\ i If M a c C'abaros, V). Cadddiiquiims, or f'nddoes, Qft. Citliita, '•>(!, -^I I. CiihuilloH, ii(l. Caiiiotoiailu (Zainuuu), a07. C'airiios, '^14. Cnlil'oriiiaiis, '-iO, til 1. CiillilehL-t (Tehuilhet), I8i. Camacans, ii7, 21S, tilS. Caninjes (Yuma), 205. Canada, vi7, 21.'). Caiiacata-L,'es (Giis), 75. Caniba ((Juicliua), KW. Canisliana, 28. Carajas, SS. Caiilis, •->«, 21. -5. CariliiTnniannoan (Ciuyana), 7!1. Curibisi (Guyana), 7i). Cariri. or Sabuja, 1(54. Carriers, or Tacullies, 178. Casarnce fHaidah), 80. Catavvba, 92. Catblascons, 32. Cavall('i-o9 (Guaykuru), 78. Cavcres (Maipiuvs), 104. Ca-wL-09, or Cahuillos, 20. Cayapos, 32. Cayowas (Gnarani), 70. Cayubabas, 33, 215. Cayuga, 33. Cayuse (Wailatpu), 199. Ccddales, or Tzendales, 193. Ceris, 34. Cerros fMainas), 108. Chacahuaxti (Totonaka), 190. Chabtali, or Choctaw, 46. Chaniers (Osages), 139. Chanos (Vuta), 19S. Chapacura, 34. Chapopines (Texas Indians), 180. Charcas (Aymava), 10. Cliarruas (Puelches), 156. Chavantes, or Cherentes, 36. Cliayma, 34. Checalish, Chehalisb, or Selish, 72, 210. Chechehct (ruelches), 155. Cliemehuevi, 3r', Chepewyan, 35, 215, Cherentes, 36. Cherohakah, or Nottoways, 135. Cherokee, 37, 210. Chetimachas, 38. Cheyennes, or Shyennes, 175. Chiapanecas, 30, 210. Chibcba, or Muysca, 128. Cbicachas, or Chickasaw, 39. Chifihiniecs (Mexicans), 111. Chickailis, or Tsihailish (Flatbcads), 7:t. Chickasaw, 39. Chikkasfts, or ('hioachas, 39. Cbilakc, c.r Clicrnkee, ,47. Chiloiirt (Hitka), 170. riiilicotlic (Sliawanoi.s), 172. Chilidiigu, nr Araucans, 9. Cliilts, or 'I'sihailisit (l''lathead), 7!i. t-'liiiiiaiii), :t9. C'liininiusyans,4(); (Haeeltzuk),80; (Xauss Indians), 130. Chin Indians, or Atnah, 15; or Nngailer, 17^ Chinantuka, Cinacantequa, 40. Chinuhaisnyu (Quiohua), 159. Chinuk, 40, 217. Cliippeways, 41, 217. Chiquitos, 45. Chiriguana (Gnarani), 75, 102, 2in. Chirupa (Maipure"), 104. Clioclia, 21H, Choco, Ch(do, 47. Clioctiiw, 40, 218. Cliolo, 47. Cliolona (Peru), 10'?. (.'liondal, Woohva, 48. Chunos (Vuta), 198. Chopunish, or Sahaptiu, 170. Chorutoga, 48. Cliorti, 48. Chow-e-shak, 48, 212. Clmchu (Aloxa), 120. Chunos (Vuta), 198. Chunupies (Vilela), 196. Chuntaquiros, 49. Chwaclianiaja, or Severnovskia, 170. Cinakantequa, or Chinanteka, 40. Cinaloa, 49. Clamets, or Lutiiami, 100. Clatsop (Chinuk), 41. Cobcu, 49. Cocanas, Cocamas, Cocuamias, 49, 21f<. Cuchimi, 49, 218. Chochitemi (Keres), 92. Cochiti (^Pueblo Indians), 154. Cochnewagoes (Mohawk), 122. Cocknawaga, or Cochnewagoes (Mohawk), 122. Coco-niaricopas, 50, 218. Cocunoons (California), 27. Coconucos, 50. Coeopas, 51 ; (Yuma), 205. Coeura d'Aleine, or Skitsuish (Flathead), 72. Colastukweck, or St. John's Indians, 1(>5. Coluz (Californiansj, 20. Comanches, 51, 218. Coniuya (California, San Diego), 'i(\, 02. Conchas (Chickasaw), 39. Conolio. 52. Conibos, 52. Copeh, 52. Cora, 52, 219. Cora (Waikur), 1!I8. INDMX. :i\'.) Corneillu?, or Crows, ■')><. Coroadon, or Coropos, "p:). C'orouiido (MaiiiiiK), I'lM. Coropop, or C'uruudiH, 'i:!. Corrtpunjts, 'ut. Costa ii'icn, M. Ci)staiuiK, '),\. Cuutaiiius, or Kutiiiii'io, IH. Covaruoa (<'lii(jiiitii.-i), 411. Cott-'ditri, or K:i\volitsk (I'latliL-uil), 7Ii. CrailnuouscK ( Ifotoouilos), (i7. Crau-gcs (Hch), '.'i. Crans, or Timbiriis, ls7. Cruo, or Kiiiatenaux, 1(1. Cnuk, or MuKkoghtH', \il. Creole, O;, ^10. ('ruw^, r)8. Ciiclian, or Yuniii, 'iOH. Cuciijuia (Cliiijuitos), 10. Culilaii Ciuiiiy ('ruluiuUift), im. CumaiiH, 6b, il'.*. Cumau.igotu (Tamanunuu), I'-tn. C'uinshawa, or Ciini>;lu'war (Quueii Char- lotte's Island), 157; (ilaiduli), '^^). Cunacima, 'lU, till I. Curavt's (Cliii^uitos), Ki. Curetu, Oi>. Cuniiiiiiiaca (Chiquitos), Iti. Cuslma, D9. Cuzoo (Quiohua), K)H. nahkotah, or Sioux, 59, 210. Darien, Dari'jl, (11, 'i'-lO. Dauri (rmyana), 79. lit'hnvare, or T.enni Lcnapo, Vt'\. 'fi'l Dfgiiino (Ciiliforniii), 2(f, (i'.i, -^jn. iJiegeno^, 2(!, ()•>, 2'iil. Diggers (California), '-iO. Diggers of Napa ^■allL'y (California), Uti. Diriaus (Cliorotoga), If^. Diviliet (riudches), lO-"). Djoe tongo (Creole), 0(1. Dogrib, Ci). Dtinno, or Athapascan, i 1 £ Ecolemaches, Eskelon, (IS. Keheloots (Cbinuk'i, 41. Et'likiuo (Sitka), 17'). Ehatsar (Minetaros), Hi'. Ehnck, 07. Eiji(^iiai,jegi, or Gimykuru, 7S. Ekkk'iuachea (Eskelen), ()8. Klo, 07. tnagiia (Oraagua), i;!0. Enakaga (Guaykiiru), 78, Enimaga, or Kochal'oth (Gnaykuni), 78. Kugnrekmung, or liotootidos, 07. Enciiplt'S, or Skolflrs, 17(3. Eskolon, (is, •j-iil. Kskunoi, (111, 2-i(l. Eskiics. or i:;>kilen, 0'^. Etclinnins, or St, .lolm'i Indians (AIm nnki), l(l">, •i:\. Eud'vo (Opata, I'inia), 1:1'.', I !'.», Fall Indians, or Alasar (.Mim.-tares), 1 III. L'ilijayas (Ttxas Indnin^), IWl, l'latlii)\v8, or Kutaniie, SiH. Matliuads, 72, 221. Elatiioad (.Vtnali), 1'). Morida Indians, or Tiuiuaca, 1^1. ]''ollaties, or 'ruliwalatis, 2uat6, 213. Guatusos, 222. Guaykuru, 7H, 222. Gutuoa, 71). Guentuse (Guaykuru). 7^t> 2^ Guinau (Guyana\ 7i». Guyana, 7U, 222. Guypunavi (Maipure), 104. llaeeltzuk, 80. Hah-wul-coes (Yuma), ••i05. K K i>:;0 iMn:x. lldidah, KO, 2-^2. llailtrtu, or llnifllzuk, >^0. Ihiiti, Hi. Hi'iiinK'k (Sitkii ), 170. ll'Imuu (fiiUtoniiii), ••it). IliiKiui, or Vai|iii, VJO:!. 'il'i. HiclaiiH, (ir (Oiuanulic s, T)!, IIilL'llitl, 22M. Intibucas (Lenca), I'll). loways, 80, 221. Ipns (Vilela), 190. Iquitos, 87. Iroquois, 87, 224. Isistine (Liilo), 100. Islota (I'uublo liulinns), 154. Issati (Sioux), 51). Isty-semole, or Seminoles, 109. Itapucui'u (linizilirtu). 21:^. Ite, Itenes, 88. Itonnma, 88. Iiiindge (< innykurii), 78. .luporocas ^Hotocudoe), 07, 21;!. luriB, Hi». Ka'obi. or Kaohiqup), 8rt, 'i'>i. Kiuljak, '.to, -^-U. ^iiheteii (Hra7.il), 2i», Kiitinn (lUackfc.t), U). Kiikc (Sitka), 171). KiiHiipuiiili, or Yamkallio, 302. Kiili'liaqui (< 'uicliuu;, I.''!*. Kalina, Kaliiiiign (Caribx), 28. Kalisti'iin, (ir Kuistoiaiix, 04. Kainiikan (.MciiiiiiK), llH. Kaiins (.\yniiira), 10. KancliiH (Ayniniii), 10. ICangnlit, or Inkiiliiidiliint, 80. KaiiZiis, Kansus, 07. Kauzc, or luinza, 07. Karaikas (IVstliorui), 140. Karalits, or (ireciiiaiukrs (Eskimo), 00. KainnkiiK (.\yniara),10. Knritia (Cnribs), 2H. Kmitis, ■^■1^1. Kiisnas (.\yiiiara), 10. Kataliba, C'atuwlia, :12. Kattanaliaws (Minutarc), 110. Kavcres (Maipiirc), 101. Kavasuinsnik (Niinvignnset), Ktl. Kawclitsk (hlatliead), 73. Kawitches, 01. Ktfhi (Califurnia),20; (Diegcnos), 0;{. Kuuhua, or Quicliua, 15H. KoL'chics, or Kichais, 02. Keesarn ((^tieen Charlotte's Island), 157. Komcnc'tes (I'cschcrai), 140. Konai, or Kinai, 02. Kenaizc, or Kinai, 02. Kcnnekas (Pescherai), 140. Kcres, 02, 154. Kottlefalls, or Soaiatlpi, 73. Kiycs, Keyus, or Klchais, 02, 108. Kicliais, 02. Kiclie, or Quiclie, 157. Kij,'nrnee (Queen Charlotte's Island), 157. Kikatsa (Crows), 5H. Kikkapu, 02. Killaniuks, or Nsictshawus (Flathead), 7!1. Killaniuks (Lower), or lakons, 85. Killisteno, or Knistenaux, 04. Kinai, 02, 225. King's llivcr Indiana (California), 20, 62. Kinn Indians, Chiun, or Atnahs, 15. Kiownys, 04. Kiriri, or Sabujn 164, 225. Kiskapocoke (Shawaiiocs), 172. Kitunal.a, or Kntiinae, 08. Kiwonr or 'I'ilmex (Keres), 02, 1^7. Kizh (Kish), or San-Gabriel (Diegenos), 02, 2:t7. Kliketats (Sabaptin), 170. Knistenaux, 04, 225. Kochaboth (Guaykuru), 78. Kokama (Oningua), 1117. KoUaguns (Aym»ra), 10. Koltshnnes, 00. Koliiohes, 06, 225. Konages, or Kadja'c. 00. INDKX. ...» .), wy 0, 03. id), 16T. find), ir.T. thead), T.\. ^5. i), ae, 6-2. 15. 1S7. ^ (Diogenos), Konzii, 97, '^^.5. Koojou (Sitkii), 170. Kristuimiix, or Kiiisti.imiix. lU. Kiilaimiiu, 117, vjlvj. Kiiliiiii, or ( liiiiiiiiio. Ii'.t, Kiill.siiiliu ( llatli.iul), 7;t. Kiiimyimrii ( I'liriliH), vi^*. Kilpi.llo ( Moxrt ), I'iil. Kiirtkokwiiiis, or Kuilikiik(;li\viiktmitts, '.•>!. KiUulilia, i)v C'atuwijii, :J'.J. KuskokwiiiijiUrt, '-I'M. Kiitanuc, Kutiiulia, Kutaui, H'^. Kutcliin, nil, -vm. Kwiiiiintl ( I'liiilicad), 7.'). Kwiilliiucjiiu, or Tlalskanai ( I'alikuli), 17U, isi). Kwt'iiaiwitl (i'latl).'ad), 7.'<. Kwigpak (liikuliicliliiut), f^D, KyguuifH, or Jvigaruics ( Huiduli i, ^^0. I, a Solodad (Dioyefioh), O.'t ; ave also .Mut- suns, 'rtH'-l. Lagima ( I'ucldo Indians), ITji. Lauiauu ((.^iiicliuu), loll. Larnissa, ur Lunnmu, la!). Lapanas, or Liimns, vi'^H. Laynion, Wil. Lenni hunape, or I iflawiiif, ti:(. Lfncii, Dl). I.iliiilis, l,iijiiin;is, 'i^'i. Loiuiioux, or Kiitcliin, \H). Liip.ikas (Ajiuara), 10. Liilo, 100. Luiuami, 100. M Macamecrom (lirnzilian), 'i\'-\. iMachakalid (lirazilian), vil.'i. Mackeiii;io9 f Illinois), KtJ. ^raiionis, lol, 'ilM. jNlacos (Saliva), liiO. Macoussies ((luyiina), 7l\ JNIag lifiidings, Indians iit ( Calitornia), U7, Malm, 101, -fM. Ma-ha-03 (Younias), liO"). Maliikan, or Mohegan, l'J;S. Maia, or Maya, 10'^. Maiuas, lOJJ. IMaiongkong (Guyana), 71). Maipuros, 104, '.l-h>. Makaw (rpiiur Calitornia), '4(1. Makoby, lO-'i. Malalis, 105, '21:!. Mame, rokomani, 10.'), '■l-ll. Manaos, 10.'). Mandai:aru (lirazilian), Vilo. Mandans, lOti, ■i'.is. Maiulirts, or lianiwus, 17, "ill. .Manons, or Mnnao^, Id,"*, .Alanos dc Pcrro ( I t\iis Indians i, \^t\ .Maopityan ( • iuMiiia), 7!'. .MaiMiju ( Siiliva), liiil. Maipia, 1(10. Maralii; ( I'lnldo liiiliiiii~^, l.'.'i. .Mjiradivos ( Slioslioncfs), 17i. Maranioniisios, ■i'l^, .Miiroiai f Vuracari' ), '400. Mascdiai'aris, 107, MassHchiissitts Indiinis, 107, 'i'ix. .Massit (i.Mir.ii ( liiirK)tl.''s Island), l'>7. MataLjMiiya, lOli. AIal:inis"(Lulc), 100. .Matla/in^,'a, I0!». .Maiivais Monde (i'oj^rili), 00, .Mawakwa (liuyana). 71). Maya, Maia, 1(V^ '.^-^O. Mayoninas, 1 10. Mljaya, or <. Mui'liohaooli (MolR'Kans), I'ill. Mrkos (Mixicims), 111. AIiMii( iig, 110. .\l( iiotnonics, 111. ;\Ii'(puu'hako (Shawanofs), 17'Z. Mtscalos n'fxaH Indians), IhO. .Mussisaiigas, 111, '^'iH, .Mexicans, 111, "i-is. Miami, 110. Micnnic, Mikmak, 117, Q.'iO. ; Mij.;, 117. .Milcoi'iiyao, Allealiuo, Ouurpcs, IH, '-i'MK Milicitf, 110. Minutares, 119. .Minsi, Ministi (Helawaro), 03, \'iO, 'i:)"). Mirainichi (Micinac), 117. Miskito, or -Mosfini'o, l!i5. -Misteco, or Mixtoka, l'.i0. Mitlantonyo (Mixtcka), \'i(J. .Mix.,', or M !},'.■, 117, --iW. MixU-ka, I'iO, viMO. Mobilians (Cliickusawj, 01). .Mobimi, lvil.| .Mocliica (Ynnga), '.iOO. Mouhouo (Moxa), Uti, !Mocoby, l'.il. Mocorosi, 1-i-i, 231. Moliavi, 122. :M(diawks, 122, 231. Mohugans, 12:», 2:U. Moltdu, or \Vuiilatpu, ID!). M I, |,;:l, Mllclliijriilli'S (Mossil), l'!(l. Miirmv (liiii/iliiiiij, "il;!. Miililii'luiiK'W Iihliuns (Al^'onquin Molif »,Mll), (1, \'-l Miiiisi'vi, or .Miiisi (lJula\Vftr«), 6!), '^lUi. MiiiKlruiiis, V-J7, -^it'J. iMlllMS, 111. Miisl(o-liff, 1'^, "JH-J. MlltsilllH, -l^'i. MutiiriL'iis, or Aruiulruciis, 137, SH. M}iif(jiioijiir, .M}iickussiir, IvIU. Niiasfl, l;ln. Nii'iftddchiis (('(iildoi's), 'l!S. NiiilDWi'ssics, Sioux, Diilikotiilis, ft!). Nnj,'iiilLr, or TinMillies, ITS. NiiLjriindiiii!* (C'liorotcnii), H, l.!0, vi-'V'. Kat,'ur^'ti,'u^'iujlu'o ( Alpiiioiir>;, •^. NakiiMiioiiks (botociidos), 07. Kiilmiitl, or Mi'\ii'iiii, 111, NaiiioUo (■rshuktshi), IIU. Niiiuliikot's (I iiddois), 'S>, Niuitioolu', N'aiitiooke, l;Jl), )i.Vi. IS'arragiiiist'tt, l;(J, •J:i;!. Nas([ually, T.'l. Niitclu'S, l.'l'-i. Natik, Niidik (or Massachusetts ludianK), 107. Nangatuck Indians (^rnqiiot), 111). Isavaj.s, IH2, UW-i. Nf;,'io-/)utch (Cri.'oli'), fi(i. Ni'gro-English (Crccdf), !')l, lst.'gu)-]''rfncli (Crt'olc), •'")7. Negro- PortiigiiL'se (Creole), 50. NegroSpanisli Cc'reole), '>7. Nehetliawa (Knistenaux), HI. Nenawehk (Knistenaux), ill. Netela, or iSun .luau C'aiiistrano (Diogeno), ('.;t, •2:!7. Newfoundland, 13.1. K'ew lirunswiek (Alikniak), 117, KKl, '^;):!. New (iranada, a:!:!. Nez-l'erees, or Salinptin, 17t). Nlieengailms (lirazilian), 2i:!. Nihaloitili (CJiiiiuk), 41. Ningre (Creole), r)4. Kiliissing (Algonquin), I'M Niiipegoii, or Winnebagos, '^00. Niiiuirans, IMl. Noann (California), Qfl. Norton .Sound, l.'Vl. Nottowavs, I'fo. Novii Scotiii ( MikiUHk), 117. .Nouros (_ltni/ilinnt I, 'U). N-.iilHlniwus (lliLfheail), 7:1. Nui'cos (^niiviirini for • llmcn* "^, or \N'u- cois, Ills; hee ulmt imge 'H'), Nusdaluni, l''i"). Nutku, l;to, 'JMM. Oeoles (Vile!i), IHH. OJe ( 'rannnuKjut's ), IsO. < tjiliois (( liiiiix WMVj, 41. Ctjiliways, or Cliiii)H wayw, 41. dkanagan ( Siilinjiiin), 17(1. Okanagau (Atnali I, l.'i. (lktolukt(.s, Or Otoes, 140. olaiuenlke, or liodc^'a, "iO, 'iVi, (»l liones (( ostuuus), .'ilj. Oniagua, lM(i. Oinaim, or Alalia, 101, 'i'ZQ. Oneida, 1;17, •^•^:t. Onondagn, l.'is, )l'M.- Ontoanipan (Vil. lu), lUfl. Opata, or Teiiuinui, l.'V.l. \M. (.ipatoro (Lenen), 100. Oregones, l.'tH. Orijones (Texas Indians), ISrt. (Jrelliudos (Oregones), IMjl. Oristino (l,ule), 100. Orotinans (Cliorotegans), 4^^. Osages, mil, ^Ml, Osnwses, or O.-ngos, \W, 'I'M. Otrliagras, or Winneluigos, 'JOO. Othouez, or Otoes, 110. Otakai)a, or Attakapas, l.'i. Oto, Otoes, 140, -SM; (lownys), !s7. Otomi, 141, y:M. Ottare ('Clierokees), 37. Ottinvas, M;f. Ottogiiiui, Ontliaganiies, or Paos, 10.''i Ottoniaccpie, or OUoniaku, 143. Ottoniaku, 143. Otuipiis, 1)4, Ous, or Osiiges, 131). Oyanipis, 144. raoahuchcs (Texas Indians), 18(1. I'aeaos, Pacoas (Texas Indians^, 180. Faeasas (Ayniara), 10, I'aeaguara, 144. I'aduca, or Comanche, M. i'aegans, or I'iekans (Blackfeet), 10. I'ahoja (Otoes), 140. I'ah-utali, or Clieinehnevis, HS. I'ajalates (Texas Indians), 180. Paieoneea, 145. I'aiure (Tanianaque), 180. I'akasas (Ayniara), 10. I'aluihui, I'alaiks, lift. IM>KX. 253 rulincfts (Tnnmnnini. ), I'^O. IViiilirrtj^, or KiilUHpilm (Kliithead), I'i. rmimius ( Tcxui* liidiiiiiN ), \>^(\. l^lllklltll•^'^^i ^ll(«), "'). l'i\]\mi\n>'n ('I'l-xns ImliMiiH;, IhO. I'tipolmii, ruiiuldkii, I'fi, '4;tfl. riiiiiiiiis ( I'liili'luM), I."i"i. ri)iiiiuiituiiic, [y,\. 1' illlim til 1 Sucntllirlltn (I'lru), I'niitiiituiiiis, or roUuwiitoiiu', l!>9. l'iilillMi|iiis (I'lXiiH ll|lllllll^), l>(). riiuiiiittiiiis, i.'iit. I'liniptii'iiiiu'li, 1 1'l. \\lokii, J'dpoliikn, l.'i'i. I'ui'lmn' (.Main), lO'J. riii'ii (I'li'ii/iliuii;. '^I''l. riiililo liuli/iii!<, Kirfs, l.'i4, 'i'Mi. I'liivclji ( 11111111111111111 i^V ISO. J'lii Iclii , or rikiuioho (Aruiicttim), !l. raroiii I'miiHs ^ Miuinirc), |ill, llli. I'Ufk'lus, I'l.'i. I'iiriiij^'iiliis ( rniiiiiiiiiniu' ), Isi). I'lii iiimJh (Viiiiiii), yo.*). I'aiiiis, (■|'iiiiiiiiiii(Hi.<), IsO. I'liiiraws, or J.'ijiii'liaii (Mnliii), 101 riiMiiiiiu4 (Vil..lii), imi. rii4iiiiii. b'lO. rnsKii (IVni), UV-l. riijmi:.! (Siici'MiiuMito InJiuiit*), llii'i. j I'liHsiiiiiiHuiiKlili (St. John's Indiaiis), 1(10. i'uiu^'otos (t'uriLs), 'i^. J'lituolins, 11(1, ■^\:\. J'lirys, I'luiH, \M>, Ul;l. rii(a.,'iiiiiiiiH, or 'riliiicllii't, Is I. I'aiinaca ( raii'oinca), 1-iri. rauiu'h liiiliaiiM (Crows), l)>^. rawtni'H, 1 17, 'M'l. I'ayaK'iias (tiuaykiirii), 78. l'uyL'oll-f,'l'H (ijus), 1'>. iviais, H7. Pecos, or Yi'inos (Pnelilo Tiulliius), IM, I'lliutiu'lu' (.\raiiraiis), i). I'ulna, or Wailuwiillas (Saliii]itiii), 170. rend ir( >ruillf s, or Kullespeliu (I'latheiid), 7;!. Penobscot, 117, CiM5. Peinisylvaiiians, 14^, 'iH.'). Peiiudd (Narrayimset), I'M. I'eiiuot, lUt. Peselitrai, MO. Petiuuaren (I'.razil), 20. Pianogliiitto ((uiyuiia), 70. I'iaroas (Saliva), IGO. I'iauknsliaws, 110. Pieantnx, or Plekans (Blaekfeet), 10. Picori (I'liflilos Iiidiims), !.*){. Pifds iioirs, or lilacktVct, 111. I'ieknns (lllackleet), 10. Pihniqius (Texas Indians), IhG. Pikmudio, or Puelolie (.\ruucnns), 0. Pinm, I'iiuo, 110, v>:iO. Piiia, -r-W. Pinakfios (.\pnolit s), 1,')0. Pifiols, or I'iualiuos, l.'iO. I'iijims (Sliawauoes), 17'-J. Pirinda, ITil, Piro, \r>], •>:](]. Piros (Clmntaquiros), 10. Piscoiis, or Piskwaiis (J'latbead), 1'3. Pojiiaiiuo (Piieldo Indians), I'll. Pojuate (Tne).lo Indif.iis), Ifil. Poko-niaiii (INInnie), lOri. Pokonchi, Puko-nian, l.M. Polindarns (Coconuoos), TiO. Ponchas, Poncars (Mulia), 101. QiuidiH, I'irt. IvMlajiims, l'i(i, (.''liiijiiiije ( \.\i-), tl7. l^naiiiins (Salisu), IdO. (,Uiuli> (llraziliiiii), 'i\:\ ; GiU'to, 77. (..'uirii (Imrlottc'H Ipliiiid, l.'i7. Que niiijii, or (imiojia (Yusniu, CiiriiNii). •.:().■..' QneiiKni s, or Cnyii(^a, 3.'t. (^Mures, or Ktres, y^, llii. l^nielie, l.")7. -SM^. »>iiielaia, l.'iH, 'i:u\. (,'uiiiif, or Cocliit. 7ni (Ki res), iiU. ijiiin(ikiik (^■nrlll^'Mllset), Utl. Quito (QMiiolma), \r>H. Qiinildi, or Pusbuiumiuoddi (St. Jolini In- dians), liiC. B Padipenrs (Shoshoncps), 174. llicariiH, I'liccarei a, 1(1M. Pii'inncx, or IJioaras, Iflf). '^■'(7. lioainiiiiio (Miiiiins), 1(),T. l!o-nio-niiiis (Costanos), 'if?. i;oot-dit,'Kers (slioshonis), 174. llucalie'j (.Miijionos), H. Piinisen, Pnnsienes, l(i:l, '^.h ; (see aisi under " Miitsuus," vi'!'^). s San Aldefonso (PueMo Indians), !."S. Santii Anna (PueMo Indians), I'l,'). San Antonio ( liii gi fios), ii'i. Santa P.arl.ira, 107, UH'-i. Santa Clara (Puelilo Indians), I'lS. • San I'iego (I liegiTina), C)'i. 9ftn l)oniingo (Puolilo Indians), lOO. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. «< 4 ^ s 1.0 I.I l^|28 |2.5 |50 ■■■" lllHI Nli 12.2 t us IL25 i 1.4 2.0 1.6 m V] ^> Photographic Sciences Corporation L17 V ""1^%"^%^ <^^<^ 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716) 872-4503 fry 251 iNi)i:x. , I, i if i Sun I'flijie (I'ui'ljln Indians), l.',"(. Snn •iiiliritl ( l>i(j,'i fius ), t<\l. v!:!?. Siiint .lolin'H Indiims, Hi'). -.fAs, Hull Junn (I'tudilo liicli.iiis) l.'i.",, San J mm ( 'npistnui(i I I "ii^. fips), i'l'i. •i.i7. Sun I.uis Ol/isiKp, Culiruiiiiu ( I iic^,'i Fids), fyi. Klin MiKiu-I (r>iit,'t nos ), (ivj. Sun ltii|iliuil ( I lii't'tfios), 11"^, ^1'^. SiiliuJM, cir Kiriri, Kil. SU'. ivdro (liru/.iliun), '21 I. SaiTunionto Indians, Itil. TjiIilt Suorununto Iiidiuns (Californitt and Sacrunnnito), U7, 101. Snc.'s, Suiti, Sukuui, Itir). Suliai)tin, or Siiuliujiptan, 170. '-I'M. Ka1'>- Serpens, or Sliosliones. 171. Serranos ( 'reliucllnt), ls|. Setalin, or Passu I < >iiieliuu"), Id'^. Severnovskiu, 170, -m, '-i.'!!!. Shaliuptun, 170. Sliuru, or Cheyennes, 17.") Sliusties, Ids. Sliawliays, or (luyennes, 175, Sliiiwunoe. 17"i. 'ioS. Sliel)uyi, 17:1. Sliisliu(Mpoo^li, 17(1. SliushwupMiush (Tsihaili-SilisliK I l;i( heads, 7.'1. >>liinii'ooks. 17M. Slioshonces, 171, '^iH. Slmsliwap ( I'luilieud). 7:1. Sliyennes. or ('lieviunes, 17'). Sieaiini's (TaeuiiiesV 17-*. Sjevernovtsi, Severnovskiu, ■,'.'t!t. Sillu (I'ueldo Indians;, l.').'). Sinuluton (I.eneu), 100. Siiiulca, or ( iiiuloa, !!•. Sii>ux, or nulik.itiili, 'iK, •^:ii). Sirionos ( ( iiiiuani ). 7.'). Sitka, Sitoiia, 17"), -J'll). ! Situgn ( i'.etni I, H. j Sk(tapiisli(.i>li. (ir SkolTies, 17(1. I Skilsiiisii ( I'liitliciid), 7:i. SklKugeets ((Jueeu (.'hurlntti's !• 1.'.7. ' Skullies 17(1. j Skwale (I'lutliead), 7:1. I Slave Indians ( I in^'iiii ), (id, i SiiiullrolMS (liluekleel I. I'.l. I Snidvi; Indiuns, oi' Sli(i-,linLf,s, 17 1. , Souiutljii (I'lutliead ), 7:1. S«i ti.i'i ifi 111 If / I ■ii\''ili*i 1 I'l di Tulialosii, ".^4(1. Taliuyara (lliaziliun), '2111. Taeanies (Texas Indiuiis), I'^d. Taeana (Ynracure). "JOd. TuL'llies, or lilies (('uddi)es), ■^''. Taeiillies, iir iutikuli. I 7s, .m). Tuciiiius, or Tiemiu>, ls7. Tuiikuli, or Tueiillies, 17il. Tah le-\vu!i, 17H. Tulanianca (Costa lUcu), Til, Talatui, isO. Taluliet (I'llelclies), l"),'). Tiiinaniuiue, Tuiiianuki, isO, "ill I, Tumoiue, Tamoyos ( llru/il ), vil, 'ij:!, Taos (I'ueldo Indians), l-')."i. Tuparita ((Jttoiuaku ), li:l. Taiiii^'iiae (Hrazil), Vil, Tapiis ((.'liiiiuiins), 1(1. Tappen (llriuil), vJO. Taralinniara, Isl, vilO. Tarascn, ls'.>, '.ill. Tnriaiiu, ls:i. Tarinna (Guyana), 7!i. Tatiinolo (Totoiiaka), IHO. Tatiiiuilliati (Totniiuka ), lid). Taurui ( i liiyaiiu ), 7il. Tehekto (Tselmktolii), I'.H. roliinkiluiie, 'H]. r('linui,'nijutes, or iuiskokwiius, !)-^, Telpi koyeni, isl, -il-l. Tchuktefii ( .X^det^niutes), .'1, IKl. Te(;uims, or Tier-ias, ls7. Teguus, or Tiluex ( Iveres), 1^7. Tehunin ((.'aliforniu ), '.id. Telinetelies n'uelelifs ), 10,"). Teliuelliet, ISJ, -HI. Teliinl Ciiiiny ( lehuLlhet), Is I, IV'pejiuana, IS,"), vjll. INDEX. ',':.:) Tepozkoluln (MiNt.kn), VIO. 'rt'i|niTini, nr < '(liitii, I'll', l<>. TflTc IHIlVi: InlilllJ (MikiiiiiU), 117. 'i'tsiKnio (I'licblu lmliuii>), 10">. Tutuns, l"^'". Texas liiiliuns, 1>'(I, '-ill. 'J'liiiigt-li!i-iltiiiiK', or l)i)!,'rib, (i(!. 'I'iliiTui'otti (diivaijii), 7!i. Tiicirillas, Liruiifously fur " Jicurillas,' ISO. '.ill. Tifiiinis, or Ticiiiias, is". 'J'ihiiLX. '.)•■>, 1^7. ^ikoiiuri (Mo\a), TiK. 'I'ikiina, ur < Iniiiunii, :i'.). Timl.irus, ls7, -.^1:!, --ill. 'i'iiiiiiaca, l'S7, vJI'-i. TiiimicHiia, or Tiiiiiiaca, 1^7, 'ii'-l. Tiniii', or AlliupasLU, 1 1. Tiinina, l^s. Tivirij,'!!!)!!!! (tiii), 170 'J'laiiiatl. or I.utuaiiii. 100. TliUHiuatcli, 'I'loquatcli, Ins. Tlaiiaiiika, IM'. Tlascalt.'cas. is'.l, -'Vi. Tlutsiip (Cliiimkl, 11. Tlutskaiiui (Talikali), 170, ISO. 'i'lmiiia, or Kiiiai, !»•'!. Toha, or Moiohy, I'^l. Tokaiitin (< »inagua), i;i7. •Tokistiiu' (Liilo), J 00. Tolteks (MixioQii). ill. Touoi-ou'' (Lulr), 100. Toou-paooh (.■SloliiK'fi"**). 1~-''- Totonaca, l!tO. -IIU. Tsakuitsitliii (Spokein, Flatlicail), 7:1. Tsaniak (Sacrunionto liuliaiis), lO."). Tschiiikitaiis (Kolusulits), !Hi. Tshinuk (Cliinuk). U. Tshnngtnjutos, or Kuskokwiuis, 118. Tshugats'hi, UU. Tahuktbhi, lill, 24'.>. Tsihaili-Sulish (llatliuail), 7:t. Ttynui, or Kinai, 02. Tuupoka (CariliH), U8. Tul.ar, 102, -U.). Tucano, 10-2. Tucuinan, 213. Tucuiian, or Ticnimx, 1S7. Tuhwaluti (Yamkallio), 202. Tularo Lake Indians (Culil'ornians, 20. Tularena, 213. Tn-lo-mo8 (Costanos), 53. Tumgarseo (Sitka), 170. Tumniimioi (Ifrazil), 21. Tunshase, 102. Tuolumne (Califomiuns), 27, 213. Tupis, or llrazilians, 20. Tupinabft, TuVjinaniba (lirazil), 20, 213. Tupininquins (Hrazil), 21, 213. Tii> ii.l.il.s. l:i:( U rainanilii II, llM. rani-Miikiirii ( Tanmnninif ), IsO. rmaca-I'Mcrili ('raiiiiminiii.- ). 1^0. Iill.n', l!H. rj,M].ut>i. ruiibii/i, im, 21:1. l.'Hii!j;i,'liiiiiil/i ( Kiiiiii). 0;( ; sii' uN,, iiii- (lir •■ ('i,';il.iiisi," 21:!. rknliipu, ur Kikk:i|>ii, 02. JnipquM, in- Tiilikiili, 170, I'.l."), '.i 1 1. t'iialM>l:ka, lli.'i, 211. l'niil:iclit','o ( lifiawarc), rt:t. I'liiiiu (I 'rlawarr ), (1:1. I'ncliML'nL,' ( Sliiiii<'ii(iks ), 17:1. rpsMi-iika (Ci'ows). .'iN. rraliii. ( |i;iricii),'tij. rnuiuiiiMS (I'.rii/iliiin). 21 I. 1 tiiii. lim, 211. UlHf,'ai;ii, or Sai's ami I'oxcs, |ii"i. 'tlllt.CM, 211. Valieiiti'S (Costa l!iia ), Ti 1. Vonados ('I'exas Indians), isd. Viklii, 100. Virgiiiiiiiis, 1(17, 211. Vuiallnillichu, I'J7. w Wrtceoa. or Wokkons, 201. Wacaway, or Aocaway, 2. Wai'ois, lOS (ought to lit' '• IIiicoos." «^co 211). Wahtani, or Mandaiis, 100. Walitohtaini, or otois, 110. Walitoktnk. or Oto.s, 110. Waicuri, Waikur, VJH, 215. Waiilatpu, 100. Waiyaniara ((inyana^, 79. AVakaiknuis ( Cliiiuik;, 41. Wiikiisli, or Niitka, l:l.'i. Wiillawulla ( Siiljapiiiis ), 170. Wiiniinii ( I iilawurc ), (i:i. Wapanachki, or Abonaki, 1. Wapisiana (H, '400. Wish-osk, '40 1. Wilohiliis, 'iOl, ■:ii.'.. Wocc.iiiH, \V,,kk,.ns, •401, 'iir>. Woolwii, Clioinliil. |s. \S'(iyii\viii (( iiiyaiui), 7!l. Wyiiiiiluts, iir UiiroKS, Hi, 'M\. Xiiinanaa (lira^iliim), iVi. Yaranarunny (Tuhmlhet), 18i. Yaf,'iins, 'JO-J. Yiikdiiiikii, or iVsohorai, 1 10. Yakfiiiii, iir loakciuu (Siihaptiii), ITl. Yiuiiiiis, '■lO'-'i. YaiiikiiUii,-, '402. Yiiiii jiai-o ( Viiina), '40"(. Yankillaii (Mixlika), 140. Yuiiktous, Vaiiktuiiaiiii, !i03. Vrtoi (Caril)s),'4s. Yatvii, lit, '^O.'t, -iir,. Yarura, '404, •^l'). Yui'rtiiouniims (Vili'l.il. IKi. Yclr (< »IIIilj,'im ), l^t". V|iiipaiia ( Tiitniiakii ). I'M. ^ lU'iiMll, iir Nutk:i, l.'i'i. Viil;i liiiit (Kiiiui), iu-^jtcad of Ingehnut, 'M. Viikiii, -iO"', 414. Viil.', •40:>. Yuiiiiis, 40.">. YuiiKM, 40(i. YmikaMiichika (Yiuiga), 200. Yiirat'aii's, 40(1. VuriN, (ir liiris, ^0. Yuriuiagiiu (Oiuagua), 130. ;i(> Zara]inlii. Zapotica, /aiMt('cii>, 4 |ti. Z.imiU'a 407, 41(5. '/ajiaii, 407. /ai.nt.ca, 407,410. Z.MPiia, 40S. /cH' (CiiiuUia), 40. Zo.iue, '400. y.nm (I'lifblo Iijtlinns), IM. Zutugil (Kachiiiiicl), h\). THE END. Lmulim: I'riiitcl liy Tlininas ll.irril.l, II, Salisli iirv Sciuiiiv, l''li'...| Slnvl. EIUIATA. ¥\('K LINK .') Ki (> 10 7 U H H K 10 M 11 10 ;}2 11 ;i 11 12 12 U in lit 5 IS I'trit ai/il h) Aci'AWAV, " Wacawovo." oD JDi' Daves rend Davifs. for Landfill' rfiul 'roiiifiio. (!1 fur (iuai')ios rcdil ( iiiar)ii'S. til fill' ])iii'll')s ffiiil piiflilo.-*. 02 _/(<;•. \liia|tascaii /Vv;(/Allia]).isi'aii. 01 for 'rinalciios ri-ml I'lfiali'iius. j iiflvr (i vol.-i. insert Kiilio. ' (ifler p)). IKIO inncrt i'liis i-diticni (17 is witlioiit till" " \'((cal)iihii'io 07 a(|Ui' so afiuda la Doctriiia Cliristiana." | nfli-r vols, iiist'rf Kolio. ! 07 Ania, (f/cr Doi'lriiia I'lirisliaiia, 07 etc., //(«'/•/ Tliis laii^iiay;!' lieiiiif I'litirclv unknown, tlic Lord's (JH I'ravor is i^ivcn iroiii I lie ahove O'J lioo'k. O'J I'roni tin- bottom, for \v\. II O'.t rt'ii/l \'ol. 111. 70 for Tii'orillas read Jicarillas. (lisconni'i't tlu' words " New 70 edition, enlari^cd (l)_v D. de 70 (Jnaldi)':')" I'roin tlie title to 70 wliieli lliey are atlaehed, and 7o connect tlicni wiili tlie suh-c- 7l ijueiit title, line ;J1, to wliieli 71 tlu'v belontr. i 75 for Isanno rr-ad Isainia. 7ij for l'uriii;ot()s rr'df/ I'ntMiijotes. ■ 7(5 for Kiitabha rend Kataliba. 7!) /'or (^)iieiiiincs rcml (^)nen;,nics. SO iiead-line and lines 1 anil K, for bl Clieniehnevi read Clienic- liuevi. SO for 'riec)iMlla rend Jicarilla. for !)1 \ read Ho. 8(5 J'or L' Alice read TAiise. 8(5 for Xiievo read Niieva. for I'litor read I'utos. for Najarit rend Navarit. for lv(>iiifi;liclien read Kaiser- 87 liclien. 87 /;;/• ra-ier retid ."uidowessies. 3 traii>|)csc alter Inie 1. last line, /((/• I'raliao rendV nxhwc. 2(>\ 3."), /(/;• l!oscara rcail l*Misr:ma. 32 '/(/(/ " I he (lerman orJLcinal was )nil>lislied at l!arli_\, 17S',t, ii. 8u)." 1 1 for (jMi(|uaro mnl (^.ia(|iiaro. article I'lle, Inxir/ nj','er (nlii, " liallii .\llas lMlnhijr|-|||,lii,|iic. 'ial>. XIJ, .No. 017. " IS /((/• .\ mores mn/ .\\Miores. 13 I'rom till- liottoiii, /o;' |ilain ricd sinii)lc. Last lino, /vcSntel rena\s de i-end |iaso del. 3 for nordeste reia/ noroeste. \(\ for Karalis rend Karaiit. 20^0;' a voyage rend a .seeoiul vu\- 30/<-/- 1S21 reod 1821. 30 r//7('/- llo add jip. o.V.)— 50!l. 12 for Sclmhert rend ."scliidjarl. ■I'.i J'or index ren(/ Hegistcr. IH J'or llolnieseii rem/ llel?iier«en. \i J'or .\leiilan rem/ Aleiili.ui. 30 _/'o/* (liiarari) read tiiiarano. 31 _/(*/' (.'liivigiiana ri'iu/ Cliiri^uana. 31 _/(//• Fullali retae read Otoe. 7 J'or Iowa Mission read loway and Sac Mission I'ress. after \ nris insert .licariilas. (Sec under " Ticorillas AddiMida.) Ill the Ooux. i)0 20 for Holiock rend Kobck. 258 EIIKATA. I i I >'.l. IISE l'40S !tl II fonVM' )-f'>nl i\r I'll.'. j ir>2 !»l ;}1 Jhr Kiiwit.sclicii /wx/ Kiiwitclu's. ' ir>2 it2 ',i J'lir 'l'\fnif\ rcdil '\"\]tuv\. luiJ '.•;{ 2 ,/(/;• (lir*tinfiiii.>*lu's I'oiir rcail fur- I iii.slii'n vtM-iilmlnrifs ol' two. | 158 'X\ a (Ic/e miiDiij; wliii'li iirc, ajid /'or l.'iS liikiilit, 1111(1 liii;i'limit rcud loii liikalil-\ ii^cliiiir. KiO ;t:{ '27 Jor lukilik, liikalit, iind Iii(,'(I- iiiiit ri-rni liikilit aial liikalit- \(ui Yiiitclmit. 1()3 !tl 2 \ for Moon rcfid Moow. W.i ',)'> \0 J'or {!\\[i\tvw rcdtl L'livhon. 1(>J- '.*(! 11 J'or and read or. 170 1»S 4 A: IS J'or Tcliwagiiijuti-s read 170 'rslmajiiiijutt's. *JS 7 /or Jviiski)k\vina rend Kuskok- 171 wiiii. 17u 100 15 for Ifiil'tiiu' read Isistinc. 1(K» zTj'o*- IV /wf/ III. i7r. 10!{ 5 iVoin till' hotloii', J'or Kingdom 17() r('((d Kingdon. 170 101 4 for Maranou r<'(((( Maralion. lOl 17 ybrAvanoi', Kavi'ir, ;•('(/(/ Avano, 178 Cavt'iv. 10) 18 /t;;'(riivpunavoe)V(7f/f}nipunnvo. 180 10() UfJ for rpsasokc read I'jjtsaroka. li:{ ;$,')_/(»• IS.-),-) rrw/ l,"),").'). 180 lit 11 /oy propii'dad /Yrtt/ ))ro]iricdad. 182 111 12 ,/;>/• JJihlioleca /•(•«(/ Bihliotlicca. 185 114 W J'or Cativdratic'O read Cathe- 18(i dratico. 187 111 17 for Sacalo rend Saeat^o. 11)0 117 t) IVoin the bottoin,yo/' Ti'iTO neuve 191 Island read >iewtbundland. 118 29 de/e .Mikokayak— (an error of 191 Jiilg's, c'orreoti'd in Ixis errata). 191 122 G for \\\i' read a. 191 125 8 dele Columbus, May, 1787, pp. 191 672. 130 2 from the boltom, for Miirray 191 Vniia read Vans Murray. 192 lafi 7 /(»• anno rwr/ ano. ' 193 13() 9 for nordeste read noroeste. 195 J 38 IG /or Forst /wf/ Fort. 197 110 5 from the bottom, /or Winnepago and Otoe Dialeets /rarf Winne- 198 bago Dial. ( t. 199 140 for Rovet read Rorct. 201 141 2 after Indians in.ierf to. 1 13 1 3 for Ottowwaws read Ottawwaws. 148 29 for 198 read 19, y. 202 149 11 /or Kamwiotes >Trtrf Kemenetos. 202 1 50 14 for 161, 162 read 461, 462. 204 12 for T. read J. 15 _/(<;• Hues retid Hues. 12 iV. '2i>,J'or I'ottuwatume read i'ot- lawatonu*. 3 )if/er Antigua de/e the comma. '■iH for .Manle read .Maule. 'A for 'I'ucaman read 'rucuman, 27 iV 28, for exploraeioni read ex- plura/.ioni. 15 yor Niurn read Ifueco, 20 J'or Arlia>lliers read Aelmstlians. 26 /or anno read ano. 6 J'or Acliasllicrs rfad Aehastlians. 21 J'or you read 'ton. 26 & 29, J'or (.'Invaeliamaja read C'liwacliamaju. 21 for C'liiatat read Klikalnt. 2 from tlie bottom, J'or Arehipel read Archipelago. (t J'or IM-Iikino read Felikino. 7 J'or Kooyen read Kooyou. 2") J'vr Miissuehutett read Massu- ehusftts. 11 for Sa>katche\vain» read Has- katchewan. 13 aj'ler Aeherekotti insert Avari- kotti. 30 (f/er I'aria insert a semicolon. 2\ J'or (tirolamo read .leronimo. 21 /or (iirolamo read .leronimo. 16 \ 29,, /or 'Jicorillas read Jiearillas. 8 J'or 'I'iluex read Tihuex. 9yor C'aja read Haja. 2 for Kadjah Islanils i'ead Kadjuk Islanil. 11 for Tschuktehi read Tehuktehi. 12 for western read eastern. 15 J'or Wild reail Nomade. 1() J'or Tehouktschee read Tchoukt- ehee. 24 for 107, 408 read 467, 468. 7 J'or 3 read 2. 29yor Doeununt read Documents. 19 J'or Ticorilla read Jicarilla. 34 J'or Vuta, Uuilliehe read Vuta- Iluilliche. 9 & 15, far Nueco read Ilueco. 7 J'or '['. read 8. 5 f>r lioiloin read Hoih in ; and insert connnas after Hoilviu and after Cass. 18 /or Kallapuiah read Kalapuinh. 28 for 9 read q. for 3 read 2. London : Printed by Tlioinus Iliirrild, 11, Sallsljurj' Square, Fleet Street. lu' read I'ot- he comma. ilf. .'uciinuin. jui read t'X- Aclmstliitns. Ac'liastliiiii!*. iiuimju read likulnt. lor Airhipel u'likiiio. OOVOll. read Mussa- it read Sas- itisert Aviiri" ' /semicolon. JiToiiiino. .FiToniino. ^Y/